<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>30</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, February 14, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
  <CNTNTS>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agency<PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
      </EAR>
      <HD>Agency for International Development</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Partner Vetting in USAID Acquisitions,</DOC>
          <PGS>8166-8174</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3239</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agricultural Marketing</EAR>
      <HD>Agricultural Marketing Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>National Organic Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Amendments to the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8089-8092</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-2938</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Agriculture</EAR>
      <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Agricultural Marketing Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Forest Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Natural Resources Conservation Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8213-8214</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3316</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3318</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Alcohol Tobacco Firearms</EAR>
      <HD>Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Certificate of Compliance,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8276-8277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3395</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Transactions Among Licensee/Permittees and Among Licensees and Holders of User Permits,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8277</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3396</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Army</EAR>
      <HD>Army Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Availability for Exclusive, Non-Exclusive, or Partially-Exclusive Licensing of an Invention:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Computer Controlled System for Laser Energy Delivery to the Retina,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8223</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3348</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Centers Medicare</EAR>
      <HD>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals; Correction,</DOC>
          <PGS>8260</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">C1--2012--2821</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
      <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>International Trade Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institute of Standards and Technology</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Patent and Trademark Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8216</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3393</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Committee Implementation</EAR>
      <HD>Committee for the Implementation of Textile Agreements</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Determinations under Dominican Republi-Central America-U.S. Free Trade Agreement,</DOC>
          <PGS>8221-8222</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3420</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Commodity Futures</EAR>
      <HD>Commodity Futures Trading Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Prohibitions and Restrictions:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Proprietary Trading and Certain Interests In, and Relationships with, Hedge Funds and Covered Funds,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8332-8447</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="115" T="14FEP2.sgm">2012-935</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Technology Advisory Committee's Subcommittee on Automated and High Frequency Trading,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8222</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3409</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
      <HD>Defense Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Army Department</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8222-8223</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3345</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Department of Transportation</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Education</EAR>
      <HD>Education Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Applications for New Awards:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Developing Hispanic-Serving Institutions Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8228-8233</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3421</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8223-8228</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3414</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Final Priority:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute on Disability and Rehabilitation Research, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8234-8236</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3416</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Assessment Governing Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8236-8238</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3314</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Employee Benefits</EAR>
      <HD>Employee Benefits Security Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary,</DOC>
          <PGS>8668-8706</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Templates, Instructions, and Related Materials; and Guidance for Compliance,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8706-8709</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Employment and Training</EAR>
      <HD>Employment and Training Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Amended Certifications Regarding Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc., et al., Everett, WA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8279</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3325</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Determinations Regarding Eligibility to Apply for Worker Adjustment Assistance,</DOC>
          <PGS>8279-8284</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3322</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3323</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Negative Determination on Remand</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Western Digital Technologies, Inc., Hard Drive Development Engineering Group, Lake Forest, CA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8284-8287</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3324</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Termination of Investigations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Quad/Graphics, Quad Graphics, Inc., Including On-Site Leased Workers from SPS Temporaries, Depew, NY,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8287-8288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3326</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Energy Conservation Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Standards for Standby Mode and Off Mode for Microwave Ovens,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8526-8574</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="48" T="14FEP3.sgm">2012-2784</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Test Procedures for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps; Meetings,</DOC>
          <PGS>8178-8179</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3375</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Energy Efficiency</EAR>
      <HD>Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Refrigerator and Refrigerator-Freezer Test Procedure Waivers:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>GE Appliances,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8238-8244</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3371</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Environmental Protection<PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
      </EAR>
      <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>EPAAR Prescription for Work Assignments,</DOC>
          <PGS>8174-8176</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3292</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources,</DOC>
          <PGS>8160-8166</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="6" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3379</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Implementation of the 2008 National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Ozone:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Nonattainment Area Classifications Approach, Attainment Deadlines, etc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8197-8209</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="12" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3284</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Secondary Aluminum Production,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8576-8629</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="53" T="14FEP4.sgm">2012-2874</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources,</DOC>
          <PGS>8209-8211</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3378</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Revised Responses to Designation Recommendations from Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin for 2008 Ozone Standards,</DOC>
          <PGS>8211-8212</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3373</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Adequacy Status; Carbon Monoxide Maintenance Plan:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Anchorage, AK,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8252-8253</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3389</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Proposed Settlements:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Hidden Lane Landfill Superfund Site,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8253-8254</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3427</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Renewable Fuels Produced from Palm Oil:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Data Availability, Extension of Comment Period,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8254-8255</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3413</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Settlements:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Constitution Road Drum Superfund Site, Atlanta, Dekalb County, GA,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8255</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3426</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Executive Office of the President</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Presidential Documents</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Farm Credit</EAR>
      <HD>Farm Credit Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Disclosure to Investors in Bank Debt Obligations of Farm Credit System,</DOC>
          <PGS>8179-8181</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3411</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Turbomeca S.A. Turboshaft Engines,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8092-8094</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3255</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Fokker Services B.V. Airplanes,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8181-8183</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3387</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>RTCA Special Committee 225, Rechargeable Lithium Batteries and Battery Systems, Small and Medium Size,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8325</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3364</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Communications</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Communications Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8255-8257</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3320</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3321</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>8257-8258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3590</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Election</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Election Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>8258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3532</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Emergency</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Emergency Management Agency</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Assistance for Offsite Radiological Emergency Planning,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8272-8273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3452</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Flood Insurance Program; Mortgage Portfolio Protection Program,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8273</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3454</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>PrepCAST,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8272</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3444</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Energy</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Technical Corrections to Commission Regulations,</DOC>
          <PGS>8095</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3317</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8245-8246</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3407</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Alabama Power Co.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8246-8247</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3402</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Bluewater Gas Storage, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8248-8249</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3404</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Tennessee Gas Pipeline Co., LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8247-8248</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3405</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Combined Filings,</DOC>
          <PGS>8249-8250</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3382</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3383</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Establishing Comment Periods:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>California Independent System Operator Corp.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8250-8251</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3406</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Including Requests for Blanket Section 204 Authorization:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Rocky Ridge Wind Project, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8251</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3381</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Verus Energy Trading, LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8251</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3384</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Preliminary Permit Applications:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>International Consortium of Energy Managers,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3403</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>John B. Crockett,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8251-8252</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3401</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Railroad</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Railroad Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Petitions for Waiver of Compliance,</DOC>
          <PGS>8325-8326</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3346</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3347</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
      <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Changes in Bank Control:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3358</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Proposals to Engage in or to Acquire Companies Engaged in Permissible Nonbanking Activities,</DOC>
          <PGS>8258</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3357</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Financial Crimes</EAR>
      <HD>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Anti-Money Laundering Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Residential Mortgage Lenders and Originators,</DOC>
          <PGS>8148-8160</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="12" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3074</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Fish</EAR>
      <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Designation of Critical Habitat for Nine Bexar County, TX, Invertebrates,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8450-8523</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="73" T="14FER2.sgm">2012-2195</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Determination of Endangered Status for Rayed Bean and Snuffbox Mussels throughout their Ranges,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8632-8665</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="33" T="14FER3.sgm">2012-2940</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
      <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Medical Devices:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Cardiovascular Devices; Classification of Endovascular Suturing System,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8117-8119</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3398</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Medical Device Reporting: Manufacturer, Importer, User Facility, and Distributor Reporting,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8260-8262</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3344</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Draft Guidance; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Investigational New Drug Applications for Positron Emission Tomography Drugs,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8262</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3319</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Dermatologic and Ophthalmic Drugs Advisory Committee; Amendment,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8262-8263</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3343</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Forest<PRTPAGE P="v"/>
      </EAR>
      <HD>Forest Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Black Hills National Forest Advisory Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8214-8215</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3342</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
      <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Centers for Medicare &amp; Medicaid Services</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary,</DOC>
          <PGS>8668-8706</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Templates, Instructions, and Related Materials; and Guidance for Compliance,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8706-8709</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Evaluation Report and Recommendations; Availability:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>LUMI-CELL Test Method for Identifying Human Estrogen Receptor Agonist and Antagonist Activity of Chemicals,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8258-8260</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3437</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
      <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Emergency Management Agency</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Housing</EAR>
      <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Capture Energy Efficiency Measures for Public and Indian Housing Units,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8273-8274</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3386</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Local Appeals to Single-Family Mortgage Limits,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8274-8275</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3385</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Interior</EAR>
      <HD>Interior Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Land Management Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Internal Revenue</EAR>
      <HD>Internal Revenue Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Definition of a Taxpayer,</DOC>
          <PGS>8120-8127</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="7" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3352</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Foreign Tax Credit Splitting Events,</DOC>
          <PGS>8127-8143</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="16" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3356</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Section 482:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Methods to Determine Taxable Income in Connection with Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8143-8144</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3351</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3353</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary,</DOC>
          <PGS>8668-8706</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Summary of Benefits, Coverage and Uniform Glossary:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Templates, Instructions, and Related Materials; and Guidance for Compliance,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8706-8709</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Foreign Tax Credit Splitting Events,</DOC>
          <PGS>8184-8185</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3350</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Bankruptcy Compliance Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8328</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3365</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Face-to-Face Service Methods Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8328-8329</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3363</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Joint Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8327</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3354</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Refund Processing Communications Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8327-8328</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3366</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Return Processing Delays Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8328</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3368</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Small Business/Self-Employed Decreasing Non-Filers Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8329</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3360</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Tax Forms and Publications Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8329-8330</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3361</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Taxpayer Burden Reduction Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8329</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3355</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Taxpayer Advocacy Panel Toll-Free Project Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8328</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3367</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Antidumping Proceedings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Calculation of Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings; Final Modification,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8101-8114</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="13" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3290</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Requests for Stakeholder Comments on National Travel and Tourism Strategies,</DOC>
          <PGS>8216-8217</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3400</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
      <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules,</DOC>
          <PGS>8114-8116</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3267</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives Bureau</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Justice Programs Office</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Advisory Committee on Violence Against Women,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8275-8276</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3374</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Justice Programs</EAR>
      <HD>Justice Programs Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8277-8278</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3394</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Victims of Crime Act, Crime Victim Assistance Grant Program Performance Report,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8278-8279</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3370</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
      <HD>Labor Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Employee Benefits Security Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Employment and Training Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Mine Safety and Health Administration</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Land</EAR>
      <HD>Land Management Bureau</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Rio Grande Natural Area Commission,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8275</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3372</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Mine</EAR>
      <HD>Mine Safety and Health Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>State Mine Health and Safety Grants,</DOC>
          <PGS>8288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3341</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institute of Standards and Technology</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Evaluating the Usability of Electronic Health Record Systems,</DOC>
          <PGS>8217</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3415</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
      <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Exclusive Licenses:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Development of Anti-Mesothelin Targeted Immunotoxins for the Treatment of Cancer,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8263-8264</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3410</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing,</DOC>
          <PGS>8264-8266</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3412</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8266-8270</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3434</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3441</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3443</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8271</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3439</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Cancer Institute; Amended,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3430</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
          <SJDOC>National Eye Institute,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8266</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3432</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8271-8272</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3435</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Human Genome Research Institute,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8268-8269</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3448</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8269</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3447</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3449</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8268</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3438</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Office of the Director,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8270-8271</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3440</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Oceanic</EAR>
      <HD>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Pacific Cod by Vessels Using Pot Gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8177</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3399</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Reallocation of Pacific Cod in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8176-8177</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3397</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Documentation of Fish Harvest,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8217-8218</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3369</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Atlantic Highly Migratory Species:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Atlantic Shark Management Measures; 2012 Research Fishery,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8218-8219</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3423</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJ>Coastal Zone Management Program:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Illinois,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8219</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3362</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Indirect Cost Rates for Office of National Marine Sanctuaries for Fiscal Years 2008 and 2009,</DOC>
          <PGS>8219-8220</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-2953</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Science</EAR>
      <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Astronomy and Astrophysics Advisory Committee,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8288</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3285</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>National Resources</EAR>
      <HD>Natural Resources Conservation Service</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Records of Decisions; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Federal Highway Administration, Mississippi Department of Transportation Project FHWA-TN-EIS-04-01-F,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8215-8216</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3313</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
      <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Applications and Amendments to Facility Operating Licenses, etc.,</DOC>
          <PGS>8288-8296</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="8" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-2865</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>8296-8297</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3527</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Patent</EAR>
      <HD>Patent and Trademark Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8220-8221</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3392</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Pension Benefit</EAR>
      <HD>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Survey of Nonparticipating Single Premium Group Annuity Rates,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8297</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3417</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Pipeline</EAR>
      <HD>Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Delays in Processing of Special Permits Applications,</DOC>
          <PGS>8326-8327</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-2898</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
      <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>EXECUTIVE ORDERS</HD>
        <SJ>Committees; Establishment, Renewal, Termination, etc.:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>President's Global Development Council, Establishment (EO 13600),</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8711-8715</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14FEE0.sgm">2012-3616</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Railroad Retirement</EAR>
      <HD>Railroad Retirement Board</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Restructuring of the Office of Programs; Elimination of Regional Offices,</DOC>
          <PGS>8183-8184</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-2808</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Securities</EAR>
      <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Reporting Line for the Commission's Inspector General,</DOC>
          <PGS>8094-8095</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3312</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8297-8304</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3335</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3336</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3337</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3338</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3339</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3340</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>8304</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3478</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
        <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>BATS Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8310-8312, 8315-8318</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3331</FRDOCBP>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3332</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8304-8307</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3328</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Chicago Mercantile Exchange, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8318-8321</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3329</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX BX,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8321-8322</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3330</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc.,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8307-8310</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3333</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>NASDAQ Stock Market LLC,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8312-8315</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3334</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Social</EAR>
      <HD>Social Security Administration</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals,</DOC>
          <PGS>8322-8324</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="2" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3291</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>State Department</EAR>
      <HD>State Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <SJ>Visas:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Issuance of Full Validity L Visas to Qualified Applicants,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8119-8120</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="1" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3455</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Surface Mining</EAR>
      <HD>Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement Office</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Texas Regulatory Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>8144-8148</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-3418</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
      <CAT>
        <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Ohio Regulatory Program,</DOC>
          <PGS>8185-8197</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="12" T="14FEP1.sgm">2012-3424</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Susquehanna</EAR>
      <HD>Susquehanna River Basin Commission</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>RULES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Review and Approval of Projects,</DOC>
          <PGS>8095-8100</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="5" T="14FER1.sgm">2012-2504</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Tennessee</EAR>
      <HD>Tennessee Valley Authority</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <DOCENT>
          <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act,</DOC>
          <PGS>8324</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3482</FRDOCBP>
        </DOCENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR/>
      <HD>Textile Agreements Implementation Committee</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Committee for the Implementation of Textile Agreements</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
      <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Federal Railroad Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration</P>
      </SEE>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Applications for the Environment; Real-Time Information Synthesis User Needs Workshop,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8324</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3349</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
      <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
      <SEE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network</P>
      </SEE>
      <SEE>
        <PRTPAGE P="vii"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
        <P>Internal Revenue Service</P>
      </SEE>
    </AGCY>
    <AGCY>
      <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
      <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
      <CAT>
        <HD>NOTICES</HD>
        <SJ>Meetings:</SJ>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Advisory Committee on Cemeteries and Memorials,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8330</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3327</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
        <SJDENT>
          <SJDOC>Health Services Research and Development Service Scientific Merit Review Board,</SJDOC>
          <PGS>8330</PGS>
          <FRDOCBP D="0" T="14FEN1.sgm">2012-3315</FRDOCBP>
        </SJDENT>
      </CAT>
    </AGCY>
    <PTS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
      <HD>Part II</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Commodity Futures Trading Commission,</DOC>
        <PGS>8332-8447</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="115" T="14FEP2.sgm">2012-935</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part III</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Interior Department, Fish and Wildlife Service,</DOC>
        <PGS>8450-8523</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="73" T="14FER2.sgm">2012-2195</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part IV</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Energy Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>8526-8574</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="48" T="14FEP3.sgm">2012-2784</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part V</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Environmental Protection Agency,</DOC>
        <PGS>8576-8629</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="53" T="14FEP4.sgm">2012-2874</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part VI</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Interior Department, Fish and Wildlife Service,</DOC>
        <PGS>8632-8665</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="33" T="14FER3.sgm">2012-2940</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part VII</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Health and Human Services Department,</DOC>
        <PGS>8668-8709</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Labor Department, Employee Benefits Security Administration,</DOC>
        <PGS>8668-8709</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Treasury Department, Internal Revenue Service,</DOC>
        <PGS>8668-8709</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="38" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3228</FRDOCBP>
        <FRDOCBP D="3" T="14FER4.sgm">2012-3230</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
      <HD>Part VIII</HD>
      <DOCENT>
        <DOC>Presidential Documents,</DOC>
        <PGS>8711-8715</PGS>
        <FRDOCBP D="4" T="14FEE0.sgm">2012-3616</FRDOCBP>
      </DOCENT>
    </PTS>
    <AIDS>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
      <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this page for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, reminders, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
      
      <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.gpo.gov and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.</P>
    </AIDS>
  </CNTNTS>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>30</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, February 14, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
  <RULES>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="8089"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Agricultural Marketing Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>7 CFR Part 205</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Document Number AMS-NOP-10-0079; NOP-09-02FR]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0581-AD06</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>National Organic Program (NOP); Amendments to the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances (Crops and Processing)</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This final rule amends the U.S. Department of Agriculture's (USDA) National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances (National List) to enact six recommendations submitted to the Secretary of Agriculture (Secretary) by the National Organic Standards Board (NOSB) on May 22, 2008, November 19, 2008, and May 6, 2009. This final rule adds one substance, microcrystalline cheesewax, along with any restrictive annotations, for use in organic mushroom production; and adds three substances, acidified sodium chlorite, dried orange pulp, and Pacific kombu seaweed, with any restrictive annotations, for use in organic handling. This final rule also amends the annotation for one substance used in organic handling, unbleached lecithin, and removes bleached lecithin from the National List.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>This rule becomes effective March 15, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Melissa Bailey, Ph.D., Director, Standards Division, National Organic Program, Telephone: (202) 720-3252; Fax: (202) 205-7808.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>

        <P>On December 21, 2000, the Secretary established within the NOP [7 CFR part 205] the National List regulations §§ 205.600 through 205.607. The National List identifies synthetic substances that may be used and the nonsynthetic (natural) substances that may not be used in organic production. The National List also identifies nonagricultural synthetic, nonsynthetic nonagricultural and nonorganic agricultural substances that may be used in organic handling. The Organic Foods Production Act of 1990 (OFPA), as amended (7 U.S.C. 6501<E T="03">et seq.</E>), and NOP regulations, in § 205.105, specifically prohibit the use of any synthetic substance in organic production and handling unless the synthetic substance is on the National List. Section 205.105 also requires that any nonorganic agricultural and any nonsynthetic, nonagricultural substance used in organic handling must also be on the National List.</P>
        <P>Under the authority of the OFPA, the National List can be amended by the Secretary based on proposed amendments developed by the NOSB. Since established, the NOP has published multiple amendments to the National List: October 31, 2003 (68 FR 61987); November 3, 2003 (68 FR 62215); October 21, 2005 (70 FR 61217); June 7, 2006 (71 FR 32803); September 11, 2006 (71 FR 53299); June 27, 2007 (72 FR 35137); October 16, 2007 (72 FR 58469); December 10, 2007 (72 FR 69569); December 12, 2007 (72 FR 70479); September 18, 2008 (73 FR 54057); October 9, 2008 (73 FR 59479); July 6, 2010 (75 FR 38693); August 24, 2010 (75 FR 51919); December 13, 2010 (75 FR 77521) and March 14, 2011 (76 FR 13501). Additionally, a proposed amendment to the National List was published on May 5, 2011 (76 FR 25612).</P>
        <P>This final rule amends the National list to enact six recommendations submitted to the Secretary by the NOSB on May 22, 2008, November 19, 2008, and May 6, 2009.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Overview of Amendments</HD>
        <P>The following provides an overview of the amendments made to designated sections of the National List regulations:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 205.601Synthetic Substances Allowed for Use in Organic Crop Production</HD>
        <P>This final rule amends § 205.601 of the National List regulations by adding new paragraph (o) for the addition of one substance as follows: As production aids. Microcrystalline cheesewax (CAS #s 64742- 42-3, 8009-03-08, and 8002-74-2)—for use in log grown mushroom production. Must be made without either ethylene-propylene co-polymer or synthetic colors.</P>

        <P>The proposed rule to add microcrystalline cheesewax included an annotation specifying that the substance be “for use in log grown mushroom culture.” The NOP determined that the substance's use annotation should be modified “for use in log grown mushroom<E T="03">production”</E>(emphasis added) in this final rule. This language change is consistent with terminology that will be utilized in a forthcoming proposed rule on organic mushroom standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 205.605Nonagricultural (Nonorganic) Substances Allowed as Ingredients in or on Processed Products Labeled as “Organic” or “Made With Organic (Specified Ingredients or Food Groups(s))”</HD>
        <P>This final rule amends § 205.605(b) of the National List regulations by removing Lecithin—bleached, and adding acidified sodium chlorite in alphabetical order as follows: Acidified sodium chlorite—Secondary direct antimicrobial food treatment and indirect food contact surface sanitizing. Acidified with citric acid only.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 205.606Nonorganically Produced Agricultural Products Allowed as Ingredients in or on Processed Products Labeled as “Organic”</HD>

        <P>This final rule amends § 205.606 of the National List regulations by revising paragraph (p) to read as follows: (p) Lecithin—de-oiled. Further, this final rule redesignates paragraphs (r) through (t) and paragraphs (u) through (y) as paragraphs (s) through (u) and (w) through (aa) respectively; and adds new paragraphs (r) and (v) for the addition of two substances as follows: (r) Orange pulp, dried, and (v) Seaweed, Pacific kombu.<PRTPAGE P="8090"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Related Documents</HD>

        <P>Three notices were published regarding the meetings of the NOSB and its deliberations on recommendations and substances petitioned for amending the National List. Substances and recommendations included in this proposed rule were announced for NOSB deliberation in the following<E T="04">Federal Register</E>notices: (1) 74 FR 11904, March 20, 2009 (bleached lecithin, acidified sodium chlorite, unbleached fluid lecithin); (2) 73 FR 54781, September 23, 2008 (dried orange pulp, acidified sodium chlorite); and (3) 73 FR 18491, April 4, 2008 (microcrystalline cheesewax, acidified sodium chlorite, Pacific kombu seaweed). The proposal to allow the use of the four substances in this final rule, along with the deletion of one substance and the revised annotation of one substance, was published as a proposed rule on November 8, 2010 (75 FR 68505).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Statutory and Regulatory Authority</HD>

        <P>The OFPA, as amended (7 U.S.C. 6501-6522), authorizes the Secretary to make amendments to the National List based on proposed amendments developed by the NOSB. Sections 6518(k)(2) and 6518(n) of the OFPA authorize the NOSB to develop proposed amendments to the National List for submission to the Secretary and establish a petition process by which persons may petition the NOSB for the purpose of having substances evaluated for inclusion or deletion from the National List. The National List petition process is implemented under § 205.607 of the NOP regulations. The current petition process (72 FR 2167, January 18, 2007) can be accessed through the NOP Web site at<E T="03">http://www.ams.usda.gov/nop.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>This action has been determined not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866, and therefore, has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Executive Order 12988</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 12988 instructs each executive agency to adhere to certain requirements in the development of new and revised regulations in order to avoid unduly burdening the court system. This final rule is not intended to have a retroactive effect.</P>
        <P>States and local jurisdictions are preempted under the OFPA from creating programs of accreditation for private persons or State officials who want to become certifying agents of organic farms or handling operations. A governing State official would have to apply to USDA to be accredited as a certifying agent, as described in § 2115(b) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6514(b)). States are also preempted under §§ 2104 through 2108 of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6503 through 6507) from creating certification programs to certify organic farms or handling operations unless the State programs have been submitted to, and approved by, the Secretary as meeting the requirements of the OFPA.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to § 2108(b)(2) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6507(b)(2)), a State organic certification program may contain additional requirements for the production and handling of organically produced agricultural products that are produced in the State and for the certification of organic farm and handling operations located within the State under certain circumstances. Such additional requirements must: (a) Further the purposes of the OFPA, (b) not be inconsistent with the OFPA, (c) not be discriminatory toward agricultural commodities organically produced in other States, and (d) not be effective until approved by the Secretary.</P>

        <P>Pursuant to § 2120(f) of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6519(f)), this final rule would not alter the authority of the Secretary under the Federal Meat Inspection Act (21 U.S.C. 601-624), the Poultry Products Inspection Act (21 U.S.C. 451-471), or the Egg Products Inspection Act (21 U.S.C. 1031-1056), concerning meat, poultry, and egg products, nor any of the authorities of the Secretary of Health and Human Services under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act  (21 U.S.C. 301<E T="03">et seq.</E>), nor the authority of the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <P>Section 2121 of the OFPA (7 U.S.C. 6520) provides for the Secretary to establish an expedited administrative appeals procedure under which persons may appeal an action of the Secretary, the applicable governing State official, or a certifying agent under this title that adversely affects such person or is inconsistent with the organic certification program established under this title. The OFPA also provides that the U.S. District Court for the district in which a person is located has jurisdiction to review the Secretary's decision.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires agencies to consider the economic impact of each rule on small entities and evaluate alternatives that would accomplish the objectives of the rule without unduly burdening small entities or erecting barriers that would restrict their ability to compete in the market. The purpose is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to the action. Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule, in lieu of preparing an analysis, if the rulemaking is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>

        <P>Pursuant to the requirements set forth in the RFA, AMS performed an economic impact analysis on small entities in the final rule published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on December 21, 2000 (65 FR 80548). AMS has also considered the economic impact of this action on small entities. The impact on entities affected by this final rule would not be significant. The effect of this final rule would be to allow the use of additional substances and clarify the use of one substance in agricultural production and handling. This action will modify the regulations published in the final rule and will provide small entities with more tools to use in day-to-day farming and handling operations. AMS concludes that the economic impact of this addition of allowed substances, if any, will be minimal and beneficial to small agricultural service firms. Accordingly, USDA certifies that this rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>Small agricultural service firms, which include producers, handlers, and accredited certifying agents, have been defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) (13 CFR 121.201) as those having annual receipts of less than $7,000,000, and small agricultural producers are defined as those having annual receipts of less than $750,000.</P>
        <P>According to USDA Economic Research Service (ERS) data based upon information from USDA-accredited certifying agents, the number of certified U.S. organic crop and livestock operations totaled nearly 13,000 and certified organic acreage exceeded 4.8 million acres in 2008.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>ERS, based upon the list of certified operations maintained by the National Organic Program, estimated the number of certified handling operations was 3,225 in 2007.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>The AMS believes that most of<PRTPAGE P="8091"/>these entities would be considered to be small entities under the criteria established by the SBA.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service. 2009.<E T="03">Data Sets: U.S. Certified Organic Farmland Acreage, Livestock Numbers and Farm Operations, 1992-200</E>8.<E T="03">http://www.ers.usda.gov/Data/Organic/.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>2</SU>U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service, 2009.<E T="03">Data Sets: Procurement and Contracting by Organic Handlers: Documentation.<PRTPAGE/>http://www.ers.usda.gov/Data/OrganicHandlers/Documentation.htm.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The U.S. sales of organic food and beverages grew from $3.6 billion in 1997 to nearly $21.1 billion in 2008.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>Between 1990 and 2008, organic food sales demonstrated an historic growth rate between 15 to 24 percent each year. In 2010, organic food sales grew 7.7%.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>3</SU>Dimitri, C., and L. Oberholtzer. 2009. Marketing U.S. Organic Foods: Recent Trends from Farms to Consumers, Economic Information Information bulletin No. 58, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service,<E T="03">http://www.ers.suda.gov/PublicationsE1B58.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>Organic Trade Association's<E T="03">2011 Organic Industry Survey, http://www.ota.com.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>In addition, USDA has 93 accredited certifying agents (ACA) who provide certification services to producers and handlers under the NOP. A complete list of names and addresses of ACAs may be found on the AMS NOP Web site, at<E T="03">http://www.ams.usda.gov/nop.</E>The AMS believes that most of these accredited certifying agents would be considered small entities under the criteria established by the SBA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>No additional collection or recordkeeping requirements are imposed on the public by this final rule. Accordingly, OMB clearance is not required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501, Chapter 35.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13175</HD>
        <P>This final rule has been reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments. The review reveals that this regulation will not have substantial and direct effects on Tribal governments and will not have significant Tribal implications.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Comments Received on Proposed Rule NOP-09-02</HD>
        <P>AMS received 11 comments on the proposed rule AMS-NOP-10-0079; NOP-09-02PR. Comments were received from specialty food ingredient processors and distributors, specialty food products manufacturers, an industrial sanitation supply firm, an organic consultant, a coalition of foreign governments and a private citizen. Comments were submitted in support of the proposed additions to the National List for all four of the proposed new use exemptions and the deletion of one substance. Comments in favor of the addition of acidified sodium chlorite to § 205.605(b) stated that it will increase the intervention options available for maintaining high sanitation standards in organic food processing and thereby further improve food safety for consumers of organic processed foods. While one comment expressed concern about the proposed exemption for the secondary direct antimicrobial food treatment use of acidified sodium chlorite, the commenter did not take a position for or against the specific proposal. A comment endorsing the addition of dried orange pulp to § 205.606 stated that its use is consistent with organic principles, since an insufficient volume of organic oranges are grown and processed to produce organic orange pulp, which is a byproduct of extraction orange juice processing.</P>
        <P>Many comments addressed the proposed change in the lecithin annotation from unbleached to de-oiled on § 205.606. Nonorganic forms of the substances listed under § 205.606 are allowed as ingredients in or on processed products labeled as organic only when the nonorganic substance is not commercially available in organic form and only in accordance with any specified restrictions. Most comments submitted in support of the lecithin annotation change stated that the listing of de-oiled lecithin on § 205.606 would prevent disruption in the availability or quality of a broad range of organic food products such as ice cream, pasta, bakery goods, cereals, sauces, soups and frozen desserts. They indicated that de-oiled is the appropriate annotation because this form of lecithin has a unique function and blander flavor in comparison to fluid or dry lecithin. The comments mentioned de-oiled lecithin's superiority in maintaining stability of water and oil emulsions. Furthermore, the comments informed that de-oiled lecithin is not available as organic.</P>
        <P>Comments in support of removing bleached lecithin from § 205.605(b) indicated that this action will encourage the increased production and use of organic ingredients needed for organic food processing. They also argued that unbleached lecithin is now commercially available in organic forms, so the exemption for these substances is no longer crucial. Commenters stated that the use of nonorganic de-oiled lecithin on § 205.606, instead of the nonorganic unbleached form previously allowed, would be subject to the determination of commercial availability of any organic form—once developed—in the processor's organic system plan and other specific restrictions. Commenters in favor of the amendment expressed frustration with discrepant use of organic unbleached lecithin and less expensive conventional unbleached lecithin in comparably priced multiple brands of the same processed organic products on retail shelves. These commenters conveyed expectations that this rule change will result in the replacement of nonorganic bleached lecithin with the organic form and thus encourage increased use and availability of organic ingredients.</P>
        <P>A few comments opposing the change in the unbleached lecithin annotation at § 205.606 explained that the only current source of organic lecithin is soy, which is a food allergen. They cited a lack of availability of organic forms of lecithin from sunflower or canola and predicted that consumers with a soy allergy would not be able to eat organic products containing soy lecithin. These commenters noted that soy is identified in the U.S. Food Allergen Labeling and Consumer Protection Act of 2004 (Pub. L. 108-282, Title II) (21 U.S.C. 301) as one of 8 major food groups which account for 90 percent of life-threatening food allergies. This legislation established mandatory disclosure requirements on labels for processed food containing any amounts of the eight named foods (milk, eggs, fish, shellfish, tree nuts, peanuts, wheat, and soybeans) listed in the 2004 Act. Food processors have become more aware of soy's allergenic potential and the federal labeling requirements when soy-based ingredients are used since passage of the 2004 Act. The opposing comments expressed concern that the annotation change would result in higher levels of soy lecithin being used in processed organic foods because it is more commonly available in organic form, but did not provide specific evidence to support this statement. Nonorganic lecithin from sunflower, rapeseed and canola is widely available commercially, and NOP believes that there is potential that any increased demand for non-soy lecithin will stimulate increased production of organic forms of bleached and unbleached lecithin from these alternative sources.</P>

        <P>A comment criticized the NOSB for omitting food allergies from the discussion in considering the lecithin petition. The NOSB did address this issue several times during its deliberation, as captured in the May 2009 NOSB meeting transcripts. The Board concluded that its recommended change to unbleached lecithin would still avail manufacturers with the option to use nonorganic, non-soy forms of de-oiled lecithin. Commenters conveyed a preference to have non-allergenic, nonorganic forms of lecithin available under § 205.606. The change in<PRTPAGE P="8092"/>annotation does not specify the plant source of lecithin and, therefore, nonorganic de-oiled lecithin from non-soy and nonorganic sources may be used when organic equivalents are not available. A substance is considered commercially available if it is available in an appropriate form, quality, or quantity to fulfill an essential function in a system of organic production or handling, as determined by the certifying agent in the course of reviewing the organic plan. In summary, this annotation change would not limit the use of lecithin to organic de-oiled soy lecithin. Non-soy sources that are non-GMO and nonorganic would remain acceptable under  § 205.606, and accredited certifying agents would continue to require any nonorganic de-oiled lecithin to be sourced from non-GMO sources as long as de-oiled lecithin is not commercially available in organic form.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Changes Requested But Not Made</HD>
        <P>Commenters requested that the proposed action be amended for § 205.606 to allow the use of non-GMO, non-allergenic lecithin. We have not made that change because we believe this request is mostly accommodated by the proposed action. Nonorganic forms of de-oiled lecithin can be used when the organic version is not commercially available. The NOP regulations define commercially available as a production input in an appropriate form, quality, or quantity to fulfill an essential function in a system of organic production or handling, as determined by the certifying agent in the course of reviewing the organic plan. Therefore, if a processor intends to make a soy-free product containing lecithin, in which de-oiled is the appropriate form, the processor may use nonorganic de-oiled lecithin from sunflower, canola or other sources if lecithin from the preferred sources is not available in organic form. If a product requires a form of lecithin other than de-oiled, such as fluid or powered, the lecithin must be sourced organically. The NOSB recommendation was finalized in May 2009. We believe that processors have had adequate notice to pursue the procurement of non-soy forms of organic lecithin if their products are intended to be soy free.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 7 CFR Part 205</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Agriculture, Animals, Archives and records, Imports, Labeling, Organically produced products, Plants, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seals and insignia, Soil conservation.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR part 205, subpart G is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="205" TITLE="7">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 205—NATIONAL ORGANIC PROGRAM</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 7 CFR part 205 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>7 U.S.C. 6501-6522.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="205" TITLE="7">
          <AMDPAR>2. In § 205.601 add new paragraph (o) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 205.601</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Synthetic substances allowed for use in organic crop production.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(o) As production aids. Microcrystalline cheesewax (CAS #'s 64742-42-3, 8009-03-08, and 8002-74-2)-for use in log grown mushroom production. Must be made without either ethylene-propylene co-polymer or synthetic colors.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="205" TITLE="7">
          <AMDPAR>3. Section 205.605 is amended by:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>A. Removing “Lecithin-bleached” from paragraph (b); and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>B. Adding one new substance “Acidified sodium chlorite”, in alphabetical order, to paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 205.605</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonagricultural (nonorganic) substances allowed as ingredients in or on processed products labeled as “organic” or “made with organic (specified ingredients or food group(s)).”</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>Acidified sodium chlorite—Secondary direct antimicrobial food treatment and indirect food contact surface sanitizing. Acidified with citric acid only.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="205" TITLE="7">
          <AMDPAR>4. Section 205.606 is amended by:</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>A. Revising paragraph (p);</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>B. Redesignating paragraphs (r) through (t) and paragraphs (u) through (y) as paragraphs (s) through (u) and (w) through (aa) respectively; and</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>C. Adding new paragraphs (r) and (v).</AMDPAR>
          <P>The revisions read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 205.606</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Nonorganically produced agricultural products allowed as ingredients in or on processed products labeled as “organic.”</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(p) Lecithin—de-oiled.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(r) Orange pulp, dried.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v) Seaweed, Pacific kombu.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 3, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Robert C. Keeney,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-2938 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-02-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2009-0889; Directorate Identifier 2009-NE-35-AD; Amendment 39-16953; AD 2012-03-11]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Turbomeca S.A. Turboshaft Engines</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We are superseding an existing airworthiness directive (AD) for all Turbomeca S.A. Arriel 2B and 2B1 turboshaft engines. That AD currently requires checking the transmissible torque between the low-pressure (LP) pump impeller and the high-pressure (HP) pump shaft on high-pressure/low-pressure (HP/LP) pump hydro-mechanical metering units (HMUs) that do not incorporate Modification TU 147. This new AD requires inspection and possible replacement of the HMU. This AD was prompted by three additional cases of uncoupling of the HP/LP pump HMU LP fuel pump impeller and the HP fuel pump shaft, since the existing AD was issued. We are issuing this AD to prevent an uncommanded in-flight shutdown, which can result in a forced autorotation landing or accident.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This AD is effective March 20, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in the AD as of March 20, 2012.</P>
          <P>The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of March 11, 2010 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010).</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>For service information identified in this AD, contact Turbomeca S.A., 40220 Tarnos, France; phone: 33-05-59-74-40-00, fax: 33-05-59-74-45-15. You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.<PRTPAGE P="8093"/>
          </P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is Document Management Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Rose Len, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7772; fax: 781-238-7199; email:<E T="03">rose.len@faa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>

        <P>We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2010-03-06, Amendment 39-16189 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010). That AD applies to the specified products. The NPRM published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on November 7, 2011 (76 FR 68661). That NPRM proposed to require inspection and possible replacement of the HMU.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments</HD>
        <P>We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comment received on the proposal and the FAA's response to that comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Claim That the Shop Rate Is Too Low</HD>
        <P>One commenter, Advanced Helicopter Services, claimed that our shop rate in the proposed AD was too low.</P>
        <P>We do not agree. We used the hourly labor rate determined by the Office of Management and Budget. We did not change the AD.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Clarification of Paragraph (e)(1)(ii)</HD>
        <P>Since we issued the NPRM (76 FR 68661, November 7, 2011), we determined that paragraph (e)(1)(ii) was unclear and made changes to clarify the population affected. We also reformatted the compliance instruction in this paragraph for clarity.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Conclusion</HD>
        <P>We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD with the change described previously.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this AD will affect about 540 engines installed on helicopters of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 2.5 work-hours per engine to comply with this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Replacement HMUs will cost about $12,000 per engine. Based on these figures, if all of the HMUs were to fail the check, we estimate the cost of the AD on U.S. operators to be $6,594,750.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We have determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:</E>
        </P>
        <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
        <P>(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),</P>
        <P>(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
        <P>(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="39" TITLE="14">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by removing airworthiness directive (AD) 2010-03-06, Amendment 39-16189 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010), and adding the following new AD:</AMDPAR>
          
          <EXTRACT>
            <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
              <E T="04">2012-03-11Turbomeca S.A.:</E>Amendment 39-16953; Docket No. FAA-2009-0889; Directorate Identifier 2009-NE-35-AD.</FP>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Effective Date</HD>
            <P>This airworthiness directive (AD) is effective March 20, 2012.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
            <P>This AD supersedes AD 2010-03-06, Amendment 39-16189 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
            <P>This AD applies to all Turbomeca S.A. Arriel 2B and 2B1 turboshaft engines.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Unsafe Condition</HD>
            <P>This AD was prompted by three additional cases of uncoupling of the high-pressure/low-pressure (HP/LP) pump hydro-mechanical metering unit (HMU) low-pressure (LP) fuel pump impeller and the high-pressure (HP) fuel pump shaft, since AD 2010-03-06 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010) was issued. However, these failures were in HMUs that were modified to post-TU 147 configuration HMUs. The investigation indicates that these HMUs may also need to be replaced. We are issuing this AD to prevent an uncommanded in-flight shutdown, which can result in a forced autorotation landing or accident.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Compliance</HD>
            <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
            <P>(1) Check the transmissible torque between the LP fuel pump impeller and the HP fuel pump shaft as follows:</P>
            <P>(i) For HMUs that do not incorporate Modification TU 147, check the torque before accumulating 500 engine flight hours (EFH) since March 11, 2010 (the effective date of AD 2010-03-06 (75 FR 5689, February 4, 2010)). Use Paragraph 2 of Turbomeca Alert Mandatory Service Bulletin (MSB) No. A292 73 2830, Version B, dated July 10, 2009, to do the check.</P>

            <P>(ii) For HMUs that incorporated Modification TU 147 on or before March 31, 2010 and those HMUs that are not listed in Figures 2 or 3 of Turbomeca Alert MSB No. A292 73 2836, Version A, dated August 17, 2010:<PRTPAGE P="8094"/>
            </P>
            <P>(A) Check the torque within 750 EFH from the effective date of this AD, but no later than 14 months after the effective date of this AD.</P>
            <P>(B) Use Paragraph 2 of Turbomeca Alert MSB No. A292 73 2836, Version A, dated August 17, 2010, to do the check.</P>
            <P>(2) If the HMU does not pass the torque check, then replace the HMU with an HMU that is eligible for installation.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) HMU Reinstallation</HD>
            <P>Do not install any HMU removed from service by this AD until it has been checked in accordance with Paragraph 2 of Turbomeca Alert MSB No. A292 73 2836, Version A, dated August 17, 2010, or checked in accordance with Paragraph 2 of Turbomeca Alert MSB No. A292 73 2830, Version B, dated July 10, 2009, and found eligible for installation.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
            <P>The Manager, Engine Certification Office, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Use the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19 to make your request.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Related Information</HD>

            <P>For more information about this AD, contact Rose Len, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7772; fax: 781-238-7199; email:<E T="03">rose.len@faa.gov.</E>
            </P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
            <P>You must use the following service information to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise. The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 of the following service information on the date specified.</P>
            <P>(1) Turbomeca Alert Mandatory Service Bulletin No. A292 73 2836, Version A, dated August 17, 2010 approved for IBR on March 20, 2012.</P>
            <P>(2) Turbomeca Alert Mandatory Service Bulletin No. A292 73 2830, Version B, dated July 10, 2009 approved for IBR on March 11, 2010.</P>
            <P>(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Turbomeca S.A., 40220 Tarnos, France; phone: 33-05-59-74-40-00, fax: 33-05-59-74-45-15.</P>
            <P>(4) You may review copies of the service information at the FAA, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, 12 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.</P>

            <P>(5) You may also review copies of the service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:<E T="03">http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr_locations.html.</E>
            </P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on February 6, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Peter A. White,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Manager, Engine &amp; Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3255 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>17 CFR Part 200</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-66355]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Reporting Line for the Commission's Inspector General</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Securities and Exchange Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is amending its rules to conform them to amendments made to the Inspector General Act of 1978 that require the Commission's Inspector General to report to and be under the general supervision of the full Commission.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>February 14, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Mary Beth Sullivan, Counsel, Office of the Inspector General, at (202) 551-6039, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Discussion</HD>
        <P>Section 8G(d)(1) of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (“IG Act”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>provides: “Each Inspector General shall report to and be under the general supervision of the head of the designated Federal entity, but shall not report to, or be subject to supervision by, any other officer or employee of such designated Federal entity.” Prior to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”),<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>section 8G(a)(4) of the IG Act defined the “head of the designated Federal entity” to mean, unless specifically designated by statute, the chief policymaking officer or board of the designated Federal entity as identified in a list published annually by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”). OMB's annual lists identified the “Chairperson” as the head of the SEC. Section 989B of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the IG Act to provide that the “head of the designated Federal entity” with a board or commission (such as the SEC) means “the board or commission of the designated Federal entity * * * .” Accordingly, the Inspector General must now report to, and be under the general supervision of, the full Commission.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>Public Law 95-452; 92 Stat. 1101 (1978), as amended.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>Public Law 111-203; 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>These amendments conform the Commission's rules that address the reporting line of the Commission's Inspector General to the amendments made by the Dodd-Frank Act to the IG Act by replacing references to the “Chairman” in these rules with references to the “Commission”.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Related Matters</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Administrative Procedure Act and Other Administrative Laws</HD>
        <P>The Commission has determined that these amendments to its rules relate solely to the agency's organization, procedure, or practice. Accordingly, the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act regarding notice of proposed rulemaking and opportunity for public participation are not applicable.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The Regulatory Flexibility Act, therefore, does not apply.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>Because these rules relate solely to the agency's organization, procedure, or practice and do not substantially affect the rights or obligations of non-agency parties, they are not subject to the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>Finally, these amendments do not contain any collection of information requirements as defined by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, as amended.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>5 U.S.C. 553(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>5 U.S.C. 601-612.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>5 U.S.C. 804.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Cost-Benefit Analysis</HD>
        <P>The Commission is sensitive to the costs and benefits imposed by its rules. The amendments adopted today are procedural in nature and will produce the benefit of conforming the Commission's rules to amendments made to the IG Act that require the Commission's Inspector General to report to and be under the general supervision of the full Commission. The Commission also believes that these amendments will not impose any costs on non-agency parties, or that if there are any such costs, they are negligible.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Consideration of Burden on Competition</HD>

        <P>Section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange Act requires the Commission, in making rules pursuant to any provision of the Exchange Act, to consider among other<PRTPAGE P="8095"/>matters the impact any such rule would have on competition. The Commission does not believe that the amendments that the Commission is adopting today will have any impact on competition.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Statutory Authority:</HD>
          <P>The amendments to the Commission's rules are adopted pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 77s, 78d, 78d-1, 78d-2, 78w, 78mm, 80a-37, 80b-11, and 7202; 5 U.S.C. App. (Inspector General Act of 1978) § 8G; and § 989B of Pub. L. 111-203 (2010).</P>
        </AUTH>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 17 CFR Part 200</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Authority delegations (Government agencies), Organization and functions (Government agencies).</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Text of Amendments</HD>
        <P>In accordance with the preamble, the Commission hereby amends Title 17, Chapter II of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="200" TITLE="17">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 200—ORGANIZATION; CONDUCT AND ETHICS; AND INFORMATION AND REQUESTS</HD>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Organization and Program Management</HD>
            </SUBPART>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for Part 200, Subpart A, is amended by adding the following citation, in numerical order, to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>15 U.S.C. 77o, 77s, 77sss, 78d, 78d-1, 78d-2, 78w, 78<E T="03">ll</E>(d), 78mm, 80a-37, 80b-11, and 7202, unless otherwise noted.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>Section 200.16a is also issued under Sec. 989B of Pub. L. 111-203 (2010), 124 Stat. 1376; and 5 U.S.C. App. (Inspector General Act of 1978) Sec. 8G.</P>
          </EXTRACT>
          
          <STARS/>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="200" TITLE="17">
          <AMDPAR>2. § 200.16a is amended by removing the word “Chairman” and adding in its place the word “Commission” in paragraphs (b) and (c) wherever it appears.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 8, 2012.</DATED>
          
          <P>By the Commission.</P>
          <NAME>Elizabeth M. Murphy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3312 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>18 CFR Part 2</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. RM11-30-000; Order No. 756]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Technical Corrections to Commission Regulations</SUBJECT>
        <DATE>Issued February 8, 2012.</DATE>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule: correcting amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document adds sections that were inadvertently removed from the Final Rule that the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 1, 2012. The Final Rule revised a number of references in Commission regulations that had become outdated for various reasons or contain typographical errors. The changes contained in this amendment add or delete language in current Commission regulations by eliminating obsolete information and correcting clerical mistakes. The revisions are intended to be ministerial and/or informational in nature.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective date:</E>February 14, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Kenneth Yu, Office of the General Counsel, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, (202) 502-8482.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>This document corrects a document published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on February 1, 2012 (77 FR 4891), in which sections that were inadvertently removed.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 18 CFR Part 2</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Electric power, Natural gas, Pipelines, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Therefore, 18 CFR part 2 is amended by the following correcting amendments:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="2" TITLE="18">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—GENERAL POLICY AND INTERPRETATIONS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 2 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 601; 15 U.S.C. 717-717z, 3301-3432; 16 U.S.C. 792-828c, 2601-2645; 42 U.S.C. 4321-4370h, 7101-7352.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="2" TITLE="18">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Removed]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>2. Remove the first paragraph (b) in § 2.13 including the footnote.</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 2.55</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Corrected]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. In § 2.55(a)(2)(iii), revise the phrase “On and at the same time as” to read “On, or at the same time as,”.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Kimberly D. Bose,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3317 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6717-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">SUSQUEHANNA RIVER BASIN COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>18 CFR Part 806</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Review and Approval of Projects</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Susquehanna River Basin Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This document contains final rules that would amend the project review regulations of the Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Commission) to include definitions for new terms and an amended definition; provide for administrative approval of interbasin transfers of flowback and production fluids between drilling pad sites that are isolated from the waters of the basin; provide for administrative approval of out-of-basin transfers of flowback or produced fluids from a Commission approved hydrocarbon development project to an out-of-basin treatment or disposal facility; insert language authorizing renewal of expiring approvals, including Approvals by Rule (ABRs); delete specific references to geologic formations that may be the subject of natural gas development using hydrofracture stimulation and replace with a generic category—“unconventional natural gas development;” broaden the scope of ABRs issued to include hydrocarbon development of any kind utilizing the waters of the basin, not just unconventional natural gas well development; memorialize the current practice of requiring post-hydrofracture reporting; and provide further procedures for the approval of water sources utilized at projects subject to the ABR process.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective April 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Susquehanna River Basin Commission, 1721 North Front Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102-2391.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Richard A. Cairo, General Counsel, telephone: 717-238-0423, ext. 306; fax: 717-238-2436; email:<E T="03">rcairo@srbc.net.</E>Also, for further information on the proposed rulemaking, visit the Commission's Web site at<E T="03">www.srbc.net.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:<PRTPAGE P="8096"/>
        </HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments and Responses to Proposed Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on July 13, 2011; the New York Register on July 27, 2011; the Pennsylvania Bulletin on July 23, 2011; and the Maryland Register on July 29, 2011. The Commission convened public hearings on August 2, 2011, in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and on August 4, 2011, in Binghamton, New York. Public information meetings were also held on October 25, 2011 in Williamsport, Pennsylvania, and on October 27, 2011, in Camp Hill, Pennsylvania. The original 60-day comment period first established on June 23, 2011, was extended until November 10, 2011, pursuant to an action taken by the Commission on September 15, 2011. Comments on the proposed rulemaking were received at both the hearings and during the comment period. The comments can be divided into two categories: (1) General Comments—These comments are not directed to specific language of the proposed rulemaking, but rather address perceived environmental and policy impacts; and (2) Comments by Section—These comments are directed at the specific language of the proposed rulemaking, often offering further revisions to this language. A summary of both categories of comments and the Commission's responses thereto follows.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">General Comments</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The Commission should more clearly explain the scientific basis for the proposed rulemaking. Also, the Commission should conduct a full life cycle cumulative impact study of the basinwide impacts of unconventional natural gas extraction prior to issuing this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The proposed rulemaking is administrative in nature and involves no substantive change in the review standards applied to projects. Therefore, the basis of the rulemaking does not involve the analysis, evaluation or re-evaluation of scientific principals. On the whole, it is an attempt to codify within the rules certain definitions, existing practices and policies, and to establish certain procedures related to implementation of the Commission's regulatory authority.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The more extensive use of the Approval by Rule (ABR) process in this proposed rulemaking will weaken the Commission's regulatory oversight and will simply make it easier for gas well developers using hydrofracture stimulation methods to withdraw the waters of the basin.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Commission believes that this comment indicates a basic misunderstanding of the scope of the ABR process and the fact that all withdrawal projects will continue to be docketed and acted on by the full Commission. Through the docketing process, the Commission actively manages the use of the basin's waters and mitigates impacts on surface and ground waters through appropriate conditions limiting use. The ABR process then provides an efficient monitoring system for waters that are consumptively used. The Commission applies the same approval standards to all approvals, no matter the form they take. It exercises continuing jurisdiction and oversight to ensure compliance, and can reopen approvals and issue new orders or conditions if warranted.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Use of the ABR process to oversee the interbasin transfer of flowback and produced fluids and for the out of basin diversion of such fluids for treatment poses a danger to the waters of the basin due to its toxic content and the potential for spillage. The ABR process also bypasses the usual analysis given to proposed diversions of water.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The proposed rules simply formalize practices that are already in place for the transfer of such fluids. These procedures will provide a net benefit to the basin by encouraging the use and reuse of lesser quality water instead of unimpaired water from streams or ground water sources. Furthermore, unlike the typical diversion of water out of the basin where the consumptive loss occurs and is evaluated in the context of the proposed diversion activity, the consumptive loss in this situation is considered to have occurred at the time of the initial withdrawal from the system, before its first use within the basin and prior to being diverted out of the basin. For into-basin diversions, the existing standards are focused on limiting any introduction of contaminated sources into the waters of the basin. The final rulemaking, as structured, provides that same standard. What it changes is the form of the approval, not the standard that should be applied.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The Commission places too much reliance on allegedly inadequate state water quality laws relating to wastewater disposal and residual waste. For example, the Commission cannot rely on such state laws and regulations to isolate from the waters of the basin the flowback and production fluids whose interbasin transfer the Commission proposes to approve administratively. Therefore, it is incumbent on the Commission to invoke its own water quality regulatory authority and ensure that wastewater is indeed handled in a manner that isolates it from the waters of the basin.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Susquehanna River Basin Compact, Public Law 91-575, Section 5.2(b) gives specific emphasis to the primary role of the states in water quality management and control. Member states are already exercising or preparing to exercise their water quality authority with respect to gas drilling activity and are also strengthening their laws and regulations. At this stage, there appears to be no justification for the Commission to assume water quality jurisdiction. As noted in response to a comment below, the Commission is taking steps to replace the term “isolate from the waters of the basin” with language that references the standards and requirements of member jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The Commission's refusal to promulgate water quality regulations relating to gas well development will allow the non-uniform treatment of water users throughout the basin and therefore not conform to the purposes of the Susquehanna River Basin Compact.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The compact purpose of “uniform treatment of water users” does not require that the Commission exclusively regulate all aspects of water resources in the basin. If state regulations and standards are compatible with the Commission's Comprehensive Plan and do an adequate job of fulfilling the purposes of the plan, the Commission will not attempt to duplicate those regulations and standards. Where it does act, it does so in a manner that provides for uniform treatment of all water users.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The expanded use of the ABR process lessens the opportunity for public input and scrutiny on project approvals.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Commission disagrees. The ABR applications must be noticed by applicants and there is an opportunity for interested citizens to comment on these applications before an approval is issued. ABRs are also subject to the same approval standards as docketed approvals, and may be reopened and modified by the Executive Director should unforeseen problems arise. Furthermore, notice of issuance of an ABR is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and any such approval is subject to appeal pursuant to § 808.2.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The Commission should not be extending the scope of the ABR program to include other forms of hydrocarbon development without first determining if the ABR program is<PRTPAGE P="8097"/>suitable for these other forms of development.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The ABR process has proven to be a valuable tool for monitoring consumptive use related activity on pad sites. This rulemaking, which as noted above is administrative in nature, would extend the use of this valuable tracking tool to other forms of hydrocarbon development. Water withdrawals by any water user, including that undertaken for use in other forms of hydrocarbon development, will still undergo the full docket approval process, and be subject to all applicable Commission standards and requirements.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The Commission is a federal agency under the Susquehanna River Basin Compact and is subject to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). It must therefore complete all NEPA requirements in connection with this proposed rulemaking action.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The Commission categorically rejects any suggestion that it is subject to NEPA. This is consistent with the position the Commission has taken on NEPA since the 1980s. Instead of a federal agency, the Commission is a federal-interstate compact agency representing all four of its member jurisdictions. The federal government is only one voting member of the Commission and any action of the Commission requires the vote of a majority of the members. Therefore, the actions of the Commission are not the actions of the federal government, but the joint actions of the member jurisdictions. Also, Congress has specifically exempted the Commission from the provisions of the federal Administrative Procedures Act (APA). Federal court decisions have taken a consistent view, namely that agencies not subject to the APA are not federal agencies in the conventional sense and are therefore not subject to NEPA or similar laws imposing requirements on “federal agencies.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments by Section, Part 806</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.3—Definitions</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The 30-day rule in the proposed definition of flowback means that fluid produced from the well bore from the 31st day until the well is placed in production is neither flowback or production fluid within the definition (unless the well is placed into production during the initial 30-day period).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Agreed. The proposed definition is modified to remove the 30-day reference and to make clear that return flow recovered post-hydrofracture and pre-production is defined as flowback.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The word “siting” in the definitions of “hydrocarbon development” and “unconventional natural gas development” is inconsistent with the “initiation of construction” standard in the Commission's project review regulations. The regulations specify the “spudding of the well” to be the initiation of a well project.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Agreed. The word “siting” is deleted from this definition to avoid the inconsistency.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The definition of “project” does not make clear that “unconventional natural gas development” is a subset of “hydrocarbon development activity.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Language is inserted in the definition to clarify that the term is a sub-category of hydrocarbon development.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Several comments expressed disagreement with the proposed definition of “tophole water,” with one suggesting use of Pennsylvania's definition instead and another claiming that the definition is too vague.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The tophole water definition is replaced with a modified version of the Pennsylvania definition. The modification, notably removing the reference to surface water, makes it generally consistent with New York's interpretation of the term and allows for more basinwide consistency.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.4—Projects Requiring Review and Approval</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraphs 806.4(a)(3)(v) &amp; (vi)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The phrase “in such manner as to isolate it from the waters of the basin” is too vague and should be replaced with a reference to the actual controls exercised by the member states. Also, because the industry may mix the waters of the basin withdrawn from surface and ground water sources with flowback or production fluids in preparation for hydrofracture use, it is not possible to isolate it from the waters of the basin if read strictly.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The “isolate” terminology is replaced with “provided it is handled, transported and stored in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdictions.” The same language has also been inserted in Paragraph 806.4(a)(3)(vi), which similarly addresses diversions of flowback or production fluids, and is substituted in Paragraph 806.22(f)(11)(iii) for the same reason.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>There is no clear requirement that project sponsors keep track of interbasin transfers of flowback and production fluids.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Language is added to paragraphs 806.4(a)(3)(v) and (vi) reinforcing the requirement that all monitoring and reporting requirements applicable to the pad site ABR must be met. Similar language is added to paragraph 806.22(f)(11) to meet the same concerns about tracking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.4(3)(vi)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The use of the phrase “the same” implies that each tank load of flowback or production fluid would require separate approval.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The language is replaced with “flowback or production fluids” to remove any uncertainty.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.13—Submission of Application</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The phrase “Project sponsors of projects subject to review and approval” should properly be changed to read “Sponsors of projects subject to review and approval.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Agreed. The suggested change is incorporated into the final rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.14—Contents of Application</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.14(a)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>With respect to renewal applications, there is no clear indication that they will be made subject to any approval standards.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>To remove any ambiguity, and to further clarify the original intent concerning renewal standards, the phrase “shall be subject to the standards set forth in Subpart C—Standards for Review and Approval of this Part” is added to this paragraph.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.15—Notice of Application</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.15(e)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The requirement for a newspaper notice in areas where a wastewater discharge source is to be used is unworkable where such water is mixed with other water sources at the initial destination and is then redistributed, oftentimes to other locations not contemplated at the time notice is given.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The word “initially” is added before the phrase “used for natural gas development” to limit this requirement to the initial location(s) where this water is contemplated for use at the time of application.<PRTPAGE P="8098"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 806.22—Standards for Consumptive Use of Water</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(10)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Extension of ABR approval terms to 15 years will essentially lessen or weaken the oversight that the Commission exercises over gas drilling activities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Though the Commission feels that there is a fundamental misunderstanding by some who commented about the ongoing oversight that it exercises over approved projects, and the ability of the Commission to reopen approvals, it is willing to retain the current approval term with the addition of procedures for renewal of ABRs. Therefore, the proposed change is removed from the final rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(11)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Need to make clear that this paragraph applies to the use of sources in addition to those sources approved for use by the project sponsor pursuant to § 806.4.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Wording is added to the beginning of this paragraph to make the suggested clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(11)(i), (ii), and (iv)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>Tophole water, precipitation and storm water collected on the pad site or water obtained from a hydrocarbon storage facility can be contaminated, so there is a need to appropriately limit its use.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Language is added limiting the use of this water to drilling or hydrofracture stimulation only, or in the case of paragraph 806.22(f)(11)(iv), limiting the use to that provided for in the approval.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(11)(iii)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>As defined, flowback and production fluids do not cover all fluids encountered in the drilling process that serve as a water source under current practice. For example, water can be recovered from drilling muds. Also, such fluids can be recovered from production well sites, in addition to drilling pad sites or hydrocarbon water storage facilities. Current Commission policy allows for the reuse of such fluids.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Drilling fluids and formation fluids are added to this paragraph to cover all fluids recovered during the drilling process and used under current practice for hydrofracture stimulation. The term “production well site” is also added to clarify the sites from which such fluids can be recovered. The word “only” is also added to this paragraph to make clear that these fluids may only be used for hydrofracture stimulation. Language is also added clarifying that all such fluids must be handled, transported and stored in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(14)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The provisions of the proposed paragraph 806.22(f)(13) pertaining to hydrocarbon water storage facilities need to be separated from provisions relating to public water supply and wastewater sources because of the possible application of the terms to third party water purveyors building hydrocarbon water storage facilities that may not be associated with ABRs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>The changes incorporated into the final rule break out a separate paragraph 806.22(f)(14), clarifying the scope and intent, but make no substantive changes to the provisions contained in the proposed rulemaking. The rule is intended to provide for the approval of such facilities (not otherwise associated with an ABR) to provide a mechanism for monitoring, reporting and tracking associated with such facilities, and to allow for the industry to efficiently register such sources for use.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Paragraph 806.22(f)(15)</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment:</E>The language in paragraphs 806.22(f)(12)(i) and (ii) relating to providing a copy of any registration or source approval to the appropriate agency of a member state, etc., is repetitive.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Language related to registrations and source approvals that is repetitive is removed and restated once in new paragraph 806.22(f)(15).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 18 CFR Part 806</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Water resources.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>Accordingly, for the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Susquehanna River Basin Commission amends 18 CFR part 806 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 806—REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF PROJECTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for Part 806 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

            <P>Secs. 3.4, 3.5(5), 3.8, 3.10 and 15.2, Pub. L. 91-575, 84 Stat. 1509<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—General Provisions</HD>
          </SUBPART>

          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 806.3 by adding definitions for “Flowback”, “Formation fluids”, “Hydrocarbon development”, “Hydrocarbon water storage facility”, “Production fluids”, “Tophole water”, and<E T="03"/>“Unconventional natural gas development,” and revising the definition of “Project” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Flowback.</E>The return flow of water and formation fluids recovered from the wellbore of an unconventional natural gas or hydrocarbon development well following the release of pressures induced as part of the hydraulic fracture stimulation of a target geologic formation, and until the well is placed into production.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Formation fluids.</E>Fluids in a liquid or gaseous physical state, present within the pore spaces, fractures, faults, vugs, caverns, or any other spaces of formations, whether or not naturally occurring or injected therein.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hydrocarbon development.</E>Activity associated with the drilling, casing, cementing, stimulation and completion of wells, including but not limited to unconventional natural gas development wells, undertaken for the purpose of extraction of liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons from geologic formations.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Hydrocarbon water storage facility.</E>An engineered barrier or structure, including but not limited to tanks, pits or impoundments, constructed for the purpose of storing water, flowback or production fluids for use in hydrocarbon development.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Production fluids.</E>Water or formation fluids recovered at the wellhead of a producing hydrocarbon well as a by-product of the production activity.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Project.</E>Any work, service, activity, or facility undertaken, which is separately planned, financed or identified by the Commission, or any separate facility undertaken or to be undertaken by the Commission or otherwise within a specified area, for the conservation, utilization, control, development, or management of water resources, which can be established and utilized independently, or as an addition to an existing facility, and can be considered as a separate entity for purposes of evaluation. For purposes of hydrocarbon development activity, including that related to unconventional natural gas development, the project shall be considered to be the drilling pad upon which one or more exploratory or production wells are undertaken, and all water-related appurtenant facilities and activities related thereto.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Tophole water.</E>Water that is brought to the surface while drilling through the<PRTPAGE P="8099"/>strata containing fresh groundwater. Tophole water may contain drill cuttings typical of the formation being penetrated but may not be polluted or contaminated by additives, brine, oil or man induced conditions.</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Unconventional natural gas development.</E>Activity associated with the drilling, casing, cementing, stimulation and completion of wells undertaken for the purpose of extraction of gaseous hydrocarbons from low permeability geologic formations utilizing enhanced drilling, stimulation or recovery techniques.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <AMDPAR>3. In § 806.4, revise paragraph (a)(3) introductory text, add paragraphs (a)(3)(v) and (a)(3)(vi), and revise paragraph (a)(8), as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Projects requiring review and approval.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Diversions.</E>Except with respect to agricultural water use projects not subject to the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the projects described in paragraphs (a)(3)(i) through (a)(3)(iv) of this section shall require an application to be submitted in accordance with § 806.13, and shall be subject to the standards set forth in § 806.24. The project sponsors of out-of-basin diversions shall also comply with all applicable requirements of this part relating to consumptive uses and withdrawals. The projects identified in paragraphs (a)(3)(v) and (a)(3)(vi) of this section shall be subject to regulation pursuant to § 806.22(f).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(v) The interbasin diversion of any flowback or production fluids from hydrocarbon development projects from one drilling pad site to another drilling pad site for use in hydrofracture stimulation, provided it is handled, transported and stored in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction, shall not be subject to separate review and approval as a diversion under this paragraph if the generating or receiving pad site is subject to an Approval by Rule issued pursuant to § 806.22(f) and provided all monitoring and reporting requirements applicable to such approval are met.</P>
            <P>(vi) The diversion of flowback or production fluids from a hydrocarbon development project for which an Approval by Rule has been issued pursuant to § 806.22(f), to an out-of-basin treatment or disposal facility authorized under separate governmental approval to accept flowback or production fluids, shall not be subject to separate review and approval as a diversion under this paragraph, provided all monitoring and reporting requirements applicable to the Approval by Rule are met and it is handled, transported and stored in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(8) Any unconventional natural gas development project in the basin involving a withdrawal, diversion or consumptive use, regardless of the quantity.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Application Procedure</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <AMDPAR>4. Revise § 806.13 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Submission of application.</SUBJECT>
            <P>Sponsors of projects subject to review and approval of the Commission under §§ 806.4, 806.5 or 806.6, or project sponsors seeking renewal of an existing approval of the Commission, shall submit an application and applicable fee to the Commission, in accordance with this subpart.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <AMDPAR>5. In § 806.14, revise paragraph (a) introductory text to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.14</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Contents of application.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Except with respect to applications to renew an existing Commission approval, applications shall include, but not be limited to, the following information and, where applicable, shall be submitted on forms and in the manner prescribed by the Commission. Renewal applications shall include such information that the Commission determines to be necessary for the review of same, shall be subject to the standards set forth in Subpart C—Standards for Review and Approval of this part, and shall likewise be submitted on forms and in the manner prescribed by the Commission.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <AMDPAR>6. In § 806.15, revise paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) and add paragraph (g), as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Notice of application.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) For applications submitted under § 806.22(f)(13) for a public water supply source, the newspaper notice requirement contained in paragraph (a) of this section shall be satisfied by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area served by the public water supply.</P>
            <P>(e) For applications submitted under § 806.22(f)(13) for a wastewater discharge source, the newspaper notice requirement contained in paragraph (a) of this section shall be satisfied by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in each area within which the water obtained from such source will initially be used for natural gas development.</P>
            <P>(f) For applications submitted under § 806.22(f)(14) for a hydrocarbon water storage facility, the newspaper notice requirement contained in paragraph (a) of this section shall be satisfied by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area in which the facility is located.</P>
            <P>(g) The project sponsor shall provide the Commission with a copy of the United States Postal Service return receipt for the notifications to agencies of member States, municipalities and county planning agencies required under paragraph (a) of this section. The project sponsor shall also provide certification on a form provided by the Commission that it has published the newspaper notice(s) required by this section and made the landowner notifications as required under paragraph (b) of this section, if applicable. Until these items are provided to the Commission, processing of the application will not proceed. The project sponsor shall maintain all proofs of notice required hereunder for the duration of the approval related to such notices.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="806" TITLE="18">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Standards for Review and Approval</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <AMDPAR>7. In § 806.22, revise paragraphs (e)(1), (e)(6), (f) introductory text, (f)(1), (f)(4), (f)(6), (f)(8), (f)(9), (f)(11), and (f)(12), and add paragraphs (f)(13), (f)(14) and (f)(15), to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 806.22</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Standards for consumptive uses of water.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(e) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) Except with respect to projects involving hydrocarbon development subject to the provisions of paragraph (f) of this section, any project whose sole source of water for consumptive use is a public water supply, may be approved by the Executive Director under this paragraph (e) in accordance with the following, unless the Executive Director determines that the project cannot be adequately regulated under this approval by rule.</P>
            <STARS/>

            <P>(6) The Executive Director may grant, deny, suspend, rescind, modify or condition an approval to operate under this approval by rule, or renew an existing approval by rule previously granted hereunder, and will notify the project sponsor of such determination,<PRTPAGE P="8100"/>including the quantity of consumptive use approved.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) Approval by rule for consumptive use related to unconventional natural gas and other hydrocarbon development.</P>
            <P>(1) Any unconventional natural gas development project, or any hydrocarbon development project subject to review and approval under §§ 806.4, 806.5, or 806.6 of this part, shall be subject to review and approval by the Executive Director under this paragraph (f) regardless of the source or sources of water being used consumptively.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) The project sponsor shall comply with metering, daily use monitoring and quarterly reporting as specified in § 806.30, or as otherwise required by the approval by rule. Daily use monitoring shall include amounts delivered or withdrawn per source, per day, and amounts used per gas well, per day, for well drilling, hydrofracture stimulation, hydrostatic testing, and dust control. The foregoing shall apply to all water, including stimulation additives, flowback, drilling fluids, formation fluids and production fluids, utilized by the project. The project sponsor shall also submit a post-hydrofracture report in a form and manner as prescribed by the Commission.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(6) Any flowback or production fluids utilized by the project sponsor for hydrofracture stimulation undertaken at the project shall be separately accounted for, but shall not be included in the daily consumptive use amount calculated for the project, or be subject to the mitigation requirements of § 806.22(b).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(8) The project sponsor shall certify to the Commission that all flowback and production fluids have been re-used or treated and disposed of in accordance with applicable state and federal law.</P>
            <P>(9) The Executive Director may grant, deny, suspend, rescind, modify or condition an approval to operate under this approval by rule, or renew an existing approval by rule granted hereunder, and will notify the project sponsor of such determination, including the sources and quantity of consumptive use approved. The issuance of any approval hereunder shall not be construed to waive or exempt the project sponsor from obtaining Commission approval for any water withdrawals or diversions subject to review pursuant to § 806.4(a). Any sources of water approved pursuant to this section shall be further subject to any approval or authorization required by the member jurisdiction.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(11) In addition to water sources approved for use by the project sponsor pursuant to § 806.4 or this section, for unconventional natural gas development or hydrocarbon development, whichever is applicable, a project sponsor issued an approval by rule pursuant to paragraph (f) (9) of this section may utilize any of the following water sources at the drilling pad site, subject to such monitoring and reporting requirements as the Commission may prescribe:</P>
            <P>(i) Tophole water encountered during the drilling process, provided it is used only for drilling or hydrofracture stimulation.</P>
            <P>(ii) Precipitation or stormwater collected on the drilling pad site, provided it is used only for drilling or hydrofracture stimulation.</P>
            <P>(iii) Drilling fluids, formation fluids, flowback or production fluids obtained from a drilling pad site, production well site or hydrocarbon water storage facility, provided it is used only for hydrofracture stimulation, and is handled, transported and stored in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction.</P>
            <P>(iv) Water obtained from a hydrocarbon water storage facility associated with an approval issued by the Commission pursuant to § 806.4(a) or by the Executive Director pursuant to this section, provided it is used only for the purposes authorized therein, and in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction.</P>
            <P>(12) A project sponsor issued an approval by rule pursuant to paragraph (f)(9) of this section may utilize a source of water approved by the Commission pursuant to § 806.4(a), or by the Executive Director pursuant to paragraph (f)(14) of this section, and issued to persons other than the project sponsor, provided any such source is approved for use in unconventional natural gas development, or hydrocarbon development, whichever is applicable, the project sponsor has an agreement for its use, and at least 10 days prior to use, the project sponsor registers such source with the Commission on a form and in the manner prescribed by the Commission.</P>
            <P>(13) A project sponsor issued an approval by rule pursuant to paragraph (f)(9) of this section may also utilize other sources of water, including but not limited to, public water supply or wastewater discharge not otherwise associated with an approval issued by the Commission pursuant to § 806.4(a) or an approval by rule issued pursuant to paragraph (f)(9) of this section, provided such sources are first approved by the Executive Director. Any request for approval shall be submitted on a form and in the manner prescribed by the Commission, shall satisfy the notice requirements set forth in § 806.15, and shall be subject to review pursuant to the standards set forth in subpart C of this part.</P>
            <P>(14) A project sponsor issued an approval by rule pursuant to paragraph (f)(9) of this section may utilize water obtained from a hydrocarbon water storage facility that is not otherwise associated with an approval issued by the Commission pursuant to § 806.4(a), or an approval by rule issued pursuant to paragraph (f)(9) of this section, provided such sources are first approved by the Executive Director and are constructed and maintained in compliance with all standards and requirements of the applicable member jurisdiction. The owner or operator of any such facility shall submit a request for approval on a form and in the manner prescribed by the Commission, shall satisfy the notice requirements set forth in § 806.15, and shall be subject to review pursuant to the standards set forth in subpart C of this part.</P>
            <P>(15) The project sponsor shall provide a copy of any registration or source approval issued pursuant to this section to the appropriate agency of the applicable member jurisdiction. The project sponsor shall record on a daily basis, and report quarterly on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Commission, the quantity of water obtained from any source registered or approved hereunder. Any source approval issued hereunder shall also be subject to such monitoring and reporting requirements as may be contained in such approval or otherwise required by this part.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: January 27, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Thomas W. Beauduy,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Executive Director.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-2504 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7040-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="8101"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>19 CFR Part 351</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 101130598-2109-03]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0625-AA87</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings; Final Modification</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Import Administration, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; Final Modification.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>The Department of Commerce (“the Department”) is modifying its methodology regarding the calculation of the weighted-average dumping margins and antidumping duty assessment rate in certain segments of antidumping duty proceedings<E T="03">(hereinafter, “Final Modification for Reviews”).</E>Currently, in a review of an antidumping duty order conducted under 19 CFR 351.213 (administrative review), 351.214 (new shipper review), and 351.215 (expedited antidumping review) (collectively “reviews”), the Department usually makes comparisons between transaction-specific export prices and average normal values and does not offset the amount of dumping that is found with the results of comparisons for which the transaction-specific export price, or constructed export price, exceeds normal value. Several World Trade Organization (“WTO”) dispute settlement reports have found that the United States' application of these methodologies was inconsistent with its WTO obligations. Under this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department will calculate weighted-average margins of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rates in a manner which provides offsets for non-dumped comparisons while using monthly average-to-average (“A-A”) comparisons in reviews, paralleling the WTO-consistent methodology that the Department applies in original investigations. The Department is also modifying its practice in five-year (“sunset”) reviews, such that it will not rely on weighted-average dumping margins that were calculated using the methodology found to be WTO-inconsistent. The schedule for implementing these changes is set forth in the “Timetable” section in<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>are effective April 16, 2012. The modification in the methodology will apply to preliminary determinations issued after April 16, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Rachael Nimmo, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: 202-482-0836.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>In antidumping duty proceedings, the Department determines margins of dumping by comparing normal value with the export price<SU>1</SU>

          <FTREF/>of comparable merchandise. Prior to this Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department typically has compared normal value and export price using the average-to-transaction (“A-T”) method, which involved a comparison of the weighted-average normal value<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>to the export price of individual transactions for comparable merchandise. When aggregating the results of these comparisons to determine the weighted-average margin of dumping in a review, the Department did not offset the results of the comparisons for which export price was less than normal value by the results of comparisons for which export price exceeded normal value.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>When determining importer-specific assessment rates in a review, the Department similarly aggregated the results of importer-specific comparison results and did not offset the comparison results for which export price was less than normal value by the comparison results for which export price exceeded normal value.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>The Department may also use constructed export prices, if appropriate. Because the use of export prices or constructed export prices is not relevant to the substance of this notice, the Department refers only to export prices hereafter.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>In addition to weighted-average comparison market prices, the Department may base normal value on constructed value or appropriately valued factors of production, where required by law or regulation.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>Section 771(35)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) defines the dumping margin as the amount by which normal value “exceeds” export price (or constructed export price). Section 771(35)(B) defines the weighted-average dumping margin as the percentage determined by dividing the aggregate dumping margins determined for a specific exporter or producer by the aggregate export or constructed export price of that exporter or producer.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This methodology was challenged as being inconsistent with the WTO General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 (“GATT 1994”) and the Agreement on Implementation of Article VI of the GATT 1994 (“Antidumping Agreement”) in several disputes.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>The WTO Appellate Body in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC), US—Zeroing (Japan), US—Stainless Steel (Mexico),</E>and<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC)</E>found the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons in antidumping duty reviews to be inconsistent with Article 9.3 of the Antidumping Agreement and Article VI:2 of the GATT 1994, either “as such,” or “as applied” in certain reviews, or both.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>The WTO Dispute Settlement Body has adopted the dispute settlement panel reports, as modified by the WTO Appellate Body, which found the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons in reviews to be inconsistent with the United States' WTO obligations.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">United States-Laws, Regulations and Methodology for Calculating Dumping Margins (“Zeroing”)</E>(“<E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC)</E>”), WT/DS294/R, WT/DS294/AB/R, adopted May 9, 2006;<E T="03">United States-Measures Related to Zeroing and Sunset Reviews</E>(“<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan)</E>”), WT/DS322/R, WT/DS322/AB/R, adopted Jan. 23, 2007;<E T="03">United States-Final Anti-Dumping Measures on Stainless Steel from Mexico</E>(“<E T="03">US—Stainless Steel (Mexico)</E>”), WT/DS344/R, WT/DS344/AB/R, adopted May 20, 2008;<E T="03">United States-Continued Existence and Application of Zeroing Methodology</E>(“<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC)</E>”), WT/DS350/R, WR/DS350/AB/R, adopted Feb. 19, 2009.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>
            <E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS294/R, WT/DS294/AB/R, para. 263(a)(i);<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>WT/DS322/R, WT/DS322/AB/R, para. 190(c) &amp; 190(e);<E T="03">US—Stainless Steel (Mexico),</E>WT/DS344/R, WT/DS344/AB/R, paras. 165(a) &amp; 165(b);<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS350/R, para. 8.1(e), WT/DS350/AB/R, paras. 395(a)(v), 395(d) &amp; 395(e)(ii).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Additionally, in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC), US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>and<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>the WTO Appellate Body found that the reliance on weighted-average margins of dumping calculated without granting offsets for non-dumped comparisons as the basis for determinations made in certain sunset reviews was inconsistent with Article 11.3 of the Antidumping Agreement.<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>In<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>the WTO Appellate Body also found that the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons in original antidumping duty investigations using transaction-to-transaction (“T-T”) comparisons<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>was inconsistent with<PRTPAGE P="8102"/>Articles 2.4 and 2.4.2 of the Antidumping Agreement.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>The WTO Appellate Body, in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>further found that the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons in antidumping duty new shipper reviews was inconsistent with Articles 2.4 and 9.5 of the Antidumping Agreement.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>
            <E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS294/AB/RW, para. 469(h)(iv) &amp; (vi);<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>WT/DS322/AB/R, para. 190(f);<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS350/R, para. 8.1(f), WT/DS350/AB/R, para. 395 (f).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>Pursuant to section 777A(d)(1)(A) of the Act, in an investigation, the Department may determine whether the subject merchandise is being sold at less than fair value by comparing normal values of individual transactions to the export prices of individual transactions for comparable merchandise (the transaction-to-transaction comparison method). The Department's regulations state that the Department will use the transaction-to-transaction method only in unusual situations, such as when there are very few sales of subject merchandise and the merchandise sold in each market is identical or very similar or is custom-made. 19 CFR 351.414(c)(1).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>WT/DS322/AB/R, para. 190(b).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.,</E>para. 190(d).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Following these adverse findings, the United States Trade Representative (“USTR”), informed the WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB), that the United States intended to comply with its WTO obligations in these disputes.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>Pursuant to section 123(f) of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (“URAA”), the USTR notified the House Ways and Means and Senate Finance Committees of the adverse findings, and further consulted with these committees concerning implementation.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>WT/DSB/M/213 at para. 2 (minutes of U.S. statement at May 30, 2006 DSB meeting), WT/DSB/M/226 at para. 34 (minutes of U.S. statement at Feb. 20, 2007 DSB meeting), WT/DSB/M/251 at para. 9 (minutes of U.S. statement at June 2, 2008 DSB meeting), WT/DSB/M/266 at para. 57 (minutes of U.S. statement at March 20, 2009 DSB meeting).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Pursuant to section 123(g)(1) of the URAA, on December 28, 2010, the Department published a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>proposing to modify its methodology for calculating weighted-average margins of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rates to provide offsets for non-dumped comparisons while using monthly A-A comparisons in reviews, in a manner that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in original antidumping duty investigations.<E T="03">Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings,</E>75 FR 81533 (December 28, 2010) (“<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>”). In that notice, the Department solicited comments on its proposal. On February 1, 2011, the Department extended the period of time for the submission of comments.<E T="03">Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings,</E>76 FR 5518 (Feb. 1, 2011).</P>
        <P>In September, 2011, pursuant to section 123(g)(1)(D) of the URAA, the USTR submitted a report to the House Ways and Means and Senate Finance Committees describing the proposed modification, the reasons for the modification, and a summary of the advice USTR had sought and obtained from relevant private sector advisory committees pursuant to section 123(g)(1)(B) of the URAA. Also in September, 2011, pursuant to section 123(g)(1)(E) of URAA, the USTR, working with the Department of Commerce, began consultations with both congressional committees concerning the proposed contents of the final rule and final modification. This notice is published pursuant to section 123(g)(1)(F) of the URAA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Final Modification for Calculating the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings</HD>

        <P>After considering all of the comments submitted, the Department is adopting the proposed changes to its methodology for calculating weighted-average margins of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rates to provide offsets for non-dumped comparisons when using monthly A-A comparisons in reviews, in a manner that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in original antidumping duty investigations. In reviews, except where the Department determines that application of a different comparison method is more appropriate, the Department will compare monthly weighted-average export prices with monthly weighted-average normal values, and will grant an offset for all such comparisons that show export price exceeds normal value in the calculation of the weighted-average margin of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rate. Where the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter is determined to be zero or<E T="03">de minimis,</E>no antidumping duties will be assessed.</P>
        <P>In adopting this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department's intention is to apply a comparison methodology in reviews that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in original investigations,<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>which will necessarily include any exceptional or alternative comparison methods that are determined appropriate to address case-specific circumstances. Accordingly, similar to the conduct of original investigations, when conducting reviews under the modified methodology, the Department will determine on a case-by-case basis whether it is appropriate to use an alternative comparison methodology by examining the same criteria that the Department examines in original investigations pursuant to section 777A(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>
            <E T="03">See Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin During an Antidumping Investigation; Final Modification,</E>71 FR 77722 (Dec. 27, 2006) (“<E T="03">Final Modification for Investigations</E>”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Department has rarely applied the transaction-to-transaction method in original antidumping duty investigations. In the most recent original investigation in which the Department calculated the weighted-average margins of dumping using T-T comparisons, the Department did not grant offsets for non-dumped comparisons.<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>The WTO Appellate Body has found the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons in original investigations using T-T comparisons to be inconsistent with the WTO obligations of the United States. To the extent that any prior original antidumping duty investigations using T-T comparisons could be construed as establishing a practice of the Department with respect to the granting or denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons when calculating the weighted-average margin of dumping, the Department hereby withdraws any such practice. Specifically, if the Department applies the T-T comparison methodology in a future antidumping duty proceeding, it will do so without reference to, or reliance on, any prior practice with regard to the issue of offsets because any such practice has been withdrawn.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>
            <E T="03">See Notice of Determination Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act; Antidumping Measures Concerning Certain Softwood Lumber Products from Canada,</E>70 FR 22, 636 (May 2, 2005).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In order to implement the revised methodology, it is necessary to modify certain provisions of the Department's regulations. In particular, 19 CFR 351.414(a) and (c) indicate a preference for making A-T comparisons in reviews. These provisions will be modified to permit application of A-A comparisons in reviews in a manner that parallels the comparison methods used in original investigations. In addition, sections 351.414(d)(3) and (e) of the Department's regulations set forth the time periods over which weighted averages are calculated. Section 351.414(d)(3) provides that when applying the A-A method, the weighted averages will normally be calculated over the entire period of investigation or review, unless another averaging period is deemed appropriate. Section 351.414 (e) provides that when applying the A-T method in a review, the Department will calculate weighted-average normal values on a monthly basis.<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>The<PRTPAGE P="8103"/>Department currently relies on monthly weighted-average normal values when calculating dumping margins in reviews, and departing from monthly averaging is not necessary to comply with the WTO findings. Accordingly, the Department is modifying section 351.414(d)(3) to permit weighted averages normally to be calculated on a monthly basis in reviews, regardless of the comparison method used. Conforming changes to section 351.414(e) will ensure sections 351.414(d)(3) and (e) do not contain redundant language. The language for the modified provisions is set forth at the end of this notice.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>The Department recognizes that the Statement of Administrative Action (“SAA”) states that “the preferred methodology in reviews will be to compare average to individual export prices”<PRTPAGE/>
            <E T="03">(Statement of Administrative Action,</E>p, 843, H. Doc. No. 103-316, vol. 1 (1994)); however, in order to implement the findings in the WTO dispute settlement reports, the Department will restrict the use of that preferred methodology to situations in which the Department, on the basis of the facts of the specific administrative review, determines that average-to-transaction comparisons are more appropriate than average-to-average comparisons.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>With respect to the findings of inconsistency in certain of the Department's sunset reviews,<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>the Department notes that the underlying issue is the methodology for calculating weighted-average dumping margins in original investigations and reviews, which is addressed by the modifications the Department has made with respect to investigations and is making herein with respect to reviews. When making a sunset determination, the statute requires administrative review margins to be “considered” but does not require that the Department rely on such margins exclusively or in a particular manner in making its determination whether dumping will continue or recur if the antidumping order were to be revoked.<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>Notwithstanding the Department's prior practice of relying on margins determined in the original investigation and subsequent reviews when determining whether dumping is likely to continue in the absence of an antidumping order,<SU>16</SU>

          <FTREF/>the Department will modify its practice in five-year sunset reviews, such that it will not rely on weighted-average dumping margins that were calculated using the methodology determined by the Appellate Body to be WTO-inconsistent in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC), US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>and<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC).</E>However, only in the most extraordinary circumstances will the Department rely on margins other than those calculated and published in prior determinations, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.218(e)(2).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS294/AB/RW, para. 469(h)(iv) &amp; (vi),<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>WT/DS322/AB/R, para. 190(f);<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS350/R, para. 8.1(f), WT/DS350/AB/R, para. 395 (f).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>section 752(c)(1) of the Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>
            <E T="03">See e.g., Certain Circular Welded Carbon Steel Pipes and Tubes From India, Thailand, and Turkey; Final Results of Expedited Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>76 FR 66893 (Oct. 28, 2011), and accompanying Issues and Decision Memorandum, at Cmt. 1.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The Department does not anticipate that it will need to recalculate the dumping margins in the vast majority of future sunset determinations to avoid WTO inconsistency, apart from the “most extraordinary circumstances” provided for in its regulations. Instead, the Department will limit its reliance to margins determined or applied during the five-year sunset period that were not determined in a manner found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes. Future dumping margins in reviews will be determined in accordance with this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>The Department may also rely on past dumping margins that were not affected by the WTO-inconsistent methodology, such as dumping margins recalculated pursuant to Section 129 proceedings, dumping margins determined based on the use of adverse facts available, and dumping margins where no offsets were denied because all comparison results were positive. If the dumping margins determined in a manner not found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes indicate that dumping continued with the discipline of the order in place, those dumping margins alone can form the basis for a determination that dumping will continue or recur if the order were to be revoked. Additionally, if dumping margins decline over the five-year sunset period, or if there are no dumping margins during the five-year sunset period, decreased volumes may provide another basis to determine that dumping is likely to continue or recur if the discipline of the order is removed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Assessment Rates</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(A) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.212(b), the Department will determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) will assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. When an administrative review is conducted, and where the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter or producer is determined to be greater than<E T="03">de minimis,</E>the Department will calculate an importer-specific<E T="03">ad valorem</E>assessment rate for each importer of subject merchandise covered by the review. 19 CFR 351.212(b)(1). Importer-specific assessment rates will be calculated in the same manner as the exporter's dumping margin, on the basis of average-to-average comparisons using only the transactions associated with that importer with offsets being provided for non-dumped comparisons. Where the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter or producer is determined to be zero or<E T="03">de minimis,</E>no assessment rates will be calculated and the Department will instruct CBP to liquidate all imports from the exporter or producer without regard to antidumping duties.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Analysis of Comments Received</HD>

        <P>Numerous comments and rebuttal comments were submitted in response to the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews.</E>The Department has carefully considered each of the comments submitted. It has grouped and summarized the comments according to common themes and has responded accordingly.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Average-to-Average Comparison Methodology in Reviews</HD>
        <P>Several commentators argue that the proposal to move to an A-A comparison methodology in reviews is unnecessarily complex. These commentators suggest that compliance can be achieved by simply eliminating the use of zeroing in the A-T comparison methodology. They note that this would only require the elimination of one line of programming.</P>
        <P>One commentator is concerned that the Department has not adequately explained why it is necessary to alter its current dumping calculation methodology in reviews from an A-T methodology to one using monthly weighted averages in both markets. Some request that the Department clarify whether it will grant offsets for negative dumping margins only against positive dumping margins found in the same month or apply negative dumping margins to offset positive dumping margins across the entire period of review (POR). Some argue that only a complete POR-wide offset will be consistent with the Department's current offset methodology applied in original antidumping duty investigations and with WTO obligations.</P>

        <P>Many are not in favor of relying on the A-A comparison methodology as the preferred method for reviews because of its potential to mask dumping. Some commentators argue that using the A-A methodology in reviews would not be in compliance with the statute and the SAA, and thus would not withstand judicial scrutiny. Eliminating entry-specific antidumping duty assessments would violate sections 751(a)(2)(A) and (C) of the Act, which require the Department to make entry-specific assessments. The preference for a<PRTPAGE P="8104"/>transaction-specific approach is confirmed by the SAA, and is supported by the statutory language, which indicates the Department will determine normal value and export price for “each entry.”</P>
        <P>A few argue that nothing in the statute provides discretion for the Department to use either A-A or T-T in reviews, and that the statutory construction would make no sense if Congress intended for any of the three methods to be used in both investigations and reviews. Congress envisioned and required the Department to determine an individual margin of dumping for each U.S. entry, and nowhere indicated that margins should be calculated for averaging groups.</P>
        <P>Several commentators note that nothing in the WTO Appellate Body (AB) rulings or the WTO Antidumping Agreement requires the Department to adopt an A-A approach in reviews. They argue that the Department should not confine itself to a single “one size-fits all” approach, but instead, leave open the option of selecting the comparison method (A-A, T-T, or A-T) on a case-specific basis to capture the maximum amount of dumping. Some commentators argue that given that the preferred method as cited in the SAA is A-T, the Department should keep this option open. Some commentators also argue that the T-T method would be a good option in many instances, asserting that advancements in computer technology have eliminated much of the administrative burden associated with the use of the T-T method.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>As previously indicated, the Department is adopting a methodology that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology it adopted earlier in connection with original antidumping duty investigations. The Department disagrees that adopting a methodology with which it is already familiar and experienced in administering is an unnecessarily complex approach. In addition, while the Department has previously adopted an interpretation of section 771(35) of the Act such that non-dumped A-A comparison results offset the aggregate amount of dumping in the numerator of the weighted-average dumping margin, the Department has not adopted such an interpretation for the results of A-T comparisons. The Department finds that this approach preserves the A-T comparison methodology as a distinct comparison method that is an alternative to the A-A comparison method.</P>
        <P>Previous to this modification, the Department has generally used A-T comparisons in reviews, with monthly average normal values as required by section 777A(d)(2) of the Act. The Department did not find that it was necessary to depart from the use of monthly average normal values to adopt the A-A comparison method in reviews. To facilitate contemporaneous comparisons, the Department will utilize monthly average export prices in making A-A comparisons in reviews. The monthly averages will be compared to monthly average normal values and the results will be aggregated with offsets being provided for non-dumped comparisons. Those offsets will be provided regardless of the month, model, level of trade, etc. for the other comparison(s) found to have been dumped.</P>
        <P>With respect to the potential for masked dumping as a reason not to prefer the use of A-A comparisons in reviews, the Department does not agree that the potential for masked dumping means that A-A comparisons are unsuitable as the default basis for determining the weighted-average dumping margins and antidumping duty assessment rates in reviews. Similar to the conduct of original investigations, when conducting reviews under the modified methodology, the Department will determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether it is appropriate to use an alternative comparison methodology by examining the same criteria the Department examines in original investigations pursuant to sections 777A(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.</P>
        <P>With respect to the question of consistency with existing U.S. law, the Department does not interpret the Act to prohibit A-A comparisons from being utilized as a basis to determine weighted-average dumping margins and assessment rates in reviews. Nor does any provision of the Act articulate a mandate to use A-T comparisons in reviews. Section 777A(d)(2) simply directs how A-T comparisons should be made when such comparisons are used. This provision differs markedly from section 777A(d)(1), which specifically provides criteria for selecting a comparison methodology in original antidumping duty investigations. The Department interprets this statutory structure as mandating certain criteria for selecting a comparison methodology in original antidumping duty investigations, but leaving the Department considerable discretion in selecting an appropriate comparison methodology in reviews. It is, therefore, within the Department's discretion to establish criteria for the selection of an appropriate comparison methodology in reviews, including criteria that differ from, or are similar to, the criteria mandated for use in original antidumping duty investigations.</P>
        <P>The Department disagrees with comments suggesting that sections 751(a)(2)(A) and (C) of the Act preclude the use of A-A comparisons in reviews. Section 777A(d) of the Act provides for three distinct comparison methodologies by which dumping margins may be determined. Section 751(a)(2), in contrast, does not make reference to any specific comparison methodology to be used in reviews. Accordingly, the Department considers that any of the three comparison methodologies satisfies the requirements of section 751(a)(2). Moreover, section 751(a)(2) does not make reference to either the weighted-average dumping margin or the importer-specific antidumping duty assessment rate that is the specific subject of this modification. These particular results of reviews are not specifically mandated by section 751(a)(2), but are instead features of the Department's long-standing practice in reviews. Both the weighted-average dumping margin and the importer-specific antidumping duty assessment rate are the product of aggregating comparison results obtained using one of the three comparison methodologies. While calculation of these rates depends on transaction-specific data, and these rates are applied to entries at the time of entry or upon liquidation, they do not involve entry-by-entry determinations of dumping or antidumping duty assessment. The courts have affirmed these features of the Department's practice, confirming that section 751(a)(2) does not mandate an entry-by-entry determination of dumping and antidumping duties.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>
            <E T="03">See e.g.,Timken Co.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>354 F.3d 1334, 1341-42 (Fed. Cir. 2004),<E T="03">cert den'd</E>543 U.S. 976 (Nov. 1, 2004);<E T="03">Corus Staal BV</E>v.<E T="03">DOC,</E>395 F.3d 1343, 1347 (Fed. Cir. 2005),<E T="03">cert. denied,</E>126 S.Ct. 1023 (Jan. 9, 2006).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>With respect to the language of the SAA<SU>18</SU>

          <FTREF/>, this language does not clarify the meaning of any statutory provision to the effect that A-T comparisons are mandatory or that A-A comparisons are prohibited in reviews. Instead, the SAA makes the point that, in contrast to the situation with regard to original antidumping duty investigations, a<PRTPAGE P="8105"/>preference for A-T comparisons is not inconsistent with Article 2.4.2 of the AD Agreement. Whereas it has been the Department's long-standing practice to prefer A-T comparisons in reviews, this practice has not been codified in the statute and it remains within the Department's discretion to alter this practice upon providing a reasoned explanation. The Department finds adopting a methodology that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology it adopted earlier in original investigations using A-A comparisons will facilitate the administration of a change to comply with WTO dispute settlement findings on zeroing.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>
            <E T="03">Statement of Administrative Action,</E>at p. 843, H. Doc. No. 103-316, vol. 1 (1994) (“The Agreement reflects the express intent of the negotiators that the preference for the use of an average-to-average or transaction-to-transaction comparison be limited to the “investigation phase” of an antidumping proceeding. Therefore, as permitted by Artcle 2.4.2, the preferred methodology in reviews will be to compare average to individual export prices.”)</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Continued Effectiveness of the Antidumping Remedy</HD>
        <P>Several commentators argue that allowing offsets for non-dumped comparisons will reduce the effectiveness of U.S. trade laws because it would reduce or eliminate the amount of dumping that would otherwise be fully captured in the absence of any offsets. In so doing, the proposal would go against the current law's mandate that 100 percent of the dumping be fully captured. To illustrate this point, some draw on the “speeding ticket” analogy, whereby a driver caught exceeding the speed limit could nevertheless avoid the fine by submitting evidence that he or she drove below the speed limit on another occasion. One commentator noted that the EU and Japan have acknowledged that dumping can be masked completely through the provision of offsets by asserting that dumping would not exist but for the denial of offsets. These commentators also argue that, if the Department decides to provide offsets, it should allow itself the greatest flexibility to account for the maximum amount of dumping.</P>
        <P>Several commentators suggest that the Department should consider all three possible comparison methodologies when conducting reviews, and select whichever method captures the maximum amount of dumping. Some argue that the T-T method would capture the greatest amount of dumping, and that recent technology permits greater use of this comparison methodology. Several further suggest that the Department should indicate a willingness to use averaging for whichever time period captures the most dumping (e.g., daily, weekly, monthly, or period-wide). One commentator notes that because many agricultural products are perishable, and domestic producers can be harmed via short-term (i.e., daily or weekly) price suppression, maximum flexibility should be maintained.</P>
        <P>Some commentators suggest that, in addition to maintaining flexibility in comparison methodologies, the Department should also implement additional changes unrelated to the revised comparison methodology on zeroing, to antidumping policies and practices that preserve the full effectiveness of the antidumping laws. One commentator suggests the Department should give renewed focus to the use of provisions addressing fictitious markets and sales that are outside the ordinary course of trade, should consider shortening the range of months from which the contemporaneous month may be selected, and should revise its model match criteria. These commentators argue that despite their suggested alternatives, there is no way to come into compliance with the WTO findings without seriously compromising the effectiveness of the trade remedy laws.</P>
        <P>One commentator argues that while it may be appropriate to invoke section 123(g) of the URAA for purposes of modifying the Department's regulations, the use of zeroing can be abandoned without the Department invoking its authority under section 123 because the Department can choose not to apply the zeroing method on a case-by-case basis. This party argues that Congress has purposefully imposed section 123 procedures only on amendments or modifications of regulations and written policy guidance. Because application of the zeroing method is not pursuant to written policy guidance, U.S. obligations with respect to adopted WTO reports, and changes pursuant thereto, have no bearing on domestic procedures. Because section 123 imposes certain procedural obligations that are not required in order for the Department to abandon zeroing, this party urges the Department to clarify that any changes undertaken are made pursuant to the agency's general legal authority to administer the antidumping laws, and that the Department did not rely upon or invoke the procedures called for under section 123.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>The Department has carefully considered all of the comments provided in this section 123 proceeding, particularly those comments addressing the need to maintain the effectiveness of the antidumping remedy, and has determined to adopt this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>The Department is not taking this step lightly, and it stands to reason that the adoption of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>will have some impact on the weighted-average dumping margins determined in reviews. Nevertheless, the Department, after fully considering the issue, and consulting with USTR and the relevant congressional committees, has determined to adopt this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>in order to address the findings of several WTO dispute settlement reports and to bring its practice into conformity with the WTO obligations of the United States as determined in those reports. The Department considers, moreover, that it has adopted a reasoned and balanced approach to implementation that is consistent with existing U.S. law and administrable by the agency.</P>
        <P>With respect to the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>being a reasoned and balanced approach, the Department is adopting a methodology that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology the Department previously adopted in response to WTO dispute settlement reports relating to investigations. This new methodology for reviews will be the default methodology in all reviews for which this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>is effective; however, the Department does retain the discretion, on a case-by-case basis, to apply an alternative methodology, when appropriate. The Department retained similar discretion in investigations and has only needed to exercise it in a limited number of investigations since the adoption of the<E T="03">Final Modification for Investigations.</E>
          <SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>
            <E T="03">See Final Modification for Investigations,</E>71 FR 77722 (Dec. 27, 2006).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>With respect to this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>being consistent with existing U.S. law, the courts have held, in more than thirty cases, that while zeroing is a reasonable interpretation of the statute, it is a reasonable interpretation of an ambiguous provision of the statute. The ambiguity recognized by the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit means that it is within the Department's discretion to alter or abandon its zeroing methodology upon providing a reasoned explanation.<SU>20</SU>

          <FTREF/>The Department is hereby altering that methodology, by adopting an A-A comparison methodology in reviews that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology adopted in investigations, and providing offsets when it aggregates the results of<PRTPAGE P="8106"/>those comparisons. Consistent with this interpretation of the statute and application of this methodology, the Department disagrees with those comments that suggest it is not capturing 100 percent of the dumping. The Department will capture 100 percent of the dumping that is determined to exist pursuant to this methodology. Moreover, alternative methodologies will remain available when determined to be appropriate on a case-by-case basis.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>
            <E T="03">Timken Company Ltd.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>354 F.3d 1334, 1342 (Fed. Cir. 2004) (“ * * * while the statutory definitions do not unambiguously preclude the existence of negative dumping margins, they do at a minimum allow for Commerce's constructions. Basically, one number `exceeds' another if it is `greater than' the other, meaning it falls to the right of it on the number line.”);<E T="03">see also Corus Staal BV</E>v.<E T="03">Dept. of Commerce,</E>395 F.3d 1343, 1347 (Fed. Cir. 2005).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>With respect to this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>being administrable by the Department, as previously indicated, the Department is adopting a methodology that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology it adopted earlier in original antidumping duty investigations using A-A comparisons. In so doing, the Department has adopted a methodology with which it is already familiar and experienced in administering. This will facilitate the administration of a change impacting the 188 reviews the Department conducts in an average year. The Department is not adopting the comments suggesting that it calculate dumping margins on the basis of A-A, T-T, and A-T comparison methodologies, and rely on the methodology providing the highest weighted-average margin of dumping. Such a proposal would entail substantial additional work in every case which is not administratively feasible given the statutory time constraints present in every proceeding and the Department's limited resources. Moreover, while such alternative methodologies remain available to the Department on a case-by-case basis, the Department expects to use the A-A comparison methodology, with offsets, in most reviews.</P>
        <P>With regard to comments suggesting that the Department alter other aspects of its methodology having nothing to do with the issue of zeroing, the Department notes that the purpose of this proposal is to bring the United States into conformity with its WTO obligations as articulated in the dispute settlement reports cited above. These suggestions are beyond the scope of this section 123 proceeding. When these issues arise in a particular review, parties are free to suggest that the Department reconsider them in the context of that particular proceeding, as appropriate.</P>
        <P>With regard to comments suggesting that the Department need not utilize a section 123 proceeding in order to adopt changes to its methodologies to address the findings in the above-cited WTO dispute settlement reports, these comments are inapposite. As is clear from the on-going proceeding in which the comments were submitted, the Department has determined to utilize the procedures of section 123 to adopt these changes. Whether the Department could have made these changes outside of section 123 is irrelevant. The Department has determined that, in this case, it was appropriate to undertake a section 123 proceeding, with all of its attendant comment and consultation processes, in order to complete the adoption of these significant changes in its practice.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Explicit Total Prohibition of Zeroing</HD>

        <P>A number of commentators argue that the Department should state explicitly that it will grant offsets when the export price exceeds the normal value, and specifically eliminate the zeroing methodology. Some of these commentators suggest that the Department should clearly state that it will grant offsets equal to the full difference between normal value and export price when calculating dumping margins using the A-A comparison methodology in reviews. These commentators note that the proposed regulations do not explicitly state that the Department will provide offsets when calculating the dumping margin. Some commentators suggest that the Department include explicit text in the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the regulations, or both, that unequivocally eliminates zeroing regardless of the comparison methodology employed, and regardless of any case-specific circumstances. Some assert that any elimination of a subset of comparisons (i.e., denial of offsets) is a violation of the United States' WTO obligations. In their view, an explicit prohibition of zeroing in all instances is necessary to ensure full compliance with WTO rulings and encourage other countries to comply with their commitments.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>With this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department is taking all steps necessary to address the findings of the WTO dispute settlement reports at issue and to come into compliance with its WTO obligations. As a result of this modification, the new, normal comparison methodology to be used in reviews will be the A-A comparison methodology (on a monthly basis) and offsets will be provided when the results of those comparisons are aggregated for purposes of determining the weighted-average dumping margin. This new methodology will parallel the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently uses in original investigations.</P>

        <P>It is not necessary, appropriate or desirable for the Department, in this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>to go beyond the findings made in the WTO dispute settlement reports at issue by adopting a total prohibition of zeroing regardless of comparison method or case-specific circumstance. The dispute settlement reports at issue address only certain types of comparisons in particular circumstances, such that a total prohibition of zeroing is not necessary to come into compliance. With respect to the findings regarding the calculation of weighted-average dumping margins and antidumping duty assessment rates in reviews, the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>achieves compliance with the dispute settlement findings in that it adopts a methodology for these reviews that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology that is currently being applied in original investigations. The methodologies and interpretations set forth and adopted in the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>fully address the findings of WTO inconsistency.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Clarification on the Application of an Alternative Comparison Methodology</HD>

        <P>Several parties request clarification as to which circumstances would trigger the use of an alternative comparison methodology, and whether zeroing would be used in the alternative calculation methodology. These commentators also encourage the Department to narrowly tailor the circumstances under which an alternative comparison methodology is used. One commentator notes its concern that the reference to an alternative methodology in the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>is ambiguous, and will lead to parties manipulating the system for a certain preferred comparison methodology.</P>
        <P>Some commentators remind the Department that if it is considering the use of the targeted dumping methodology as an alternative methodology, this methodology is to be employed as an exception, in very limited circumstances. One commentator suggests the Department should develop an overall final rule with regard to targeted dumping that is explicitly consistent with Article 2.4.2 of the Antidumping Agreement.</P>
        <P>Some commentators state that the targeted dumping methodology was not intended to apply to reviews, and request that the Department explicitly state that it will not employ targeted dumping in this context.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>In its<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department provides additional<PRTPAGE P="8107"/>clarification of the circumstances that could trigger the use of an alternative comparison methodology. The<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>indicated that the Department would use monthly A-A comparisons, except where it determines that application of an alternative comparison method is more appropriate. The Department also indicated its intent to apply the methodology in a manner that parallels the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in investigations.<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>
            <E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews,</E>75 FR at 81534.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department clarifies that because the methodology being applied will parallel the WTO-consistent methodology that the Department currently applies in original investigations, it will necessarily include any exceptional or alternative comparison methods determined appropriate to address case-specific circumstances. The Department's regulations specifically describe three types of comparison methodologies that might be used to determine margins of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rates. Although the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>adopts the A-A method as the default method in reviews, the Department may determine to use any of the alternative comparison methodologies when deemed appropriate in a particular case.</P>
        <P>The Department determines that it would be inappropriate to further speculate as to either the case-specific circumstances that would warrant the use of an alternative methodology in future reviews, or what type of alternative methodology might be employed. These determinations would be highly dependent on the facts of the individual proceeding. However, as is the case with all administrative proceedings, interested parties will have the opportunity to comment on whether an alternative comparison method is warranted during the normal course of the review.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Assessment Rate Calculations</HD>

        <P>Some commentators request clarification as to how the Department intends to calculate antidumping duty assessment rates. A few request that the Department specifically clarify that it will continue to calculate importer-specific antidumping duty assessment rates. Some commentators argue the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>raises the possibility that antidumping duty assessment rates could be impacted by the level of dumping on other importers' entries, which contravenes the current statutory and regulatory requirements that the Department determine the level of dumping required for each entry during the review period and that it determine the assessment rate on an importer-specific basis. Some commentators suggest that the Department state that it will calculate antidumping duty assessment rates for individual importers without the zeroing method.</P>
        <P>A few commentators suggest that before issuing a final section 123 determination, the Department should consider issuing a separate notice identifying any proposed changes in its calculation of importer-specific assessment rates necessitated by the proposed change in the Department's methodology to permit additional public comments. It is further suggested that the Department release for public comment the standard calculation program that it intends to use in reviews.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department position:</E>For purposes of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department is providing additional explanation about the antidumping duty assessment methodology being adopted. The Department has determined that a further or separate comment period is not justified. The calculation program language, including any antidumping duty assessment determinations, particular to any specific review, will be available to parties through the Department's usual disclosure process and parties are free to comment on it during the course of the individual review.</P>

        <P>With respect to the issue of assessment rates, when a review is conducted applying the A-A comparison methodology, and the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter or producer is determined to be zero or<E T="03">de minimis,</E>no assessment rates will be calculated and the Department will instruct CBP to liquidate all imports from the exporter or producer without regard to antidumping duties, regardless of importer.</P>

        <P>When the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter or producer is determined to be greater than<E T="03">de minimis,</E>based on the A-A comparison methodology, the Department will perform an additional calculation to determine the assessment rate for each individual importer that purchases from the exporter or producer in question. This additional calculation will effectively repeat the first calculation performed at the exporter or producer level; however, in this case, the export transactions involved in the calculation will be limited to those involving merchandise imported by the individual importer. The monthly, weighted-average export prices of those transactions will be compared to monthly normal values, and the results will be aggregated with offsets being provided for non-dumped comparisons. Those offsets will be provided on an importer-specific basis in the aggregation, regardless of the month, model, level of trade, etc. for the other comparison(s) found to have been dumped.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments on the Proposed Regulations</HD>

        <P>Several commentators note that the proposed rule at § 351.414(c)(1) does not provide sufficient clarification of what constitutes “<E T="03">a particular case</E>.” The commentators argue that without further clarification of the term, the investigating authority would have excessive discretion in interpreting and implementing the regulation. Therefore, the commentators request the Department to specify, in the final regulations, the exceptional circumstances that would allow the use of an alternative comparison methodology. These commentators suggest that the language of § 351.414(c)(1) regarding choice of method should be clarified to indicate when and how the Secretary might choose an alternative comparison methodology by making clear the circumstances in which it may find it “more appropriate” to deviate from its proposed methodology and use a “different comparison method” to calculate dumping margins and antidumping duty assessment rates in a review. One commentator goes further and suggests that the Department specify not only the specific circumstances that make it appropriate to deviate from the preferred methodology, but also which alternative comparison methodology would be used in particular circumstances.</P>

        <P>Several commentators note that the proposed rules do not specify that zeroing will not be used. Therefore, these commentators request that the final rule specifically include a provision for granting offsets for non-dumped sales in all comparison methodologies. One commentator suggests clarification of the language of § 351.414(d)(3), with respect to the comparison of weighted-average monthly export price or constructed export price to the weighted-average normal value for the contemporaneous month. Specifically, the commentator suggests that it be made clear that while aggregating the comparisons of different months covered in a review, the<PRTPAGE P="8108"/>Secretary will provide offsets for those comparisons which result in negative dumping margins.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>The Department disagrees that additional clarification of the regulations is necessary or appropriate. The revised regulations describe three types of comparison methodologies that might be used to determine margins of dumping and antidumping duty assessment rates. The overarching purpose of 19 CFR 351.414 is to implement section 777A(d) of the Act and to set forth the three statutory methodologies for establishing and measuring dumping margins.<SU>22</SU>

          <FTREF/>Section 351.414(c), as revised by this Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>sets forth the default comparison methodology to be used in different contexts, and § 351.414(d) describes generally how the A-A method will be applied. The revised regulation makes clear that the A-A comparison methodology will be the default methodology in all reviews for which the Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>applies. The Department has also explained that because the methodology being adopted will parallel the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in original investigations, it will necessarily include any exceptional or alternative comparison methodologies determined appropriate to address case-specific circumstances. The Final Rule allows sufficient flexibility for the Department to apply alternative comparison methodologies when necessary.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>
            <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties Countervailing Duties,</E>62 FR 27296, 27374 (May 19, 1997) (<E T="03">Preamble, Final Rule</E>).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Department has always retained discretion under its regulations to apply any of the three comparison methodologies in any context, and has exercised this discretion only in a limited number of circumstances. It would be inappropriate to further speculate as to which case-specific circumstances might warrant the use of an alternative comparison methodology in future reviews as this determination would be highly dependent on the facts of the individual proceeding. Because any description of such circumstances would be speculative, at best, the revised regulations do not specify the exceptional circumstances that might trigger the use of an alternative comparison methodology. Such questions are best addressed in the context of individual proceedings. As is the case with all proceedings, interested parties would have the opportunity to comment on whether an alternative comparison methodology is warranted during the normal course of the proceeding.</P>

        <P>The Department further disagrees that the revised regulations must specifically indicate that offsets will be provided. The purpose of the regulation is to describe in general terms the comparison methodologies available, and the default methodology to be employed in different contexts. Greater specificity as to when offsets will be provided under each comparison methodology is beyond the intended purpose of the regulation, and is unnecessary for purposes of adopting a methodology that is WTO-consistent. The Department has already made clear that its revised methodology for reviews will parallel the WTO-consistent methodology the Department currently applies in original investigations, and that offsets will be provided when using this methodology. The Department has been granting offsets in original investigations since 2007 without specific regulatory language directing it to do so. The Department has further explained, above, how assessment rates will be determined for individual importers. The revised regulations coupled with the descriptions contained in this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>and the Department's responses to comments are sufficient. The Department does not consider that the revised regulations require further elaboration. Furthermore, as more fully explained in the Explicit Total Prohibition of Zeroing section of this notice, above, the Department disagrees that it is either necessary or appropriate to adopt a total prohibition—either explicit or implicit—of zeroing, regardless of the comparison methodology or case-specific circumstance. The methodologies and preferences set forth in this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>and the revised regulations, fully address the findings of WTO inconsistency.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Sunset Determinations</HD>

        <P>Many commentators welcome the United States' recognition that it should not rely on dumping margins based on the zeroing methodology when conducting sunset reviews. These commentators agree that international obligations prohibit the use of dumping margins calculated with zeroing for purposes of sunset determinations. One commentator argues that the Supreme Court's decision in<E T="03">Murray</E>v.<E T="03">Charming Betsy,</E>6 U.S. (2 Cranch.) 64, 118 (1804) (<E T="03">Charming Betsy</E>), compels the Department to terminate its use of zeroing in sunset reviews immediately in order to avoid violating the United States' international obligations. See<E T="03">Fed.-Mogul Corp.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>63 F.3d 1572, 1581 (Fed. Cir. 1995) (citing<E T="03">Charming Betsy,</E>6 U.S. (2 Cranch.) at 118). Several commentators argue that failure to recalculate dumping margins would result in costly and unnecessary litigation in light of the ruling in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (Japan),</E>in which the Appellate Body found that reliance on dumping margins based on the zeroing methodology in sunset reviews is inconsistent with U.S. WTO obligations.</P>
        <P>Some commentators argue that the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>does not sufficiently account for the many sunset reviews currently pending where past dumping margins were based on zeroing. Many suggest that the Department should recalculate all dumping margins relied upon in sunset reviews using the new WTO-consistent methodology. These commentators point out that dumping margin calculations and, hence, zeroing are relevant to determining both whether revocation of an order would be likely to lead to a continuation or recurrence of dumping and the magnitude of the dumping margin likely to prevail if the antidumping order were revoked. Another commentator goes on to observe that the Department must evaluate the change in dumping margins over time to ascertain changes in the exporters' pricing behavior as part of its sunset determinations. To conduct a trends analysis of this sort, it is necessary that the dumping margins be calculated in a consistent manner over time, which can only be done by eliminating the zeroing methodology from all calculations.</P>

        <P>Certain commentators argue that the Department correctly recognized in the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>that it is not precluded from recalculating dumping margins from prior proceedings to eliminate zeroing for sunset reviews. One commentator points out that sections 752(c)(1) &amp; (3) of the Act direct the Department to consider the prior rates it has calculated, not simply to adopt them wholesale, and that the Department may consider such other price, cost, market, or economic factors it deems relevant (<E T="03">See</E>§ 752(c)(2) of the Act). Another commentator argues that, regardless of whether certain dumping margins form the basis for the sunset determination, the statute (section 751(c) of the Act) requires the Department to consider all dumping margins determined during the five-year period, and therefore, recalculation cannot be avoided. A few other commentators request that the Department add clarifying language to 19 CFR 351.414 to clearly state that it will not rely on dumping margins that<PRTPAGE P="8109"/>contain zeroing in future sunset reviews, that it will recalculate dumping margins that contain zeroing in future sunset reviews, or both.</P>

        <P>Several commentators urge that the Department should stop relying on dumping margins that contain zeroing in sunset reviews immediately. One commentator argues that, for sunset reviews, there is no reason to delay implementation until 60 business days after the date of publication of the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>because the proposed change is only to the Department's practice, and no change is proposed to its regulation.</P>

        <P>Other commentators make more specific proposals for implementing the new practice in sunset reviews. One such proposal is for the Department to recalculate dumping margins without zeroing upon a showing by a respondent company that its individual dumping margin or the “all others” dumping margin would be zero or<E T="03">de minimis.</E>Another commentator proposes that the Department conduct a changed circumstances review to determine whether dumping would be likely to continue or recur if the order were revoked upon a showing that the dumping margins without zeroing in three reviews completed after January 23, 2007, are zero or<E T="03">de minimis</E>. One other commentator requests that the Department both recalculate dumping margins in a sunset review to eliminate zeroing, effective immediately, and then transmit to the ITC the non-zeroed dumping margins that are likely to exist if an order were revoked effective for sunset reviews initiated after the publication of the proposed rules. One commentator concerned about sunset reviews contends that the Department only suggests it will use section 129 to implement the DSB's recommendations and rulings in<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>WT/DS350/R, para. 8.1(f), WT/DS350/AB/R (DS 350), but does not commit to do so. This commentator asks the Department to state clearly that it will implement DS 350 under section 129 when making its determination. This commentator also contends that there is no impediment to reopening prior sunset determinations under section 129.</P>

        <P>Department Position: In response to comments from several parties, in the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department clarified that when making sunset determinations, it will modify its practice such that it will not rely on dumping margins determined in a manner found to be WTO-inconsistent in<E T="03">US—Zeroing (EC), US—Zeroing (Japan), US—Stainless Steel (Mexico),</E>and in<E T="03">US—Continued Zeroing (EC)</E>. While it is possible that in some instances, dumping margins will need to be recalculated to avoid reliance on such dumping margins, the Department finds that those situations can be addressed on a case-specific basis.</P>

        <P>When determining whether revocation of an antidumping order would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of dumping, section 752(c)(1) of the Act directs the Department to consider dumping margins determined during the original investigation and in subsequent reviews, and import volumes of the subject merchandise. The Department's regulations further provide that only in the most extraordinary circumstances will the Department rely on dumping margins other than those calculated and published during prior determinations. 19 CFR 351.218(e)(2)(i). The Department expects that in the vast majority of cases, it will have a sufficient number of dumping margins, determined in a manner not found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes, and sufficient information pertaining to import volumes, upon which to base its sunset determinations. Future dumping margins in reviews will be calculated in accordance with this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>. Furthermore, the Department may also rely on past dumping margins determined in a manner not found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes, such as dumping margins recalculated pursuant to section 129 proceedings, dumping margins determined on the basis of adverse facts available and dumping margins where no offsets were denied because all comparison results were positive. Additionally, if dumping margins declined over the five-year period, or if there are no dumping margins, decreased volumes provide another basis that indicates whether dumping is likely to continue or recur if the discipline of the order is removed.</P>
        <P>Although the Department will evaluate each sunset determination on a case-by-case basis to determine whether recalculations are needed, the Department does not anticipate that, apart from the “most extraordinary circumstances” already provided for in its regulations, it will need to rely on dumping margins other than those published in prior determinations in order to avoid reliance on margins determined in a manner found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes. For these reasons, the Department disagrees that it is necessary to adopt a practice or methodology which assumes that previously determined dumping margins will always need to be recalculated in the context of sunset reviews.</P>

        <P>The Department disagrees that it is required to recalculate dumping margins determined in a manner found to be WTO-inconsistent in these disputes that were calculated during the five-year period so that it may examine dumping margin trends over time. When determining whether dumping is likely to continue in the absence of an antidumping duty order during a five-year sunset review, the Department looks to whether dumping continued<E T="03">at any level</E>after the issuance of the order.<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>While section 752(c)(1) of the Act directs the Department to “consider” previously determined dumping margins as the basis for its likelihood determination, there is no requirement that all dumping margins determined during that period form the basis for deciding whether the order should be continued. Accordingly, the Department does not agree that all dumping margins calculated during the five-year sunset period must be recalculated as a matter of course in order for the U.S. to be compliant with the statute.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>
            <E T="03">See Certain Circular Welded Carbon Steel Pipes and Tubes From India, Thailand, and Turkey; Final Results of Expedited Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping Duty Orders,</E>76 FR 66893 (Oct. 28, 2011), and accompanying Issues and Decision Memorandum, at Cmt. 1;<E T="03">see also Statement of Administrative Action,</E>at 889 and 890, H. Doc. No. 103-316, vol. 1 (1994); the House Report, H. Rep. No. 103-826, pt. 1, at 63-64 (1994).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The Department further disagrees with the suggestion that it should modify section 351.414(d) of its regulations to indicate that the Department will recalculate dumping margins in sunset determinations using the A-A comparison methodology. The Department has already indicated that it does not anticipate that it will need to recalculate dumping margins other than in the most extraordinary circumstances, and such circumstances are already provided for in its regulations.<E T="03">See</E>19 CFR 351.218(e)(2)(i). Accordingly, those instances where the Department may need to rely on dumping margins other than those previously determined can be addressed pursuant to 19 CFR 351.218(e)(2)(i) on a case-specific basis.</P>
        <P>The Department has further clarified that this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>will apply to all sunset reviews pending before the Department for which either preliminary results of sunset review, or expedited final results of sunset review are issued more than 60 days after the date of publication of the Department's<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>. The 60-day period will allow sufficient time<PRTPAGE P="8110"/>prior to issuance of a preliminary sunset determination, or a final expedited sunset determination, for parties to provide comments within the context of each individual proceeding. For reasons fully set forth in response to comments on the Effective Date of Implementation section of this notice, the Department finds this to be an adequate amount of time to permit parties and the Department to respond to novel and complex issues that arise as a result of implementing the modified regulations. The Department does not find that a separate notice and comment period is necessary.</P>

        <P>The Department finds the commentator's request that it commit to implementing “as applied” findings of inconsistency through a section 129 proceeding in certain sunset reviews to be beyond the scope of this section 123 determination.<E T="03">See</E>Implementation through Section 129 Proceedings and Application to Completed Reviews section of this notice. The purpose of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>is not to address or fix how the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>is to be applied in the specific proceedings that were challenged, but rather is to address the broad elements of the prior practice that were found WTO-inconsistent. The Department has addressed the inconsistencies found with respect to sunset reviews by including a modification of the methodology that will be applied in future sunset reviews. Whether any particular section 129 proceeding will be requested by the Office of the USTR for certain sunset reviews is beyond the scope of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transaction-to-Transaction Comparisons in Investigations</HD>
        <P>A few commentators requested clarification concerning the Department's use of the T-T comparison methodology in original antidumping duty investigations. One commentator interpreted the Department's statement to signify that the Department would provide offsets for non-dumped transactions when applying the T-T methodology. Others requested confirmation that it will provide offsets for non-dumped sales when using this comparison methodology.</P>
        <P>Department Position: In its<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department stated that “to the extent that any prior original antidumping duty investigations using T-T comparisons could be considered as establishing a practice of the Department with respect to the granting or denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons when calculating the weighted average margin of dumping  * * *, the Department proposes to withdraw any such practice.” 76 FR 81534. In its<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department has now clarified that to the extent that any prior original antidumping duty investigations using T-T comparisons could be considered an established practice of the Department with respect to the denial of offsets for non-dumped comparisons when calculating the weighted average margin of dumping, the Department withdraws any such practice. Specifically, when the Department applies the T-T comparison methodology in a future proceeding—regardless of whether offsets are provided—it will do so without reference to or reliance on any prior practice because, such practice has been withdrawn.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Effective Date of Implementation</HD>

        <P>A number of commentators propose that the Department implement the new methodology in reviews initiated 60 days or later after the date of the publication of the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>Some of these parties explain that applying the new method to reviews that are pending as of the effective date would confuse interested parties in several different ways. These parties argue that, due to the complicated nature of this new policy, the Department is likely to face many complex and novel issues concerning its case-specific application.</P>
        <P>Some commentators claim that implementing the new methodology in reviews that have already been initiated would be unfair to all parties who base decisions on whether to request and/or participate in reviews on the application of certain standard methodologies. Some commentators argue that because the date of the preliminary results of review for a proceeding can be subject to circumstances in the individual proceeding, the methodology applied could differ among proceedings that were initiated on the same day, which they claim would result in arbitrary treatment. One party argues that the arbitrariness of the effective date would provide an incentive for respondents to create complexity to slow the process or for domestic parties to neglect inadequacies to expedite the process. They contend that the statute intends for neither scenario and many of these concerns can be mitigated by applying the final rules to newly initiated reviews.</P>

        <P>Other commentators argue that the Department's proposed effective date is too long and takes unnecessary time to implement the new policy. Some commentators cite to the<E T="03">Final Modification for Investigations</E>(71 FR 77722), as precedent, and note that in that instance, the Department applied the new methodology to all investigations that were pending before the Department. Other commentators suggest that the Department apply the new method to all reviews where the final results are scheduled to be issued more than 60 days after the date of publication.</P>
        <P>Some commentators argue that, because it only takes a simple programming modification to implement the final rule, the 60-day implementation period is too long even for a review for which the preliminary results have been issued. Several of these commentators argue that faster implementation will pose less litigation risk to the United States and result in a reduced litigation burden for all parties. Some parties argue that because the provision of offsets is an entirely administrative practice, the modification can be applied immediately, and there is no need for further delay.</P>
        <P>Several commentators suggest that the effective date should be the date of the publication of the notice of the final rule. Some commentators suggest that the Department implement the final rule and modification for all reviews where the final results are expected to be issued 30 business days or later after the publication date. Some other commentators contend that, in accordance with section 123(g)(2) of the URAA, the 60-day period should begin when the Department begins its consultation with Congress unless the President determines an earlier effective date. One commentator argues that the effective date should be either the date of the publication of the final rules or 60 days after the Department begins its consultation, whichever is later. Some other commentators request that the Department implement this new policy immediately but do not suggest any specific date as the effective date.</P>

        <P>Some commentators in favor of an earlier effective date argue that an earlier date would not impose a greater administrative burden because applying the necessary changes would not require new factual information. These parties further argue that the Department's<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>methodology has afforded adequate notice to the public that the methodology might change.</P>

        <P>One commentator requests that the Department conduct all sunset reviews using dumping margins calculated without zeroing no later than the by the effective date adopted for reviews.<PRTPAGE P="8111"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>After careful consideration of the arguments presented by the commentators and of the information needed to implement this change, and weighing the administrative burdens, the Department determines that it will apply the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>in reviews pending before the Department for which the preliminary results are issued more than 60 days after the date of publication of the Department's Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>Additionally, the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>will apply in all sunset reviews pending before the Department for which either the preliminary results of sunset review, or expedited final results of sunset review, are issued more than 60 days after the date of publication of the Department's Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>In the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department indicated that the new methodology would be effective in reviews pending before the Department for which the preliminary results are issued more than 60 business days after the date of publication of the Department's final rule and modification. As further explained below, the Department finds 60 days to be an adequate amount of time for implementation. Therefore, in this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department has eliminated the requirement that preliminary results be issued more than 60 business days after the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>in order for the new method to apply.</P>

        <P>This timetable for applying the new methodology is legally permissible and appropriate. The Department is adopting this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>in response to several WTO dispute settlement findings, pursuant to section 123(g)(1) of the URAA. Section 123(g)(2) of the URAA provides that a final rule or modification may not go into effect before the end of the 60-day period after the consultations described in section 123(g)(1)(E) begin, unless the President determines that an earlier effective date is in the national interest. While the statute establishes the manner of determining the effective date of any final rule or modification adopted pursuant to section 123, the statute does not specify whether the final rule or modification must apply only to new segments of proceedings initiated after the effective date, or may apply to any segments pending as of the effective date.</P>
        <P>Similarly, the SAA provides no more specific guidance regarding the application of any final rule or modification adopted pursuant to section 123. The SAA states that section 129 determinations will apply only with respect to entries occurring on or after the effective date.<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>However, the SAA makes no such statement with respect to section 123 modifications. The SAA merely states, “A final rule may not go into effect before the end of the 60-day consultation period unless the President determines that an earlier date is in the national interest.”<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>24</SU>
            <E T="03">See Statement of Administrative Action,</E>p. 1026, H. Doc. No. 103-316, vol. 1 (1994).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>
            <E T="03">See Statement of Administrative Action,</E>p. 1021, H. Doc. No. 103-316, vol. 1 (1994).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The applicable date for previous section 123 determinations has been determined by the Department on a case-by-case basis. In four prior section 123 proceedings, the Department has applied the final modification<E T="03"/>or final rule to segments initiated after the effective date.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>On other occasions, the Department has adopted and applied a change in policy involving a statutory interpretation to all segments pending as of the date of the change.<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>
            <E T="03">See e.g. Procedures for Conducting Five-Year (“Sunset”) Reviews of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders,</E>70 FR 62062 (Oct. 28, 2005) (applying amended regulations to sunset reviews initiated after the effective date);<E T="03">Notice of Final Modification for Reviews of Agency Practice Under Section 123 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act,</E>68 FR 37125, 37138 (June 23, 2003) (applying new privatization methodology to investigations and reviews initiated on or after the effective date);<E T="03">Antidumping Proceedings: Affiliated Party Sales in the Ordinary Course of Trade,</E>67 FR 69186, 69197 (Nov. 15, 2002) (<E T="03">“Arms Length Test”)</E>(applying new methodology to investigations and reviews initiated on or after the effective date);<E T="03">Amended Regulation Concerning the Revocation of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders,</E>64 FR 51236 (Sept. 22, 1999).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>27</SU>
            <E T="03">See Basis for Normal Value When Foreign Market Sales Are Below Cost,</E>Policy Bulletin 98.1 (Feb. 23, 1998);<E T="03">Treatment of Inventory Carrying Cost in Constructed Value,</E>Policy Bulletin<E T="03">94.1</E>(Mar. 24, 1994);<E T="03">Final Modification for Investigations,</E>71 FR 77722 (Dec. 27, 2006) (eliminating zeroing in investigations pending before the Department as of the effective date of the Final Rule.)</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The Department disagrees with commentators that it is in a position to adopt a more expedient implementation date because this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>does not entail a statutory change. When considering changes or modifications to a longstanding methodology in an individual determination, the Department is required, at a minimum, to provide parties with adequate notice and opportunity to comment within the context of each proceeding, prior to making its final determination. Section 782(g) of the Tariff Act of 1930;<E T="03">see also Koyo Seiko Co., Ltd</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>516 F. Supp. 2d 1323, 1333-34 (CIT 2007),<E T="03">aff'd</E>551 F.3d 1286 (Fed. Cir. 2008).</P>
        <P>This<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>entails a modification to the averaging methodology applied in reviews that was longstanding. Therefore, in transitioning to the new methodology, the Department will need to ensure that sufficient time is provided within the context of individual proceedings to allow parties to submit any new data that may be necessary, if desired. The Department will then need time to examine and analyze any additional data, and will need to permit parties to provide comments on any new data that is submitted. Additionally, applying the new methodology prior to issuance of the preliminary results is appropriate because the Department will need to allow sufficient time for parties to comment on the application of the new methodology as it applies in the context of individual proceedings.</P>
        <P>The Department is not persuaded that it should adopt a shorter timetable simply because it was able to do so when it modified its methodology to provide offsets in investigations. In that instance, the Department found it appropriate to apply the modification to all pending proceedings at the time of the effective date, but only after ensuring the feasibility of such an expedited implementation, and concluding that such a timeframe would not unfairly prejudice any of the parties to those proceedings.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>With respect to this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department determines that the modified methodology must apply only in proceedings where the preliminary results have not yet been issued in order to ensure that all parties have ample time to submit any new data and provide comment, and that the Department has adequate time to consider any new data and comments. For all of these reasons, the Department is not persuaded by arguments that it could apply the new method more expeditiously without compromising principles of accuracy, fairness, and due process.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>
            <E T="03">See Final Modification for Investigations,</E>71 FR at 77725.</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Conversely, the Department also disagrees with commentators who argue that a longer timetable is necessary. The Department agrees that the new policy represents a substantive shift in methodology, and the Department expects to encounter novel issues as it begins to apply this methodology. The timetable already allows parties the opportunity to submit any new data, and to provide comment prior to the preliminary results. Parties will then have an additional opportunity to comment on the methodology prior to the final results, after it is applied. The Department finds this to be an adequate<PRTPAGE P="8112"/>amount of time that will permit parties and the Department to respond to any novel or complex issues that arise in any particular case as a result of the new method.</P>

        <P>The Department does not agree that to maintain fairness and non-arbitrary application of methodology, it must only apply the new methodology to reviews initiated after the effective date. Uncertainty of methodology is an insufficient justification for prolonging the application of a new methodology. The United States uses a “retrospective” assessment system under which final liability for antidumping duties is determined after the merchandise is imported. 19 CFR 351.212(a). While the Department must abide by notice provisions of the statute, changes in methodology like all other antidumping review determinations, permissibly involve retroactive effect.<E T="03">SKF USA Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">United States,</E>537 F.3d 1373, 1381 (Fed. Cir. 2008). Requiring changes to be applied only to future entries would hinder the Department's ability to give timely effect to any changes in its own practices.<E T="03">Koyo Seiko Co.,</E>516 F. Supp. 2d at 1334,<E T="03">aff'd</E>551 F.3d at 1286. Moreover, the public has now been on notice of an impending change in methodology because the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>has been in the public realm since December 28, 2010, providing more than ample time for parties to consider their options with respect to upcoming review periods.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Implementation Through Section 129 Proceedings and Application to Completed Reviews</HD>

        <P>Many commentators agree that implementation of the adverse WTO dispute settlement findings listed in the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>should occur pursuant to section 129 of the URAA and many further agree that pursuant to section 129, any changes must be prospective only. Relying on section 129(c)(1), these commentators further argue that the changes should apply only to entries that remain unliquidated on or after the date USTR directs the Department to implement. Several commentators claim that the Department has consistently applied section 129 in this manner.</P>
        <P>Numerous other commentators argue that the calculation and assessment of antidumping duties using zeroing should have ceased when the reasonable period of time (“RPT”) for compliance ended for the various WTO rulings. These commentators claim that dumping margins should be recalculated for the reviews involved in each of the WTO proceedings as well as any determinations or antidumping duty assessments arrived at using zeroing after the end of the applicable RPT. According to some other commentators, this means that the United States must immediately cease to apply cash deposit or antidumping duty assessment rates calculated using zeroing and replace them with non-zeroed rates, must reliquidate any entries that were liquidated after the end of the RPT at assessment rates calculated with zeroing, must recalculate cash deposit rates relying on zeroing and release excess cash deposits made after the RPT, and must not use zeroing in any ongoing reviews. One commentator emphasizes that this must occur regardless of the dates of entry. Other commentators argue that any excess duties collected should be refunded with interest.</P>
        <P>Some commentators urge the Department not to interpret section 129(c)(1) as precluding the agency from taking action that affects imports that entered before the date on which USTR directs the Department to implement. Instead, consistent with past representations to the WTO, the Department should find that section 129(c)(1) is ambiguous with respect to the treatment of such entries.</P>
        <P>Some commentators argue that Commerce might use one or more of several alternatives to come into compliance with respect to past entries, including the use of a changed circumstances review, voluntary remands for any reviews subject to litigation, use of the Department's broad authority under 19 U.S.C. 1617 to settle antidumping claims, or legislation requiring CBP to reliquidate entries that were liquidated after the end of the RPT at assessment rates using zeroing.</P>

        <P>Other commentators urge the Department to apply the final rule to unliquidated entries in all pending reviews,<E T="03">i.e.,</E>not just those subject to section 129 proceedings. They contend that treating imports from different countries and under different orders differently will prompt new and unnecessary litigation in the WTO. Other commentators argue that the final rule should be effective retrospectively to any entries in a completed review that remain unliquidated as of 60 days after the publication of the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>Some commentators claim that the Department should apply the new methodology to entries that have not been liquidated due to pending litigation. One commentator contends implementing in this manner would be prospective to the future liquidation, and would not constitute retroactive implementation. Some other commentators argue that any dumping margins with present effects should be revised and applied prospectively from the effective date.</P>
        <P>Another commentator points out that when the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>speaks of applying the new methodology pursuant to section 129, it only references disputes brought by the European Union, Japan and Mexico. This commentator contends, however, the Appellate Body's finding in<E T="03">US-Zeroing (EC)</E>makes clear that the United States' obligations to remedy zeroing extend to reviews even though a Member may only have challenged the Department's use of zeroing in the antidumping investigation. Thus, the Department must recalculate dumping margins and antidumping duty assessment rates for subsequent reviews of those orders. Other commentators urge the Department to apply the new methodology to reviews subject to all ongoing and future WTO proceedings in which zeroing is an issue before a panel or the Appellate Body.</P>
        <P>Other commentators argue that the statute prohibits the Department from implementing this new policy on entries covered by completed reviews because they all entered the United States before the effective date. The statute only permits the Department to abandon zeroing with respect to entries occurring on or after the date that USTR directs implementation, and which remain unliquidated at the time the Department implements its determination. Because entries covered by completed reviews entered prior to the effective date, the Department is prohibited from recalculating dumping margins for entries covered by those reviews. This commentator argues the Department should clarify that it will not recalculate dumping margins for completed reviews.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>The Department is adopting this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>pursuant to section 123 of the URAA to put in place for future reviews and certain pending reviews a methodology that responds to the WTO findings of inconsistency. The Department finds that comments addressing how the new methodology should apply to specific “as applied” findings of inconsistency are beyond the scope of this section 123 determination because section 129 determinations are separate from section 123 determinations under the URAA. The purpose of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>is to address the broad elements of the prior practice that was found to be WTO-inconsistent. It is not intended to address how that practice was applied in the specific proceedings that<PRTPAGE P="8113"/>were challenged. The<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>makes clear that the new WTO-consistent methodology will be applicable to any determinations made pursuant to section 129 of the URAA in connection with the relevant WTO disputes. Whether any particular section 129 proceeding will be requested by USTR is beyond the scope of this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>Accordingly, the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>does not further specify the particular proceedings to which the new methodology will apply.</P>

        <P>With regard to the various arguments that suggest the new methodology should apply prior to the announced effective date, such as to entries subject to reviews that were completed or ongoing prior to the effective date, for reasons fully set forth in the Effective Date of Implementation section of this notice, the Department disagrees. The WTO-consistent methodology adopted will be applied in all reviews that are pending before the Department for which the preliminary results are issued 60 days after the publication of the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Adopting a Final Modification for Reviews During the Negotiation of the Doha Round</HD>

        <P>Some commentators suggest that the Department should delay this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>until the United States resolves this issue at the WTO through the Doha Development Agenda (Doha) negotiations. These commentators question whether these implementation efforts will weaken the U.S. negotiating position in the Doha Rules negotiations. They suggest the Department should hold off until the Doha negotiations are concluded, as this may obviate the need to implement at all. Nonetheless, if the Department chooses to implement, these commentators support U.S. efforts to seek correction, through the Doha Rules negotiations, of the Appellate Body decisions, which they view as “extraordinarily flawed.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>The Department disagrees with commentators that it should wait until the Doha negotiations are concluded before adopting the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>The Department is conducting this exercise pursuant to the procedures provided for in section 123 of the URAA. This modification is necessary to implement the DSB's rulings and recommendations in the four, previously identified disputes—all of which necessarily dealt with the interpretation and application of existing WTO rules. Notwithstanding this<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the Department will continue to work closely and actively with USTR with a view towards clarifying that the AD Agreement should not be read to require WTO Members to provide offsets for non-dumped comparisons.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application of the Final Modification for Reviews to Subject Merchandise From Non-Member Countries</HD>

        <P>Two commentators representing interests or products from the Russian Federation note that Russia is in the process of joining the WTO, but is not yet a Member. These commentators argue that notwithstanding Russia's non-Member status, the Department's new methodology adopted in the<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>should apply equally to subject merchandise from Russia.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>As the Department has stated in its<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews,</E>the revised methodology will apply in reviews pending before the Department for which a preliminary results are issued more than 60 days after the date of publication of the Department's Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews.</E>This includes reviews of antidumping orders without regard to whether the subject merchandise is from a WTO Member.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Comments Unrelated to the Final Modification for Reviews</HD>
        <P>One commentator argues that the 2008 rescission of the targeted dumping regulation violates the Administrative Procedures Act(“APA”) because it was repealed without notice and comment. The commentator requests that the targeted dumping regulation be restored in the final rule. Another commentator suggests that the Department should take this opportunity to address and clarify several aspects of the targeted dumping methodology it claims are deficient.</P>

        <P>A few commentators request that the Department clarify that the new averaging groups will still be based on CONNUMs. One commentator points out that in stating that “an averaging group will consist of subject merchandise that is identical or virtually identical in all physical characteristics and that is sold to the US at the same level of trade,” the Department does not define the term “identical or virtually identical in all physical characteristics.” Based on this, the commenter argues, it is unclear whether the proposal refers to merchandise that comprises individual CONNUMs. Other commentators note that the<E T="03">Proposed Modification for Reviews</E>does not state how the Department will distinguish price averaging groups (e.g., by importer, manufacturer, level of trade, sale type, or CONNUM). A few commentators also seek clarification that the Department is not proposing to change how it identifies merchandise for the purposes of model match methodology.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Department Position:</E>These comments are beyond the scope of this action. The Department reiterates that the purpose of this exercise is to bring the United States into conformity with its WTO obligations as articulated in the dispute settlement reports cited above. The Department has proposed no changes to these other aspects of its dumping calculations, and thus finds these suggestions to be beyond the scope of this section 123 proceeding. Parties are free to suggest that the Department consider these comments in the context of a particular proceeding, as appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Timetable</HD>
        <P>The Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification for Reviews</E>will be effective and applicable to all reviews pending before the Department for which the preliminary results are issued after April 16, 2012. The Department will further apply the Final Rule and<E T="03">Final Modification of Reviews</E>to all sunset reviews pending before the Department for which either the preliminary results or expedited final results of sunset review are issued after April 16, 2012. This methodology will be used in implementing the findings of the WTO panels in<E T="03">US-Zeroing (EC), US-Zeroing (Japan), US-Stainless Steel (Mexico),</E>and<E T="03">US-Continued Zeroing (EC),</E>with respect to any antidumping duty proceedings conducted pursuant to section 129 of the URAA. This methodology will also be applicable to any reviews currently discontinued by the Department if such reviews are continued after April 16, 2012 by reason of a final and conclusive judgment of a U.S. Court.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>The Final Rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>The Chief Counsel for Regulation has certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (”SBA”), under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 605(b), that this action would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Parties for whom the<PRTPAGE P="8114"/>Department determines a weighted-average margin of dumping or antidumping duty assessment rate include foreign exporters and manufacturers, some of whom are affiliated with U.S. companies and U.S. importers. Some of these entities affected by the rule may be considered small entities under the SBA standard. The Department has determined that this action will not have a substantial economic impact on a significant number of small entities because the costs associated with antidumping duty liability generally will not increase as a result of the proposed rule. No comments were received regarding the economic impact of this rule. As a result, a final regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and one was not prepared.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This action does not contain a collection of information for purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, as amended (44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 19 CFR Part 351</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Antidumping, Business and industry, Cheese, Confidential business information, Countervailing duties, Freedom of information, Investigations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 7, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Paul Piquado,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Import Administration.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated, 19 CFR part 351 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="351" TITLE="19">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 351—ANTIDUMPING AND COUNTERVAILING DUTIES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 351 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301; 19 U.S.C. 1202 note; 19 U.S.C. 1303 note; 19 U.S.C. 1671 et seq.; and 19 U.S.C. 3538.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="351" TITLE="19">
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Procedures</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 351.414 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 351.414</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Comparison of normal value with export price (constructed export price).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Introduction.</E>This section explains when and how the Secretary will average prices in making comparisons of export price or constructed export price with normal value. (<E T="03">See</E>section 777A(d) of the Act.)</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Description of methods of comparison</E>—(1)<E T="03">Average-to-average method.</E>The “average-to-average” method involves a comparison of the weighted average of the normal values with the weighted average of the export prices (and constructed export prices) for comparable merchandise.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Transaction-to-transaction method.</E>The “transaction-to-transaction” method involves a comparison of the normal values of individual transactions with the export prices (or constructed export prices) of individual transactions for comparable merchandise.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Average-to-transaction method.</E>The “average-to-transaction” method involves a comparison of the weighted average of the normal values to the export prices (or constructed export prices) of individual transactions for comparable merchandise.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Choice of method.</E>(1) In an investigation or review, the Secretary will use the average-to-average method unless the Secretary determines another method is appropriate in a particular case.</P>
            <P>(2) The Secretary will use the transaction-to-transaction method only in unusual situations, such as when there are very few sales of subject merchandise and the merchandise sold in each market is identical or very similar or is custom-made.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Application of the average-to-average method</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>In applying the average-to-average method, the Secretary will identify those sales of the subject merchandise to the United States that are comparable, and will include such sales in an “averaging group.” The Secretary will calculate a weighted average of the export prices and the constructed export prices of the sales included in the averaging group, and will compare this weighted average to the weighted average of the normal values of such sales.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Identification of the averaging group.</E>An averaging group will consist of subject merchandise that is identical or virtually identical in all physical characteristics and that is sold to the United States at the same level of trade. In identifying sales to be included in an averaging group, the Secretary also will take into account, where appropriate, the region of the United States in which the merchandise is sold, and such other factors as the Secretary considers relevant.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Time period over which weighted average is calculated.</E>When applying the average-to-average method in an investigation, the Secretary normally will calculate weighted averages for the entire period of investigation. However, when normal values, export prices, or constructed export prices differ significantly over the course of the period of investigation, the Secretary may calculate weighted averages for such shorter period as the Secretary deems appropriate. When applying the average-to-average method in a review, the Secretary normally will calculate weighted averages on a monthly basis and compare the weighted-average monthly export price or constructed export price to the weighted-average normal value for the contemporaneous month.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Application of the average-to-transactionmethod</E>—In applying the average-to-transaction method in a review, when normal value is based on the weighted average of sales of the foreign like product, the Secretary will limit the averaging of such prices to sales incurred during the contemporaneous month.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Contemporaneous Month.</E>Normally, the Secretary will select as the contemporaneous month the first of the following months which applies:</P>
            <P>(1) The month during which the particular U.S. sales under consideration were made;</P>
            <P>(2) If there are no sales of the foreign like product during this month, the most recent of the three months prior to the month of the U.S. sales in which there was a sale of the foreign like product.</P>
            <P>(3) If there are no sales of the foreign like product during any of these months, the earlier of the two months following the month of the U.S. sales in which there was a sale of the foreign like product.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3290 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>19 CFR Chapter II</CFR>
        <SUBJECT>Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>International Trade Commission.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Policy statement.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The United States International Trade Commission (Commission) gives notice of the adoption of a plan for the retrospective analysis of its existing regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Peter L. Sultan, Office of the General Counsel, United States International Trade Commission, telephone 202-205-3094. Hearing-impaired individuals are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal at 202-<PRTPAGE P="8115"/>205-1810. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server (<E T="03">http://www.usitc.gov</E>).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13579 of July 11, 2011, calls on each independent regulatory agency to develop and release to the public, within 120 days of the date of the Executive Order, a plan under which the agency will periodically review its significant regulations to determine whether any such regulations should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving regulatory objectives.</P>
        <P>The Commission sought public comments on its Preliminary Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules. 76 FR 66004 (Oct. 25, 2011). It received one comment on the preliminary plan from the law firm of Hughes Hubbard &amp; Reed. Hughes Hubbard &amp; Reed endorsed the preliminary plan and urged the Commission in particular to review 19 CFR Part 201. It stated its belief that certain modifications should be made to this regulation to render the Commission's investigations more effective. For example, Hughes Hubbard &amp; Reed advocated broadening the language of 19 CFR 201.12 to clarify that the Commission will accept requests from parties to take action between an investigation's enumerated briefing periods. The Commission will take these comments into account when conducting its retrospective review of its rules.</P>
        <P>The Commission has decided to adopt the Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules without significant changes from the version that was preliminarily proposed. Accordingly, the Commission adopts the following Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">United States International Trade Commission</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules</HD>
        <DATE>February 2012</DATE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Summary of Plan</HD>
        <P>Executive Orders 13579 and 13563 recognize the importance of maintaining a consistent culture of retrospective review and analysis throughout the federal government. Executive Order 13579 calls on each independent regulatory agency to develop and release to the public a plan, consistent with law and reflecting the agency's resources and regulatory priorities and processes, under which the agency will periodically review its significant regulations to determine whether any such regulations should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.</P>
        <P>Pursuant to Executive Order 13579, the U.S. International Trade Commission developed this plan for retrospective analysis of its regulations. The plan is designed to create a defined method and schedule for identifying and reconsidering certain significant rules that are obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, excessively burdensome, or counterproductive. Its review processes are intended to facilitate the identification of rules that warrant repeal or modification, or the strengthening, complementing, or modernizing of rules where necessary or appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
        <P>The Commission is an independent, quasi-judicial federal agency with broad investigative responsibilities on matters of trade. It investigates the effects of dumped and subsidized imports on domestic industries, conducts global safeguard investigations, and adjudicates cases involving imports that allegedly infringe intellectual property rights. The Commission also serves as a federal resource where trade data and other trade policy-related information are gathered and analyzed. The information and analysis are provided to the President, the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR), and Congress to facilitate the development of sound and informed U.S. trade policy. The Commission makes most of its information and analysis available to the public to promote understanding of international trade issues. The Commission also maintains the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS).</P>
        <P>Thus, the Commission is not primarily a regulatory agency, and its regulations generally serve to govern the process of its statutory investigative responsibilities. In carrying out its mission, the Commission issues rules of practice and procedure relating to the conduct of its investigations. The Commission's rules are codified in Title 19 of the Code of Federal Regulations.</P>
        <P>• Part 201 of the Commission's rules are rules of general application relating to the functions and activities of the Commission.</P>
        <P>• Part 202 sets out rules pertaining to investigations of costs of production under section 336 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1336).</P>
        <P>• Part 204 contains rules pertaining to investigations of effects of imports on agricultural programs under section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. 624).</P>
        <P>• Part 205 covers rules pertaining to investigations to determine the probable economic effect on the economy of the United States of proposed modifications of duties or any other barrier to (or other distortion of) international trade or of taking retaliatory actions to obtain the elimination of unjustifiable or unreasonable foreign acts or policies which restrict U.S. commerce.</P>
        <P>• Part 206 pertains to investigations relating to global and bilateral safeguard actions, market disruption, trade diversion, and review of relief actions.</P>
        <P>• Part 207 sets out rules for the conduct of antidumping and countervailing duty investigations conducted under title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1671 et seq.).</P>
        <P>• Part 208 contains rules pertaining to investigations with respect to the commercial availability of textile fabric and yarn in Sub-Saharan African countries.</P>
        <P>• Part 210 sets out rules for the conduct of investigations of unfair practices in import trade under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 337).</P>
        <P>• Part 212 establishes rules for the implementation of the Equal Access to Justice Act (5 U.S.C. 504).</P>
        <P>In the course of its investigations, the Commission generally issues questionnaires seeking business and financial information from domestic and foreign firms. These questionnaires are frequently revised and adapted, with the input of affected parties wherever possible.</P>
        <P>The Commission also maintains several documents that provide guidance to parties involved in its investigations, including its “Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Handbook,” “An Introduction to Administrative Protective Order Practice in Import Injury Investigations,” and the “Handbook on Electronic Filing Procedures.” These documents are maintained in electronic form on the Commission's Web site and are reviewed and updated periodically.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Scope of Plan</HD>

        <P>This plan covers existing regulations, existing information collections, and significant guidance documents.<PRTPAGE P="8116"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Elements of the Plan</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Fostering a Culture of Retrospective Analysis.</E>The Commission intends to strengthen its culture of retrospective analysis by informing all of its employees of the plan and periodically seeking input from them.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Prioritization.</E>The Commission has identified selection criteria for the rules it will review retrospectively. It will endeavor to review rules that:</P>
        <P>• Have been affected by subsequent legal developments;</P>
        <P>• Overlap, duplicate, or conflict with other federal rules;</P>
        <P>• Are the subject of public comments, from individuals and entities that appear before the Commission, and from Congressional and Executive Branch sources;</P>
        <P>• Require outdated reporting practices; or</P>
        <P>• Have been in place for a long time, so that updating may be appropriate.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Structure and Staffing.</E>The following Commission official will be responsible for overseeing the retrospective review of existing rules: James R. Holbein, Secretary, email:<E T="03">secretary@usitc.gov</E>.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Process for Retrospective Review.</E>Every two years, the Commission's General Counsel will send a memorandum to the Commission's Secretary, office directors, and administrative law judges asking them for input on rules suitable for modification or elimination. The Commission will also seek input from the public at that time. Based on responses to this memorandum and comments from the public, and in consultation with Commissioners, the General Counsel's office will make recommendations to the Commission regarding the possible modification or elimination of existing regulations. Once an appropriate rule change has been identified, the Commission will publish a notice of proposed rulemaking and solicit public comment on the proposed change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Public Access and Participation</HD>

        <P>On October 25, 2011, the Commission published a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and posted it on the homepage of its Web site seeking public comment on the design of this plan and the identification of specific rules to be included in the plan. 76 FR 66004 (Oct. 25, 2011) and<E T="03">http://www.usitc.gov/secretary/fed_reg_notices/rules/eRuling_notice10182011sgl.pdf</E>.</P>
        <P>The Commission received one comment on the preliminary plan from a law firm. This firm endorsed the preliminary plan and urged the Commission to review 19 CFR part 201, and in particular 19 CFR 201.12, to clarify that the Commission will accept requests from parties to take action between an investigation's enumerated briefing periods. The Commission will take these comments into account when conducting its retrospective review of its rules.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Current Agency Efforts Already Underway Independent of Executive Order 13579</HD>

        <P>Even before the issuance of Executive Order 13579, Commission staff periodically reviewed existing regulations with a view to updating and improving them, and eliminating redundant or unnecessary regulations. For example, in October 2011, after notice and comment, the Commission amended its rules to provide that most documents filed with the agency will be filed by electronic means.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 61937 (Oct. 6, 2011). The Commission also amended its rules to gather more information on public interest issues arising out of section 337 complaints.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 64803 (Oct. 19, 2011). The Commission's 337 practice has an active and independent bar association that promotes an ongoing exchange of ideas on rules updates and improvements. In addition, the Commission staff constantly adapts the questionnaires that it issues in Title VII investigations to reflect the specific circumstances of each investigation. Wherever possible, the staff seek preliminary input from firms that will be asked to complete these questionnaires. In light of these efforts, the Commission is well-positioned to implement a more systematic plan for retrospective review of its regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Examples of Rules for Retrospective Review</HD>
        <P>The Commission has preliminarily identified the following aspects of its existing rules for review over the next two years:</P>
        <P>1. General review of existing regulations in 19 CFR parts 201, 207, and 210. The Commission will seek to determine whether any such regulations shall be modified, streamlined, expanded or repealed so as to make the agency's regulations more effective or less burdensome.</P>
        <P>2. Employee Responsibilities and Conduct, 19 CFR part 200. The Commission intends to review its regulations addressing employee responsibilities and conduct, to assess whether these regulations can be modified or repealed, in light of the issuance of similar regulations by the Office of Government Ethics.</P>
        <P>3. National Security Information, 19 CFR part 201, Subpart F. The Commission intends to review its regulations addressing national security information, to assess whether these regulations should be modified, in light of Executive Order 13526 (Dec. 29, 2009).</P>
        <P>4. Investigations With Respect to Commercial Availability of Textile Fabric and Yarn in Sub-Saharan African Countries, 19 CFR part 208. The Commission intends to review its regulations addressing investigations with respect to the commercial availability of textile fabric and yarn in Sub-Saharan African countries, to assess whether these regulations can be repealed, in light of the repeal of section 112(c)(2) of the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA), which required the Commission to make determinations with respect to the commercial availability and use of regional textile fabric or yarn in lesser developed beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries in the production of apparel articles receiving U.S. preferential treatment under AGOA (see section 3(a)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 110-436, October 16, 2008, 122 Stat. 4980).</P>
        
        <FP>This list is non-exhaustive and the Commission will consider whether other parts of its regulations should also be subject to review within the next two years.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Publishing the Plan Online</HD>
        <P>The Commission will publish this plan in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and on the agency's Web site, at www.usitc.gov. The Web site includes a page on the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, at<E T="03">http://www.usitc.gov/secretary/fed_reg_notices/rules/</E>. This Rules page will include a link to the plan. Members of the public will be able to post comments about the plan via a link on the page. Commenters may also choose to file comments in paper form to the Secretary to the Commission, Room 112, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436.</P>
        <SIG>
          <P>By Order of the Commission.</P>
          
          <DATED>Issued: February 8, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>James Holbein,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3267 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="8117"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>21 CFR Part 870</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2012-N-0091]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Medical Devices; Cardiovascular Devices; Classification of the Endovascular Suturing System</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is classifying the endovascular suturing system into class II (special controls). The Agency is classifying the device into class II (special controls) in order to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the device.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective March 15, 2012. The classification was effective on November 21, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Robert Gill, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, rm. 1547, Silver Spring, MD, 20993-0002, 301-796-6373.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
        <P>In accordance with section 513(f)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&amp;C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360c(f)(1)), devices that were not in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 (the date of enactment of the Medical Device Amendments of 1976), generally referred to as postamendments devices, are classified automatically by statute into class III without any FDA rulemaking process. These devices remain in class III and require premarket approval, unless and until the device is classified or reclassified into class I or II, or FDA issues an order finding the device to be substantially equivalent, in accordance with section 513(i) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360c(i)), to a predicate device that does not require premarket approval. The Agency determines whether new devices are substantially equivalent to predicate devices by means of premarket notification procedures in section 510(k) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k)) and part 807 of the regulations (21 CFR part 807).</P>

        <P>Section 513(f)(2) of the FD&amp;C Act provides that any person who submits a premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&amp;C Act for a device that has not previously been classified may, within 30 days after receiving an order classifying the device into class III under section 513(f)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act, request FDA to classify the device under the criteria set forth in section 513(a)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act. FDA will, within 60 days of receiving this request, classify the device by written order. This classification will be the initial classification of the device. Within 30 days after the issuance of an order classifying the device, FDA must publish a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>announcing this classification.</P>
        <P>In accordance with section 513(f)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act, FDA issued an order on November 12, 2010, classifying the EndoStapling System into class III, because it was not substantially equivalent to a device that was introduced or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce for commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, or a device which was subsequently reclassified into class I or class II. On December 10, 2010, Aptus Endosystems, Inc. submitted a petition requesting classification of the EndoStapling System under section 513(f)(2) of the FD&amp;C Act. The manufacturer recommended that the device be classified into class II (Ref. 1).</P>
        <P>In accordance with section 513(f)(2) of the FD&amp;C Act, FDA reviewed the petition in order to classify the device under the criteria for classification set forth in section 513(a)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act. FDA classifies devices into class II if general controls by themselves are insufficient to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness, but there is sufficient information to establish special controls to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. After review of the information submitted in the petition, FDA determined that the device can be classified into class II with the establishment of special controls. FDA believes these special controls will provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device.</P>
        <P>The device is assigned the generic name endovascular suturing system, and it is identified as a medical device intended to provide fixation and sealing between an endovascular graft and the native artery. The system is comprised of the implant device and an endovascular delivery device used to implant the endovascular suture.</P>
        <P>FDA has identified the following risks to health associated with this type of device and the measures required to mitigate these risks:</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs150" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Identified Risks and Proposed Mitigation Measures</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Identified risk</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Recommended mitigation measures</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Adverse tissue reaction</ENT>
            <ENT>Biocompatibility Labeling</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Infection</ENT>
            <ENT>Sterility and Shelf Life Testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Incompatibility with endograft</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Migration or fracture of the endovascular suture</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing<LI>Animal testing</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Clinical evaluation</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Imaging Incompatibility</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Labeling</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Electromagnetic incompatibility</ENT>
            <ENT>Electromagnetic Compatibility</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Labeling</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Electrical safety issues</ENT>
            <ENT>Electrical Safety Testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Labeling</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Corrosion</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Improper deployment or inability to deploy</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing<LI>Animal testing</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Clinical evaluation</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Software validation</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Failure to prevent endograft migration or Type I endoleak</ENT>
            <ENT>Bench testing<LI>Clinical evaluation</LI>
            </ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>Cadaver testing</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <PRTPAGE P="8118"/>
        <P>FDA believes that the following special controls address the risks to health and provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device: (1) The device should be demonstrated to be biocompatible; (2) sterility and shelf life testing should demonstrate the sterility of patient-contacting components and the shelf-life of these components; (3) non-clinical and clinical performance testing should demonstrate substantial equivalence in safety and effectiveness, including durability, compatibility, migration resistance, corrosion resistance, and delivery and deployment; (4) non-clinical testing should evaluate the compatibility of the device in an magnetic resonance (MR) environment; (5) appropriate analysis and non-clinical testing should validate electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electrical safety; (6) the sale, distribution, and use of the device are restricted to prescription use in accordance with 21 CFR 801.109 (§ 801.109); and (7) labeling must bear all information required for the safe and effective use of the device as outlined in § 801.109(c), including a detailed summary of the non-clinical and clinical evaluations pertinent to use of the device; in addition to general controls, address the risks to health and provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. Therefore, on November 21, 2011, FDA issued an order to the petitioner classifying the device into class II. FDA is codifying the classification of the device by adding § 870.3460.</P>
        <P>Following the effective date of this final classification rule, any firm submitting a 510(k) premarket notification for an endovascular suturing system will need to comply with the special controls named in the regulation.</P>
        <P>Section 510(m) of the FD&amp;C Act provides that FDA may exempt a class II device from the premarket notification requirements under section 510(k) of the FD&amp;C Act, if FDA determines that premarket notification is not necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. For this type of device, FDA has determined that premarket notification is necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. Therefore, this device type is not exempt from premarket notification requirements. Persons who intend to market this type of device must submit to FDA a premarket notification, prior to marketing the device, which contains information about the endovascular suturing system they intend to market.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Environmental Impact</HD>
        <P>The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.34(b) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Analysis of Impacts</HD>
        <P>FDA has examined the impacts of the final rule under Executive Order 12866, Executive Order 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4). Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, when regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity). The Agency believes that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866. The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires agencies to analyze regulatory options that would minimize any significant impact of a rule on small entities. Because reclassification of this device from class III to class II will relieve manufacturers of the device of the cost of complying with the premarket approval requirements of section 515 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360e), and may permit small potential competitors to enter the marketplace by lowering their costs, the Agency certifies that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>Section 202(a) of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires that agencies prepare a written statement, which includes an assessment of anticipated costs and benefits, before proposing “any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any one year.” The current threshold after adjustment for inflation is $136 million, using the most current (2010) Implicit Price Deflator for the Gross Domestic Product. FDA does not expect this final rule to result in any 1-year expenditure that would meet or exceed this amount.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Federalism</HD>

        <P>FDA has analyzed this final rule in accordance with the principles set forth in Executive Order 13132. Section 4(a) of the Executive order requires agencies to “construe * * * a Federal statute to preempt State law only where the statute contains an express preemption provision or there is some other clear evidence that the Congress intended preemption of State law, or where the exercise of State authority conflicts with the exercise of Federal authority under the Federal statute.” Federal law includes an express preemption provision that preempts certain state requirements “different from or in addition to” certain Federal requirements applicable to devices. (See 21 U.S.C. 360(k); See<E T="03">Medtronic, Inc.</E>v.<E T="03">Lohr,</E>518 U.S. 470 (1996);<E T="03">Riegel</E>v.<E T="03">Medtronic, Inc.,</E>552 U.S. 312 (2008)). The special controls established by this final rule create “requirements” to address each identified risk to health presented by these specific medical devices under 21 U.S.C. 360(k), even though product sponsors may have flexibility in how they meet those requirements (See<E T="03">Papike</E>v.<E T="03">Tambrands, Inc.,</E>107 F.3d 737, 740-42 (9th Cir. 1997)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>This final rule establishes special controls that refer to currently approved collections of information found in other FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 32501-3520). The collections of information in part 807 subpart E, regarding premarket notification submissions, have been approved under OMB control no. 0910-0120; the collections of information in 21 CFR part 801, regarding labeling, have been approved under OMB control no. 0910-0485.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Reference</HD>
        <P>The following reference has been placed on display in the Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, and may be seen by interested persons between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>1. Petition: Request for Evaluation of Automatic Class III Designation under § 513(f)(2) of the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act from Aptus Endosystems, Inc., December 10, 2010.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 21 CFR Part 870</HD>
          <P>Medical devices.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        

        <P>Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under<PRTPAGE P="8119"/>authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR part 870 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="870" TITLE="21">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 870—CARDIOVASCULAR DEVICES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 870 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>21 U.S.C. 351, 360, 360c, 360e, 360j, 371.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="870" TITLE="21">
          <AMDPAR>2 Section 870.3460 is added to subpart D to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 870.3460</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Endovascular Suturing System.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Identification.</E>An endovascular suturing system is a medical device intended to provide fixation and sealing between an endovascular graft and the native artery. The system is comprised of the implant device and an endovascular delivery device used to implant the endovascular suture.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Classification.</E>Class II (special controls). The special controls for this device are:</P>
            <P>(1) The device should be demonstrated to be biocompatible;</P>
            <P>(2) Sterility and shelf life testing should demonstrate the sterility of patient-contacting components and the shelf-life of these components;</P>
            <P>(3) Non-clinical and clinical performance testing should demonstrate substantial equivalence in safety and effectiveness, including durability, compatibility, migration resistance, corrosion resistance, and delivery and deployment;</P>
            <P>(4) Non-clinical testing should evaluate the compatibility of the device in an magnetic resonance (MR) environment;</P>
            <P>(5) Appropriate analysis and non-clinical testing should validate electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and electrical safety;</P>
            <P>(6) The sale, distribution, and use of the device are restricted to prescription use in accordance with 21 CFR 801.109 of this chapter; and</P>
            <P>(7) Labeling must bear all information required for the safe and effective use of the device as outlined in § 801.109(c) of this chapter, including a detailed summary of the non-clinical and clinical evaluations pertinent to use of the device.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 9, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Nancy K. Stade,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Director for Policy, Center for Devices and Radiological Health.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3398 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4160-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
        <CFR>22 CFR Part 41</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Public Notice 7796]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Visas: Issuance of Full Validity L Visas to Qualified Applicants</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>State Department.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>This rule permits the issuance of L visas with validity periods based on the visa reciprocity schedule; whereas the current rule limits L visas to the petition validity period, which is determined by the Department of Homeland Security.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This rule is effective February 14, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Lauren A. Prosnik, Legislation and Regulations Division, Visa Services, Department of State, 2401 E Street NW., Room L-603D, Washington, DC 20520-0106, (202) 663-1260.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Why is the department promulgating this rule?</HD>
        <P>Current Department regulations require that L visa duration be limited to the validity period of the petition, which, under Department of Homeland Security (DHS) regulations, cannot exceed three years. Petitioners may apply to U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) for extension of petition validity in increments of up to two years, but the total period of stay may not exceed five years for aliens employed in a specialized knowledge capacity, or seven years for aliens employed in a managerial or executive capacity. The Department is changing this regulation to delink visa and petition validity periods, as currently required by 22 CFR 41.54(c), “Validity of visa”. As a result, L visa validity will be governed by 22 CFR 41.112, which provides that, except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of that section, a nonimmigrant visa shall have the validity prescribed in schedules provided to consular officers by the Department, which reflect the reciprocal treatment the applicant's country accords U.S. nationals, U.S. permanent residents, or aliens granted refugee status in the United States. The change would assist beneficiaries of petitions for L status who are nationals of countries for which the reciprocity schedule prescribes visa validity for a longer period of time than the initial validity indicated in the petition approved by DHS and who have extended their L stay while in the United States. Subject to 22 CFR 41.112(c), such individuals generally would not need to apply again for an L visa at a U.S. Embassy or Consulate overseas if they were to travel outside the United States during the period indicated in the applicable reciprocity schedule, as is currently required when petition validity has been extended. Under 8 CFR 214.2(l)(11), an alien may apply for admission in L status only while the individual or blanket petition is valid.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Administrative Procedure Act</HD>
        <P>This regulation involves a foreign affairs function of the United States and, therefore, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1), is not subject to the rule making procedures set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act/Executive Order 13272: Small Business</HD>
        <P>Because this final rule is exempt from notice and comment rulemaking under 5 U.S.C. 553, it is exempt from the regulatory flexibility analysis requirements set forth at sections 603 and 604 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603 and 604). Nonetheless, consistent with section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), the Department certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This regulates individual aliens applying for visas under INA § 101(A)(15)(L) and does not affect any small entities, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 601(6).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
        <P>Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, Public Law 104-4, 109 Stat. 48, 2 U.S.C. 1532, generally requires agencies to prepare a statement before proposing any rule that may result in an annual expenditure of $100 million or more by State, local, or tribal governments, or by the private sector. This rule will not result in any such expenditure, nor will it significantly or uniquely affect small governments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996</HD>

        <P>This rule is not a major rule as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804, for purposes of congressional review of agency rulemaking under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, Public Law 104-121. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; a major increase in costs or prices; or adverse effects on competition,<PRTPAGE P="8120"/>employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and import markets.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866</HD>
        <P>The Department of State has reviewed this proposed rule to ensure its consistency with the regulatory philosophy and principles set forth in Executive Order 12866 and has determined that the benefits of this final regulation justify its costs. The Department does not consider this final rule to be an economically significant action within the scope of section 3(f)(1) of the Executive Order since it is not likely to have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or to adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Orders 12372 and 13132: Federalism</HD>
        <P>This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Nor will the rule have federalism implications warranting the application of Executive Orders No. 12372 and No. 13132.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12988: Civil Justice Reform</HD>
        <P>The Department has reviewed the regulations in light of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order No. 12988 to eliminate ambiguity, minimize litigation, establish clear legal standards, and reduce burden.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>The Department has considered this rule in light of Executive Order 13563, dated January 18, 2011, and affirms that this regulation is consistent with the guidance therein.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
        <P>This rule does not impose information collection requirements under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 22 CFR Part 41</HD>
          <P>Documentation of nonimmigrants.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Department of State amends 22 CFR part 41 to read as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="41" TITLE="22">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 41—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 41 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>8 U.S.C. 1104; Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681-795 through 2681-801; 8 U.S.C. 1185 note (section 7209 of Pub. L. 108-458, as amended by section 546 of Pub. L. 109-295).</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="41" TITLE="22">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 41.54 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 41.54</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Intracompany transferees (executives, managers, and specialized knowledge employees)</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Requirements for L classification.</E>An alien shall be classifiable under the provisions of INA section 101(a)(15)(L) if:</P>
            <P>(1) The consular officer is satisfied that the alien qualifies under that section; and either</P>
            <P>(2) In the case of an individual petition, the consular officer has received official evidence of the approval by DHS of a petition to accord such classification or of the extension by DHS of the period of authorized stay in such classification; or</P>
            <P>(3) In the case of a blanket petition,</P>
            <P>(i) The alien has presented to the consular officer official evidence of the approval by DHS of a blanket petition listing only those intracompany relationships and positions found to qualify under INA section 101(a)(15)(L);</P>
            <P>(ii) The alien is otherwise eligible for L-1 classification pursuant to the blanket petition; and,</P>
            <P>(iii) The alien requests that he or she be accorded such classification for the purpose of being transferred to, or remaining in, qualifying positions identified in such blanket petition; or</P>
            <P>(4) The consular officer is satisfied the alien is the spouse or child of an alien so classified and is accompanying or following to join the principal alien.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Petition approval.</E>The approval of a petition by DHS does not establish that the alien is eligible to receive a nonimmigrant visa.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Alien not entitled to L-1 classification under individual petition.</E>The consular officer must suspend action on the alien's application and submit a report to the approving DHS office if the consular officer knows or has reason to believe that an alien applying for a visa as the beneficiary of an approved individual petition under INA section 101(a)(15)(L) is not entitled to such classification as approved.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Labor disputes.</E>Citizens of Canada or Mexico shall not be entitled to classification under this section if the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary of Labor have certified that:</P>
            <P>(1) There is in progress a strike or lockout in the course of a labor dispute in the occupational classification at the place or intended place of employment; and,</P>
            <P>(2) The alien has failed to establish that the alien's entry will not affect adversely the settlement of the strike or lockout or the employment of any person who is involved in the strike or lockout.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Alien not entitled to L-1 classification under blanket petition.</E>The consular officer shall deny L classification based on a blanket petition if the documentation presented by the alien claiming to be a beneficiary thereof does not establish to the satisfaction of the consular officer that</P>
            <P>(1) The alien has been continuously employed by the same employer, an affiliate or a subsidiary thereof, for one year within the three years immediately preceding the application for the L visa;</P>
            <P>(2) The alien was rendering services in a capacity that is managerial, executive, or involves specialized knowledge throughout that year; or</P>
            <P>(3) The alien is destined to render services in such a capacity, as identified in the petition and in an organization listed in the petition.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Former exchange visitor.</E>Former exchange visitors who are subject to the two-year foreign residence requirement of INA section 212(e) are ineligible to apply for visas under INA section 101(a)(15)(L) until they have fulfilled the residence requirement or obtained a waiver of the requirement.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: January 31, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Janice L. Jacobs,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Assistant Secretary for Consular Affairs, Department of State.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3455 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-06-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9576]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BF73</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Definition of a Taxpayer</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains final Income Tax Regulations which provide guidance relating to the determination of who is considered to pay a foreign income tax for purposes of the foreign tax credit. These regulations provide rules for identifying the person with legal liability to pay the foreign income<PRTPAGE P="8121"/>tax in certain circumstances. These regulations affect taxpayers claiming foreign tax credits.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>These regulations are effective on February 14, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applicability Dates:</E>For dates of applicability, see § 1.901-2(h)(4).</P>
        </DATES>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Suzanne M. Walsh, (202) 622-3850 (not a toll-free call).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Section 901Regulations</HD>
        <P>On August 4, 2006, the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>published proposed regulations (71 FR 44240) under section 901 of the Internal Revenue Code concerning the determination of the person who paid a foreign income tax for foreign tax credit purposes (2006 proposed regulations). The 2006 proposed regulations would address the inappropriate separation of foreign income taxes from the income on which the tax was imposed in certain circumstances. In particular, the 2006 proposed regulations would provide guidance under § 1.901-2(f) relating to the person on whom foreign law imposes legal liability for tax, including in the case of taxes imposed on the income of foreign consolidated groups and entities that have different classifications for U.S. and foreign tax law purposes.</P>

        <P>The Treasury Department and the IRS received written comments on the 2006 proposed regulations and held a public hearing on October 13, 2006. All comments are available at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or upon request. In Notice 2007-95 (2007-2 CB 1091 (December 3, 2007)), the Treasury Department and the IRS announced that when issued, the final regulations will be effective for taxable years beginning after the final regulations are published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This Treasury decision adopts, in part, the 2006 proposed regulations with the changes discussed in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">II. Section 909 and Notice 2010-92</HD>
        <P>Section 909 was enacted as part of legislation commonly referred to as the Education Jobs and Medicaid Assistance Act (EJMAA) on August 10, 2010 (Pub. L. 111-226, 124 Stat. 2389 (2010)). Section 909 was enacted to address concerns about the inappropriate separation of foreign income taxes and related income.</P>
        <P>Section 909 provides that there is a foreign tax credit splitting event if a foreign income tax is paid or accrued by a taxpayer or section 902 corporation and the related income is, or will be, taken into account by a covered person with respect to such taxpayer or section 902 corporation. In such a case, the tax is suspended until the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the payor of the tax or, if the payor is a section 902 corporation, by a section 902 shareholder of the section 902 corporation.</P>

        <P>On December 6, 2010, the Treasury Department and the IRS issued Notice 2010-92 (2010-2 CB 916 (December 6, 2010)), which primarily addresses the application of section 909 to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (pre-2011 taxable years). The notice provides rules for determining whether foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in pre-2011 taxable years (pre-2011 taxes) are suspended under section 909 in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (post-2010 taxable years) of a section 902 corporation. It also identifies an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events in pre-2011 taxable years (pre-2011 splitter arrangements) and provides guidance on determining the amount of related income and pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued with respect to pre-2011 splitter arrangements. The pre-2011 splitter arrangements are reverse hybrid structures, certain foreign consolidated groups, disregarded debt structures in the context of group relief and other loss-sharing regimes, and two classes of hybrid instruments. The notice states that future guidance will provide that foreign tax credit splitting events in post-2010 taxable years will at least include all of the pre-2011 splitter arrangements. The notice also states that the Treasury Department and the IRS do not intend to finalize the portion of the 2006 proposed regulations relating to the determination of the person who paid a foreign income tax with respect to the income of a reverse hybrid. See Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(iii). Temporary regulations under section 909 are published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. In General</HD>
        <P>In response to written comments on the 2006 proposed regulations and in light of the enactment of section 909, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that it is appropriate to finalize certain portions of the 2006 proposed regulations. These final regulations revise several of the proposed rules to take into account comments received. Other portions of those regulations are adopted without amendment. The Treasury Department and the IRS have also determined that the remaining portions of the 2006 proposed regulations should be withdrawn. The Treasury Department and the IRS, however, are continuing to consider whether and to what extent to revise or clarify the general rule that tax is considered paid by the person who has legal liability under foreign law for the tax. For example, the Treasury Department and the IRS are continuing to study whether it is appropriate to provide a special rule for determining who has legal liability in the case of a withholding tax imposed on an amount of income that is considered received by different persons for U.S. and foreign tax purposes, as in the case of certain sale-repurchase transactions.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Taxes Imposed on Combined Income</HD>

        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(2) of the 2006 proposed regulations addresses the application of the legal liability rule to foreign consolidated groups and other combined income regimes, including those in which the regime imposes joint and several liability in the U.S. sense, those in which the regime treats subsidiaries as branches of the parent corporation (or otherwise attributes income of subsidiaries to the parent corporation), and those in which some of the group members have limited obligations, or even no obligation, to pay the consolidated tax. Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(i) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides that the foreign tax must be apportioned among the persons whose income is included in the combined base pro rata based on each person's portion of the combined income, as computed under foreign law. Because failure to allocate appropriately the consolidated tax among the members of the group may result in the separation of foreign income tax from the related income as described in section 909, comments recommended that the proposed rules be finalized in lieu of treating these arrangements as foreign tax credit splitting events under section 909, which would require suspension of split tax until the related income is taken into account. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the comments, and accordingly, § 1.901-2(f)(3)(i) of the final regulations adopts with minor modifications Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(i). As these regulations are generally effective for foreign taxes paid or accrued during taxable years beginning after February 14, 2012, a foreign tax credit splitting event will not occur with respect to foreign taxes paid or accrued on combined income in such<PRTPAGE P="8122"/>years. However, with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued on combined income during taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, and on or before February 14, 2012, temporary regulations under section 909 provide that a foreign tax credit splitting event occurs to the extent that a taxpayer does not allocate the foreign consolidated tax liability among the members of the foreign consolidated group based on each member's share of the consolidated taxable income included in the foreign tax base under the principles of § 1.901-2(f)(3) prior to its amendment by this Treasury decision.</P>
        <P>One comment recommended that combined income subject to preferential tax rates should be allocated only to group members with that type of income, in order to more closely match the tax with the related income. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with this comment, and § 1.901-2(f)(3)(i) of the final regulations provides that combined income with respect to each foreign tax that is imposed on a combined basis, and combined income subject to tax exemption or preferential tax rates, is computed separately, and the tax on that combined income base is allocated separately.</P>
        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(ii) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides that for purposes of § 1.901-2(f)(2) of the 2006 proposed regulations, foreign tax is imposed on the combined income of two or more persons if such persons compute their taxable income on a combined basis under foreign law. Foreign tax is considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons even if the combined income is computed under foreign law by attributing to one such person (for example, the foreign parent of a foreign consolidated group) the income of other such persons. However, foreign tax is not considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons solely because foreign law: (1) Permits one person to surrender a net loss to another person pursuant to a group relief or similar regime; (2) requires a shareholder of a corporation to include in income amounts attributable to taxes imposed on the corporation with respect to distributed earnings, pursuant to an integrated tax system that allows the shareholder a credit for such taxes; or (3) requires a shareholder to include, pursuant to an anti-deferral regime (similar to subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code (sections 951 through 965)), income attributable to the shareholder's interest in the corporation.</P>
        <P>The final regulations adopt § 1.901-2(f)(2)(ii) of the 2006 proposed regulations with several modifications in response to comments. Section 1.901-2(f)(3)(ii) of the final regulations provides that tax is considered to be computed on a combined basis if two or more persons that would otherwise be subject to foreign tax on their separate taxable incomes add their items of income, gain, deduction, and loss to compute a single consolidated taxable income amount for foreign tax purposes. In addition, foreign tax is not considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons if, because one or more of such persons is a fiscally transparent entity under foreign law, only one of such persons is subject to tax under foreign law (even if two or more of such persons are corporations for U.S. tax purposes). The regulations include additional illustrations clarifying that foreign tax is not considered to be imposed on combined income solely because foreign law: (1) Reallocates income from one person to a related person under foreign transfer pricing provisions; (2) requires a person to take into account a distributive share of taxable income of an entity that is a partnership or other fiscally transparent entity for foreign tax law purposes; or (3) requires a person to take all or part of the income of an entity that is a corporation for U.S. tax purposes into account because foreign law treats the entity as a branch or fiscally transparent entity (a reverse hybrid). A reverse hybrid does not include an entity that is treated under foreign law as a branch or fiscally transparent entity solely for purposes of calculating combined income of a foreign consolidated group.</P>
        <P>One comment requested clarification that the exclusions from the definition of a combined income base (for example, foreign integration and anti-deferral regimes) apply solely for purposes of determining whether a foreign income tax is imposed on combined income, and do not apply for purposes of determining each person's ratable share of the combined income base. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that these exclusions from the definition of a combined income base do not exclude any amount of income otherwise subject to tax on a combined basis from the operation of the combined income rule. However, since nothing in the list of exclusions affects the amount of income in the combined income base, which is computed under foreign law, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe a change is unnecessary.</P>
        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(iii) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides that a reverse hybrid is considered to have legal liability under foreign law for foreign taxes imposed on the owners of the reverse hybrid in respect of each owner's share of the reverse hybrid's income. As stated in Notice 2010-92, the Treasury Department and the IRS will not finalize the portion of the 2006 proposed regulations relating to the determination of the person who paid a foreign income tax with respect to the income of a reverse hybrid. Notice 2010-92 identifies reverse hybrids as pre-2011 splitter arrangements, and the temporary regulations under section 909 also identify reverse hybrids as splitter arrangements.</P>
        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(iv) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides rules for determining each person's share of the combined income tax base, generally relying on foreign tax reporting of separate taxable income or books maintained for that purpose. The 2006 proposed regulations provide that payments between group members that result in a deduction under both U.S. and foreign tax law will be given effect in determining each person's share of the combined income. The 2006 proposed regulations, however, explicitly reserve with respect to the effect of hybrid instruments and disregarded payments between related parties, which the preamble to the proposed regulations describes as a matter to be addressed in subsequent published guidance. Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(iv) of the 2006 proposed regulations also provides special rules addressing the effect of dividends (and deemed dividends) and net losses of group members on the determination of separate taxable income.</P>

        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(3)(iii) of the final regulations adopts Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(iv) with modifications reflecting that certain hybrid instruments and certain disregarded payments are treated as splitter arrangements subject to section 909. In particular, the final regulations provide that in determining separate taxable income of members of a combined income group, effect will be given to intercompany payments that are deductible under foreign law, even if such payments are not deductible (or are disregarded) for purposes of U.S. tax law. Thus, for example, interest accrued by one group member with respect to an instrument held by another member that is treated as debt for foreign tax purposes but as equity for U.S. tax purposes would be considered income of the holder and would reduce the taxable income of the issuer. The final regulations, however, include a cross-<PRTPAGE P="8123"/>reference to § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i) for rules requiring suspension of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the owner of a U.S. equity hybrid instrument.</P>
        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(2)(v) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides that U.S. tax principles apply to determine the tax consequences if one person remits a tax that is the legal liability of another person. For example, a payment of tax for which a corporation has legal liability by a shareholder of that corporation (including an owner of a reverse hybrid), will ordinarily result in a deemed capital contribution and deemed payment of tax by the corporation. Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(v) also provides that if the corporation reimburses the shareholder for the tax payment, such reimbursement would ordinarily be treated as a distribution for U.S. tax purposes. The Treasury Department and the IRS received several comments regarding Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(v) noting that a shareholder's payment of a corporation's tax and a corporation's reimbursement of a shareholder for paying its tax liability will not result in deemed capital contribution and deemed dividend treatment if arrangements are in place that treat the shareholder's payment of the tax as pursuant to a lending or agency arrangement. In response to these comments, the second and third sentences of § 1.901-2(f)(2)(v) of the 2006 proposed regulations are not included in § 1.901-2(f)(3)(iv) of the final regulations, and the final regulations simply provide that U.S. tax principles apply to determine the tax consequences if one person remits a tax that is the legal liability of another person.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">III. Taxes Imposed on Partnerships and Disregarded Entities</HD>
        <P>Section 1.901-2(f)(3) of the 2006 proposed regulations provides rules regarding the treatment of two types of hybrid entities. First, in the case of an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes but is taxable at the entity level under foreign law (which the 2006 proposed regulations define as a hybrid partnership), such entity is considered to have legal liability under foreign law for foreign income tax imposed on the income of the entity. The 2006 proposed regulations also provide rules for allocating foreign tax paid or accrued by a hybrid partnership if the partnership's U.S. taxable year closes with respect to one or more (or all) partners or if there is a change in ownership of the hybrid partnership. See Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(3)(i).</P>
        <P>Second, in the case of an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the person that is treated as owning the assets of such entity for U.S. tax purposes is considered to have legal liability under foreign law for tax imposed on the income of the entity. The 2006 proposed regulations provide rules for allocating foreign tax between the old owner and the new owner of a disregarded entity if there is a change in the ownership of the disregarded entity during the entity's foreign taxable year and such change does not result in a closing of the entity's foreign taxable year. See Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(3)(ii). The 2006 proposed regulations generally provide that for hybrid partnerships and disregarded entities, allocations of tax will be made under the principles of § 1.1502-76(b) based on the respective portions of the taxable income of the hybrid entity (as determined under foreign law) for the foreign taxable year that are attributable to the period ending on the date of the ownership change (or the last day of the terminating partnership's U.S. taxable year) and the period ending after such date. This approach is consistent with the rule provided in § 1.338-9(d) for apportioning foreign tax paid by a target corporation that is acquired in a transaction that is treated as an asset acquisition pursuant to an election under section 338, if the foreign taxable year of the target does not close at the end of the acquisition date.</P>
        <P>A change in the ownership of a hybrid partnership or disregarded entity during the entity's foreign taxable year that does not result in the closing of the hybrid entity's foreign taxable year may result in the separation of income from the associated foreign income taxes. A change in the ownership occurs if there is a disposition of all or a portion of the owner's interest. A separation of income from the associated foreign income taxes could occur if the foreign tax paid or accrued with respect to such foreign taxable year has not been allocated appropriately between the old owner and the new owner. Certain changes of ownership involving related parties could be treated as a foreign tax credit splitting event under section 909. Comments recommended that the proposed legal liability rules addressing the treatment of hybrid entities be finalized in lieu of treating the above-described case of a change in the ownership of a hybrid entity as a foreign tax credit splitting event under section 909. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree, and accordingly, the final regulations adopt the proposed rules with modifications in response to comments.</P>
        <P>One comment recommended that, if a termination under section 708(b)(1)(B) requires a closing of the books to allocate U.S. taxable income between the old partnership and new partnership but the foreign taxable year does not close, or if a change in a partner's interest results in a closing of the partnership's taxable year with respect to the partner and an allocation of partnership items based on a closing of the books under section 706, foreign tax for the year of change should similarly be allocated under the principles of sections 706 and 708 and the regulations under those sections based on a closing of the books, rather than under the principles of § 1.1502-76(b), which permits ratable allocation of the foreign tax with an exception for extraordinary items. The comment noted that apportioning the foreign tax using the same methodology as is used to apportion U.S. taxable income between the terminating partnership and the new partnership, or between the partner whose interest changes and the other partners, would lead to better matching of foreign tax and the associated income. The Treasury Department and the IRS are concerned about the increased administrative and compliance burdens associated with requiring a closing of the foreign tax books in order to apportion foreign tax for the year of change. Accordingly, this comment was not adopted.</P>
        <P>In response to a comment, the final regulations apply the same foreign tax allocation rules to section 708 terminations that arise under section 708(b)(1)(A) in the case of a partnership that has ceased its operations, including a change in ownership in which a partnership becomes a disregarded entity. The final regulations also apply the same allocation rules if there are multiple ownership changes within a single foreign taxable year.</P>
        <P>Finally, § 1.901-2(f)(3)(i) of the 2006 proposed regulations defines a hybrid partnership as an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes but is taxable at the entity level under foreign law. Because the Treasury Department and the IRS believe that a special definition of the term hybrid partnership is unnecessary and could cause confusion, references to the term hybrid partnership are replaced in the final regulations with references to the term partnership. No substantive change is intended by this revision.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">IV. Effective/Applicability Date</HD>

        <P>The 2006 proposed regulations would generally apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued during taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. However,<PRTPAGE P="8124"/>consistent with Notice 2007-95, § 1.901-2(h)(4) provides that these final regulations are generally effective for foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after February 14, 2012.</P>
        <P>A comment raised several transition-related questions arising in situations where applying the final regulations changes the person who is considered the taxpayer with respect to a particular foreign income tax. First, the comment stated it is unclear what happens to the carryover under section 904(c) of foreign taxes paid or accrued in a taxable year beginning before the effective date of the final regulations (pre-effective date year) to a taxable year beginning on or after the effective date of the final regulations (post-effective date year). The comment recommended that the regulations clarify the treatment of foreign tax credit carryovers from pre-effective date years and foreign tax credit carrybacks from post-effective date years, and that the regulations provide that taxes paid or accrued in a pre-effective date year that are carried forward to a post-effective date year be assigned to the taxpayer that paid or accrued the foreign taxes in the pre-effective date year. Similarly, the comment recommended that taxes paid or accrued in a post-effective date year that are carried back to the last pre-effective date year should be treated in the carryback year as paid or accrued by the taxpayer that paid or accrued the taxes in the post-effective date year.</P>
        <P>The Treasury Department and the IRS believe it is clear under current law that the person who paid or accrued foreign income taxes in a pre-effective date year is the person who is eligible under section 904(c) to carry forward such taxes to a post-effective date year, notwithstanding that such person may not be considered the taxpayer under these final regulations had the taxes been paid or accrued in the post-effective date carryover year. Similarly, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe it is clear that the person who paid or accrued foreign income taxes in a post-effective date year is the person who is eligible under section 904(c) to carry back such taxes to the last pre-effective date year. Therefore, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe that revision of the final regulations to reflect this comment is unnecessary.</P>
        <P>The comment also recommended that taxpayers be permitted to apply the final regulations retroactively, but that taxpayers should not be permitted to take inconsistent positions with respect to the incidence of the foreign tax. The comment recommended that a duty of consistency be imposed on related parties, or parties that were related at the time the foreign tax was imposed. If parties that were related but are now unrelated do not agree on an election to apply the regulations retroactively, the comment stated no election should be permitted.</P>
        <P>In response to the comment, the final regulations permit taxpayers to apply the combined income rules of § 1.901-2(f)(3) of the final regulations to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, and on or before February 14, 2012. This provision will permit taxpayers to avoid uncertainty regarding the application of section 909 to foreign taxes paid or accrued by foreign consolidated groups in pre-effective date taxable years beginning in 2011 and 2012. No inference is intended as to the determination of the person who paid the foreign tax under the rules in effect prior to the amendment of the regulations by this Treasury decision. To the extent that a taxpayer did not allocate foreign consolidated tax liability among the members of a foreign consolidated group based on each member's share of the consolidated taxable income included in the foreign tax base under the principles of § 1.901-2(f)(3), the foreign consolidated group is a foreign tax credit splitting event under section 909. See Section 4.03 of Notice 2010-92 and § 1.909-5T.</P>
        <P>The Treasury Department and the IRS have concerns about the administrative complexity and burden on taxpayers associated with requirements to elect to apply § 1.901-2(f)(4) retroactively that would be necessary to prevent potential whipsaws from two unrelated persons claiming a foreign tax credit for a single payment of foreign income tax, in cases where different persons are considered to pay the tax under the final regulations and under prior law. Although taxpayers may not elect to apply § 1.901-2(f)(4) retroactively, certain portions of that provision, specifically with respect to the person that has legal liability for a foreign tax paid by a disregarded entity or a partnership in the absence of a change in ownership, were consistent with the rules in effect under the final regulations prior to amendment by this Treasury decision. In addition, to prevent treating more than one person as paying a single amount of tax, § 1.901-2(f)(4) of the final regulations will not apply to any amount of tax paid or accrued in a post-effective date year of any person, if such tax would be treated as paid or accrued by a different person in a pre-effective date year under the prior regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of IRS Documents</HD>
        <P>IRS notices cited in this preamble are made available by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effect on Other Documents</HD>
        <P>The following publication is obsolete in part as of February 14, 2012.</P>
        <P>Notice 2007-95 (2007-2 CB 1091).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to this regulation and because the regulation does not impose a collection of information requirement on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, the notice of proposed rulemaking preceding this regulation was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal author of these regulations is Suzanne M. Walsh of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in their development.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—[Corrected]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.706-1 is amended by adding paragraph (c)(6) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.706-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Taxable years of partner and partnership.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) * * *</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Foreign taxes.</E>For rules relating to the treatment of foreign taxes paid or<PRTPAGE P="8125"/>accrued by a partnership, see § 1.901-2(f)(4)(i) and (f)(4)(ii).</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 3.</E>Section 1.901-2 is amended by revising paragraph (f)(3) and adding paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5), and (h)(4) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.901-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Income, war profits, or excess profits tax paid or accrued.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(f) * * *</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Taxes imposed on combined income of two or more persons</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general.</E>If foreign tax is imposed on the combined income of two or more persons (for example, a husband and wife or a corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries), foreign law is considered to impose legal liability on each such person for the amount of the tax that is attributable to such person's portion of the base of the tax. Therefore, if foreign tax is imposed on the combined income of two or more persons, such tax is allocated among, and considered paid by, such persons on a pro rata basis in proportion to each person's portion of the combined income, as determined under foreign law and paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section. Combined income with respect to each foreign tax that is imposed on a combined basis is computed separately, and the tax on that combined income is allocated separately under this paragraph (f)(3)(i). If foreign law exempts from tax, or provides for specific rates of tax with respect to, certain types of income, or if certain expenses, deductions or credits are taken into account only with respect to a particular type of income, combined income with respect to such portions of the combined income is also computed separately, and the tax on that combined income is allocated separately under this paragraph (f)(3)(i). The rules of this paragraph (f)(3) apply regardless of which person is obligated to remit the tax, which person actually remits the tax, or which person the foreign country could proceed against to collect the tax in the event all or a portion of the tax is not paid. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(3), the term<E T="03">person</E>means an individual or an entity (including a disregarded entity described in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(i) of this chapter) that is subject to tax in a foreign country as a corporation (or otherwise at the entity level). In determining the amount of tax paid by an owner of a partnership or a disregarded entity, this paragraph (f)(3) first applies to determine the amount of tax paid by the partnership or disregarded entity, and then paragraph (f)(4) of this section applies to allocate the amount of such tax to the owner.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Combined income.</E>For purposes of this paragraph (f)(3), foreign tax is imposed on the combined income of two or more persons if such persons compute their taxable income on a combined basis under foreign law and foreign tax would otherwise be imposed on each such person on its separate taxable income. For example, income is computed on a combined basis if two or more persons add their items of income, gain, deduction, and loss to compute a single consolidated taxable income amount for foreign tax purposes. Foreign tax is considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons even if the combined income is computed under foreign law by attributing to one such person (for example, the foreign parent of a foreign consolidated group) the income of other such persons or by treating persons that would otherwise be subject to tax as separate entities as unincorporated branches of a single corporation for purposes of computing the foreign tax on the combined income of the group. However, foreign tax is not considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons if, because one or more persons is a fiscally transparent entity (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) under foreign law, only one of such persons is subject to tax under foreign law (even if two or more of such persons are corporations for U.S. Federal income tax purposes). Therefore, foreign tax is not considered to be imposed on the combined income of two or more persons solely because foreign law:</P>
            <P>(A) Permits one person to surrender a loss to another person pursuant to a group relief or other loss-sharing regime described in § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(vi);</P>
            <P>(B) Requires a shareholder of a corporation to include in income amounts attributable to taxes imposed on the corporation with respect to distributed earnings, pursuant to an integrated tax system that allows the shareholder a credit for such taxes;</P>
            <P>(C) Requires a shareholder to include, pursuant to an anti-deferral regime (similar to subpart F of the Internal Revenue Code (sections 951 through 965)), income attributable to the shareholder's interest in the corporation;</P>
            <P>(D) Reallocates income from one person to a related person under foreign transfer pricing rules;</P>
            <P>(E) Requires a person to take into account a distributive share of income of an entity that is a partnership or other fiscally transparent entity for foreign tax law purposes; or</P>
            <P>(F) Requires a person to take all or part of the income of an entity that is a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes into account because foreign law treats the entity as a branch or fiscally transparent entity (a reverse hybrid). A reverse hybrid does not include an entity that is treated under foreign law as a branch or fiscally transparent entity solely for purposes of calculating combined income of a foreign consolidated group.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Portion of combined income</E>—(A)<E T="03">In general.</E>Each person's portion of the combined income is determined by reference to any return, schedule or other document that must be filed or maintained with respect to a person showing such person's income for foreign tax purposes, as properly amended or adjusted for foreign tax purposes. If no such return, schedule or other document must be filed or maintained with respect to a person for foreign tax purposes, then, for purposes of this paragraph (f)(3), such person's income is determined from the books of account regularly maintained by or on behalf of the person for purposes of computing its income for foreign tax purposes. Each person's portion of the combined income is determined by adjusting such person's income determined under this paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(A) as provided in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(B) and (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Effect of certain payments</E>—(<E T="03">1</E>) Each person's portion of the combined income is determined by giving effect to payments and accrued amounts of interest, rents, royalties, and other amounts between persons whose income is included in the combined base to the extent such amounts would be taken into account in computing the separate taxable incomes of such persons under foreign law if they did not compute their income on a combined basis. Each person's portion of the combined income is determined without taking into account any payments from other persons whose income is included in the combined base that are treated as dividends or other non-deductible distributions with respect to equity under foreign law, and without taking into account deemed dividends or any similar attribution of income made for purposes of computing the combined income under foreign law, regardless of whether any such deemed dividend or attribution of income results in a deduction or inclusion under foreign law.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) For purposes of determining each person's portion of the combined income, the treatment of a payment is determined under foreign law. Thus, for example, interest accrued by one group member with respect to an instrument<PRTPAGE P="8126"/>held by another member that is treated as debt for foreign tax purposes but as equity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes would be considered income of the holder and would reduce the income of the issuer. See also § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i) for rules requiring suspension of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the owner of a U.S. equity hybrid instrument.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Net losses.</E>If tax is considered to be imposed on the combined income of three or more persons and one or more of such persons has a net loss for the taxable year for foreign tax purposes, the following rules apply. If foreign law provides mandatory rules for allocating the net loss among the other persons, then the rules that apply for foreign tax purposes apply for purposes of this paragraph (f)(3). If foreign law does not provide mandatory rules for allocating the net loss, the net loss is allocated among all other such persons on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amount of each person's income, as determined under paragraphs (f)(3)(iii)(A) and (f)(3)(iii)(B) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C), foreign law is not considered to provide mandatory rules for allocating a net loss solely because such loss is attributed from one person to a second person for purposes of computing combined income, as described in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Collateral consequences.</E>U.S. tax principles apply to determine the tax consequences if one person remits a tax that is the legal liability of, and thus is considered paid by, another person.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Taxes imposed on partnerships and disregarded entities</E>—(i)<E T="03">Partnerships.</E>If foreign law imposes tax at the entity level on the income of a partnership, the partnership is considered to be legally liable for such tax under foreign law and therefore is considered to pay the tax for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. The rules of this paragraph (f)(4)(i) apply regardless of which person is obligated to remit the tax, which person actually remits the tax, or which person the foreign country could proceed against to collect the tax in the event all or a portion of the tax is not paid. See §§ 1.702-1(a)(6) and 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii) for rules relating to the determination of a partner's distributive share of such tax. If the U.S. taxable year of a partnership closes for all partners due to a termination of the partnership under section 708(b)(1)(A) and the regulations under that section and the foreign taxable year of the partnership does not close, then foreign tax paid or accrued with respect to the foreign taxable year in which the termination occurs is allocated between the terminating partnership and its successors or assigns. For example, if, as a result of a change in ownership during a partnership's foreign taxable year, the partnership becomes a disregarded entity and the entity's foreign taxable year does not close, foreign tax paid or accrued by the owner of the disregarded entity with respect to the foreign taxable year is allocated between the partnership and the owner of the disregarded entity. If the U.S. taxable year of a partnership closes for all partners due to a termination of the partnership under section 708(b)(1)(B) and the regulations under that section and the foreign taxable year of the partnership does not close, then foreign tax paid or accrued by the new partnership with respect to the foreign taxable year in which the termination occurs is allocated between the terminating partnership and the new partnership. If multiple terminations under section 708(b)(1)(B) occur within the foreign taxable year, foreign tax paid or accrued with respect to that foreign taxable year by a new partnership is allocated among all terminating and new partnerships. In the case of any termination under section 708(b)(1), the allocation of foreign tax is made based on the respective portions of the taxable income (as determined under foreign law) for the foreign taxable year that are attributable under the principles of § 1.1502-76(b) to the period of existence of each terminating and new partnership, or successor or assign of a terminating partnership, during the foreign taxable year. Foreign tax allocated to a terminating partnership under this paragraph (f)(4)(i) is treated as paid or accrued by such partnership as of the close of the last day of its final U.S. taxable year. In the case of a change in any partner's interest in the partnership (a variance), except as otherwise provided in section 706(d)(2) (relating to certain cash basis items) or 706(d)(3) (relating to tiered partnerships), foreign tax paid or accrued by the partnership during its U.S. taxable year in which the variance occurs is allocated between the portion of the U.S. taxable year ending on, and the portion of the U.S. taxable year beginning on the day after, the day of the variance. The allocation is made under the principles of this paragraph (f)(4)(i) as if the variance were a termination under section 708(b)(1).</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Disregarded entities.</E>If foreign law imposes tax at the entity level on the income of an entity described in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(i) of this chapter (a<E T="03">disregarded entity</E>), the person (as defined in section 7701(a)(1)) who is treated as owning the assets of the disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is considered to be legally liable for such tax under foreign law. Such person is considered to pay the tax for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. The rules of this paragraph (f)(4)(ii) apply regardless of which person is obligated to remit the tax, which person actually remits the tax, or which person the foreign country could proceed against to collect the tax in the event all or a portion of the tax is not paid. If there is a change in the ownership of such disregarded entity during the entity's foreign taxable year and such change does not result in a closing of the disregarded entity's foreign taxable year, foreign tax paid or accrued with respect to such foreign taxable year is allocated between the transferor and the transferee. If there is more than one change in the ownership of a disregarded entity during the entity's foreign taxable year, foreign tax paid or accrued with respect to that foreign taxable year is allocated among all transferors and transferees. The allocation is made based on the respective portions of the taxable income of the disregarded entity (as determined under foreign law) for the foreign taxable year that are attributable under the principles of § 1.1502-76(b) to the period of ownership of each transferor and transferee during the foreign taxable year. If, as a result of a change in ownership, the disregarded entity becomes a partnership and the entity's foreign taxable year does not close, foreign tax paid or accrued by the partnership with respect to the foreign taxable year is allocated between the owner of the disregarded entity and the partnership under the principles of this paragraph (f)(4)(ii). If the person who owns a disregarded entity is a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, see § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii) for rules relating to the allocation of such tax among the partners of the partnership.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Examples.</E>The following examples illustrate the rules of paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section:</P>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1.</HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>A, a United States person, owns 100 percent of B, an entity organized in country X. B owns 100 percent of C, also an entity organized in country X. B and C are corporations for U.S. and foreign tax purposes that use the “u” as their functional currency. Pursuant to a consolidation regime, country X imposes an income tax described in (a)(1) of this section on the combined income of B and C within the meaning of paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section. In year 1, C pays 25u of interest to B. If B and C did not report their income on a combined basis for country X tax purposes,<PRTPAGE P="8127"/>the interest paid from C to B would result in 25u of interest income to B and 25u of deductible interest expense to C. For purposes of reporting the combined income of B and C, country X first requires B and C to determine their own income (or loss) on a separate schedule. For this purpose, however, neither B nor C takes into account the 25u of interest paid from C to B because the income of B and C is included in the same combined base. The separate income of B and C reported on their country X schedules for year 1, which do not reflect the 25u intercompany payment, is 100u and 200u, respectively. The combined income reported for country X purposes is 300u (the sum of the 100u separate income of B and 200u separate income of C).</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">Result.</E>On the separate schedules described in paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, B's separate income is 100u and C's separate income is 200u. Under paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(B)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section, the 25u interest payment from C to B is taken into account for purposes of determining B's and C's portions of the combined income under paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, because B and C would have taken the items into account if they did not compute their income on a combined basis. Thus, B's portion of the combined income is 125u (100u plus 25u) and C's portion of the combined income is 175u (200u less 25u). The result is the same regardless of whether the 25u interest payment from C to B is deductible for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. See paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(B)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>A, a United States person, owns 100 percent of B, an entity organized in country X. B is a corporation for country X tax purposes, and a disregarded entity for U.S. income tax purposes. B owns 100 percent of C and D, entities organized in country X that are corporations for both U.S. and country X tax purposes. B, C, and D use the “u” as their functional currency and file on a combined basis for country X income tax purposes. Country X imposes an income tax described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section at the rate of 30 percent on the taxable income of corporations organized in country X. Under the country X combined reporting regime, income (or loss) of C and D is attributed to, and treated as income (or loss) of, B. B has the sole obligation to pay country X income tax imposed with respect to income of B and income of C and D that is attributed to, and treated as income of, B. Under the law of country X, country X may proceed against B, but not C or D, if B fails to pay over to country X all or any portion of the country X income tax imposed with respect to such income. In year 1, B has income of 100u, C has income of 200u, and D has a net loss of (60u). Under the law of country X, B is considered to have 240u of taxable income with respect to which 72u of country X income tax is imposed. Country X does not provide mandatory rules for allocating D's loss.</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">Result.</E>Under paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the 72u of country X tax is considered to be imposed on the combined income of B, C, and D. Because country X law does not provide mandatory rules for allocating D's loss between B and C, under paragraph (f)(3)(iii)(C) of this section D's (60u) loss is allocated pro rata: 20u to B ((100u/300u) × 60u) and 40u to C ((200u/300u) × 60u). Under paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section, the 72u of country X tax must be allocated pro rata among B, C, and D. Because D has no income for country X tax purposes, no country X tax is allocated to D. Accordingly, 24u (72u × (80u/240u)) of the country X tax is allocated to B, and 48u (72u × (160u/240u)) of such tax is allocated to C. Under paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section, A is considered to have legal liability for the 24u of country X tax allocated to B under paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3.</HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>A, B, and C are U.S. persons that each use the calendar year as their taxable year. A and B each own 50 percent of the capital and profits of D, an entity organized in country M. D is a partnership for U.S. tax purposes, but is a corporation for country M tax purposes. D uses the “u” as its functional currency and the calendar year as its taxable year for both U.S. tax purposes and country M tax purposes. Country M imposes an income tax described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section at a rate of 30 percent at the entity level on the taxable income of D. On September 30 of Year 1, A sells its 50 percent interest in D to C. A's sale of its partnership interest results in a termination of the partnership under section 708(b)(1)(B) for U.S. tax purposes. As a result of the termination, “old” D's taxable year closes on September 30 of Year 1 for U.S. tax purposes. New D also has a short U.S. taxable year, beginning on October 1 and ending on December 31 of Year 1. The sale of A's interest does not close D's taxable year for country M tax purposes. D has 400u of taxable income for its foreign taxable year ending December 31, Year 1 with respect to which country M imposes 120u of income tax, equal to $120 as translated in accordance with section 986(a).</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">Result.</E>Under paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, partnership D is legally liable for the $120 of country M income tax imposed on its foreign taxable income. Because D's taxable year closes on September 30, Year 1, for U.S. tax purposes, but does not close for country M tax purposes, under paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section the $120 of country M tax must be allocated under the principles of § 1.1502-76(b) between terminating D and new D. See § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii) for rules relating to the allocation of terminating D's country M taxes between A and B and the allocation of new D's country M taxes between B and C.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(h) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) Paragraphs (f)(3), (f)(4), and (f)(5) of this section apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after February 14, 2012. However, if an amount of tax is paid or accrued in a taxable year of any person beginning on or before February 14, 2012, and the tax is treated as paid or accrued by such person under 26 CFR 1.901-2(f) (revised as of April 1, 2011), then paragraph (f)(4) of this section will not apply, and 26 CFR 1.901-2(f) (revised as of April 1, 2011) will apply, to determine the person with legal liability for that tax. No other person will be treated as legally liable for such tax, even if the tax is paid or accrued on a date that falls within a taxable year of such other person beginning after February 14, 2012. Taxpayers may choose to apply paragraph (f)(3) of this section to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, and on or before February 14, 2012.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Steven T. Miller,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: February 8, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily S. McMahon,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3352 Filed 2-9-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9577]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BK50</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Foreign Tax Credit Splitting Events</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final and temporary regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains final and temporary Income Tax Regulations with respect to a new provision of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that addresses situations in which foreign income taxes have been separated from the related income. These regulations are necessary to provide guidance on applying the new statutory provision, which was enacted as part of legislation commonly referred to as the Education Jobs and Medicaid Assistance Act (EJMAA) on August 10, 2010. These regulations affect taxpayers claiming foreign tax credits. The text of the temporary regulations also serves as the text of the proposed regulations (REG-132736-11) published in the Proposed Rules section of this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>These regulations are effective on February 14, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Applicability Dates:</E>For dates of applicability, see §§ 1.704-1T(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>), 1.909-1T(e), 1.909-2T(c), 1.909-3T(c), 1.909-4T(b), 1.909-5T(c), and 1.909-6T(h).</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Suzanne M. Walsh, (202) 622-3850 (not a toll-free call).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <PRTPAGE P="8128"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Section 909</HD>
        <P>Section 909 was enacted as part of EJMAA (Pub. L. 111-226, 124 Stat. 2389 (2010)) to address situations in which foreign income taxes have been separated from the related income. Section 909(a) provides that if there is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax paid or accrued by a taxpayer, such tax is not taken into account for federal tax purposes before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the taxpayer. Section 909(b) provides special rules with respect to a “section 902 corporation,” which is defined in section 909(d)(5) as any foreign corporation with respect to which one or more domestic corporations meets the ownership requirements of section 902(a) or (b) (a section 902 shareholder of the relevant section 902 corporation). If there is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation, the tax is not taken into account for purposes of section 902 or 960, or for purposes of determining earnings and profits under section 964(a), before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by such section 902 corporation or a section 902 shareholder. Thus, the tax is not added to the section 902 corporation's pool of “post-1986 foreign income taxes” (as defined in section 902(c)(2) and § 1.902-1(a)(8)), and its pool of “post-1986 undistributed earnings” (as defined in section 902(c)(1) and § 1.902-1(a)(9)) is not reduced by such tax. Accordingly, section 909 suspends foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation at the level of the payor section 902 corporation. In the case of a partnership, section 909(a) and (b) apply at the partner level, and, except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, a similar rule applies in the case of an S corporation or trust. See section 909(c)(1).</P>
        <P>For purposes of section 909, there is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax if the related income is (or will be) taken into account by a covered person. See section 909(d)(1). Section 909 does not suspend foreign income taxes if the same person pays the tax but takes into account the related income in a different taxable period (or periods) due to, for example, timing differences between the U.S. and foreign tax accounting rules. The term “foreign income tax” means any income, war profits, or excess profits tax paid or accrued to any foreign country or to any possession of the United States. See section 909(d)(2). The Joint Committee on Taxation's technical explanation of the revenue provisions of EJMAA states that a foreign income tax includes any tax paid in lieu of such a tax within the meaning of section 903. Staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation, Technical Explanation of the Revenue Provisions of the Senate Amendment to the House Amendment to the Senate Amendment to H.R. 1586, Scheduled For Consideration by the House of Representatives on August 10, 2010, at 5 (August 10, 2010) (JCT Explanation). Section 909(d)(3) provides that the term “related income” means, with respect to any portion of any foreign income tax, the income (or, as appropriate, earnings and profits) to which such portion of the foreign income tax relates. The term “covered person” means, with respect to any person who pays or accrues a foreign income tax (the “payor”): (1) Any entity in which the payor holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 10 percent ownership interest (determined by vote or value); (2) any person that holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 10 percent ownership interest (determined by vote or value) in the payor; (3) any person that bears a relationship to the payor described in section 267(b) or 707(b); and (4) any other person specified by the Secretary. See section 909(d)(4).</P>
        <P>Except as otherwise provided by the Secretary, any foreign income tax not currently taken into account by reason of section 909 is taken into account as a foreign income tax paid or accrued in the taxable year in which, and to the extent that, the taxpayer, the section 902 corporation or a section 902 shareholder (as the case may be) takes the related income into account under chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code. See section 909(c)(2). Notwithstanding this general rule, foreign income taxes are translated into U.S. dollars under the rules of section 986(a) in the year actually paid or accrued and suspended, and not as if they were paid or accrued in the year in which the related income is taken into account. See section 909(c)(2).</P>
        <P>Section 909(e) provides that the Secretary may issue such regulations or other guidance as is necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of section 909, including guidance providing appropriate exceptions from the provisions of section 909 and for its proper application to hybrid instruments. The JCT Explanation states that such guidance may address the proper application of section 909 in cases involving disregarded payments, group relief, or other arrangements having a similar effect. JCT Explanation at 6. Section 211(c)(1) of EJMAA provides that section 909 applies to foreign income taxes paid or accrued (including foreign income taxes paid or accrued by section 902 corporations) in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (post-2010 taxable years). Section 211(c)(2) of EJMAA provides that section 909 also applies to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (pre-2011 taxable years), but only for purposes of applying sections 902 and 960 to periods after December 31, 2010. For this purpose, there is no increase to a section 902 corporation's earnings and profits for the amount of any pre-2011 taxes to which section 909 applies that were previously deducted in computing earnings and profits in a pre-2011 taxable year. The JCT Explanation clarifies that the section 902 effective date rule “applies for purposes of applying sections 902 and 960 to dividends paid, and inclusions under section 951(a) that occur, in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.” JCT Explanation at 6-7.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">II. Section 901Proposed Regulations Issued in 2006</HD>

        <P>Section 909 was enacted to address concerns about the inappropriate separation of foreign income taxes and related income. These concerns were also the basis for the issuance in 2006 of proposed regulations under section 901 (2006 proposed regulations) concerning the determination of the person who paid a foreign income tax for foreign tax credit purposes (REG-124152-06, 71 FR 44240 (Aug. 4, 2006)). In particular, the proposed regulations would provide guidance under § 1.901-2(f) relating to the person on whom foreign law imposes legal liability for tax, including in the case of taxes imposed on the income of foreign consolidated groups and entities that have different classifications for U.S. and foreign tax law purposes. The Treasury Department and the IRS received written comments on the proposed regulations and held a hearing on October 13, 2006. All comments are available at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or upon request. After taking into account the comments received, the 2006 proposed regulations are adopted, in part, as final regulations published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">III. Notice 2010-92</HD>

        <P>The Treasury Department and the IRS issued Notice 2010-92 (2010-2 CB 916 (December 6, 2010)), which primarily<PRTPAGE P="8129"/>addresses the application of section 909 to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in pre-2011 taxable years. The notice provides rules for determining whether foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in pre-2011 taxable years (pre-2011 taxes) are suspended under section 909 in post-2010 taxable years of a section 902 corporation. It also identifies an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events in pre-2011 taxable years (pre-2011 splitter arrangements) and provides guidance on determining the amount of related income and pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued with respect to pre-2011 splitter arrangements. The pre-2011 splitter arrangements are reverse hybrid structures, certain foreign consolidated groups, disregarded debt structures in the context of group relief and other loss-sharing regimes, and two classes of hybrid instruments. The notice states that the Treasury Department and the IRS expect future guidance will treat pre-2011 splitter arrangements as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events in post-2010 taxable years.</P>
        <P>Notice 2010-92 states that future guidance may identify additional transactions or arrangements to which section 909 applies (including, for example, additional arrangements involving group relief regimes), although any such guidance will apply only with respect to foreign taxes paid or accrued in post-2010 taxable years. The notice also states that the Treasury Department and the IRS do not intend to finalize the portion of the 2006 proposed regulations relating to the determination of the person who paid a foreign income tax with respect to the income of a reverse hybrid. See Prop. § 1.901-2(f)(2)(iii).</P>
        <P>Concerning the effective date of section 909(b) (addressing a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation), Notice 2010-92 provides that, consistent with the JCT Explanation, the Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue regulations providing that section 909 does not apply in computing foreign taxes deemed paid under section 902 or 960 before the first day of the section 902 corporation's first post-2010 taxable year. Regarding the application of the section 909 effective date to situations involving partnerships, the notice states that in the case of a section 902 corporation that is a partner in a partnership, the section 902 corporation's distributive share of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the partnership in a pre-2011 taxable year of the partnership that is included in a post-2010 taxable year of the section 902 corporation will be treated as a tax paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation in a post-2010 taxable year. See § 1.702-1(a)(6).</P>
        <P>Notice 2010-92 also provides guidance concerning the application of section 909 to partnerships and trusts, as well as the interaction between section 909 and other Code provisions. In addition, the notice solicits comments on issues that should be addressed in regulations, including whether portions of the 2006 proposed regulations should be finalized or modified in light of the enactment of section 909. The Treasury Department and the IRS received written comments on Notice 2010-92, which are discussed in this preamble.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Explanation of Provisions</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Section 704(b)</HD>
        <P>Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) provides that if a branch of a partnership (including a disregarded entity owned by the partnership) is required to include in income under foreign law a payment (an inter-branch payment) it receives from the partnership or another branch of the partnership, any creditable foreign tax expenditure (CFTE) imposed with respect to the payment relates to the income in the CFTE category that includes the items attributable to the recipient (the recipient CFTE category). However, because the inter-branch payment is disregarded for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the income related to the CFTEs imposed with respect to the payment may remain in the CFTE category that includes the items attributable to the payor of the inter-branch payment (the payor CFTE category). This is an exception to the general application of the principles of § 1.904-6 that would allocate the CFTEs to the payor CFTE category that includes the related income. See § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">1</E>). Because this exception allows the CFTEs and related income to be allocated to different CFTE categories, they may potentially be allocated to the partners in a manner that separates the CFTEs from the related income.</P>

        <P>Notice 2010-92 states that the Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that certain allocations of CFTEs and income of a partnership can result in a separation of the CFTEs and the related income for purposes of section 909, notwithstanding that these allocations satisfy the requirements of section 704(b) and the regulations under that section. The notice states that partnership allocations that satisfy the requirements of section 704(b) and the regulations under that section will not constitute pre-2011 splitter arrangements except to the extent the arrangement otherwise constitutes one of the arrangements identified in the notice as a pre-2011 splitter arrangement (for example, allocations of taxes paid by a hybrid partnership on income of a reverse hybrid). However, the notice also states that the Treasury Department and the IRS will provide in future guidance that allocations described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) will result in a foreign tax credit splitting event in post-2010 taxable years to the extent such allocations result in foreign income taxes being allocated to a different partner than the related income. The notice also solicits comments on the extent to which § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>) and (b)(5),<E T="03">Example 24</E>should be modified in light of the enactment of section 909. A comment recommended eliminating the special exception for inter-branch payments set forth in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>). The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the regulations should be revised to prevent allocations under § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) that would result in such a separation of taxes and related income from satisfying the safe harbor, regardless of whether section 909 applies.</P>

        <P>These temporary regulations remove the special exception for inter-branch payments set forth in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>). As a result, the general principles of § 1.904-6 will apply to an inter-branch payment so that the CFTEs imposed on that payment will be allocated to the CFTE category that includes the related income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, if the CFTEs and related income are allocated to partners in the same ratios, the safe harbor is satisfied and the allocation does not give rise to a foreign tax credit splitting event. The temporary regulations revise<E T="03">Example 24</E>of § 1.704-1(b)(5) to reflect these changes. These changes are generally effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. Allocations made in accordance with § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012, will result in a foreign tax credit splitting event and suspension of foreign income taxes that are allocated to a different partner than the covered person that is allocated the related income. See § 1.909-5T(a)(2).<PRTPAGE P="8130"/>
        </P>

        <P>The temporary regulations also provide a transition rule for partnerships whose agreements were entered into prior to February 14, 2012. If there has been no material modification to the partnership agreement on or after February 14, 2012, then the partnership may apply the provisions of § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">ii</E>) and § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) as in effect prior to February 14, 2012. See § 1.704-1T(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>). For purposes of this transition rule, any change in ownership constitutes a material modification to the partnership agreement. This transition rule does not apply to any taxable year in which persons bearing a relationship to each other specified in section 267(b) or 707(b) collectively have the power to amend the partnership agreement without the consent of any unrelated party (and all subsequent taxable years). In the case of any partnership that applies, under the transition rule, the provisions of § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">ii</E>) and § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) as in effect prior to February 14, 2012, an allocation of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the partnership with respect to an inter-branch payment will result in a foreign tax credit splitting event to the extent that the tax on the inter-branch payment is not allocated to the partners in proportion to the distributive shares of income to which the inter-branch payment tax relates. See § 1.909-2T(b)(4).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">II. Section 909</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">A. In General</HD>
        <P>The temporary regulations provide an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events under section 909 with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, as well as an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012. The temporary regulations further treat the foreign consolidated group splitter arrangement described in § 1.909-6T(b)(2) as giving rise to a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2012, and on or before February 14, 2012. In addition, these regulations provide rules for determining related income and split taxes and for coordinating the interaction between section 909 and other Code provisions. Finally, these regulations include the guidance described in Notice 2010-92, which primarily addresses the application of section 909 to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by section 902 corporations in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">B. Definitions and Special Rules</HD>
        <P>Section 1.909-1T(a) provides definitions, and § 1.909-1T(b), (c), and (d) provide rules that apply for purposes of that section and §§ 1.909-2T through 1.909-5T. First, § 1.909-1T(b) and (c) provide rules substantially similar to those set forth in Notice 2010-92 concerning the application of section 909 to partnerships and trusts, except that the temporary regulations expand the scope of the rules to include S corporations and taxes paid or accrued by persons other than section 902 corporations. Section 1.909-1T(b) provides that under section 909(c)(1), section 909 applies at the partner level, and similar rules apply in the case of an S corporation or trust. Accordingly, in the case of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, S corporation or trust, taxes allocated to one or more partners, shareholders or beneficiaries (as the case may be) will be treated as split taxes to the extent such taxes would be split taxes if the partner, shareholder or beneficiary had paid or accrued the taxes directly on the date such taxes are taken into account by the partner under sections 702 and 706(a), by the shareholder under section 1373(a), or by the beneficiary under section 901(b)(5). Any such split taxes will be suspended in the hands of the partner, shareholder or beneficiary.</P>
        <P>Section 5.02 of Notice 2010-92 provides that, for purposes of applying section 909 in post-2010 taxable years, there will not be a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax paid or accrued by a partner with respect to its distributive share of the related income of a partnership that is a covered person with respect to the partner to the extent the related income is taken into account by the partner. A comment recommended that regulations adopt an aggregate approach in the partnership context in determining whether related income is taken into account by a covered person. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with this comment. Accordingly, § 1.909-1T(c) provides that for purposes of determining whether related income is taken into account by a covered person, related income of a partnership, S corporation or trust is considered to be taken into account by the partner, shareholder or beneficiary to whom the related income is allocated.</P>
        <P>Second, § 1.909-1T(d) addresses the application of section 909 to annual layers of pre-1987 accumulated profits and pre-1987 foreign income taxes of a section 902 corporation. Section 909 and the regulations under that section will apply to pre-1987 accumulated profits and pre-1987 foreign income taxes of a section 902 corporation attributable to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. Pursuant to section 902(c)(6) and § 1.902-1(a)(10)(i) and (a)(10)(iii), earnings and profits and associated foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a foreign corporation in taxable years before it was a section 902 corporation are treated as pre-1987 accumulated profits and pre-1987 foreign income taxes. Section 1.909-1T(d) provides that foreign corporations that become section 902 corporations must account for split taxes paid or accrued and related income in pre-acquisition taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. Suspension of split taxes paid or accrued with respect to pre-1987 accumulated profits attributable to earlier taxable years is not required.</P>
        <P>The rules of § 1.909-1T apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">C. Splitter Arrangements</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. In General</HD>
        <P>Section 909(d)(1) provides that there is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to a foreign income tax if the related income is (or will be) taken into account by a covered person. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that a transaction or arrangement in which the related income was taken into account by a covered person before the associated foreign income tax is paid or accrued (for example, due to a timing difference) presents the same concerns about the inappropriate separation of foreign income taxes and related income that section 909 was intended to address. Accordingly, § 1.909-2T(a)(1) provides that there is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued if and only if, in connection with an arrangement described in § 1.909-2T(b) (a splitter arrangement) the related income was, is or will be taken into account for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by a person that is a covered person with respect to the payor of the tax.</P>

        <P>Foreign income taxes that are paid or accrued in connection with a splitter arrangement are split taxes to the extent provided in § 1.909-2T(b). Income (or,<PRTPAGE P="8131"/>as the case may be, earnings and profits) that was, is or will be taken into account by a covered person in connection with a splitter arrangement is related income to the extent provided in § 1.909-2T(b). Split taxes will not be taken into account for U.S. Federal income tax purposes before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the payor or, in the case of split taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation, by a section 902 shareholder of such section 902 corporation. Therefore, in the case of split taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation, split taxes will not be taken into account for purposes of section 902 or 960, or for purposes of determining earnings and profits under section 964(a), before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the payor section 902 corporation, a section 902 shareholder of the section 902 corporation, or a member of the section 902 shareholder's consolidated group. See § 1.909-3T(a) for rules relating to when split taxes and related income are taken into account.</P>
        <P>A comment requested that the regulations provide an exclusive list of arrangements that are subject to section 909 for post-2010 taxable years, similar to the approach adopted in Notice 2010-92, which provides an exclusive list of arrangements that are treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events for purposes of applying section 909 to pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by section 902 corporations. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the comment, and accordingly, § 1.909-2T(b) sets forth an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events. Future guidance may identify additional transactions or arrangements to which section 909 applies, although any such guidance will apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after the date such guidance is issued.</P>
        <P>In particular, the Treasury Department and the IRS are concerned about certain types of asset transfers that can result in the separation of foreign income taxes and the related income, for example, because of differences in when income accrues or how basis is determined for purposes of U.S. and foreign tax law. Section 901(m) applies to foreign taxes paid or accrued in connection with certain transactions that are covered asset acquisitions described in section 901(m)(2). The Treasury Department and the IRS considered several approaches to address the interaction of sections 901(m) and 909, including providing taxpayers with an election to apply section 909 in lieu of section 901(m). The Treasury Department and the IRS concluded that applying section 909 to covered asset acquisitions between related parties would substantially increase the complexity and administrative burdens associated with such transactions. Accordingly, a covered asset acquisition is not a foreign tax credit splitting event for purposes of section 909. Nevertheless, section 901(m) may apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued in connection with a foreign tax credit splitting event, for example, if an election under section 338(a) is made with respect to the acquisition of the interests in a reverse hybrid. In such case, the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering the extent to which section 909 should apply to suspend deductions for foreign income taxes with respect to which section 901(m) disallows a credit.</P>
        <P>The Treasury Department and the IRS are also considering whether to treat as foreign tax credit splitting events other arrangements or transactions that can result in the separation of foreign income taxes and the related income, for example, because of differences in when a shareholder is taxed on a dividend out of earnings of a covered person. One such arrangement is a distribution that is a dividend for foreign tax purposes but for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is either not includible in the shareholder's gross income pursuant to section 305(a) or is disregarded. See Rev. Rul. 80-154 (1980-1 CB 68) (involving a series of arrangements that were treated as a stock distribution from a foreign corporation to which section 305(a) applies), and Rev. Rul. 83-142 (1983-2 CB 68) (involving a cash payment by a corporation to its shareholder which was returned to the corporation and disregarded for U.S. Federal income tax purposes even though treated as a dividend subject to withholding tax under foreign law). The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering whether and to what extent such types of asset transfers and distributions should be treated as foreign tax credit splitting events and request comments on the circumstances in which such treatment should apply.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Reverse Hybrid Splitter Arrangements</HD>
        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(1) describes a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement. The definition of a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement is substantially identical to that set forth in Notice 2010-92, except that the scope is extended to cover taxes paid or accrued by persons other than section 902 corporations. A reverse hybrid is an entity that is a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is a fiscally transparent entity (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) or a branch under the laws of a foreign country imposing tax on the income of the entity. A reverse hybrid is a splitter arrangement when a payor pays or accrues foreign income taxes with respect to income of a reverse hybrid. A reverse hybrid splitter arrangement exists even if the reverse hybrid has a loss or a deficit in earnings and profits for a particular year for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (for example, due to a timing difference). The foreign income taxes paid or accrued with respect to income of the reverse hybrid are split taxes. The related income with respect to split taxes from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement is the earnings and profits (computed for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) of the reverse hybrid attributable to the activities of the reverse hybrid that gave rise to income included in the payor's foreign tax base with respect to which the split taxes were paid or accrued. Accordingly, related income of the reverse hybrid only includes items of income or expense attributable to a disregarded entity owned by the reverse hybrid to the extent that the income attributable to the activities of the disregarded entity is included in the payor's foreign tax base.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Loss-Sharing Splitter Arrangements</HD>

        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(2) expands the types of loss-sharing arrangements that Notice 2010-92 treats as splitter arrangements. A foreign group relief or loss-sharing regime is a regime in which one entity may surrender its loss to offset the income of one or more other entities. Such a loss of one entity that, in connection with a foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime, is taken into account by one or more other entities for foreign tax purposes is a “shared loss.” Shared losses can be used to shift foreign tax liability from one entity to another without a concomitant shift in U.S. earnings and profits. Notice 2010-92 applied only to shared losses attributable to debt that is disregarded for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. A comment suggested that it would be appropriate to treat other loss-sharing arrangements as foreign tax credit splitter arrangements as well, in particular, when the payor of a tax could have used the shared loss to offset foreign tax on income that is treated as the payor's own income under U.S. Federal income tax principles. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree that the scope of loss-sharing arrangements that are treated as splitter arrangements should be expanded to cover these cases. Accordingly § 1.909-<PRTPAGE P="8132"/>2T(b)(2)(i) defines a “loss-sharing splitter arrangement” as arising under a foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime to the extent a shared loss of a U.S. combined income group could have been used to offset income of that group (a “usable shared loss”) but is used instead to offset income of another U.S. combined income group.</P>
        <P>Under § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(ii), a U.S. combined income group consists of a single individual or corporation and all other entities (including entities that are fiscally transparent for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) that for U.S. Federal income tax purposes combine any of their respective items of income, deduction, gain or loss with the income, deduction, gain or loss of such individual or corporation. A U.S. combined income group may arise, for example, as a result of an entity being disregarded for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or, in the case of a partnership or hybrid partnership and a partner, as a result of the allocation of income or any other item of the partnership to the partner. For this purpose, a branch is treated as an entity, all members of a U.S. consolidated group are treated as a single corporation, and individuals filing a joint return are treated as a single individual. A U.S. combined income group may consist of a single individual or corporation and no other entities, but cannot include more than one individual or corporation. In addition, an entity that combines items of income, deduction, gain or loss with the income, deduction, gain or loss of two or more other entities can belong to more than one U.S. combined income group. For example, a hybrid partnership that has two corporate partners that do not combine items of income, deduction, gain or loss with each other belongs to each partner's separate U.S. combined income group, because each partner receives an allocable share of hybrid partnership items.</P>
        <P>Under § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(A), the income of a U.S. combined group consists of the aggregate amount of taxable income of the members of the group that have positive taxable income, as computed under foreign law. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(B), the amount of shared loss of a U.S. combined income group is the sum of the shared losses of all members of the group. Section 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(A) and (B) provide that in the case of an entity that is fiscally transparent (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) for foreign tax purposes and that is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the foreign taxable income or shared loss of the entity is allocated between or among the groups under foreign tax law. In the case of an entity that is not fiscally transparent for foreign tax purposes and is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the entity's foreign taxable income or shared loss is allocated between the separate U.S. combined income groups based on U.S. Federal income tax principles. Although the allocations are based on U.S. Federal income tax principles, the amount of the foreign taxable income or shared loss to be allocated is determined under foreign law. In the case of a hybrid partnership with two partners that are in different U.S. combined income groups, income or a shared loss incurred by the hybrid partnership, as determined under foreign law, is allocated between or among the U.S. combined income groups based on how the hybrid partnership allocated the income or loss under section 704(b). To the extent the income or shared loss would be income or loss under U.S. tax principles in another year, the income or shared loss is allocated to the U.S. combined income groups based on how the hybrid partnership would allocate the income or shared loss if it were recognized for U.S. tax purposes in the year it is recognized for foreign tax purposes. To the extent the income or shared loss would not constitute income or loss under U.S. tax principles in any year, the income or shared loss is allocated to the U.S. combined income groups in the same manner as the partnership items attributable to the activity giving rise to the income or shared loss.</P>
        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iv) provides that split taxes from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement are foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a member of a U.S. combined income group with respect to income equal to the amount of the usable shared loss of that U.S. combined income group that offsets income of a different U.S. combined income group. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(v), the related income is an amount of income of the individual or corporate member of a U.S. combined income group equal to the amount of income of that U.S. combined income group that is offset by the usable shared loss of another U.S. combined income group.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Hybrid Instrument Splitter Arrangements</HD>
        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(3) describes hybrid instrument splitter arrangements. The definition of hybrid instrument splitter arrangements is substantially identical to that set forth in Notice 2010-92, except that the scope is extended to cover taxes paid or accrued by persons other than section 902 corporations. In addition, § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i)(D) defines a U.S. equity hybrid instrument as an instrument that is treated as equity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is treated as indebtedness for foreign tax purposes, or with respect to which the issuer is otherwise entitled to a deduction for foreign tax purposes for amounts paid or accrued with respect to the instrument. For example, an instrument that is treated as equity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but with respect to which amounts paid or accrued by the issuer are treated for foreign tax purposes as a deductible notional interest payment (even though the instrument is otherwise treated as equity for foreign tax purposes) is a U.S. equity hybrid instrument. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i)(A), a U.S. equity hybrid instrument is a splitter arrangement if foreign income taxes are paid or accrued by the owner of a U.S. equity hybrid instrument with respect to payments or accruals on or with respect to the instrument that are deductible by the issuer under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax but that do not give rise to income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
        <P>Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i)(B), split taxes from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement equal the total amount of foreign income taxes, including withholding taxes, paid or accrued by the owner of the hybrid instrument less the amount of foreign income taxes that would have been paid or accrued had the owner of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument not been subject to foreign tax on income from the instrument. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(i)(C), the related income with respect to split taxes from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement is income of the issuer of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument in an amount equal to the payments or accruals giving rise to the split taxes that are deductible by the issuer for foreign tax purposes, determined without regard to the actual amount of the issuer's income or earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>

        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(3)(ii)(D) defines a U.S. debt hybrid instrument as an instrument that is treated as equity for foreign tax purposes but as indebtedness for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(ii)(A), a U.S. debt hybrid instrument is a splitter arrangement if foreign income taxes are paid or accrued by the issuer of a U.S. debt hybrid instrument with respect to income in an amount equal to the<PRTPAGE P="8133"/>interest (including original issue discount) paid or accrued on the instrument that is deductible for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but that does not give rise to a deduction under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(ii)(B), split taxes from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement are the foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the issuer on the income that would have been offset by the interest paid or accrued on the U.S. debt hybrid instrument had such interest been deductible for foreign tax purposes. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(3)(ii)(C), the related income from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement is the gross amount of the interest income recognized for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by the owner of the U.S. debt hybrid instrument, determined without regard to the actual amount of the owner's income or earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Partnership Inter-Branch Payment Splitter Arrangements</HD>

        <P>Section 1.909-2T(b)(4) describes a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement. The Treasury Department and the IRS stated in section 5.03 of Notice 2010-92 that future guidance would provide that allocations described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) will result in a foreign tax credit splitting event in post-2010 taxable years to the extent such allocations result in foreign income taxes being allocated to a different partner than the related income.</P>

        <P>Under § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(i), an allocation of foreign income tax paid or accrued by a partnership with respect to an inter-branch payment as described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) (revised as of April 1, 2011) (the inter-branch payment tax), is a splitter arrangement to the extent the inter-branch payment tax is not allocated to the partners in the same proportion as the distributive shares of income in the CFTE category to which the inter-branch payment tax is or would be assigned under § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>) without regard to § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>). Under § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(ii), split taxes from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement equal the excess of the amount of the inter-branch payment tax allocated to a partner under the partnership agreement over the amount of the inter-branch payment tax that would have been allocated to the partner if the tax had been allocated in the same proportion as the distributive shares of income in that CFTE category. Under § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(iii), related income from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement equals the amount of income allocated to a partner that exceeds the amount of income that would have been allocated to the partner if income in that CFTE category in the amount of the inter-branch payment had been allocated to the partners in the same proportion as the inter-branch payment tax was allocated under the partnership agreement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">D. Rules Regarding Related Income and Split Taxes and Coordination Rules</HD>
        <P>Section 4.06 of Notice 2010-92 provides guidance on determining the amount of related income and pre-2011 split taxes paid or accrued with respect to pre-2011 splitter arrangements. A comment requested guidance on the treatment of related income and split taxes in the case of certain dispositions that were not described in section 4.06 of Notice 2010-92 (specifically, dispositions of section 902 corporations in transactions other than those that qualify under section 381). The Treasury Department and the IRS expect to issue regulations that provide additional guidance on determining the amount of related income and split taxes attributable to a foreign tax credit splitting event, and intend to address the comment when such regulations are issued. Until such guidance is issued, § 1.909-3T(a) provides that the principles of § 1.909-6T(d) through 1.909-6T(f) (which adopt the rules described in section 4.06 of Notice 2010-92) will apply to related income and split taxes in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, except that the alternative “related income first” method described in § 1.909-6T(d)(4) (which adopts section 4.06(b)(4) of Notice 2010-92) for identifying distributions of related income applies only to identify the amount of pre-2011 split taxes of a section 902 corporation that are suspended as of the first day of the section 902 corporation's first taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011. A comment recommended that taxpayers be given the choice to apply the “related income first” method to identify post-2010 split taxes of a section 902 corporation, with use of such method conditioned on the taxpayer not applying section 902 to distributions from a section 902 corporation until all of the corporation's earnings and profits attributable to related income have been distributed. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that the recommendation would necessitate rules that would result in significant administrative complexity, and accordingly, the comment was not adopted.</P>
        <P>These temporary regulations include a rule concerning split taxes that was not described in Notice 2010-92. Section 1.909-3T(b) provides that split taxes include taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, with respect to the amount of a disregarded payment that is deductible by the payor of the disregarded payment under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the payor of the disregarded payment is subject to tax on related income from a splitter arrangement. The amount of the deductible disregarded payment to which this rule applies is limited to the amount of related income from such splitter arrangement.</P>
        <P>In addition to future guidance on determining the amount of related income and split taxes, the Treasury Department and the IRS expect to issue regulations that provide additional guidance on the interaction between section 909 and other Code provisions such as sections 904(c), 905(a), and 905(c). Until such guidance is issued, § 1.909-4T(a) provides that the principles of § 1.909-6T(g), which adopt the rules described in section 6 of Notice 2010-92, will apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">E. 2011 and Certain 2012 Splitter Arrangements</HD>
        <P>Section 909 applies to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Section 1.909-2T(b), setting forth the exclusive list of splitter arrangements, is effective for foreign income taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012. Notice 2010-92 states that pre-2011 splitter arrangements will give rise to foreign tax credit splitting events in post-2010 taxable years. Accordingly, § 1.909-5T(a)(1) provides that foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012, in connection with a pre-2011 splitter arrangement (as defined in § 1.909-6T(b)), are split taxes to the same extent that such taxes would have been treated as pre-2011 split taxes if such taxes were paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in a pre-2011 taxable year. The related income with respect to split taxes from such an arrangement is the related income described in § 1.909-6T(b), determined as if the payor were a section 902 corporation.</P>

        <P>In addition, Notice 2010-92 states that allocations described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) will result in a foreign<PRTPAGE P="8134"/>tax credit splitting event in post-2010 taxable years to the extent such allocations result in foreign income taxes being allocated to a different partner than the related income. Accordingly, § 1.909-5T(a)(2) provides that foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012, in connection with a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement described in § 1.909-2T(b)(4) are split taxes to the extent such taxes are identified as split taxes in § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(ii). The related income with respect to the split taxes is the related income described in § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(iii).</P>

        <P>Finally, these temporary regulations provide that foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2012, and on or before February 14, 2012 in connection with a foreign consolidated group splitter arrangement described in § 1.909-6T(b)(2) are split taxes to the same extent that such taxes would have been treated as pre-2011 split taxes if such taxes were paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in a pre-2011 taxable year. This rule ensures that section 909 applies to suspend foreign tax on income of foreign consolidated groups paid or accrued in post-2010 taxable years to the extent the tax is not apportioned among the members of the group in accordance with the principles of Treas. Reg. § 1.901-2(f)(3). Final regulations published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>explicitly apply the ratable allocation rules of Treas. Reg. § 1.901-2(f)(3) to tax paid on combined income of foreign consolidated groups, without regard to whether the group members are jointly and severally liable for the tax under foreign law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">F. Pre-2011 Foreign Tax Credit Splitting Events</HD>
        <P>Section 1.909-6T adopts the rules described in Notice 2010-92 regarding pre-2011 foreign tax credit splitting events and the application of section 909 to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in pre-2011 taxable years.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Availability of IRS Documents</HD>
        <P>IRS notices and revenue rulings cited in this preamble are made available by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Effect on Other Documents</HD>
        <P>The following publication is obsolete as of February 14, 2012:</P>
        <P>Notice 2010-92 (2010-2 CB 916).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>

        <P>It has been determined that this Treasury decision is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations. For the applicability of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6), refer to the Special Analyses section of the preamble of the cross-referenced notice of proposed rulemaking published in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, this regulation has been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small businesses.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal author of these regulations is Suzanne M. Walsh of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, other personnel from the IRS and Treasury Department participated in their development.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.704-1 is amended as follows:</AMDPAR>

          <AMDPAR>1. Paragraph (b)(0) is amended by adding an entry for § 1.704-1(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) and revising the entry for § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>).</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>2. Paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) is added.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>3. Paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">ii</E>) is revised.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>4. Paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) is revised.</AMDPAR>
          <AMDPAR>5. Paragraph (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 24</E>is revised.</AMDPAR>
          <P>The additions and revisions read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.704-1.</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner's distributive share.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Determination of partner's distributive share</E>—(0)<E T="03">Cross-references.</E>
            </P>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s20,xs100" COLS="2" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Heading</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Section</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
                <ENT>1.704-1(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01" O="xl">[Reserved]</ENT>
                <ENT>1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*****</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">b</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1T(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(viii) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">c</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>)<E T="03">Special rules.</E>Income attributable to an activity shall include the amount included in a partner's income as a guaranteed payment (within the meaning of section 707(c)) from the partnership to the extent that the guaranteed payment is not deductible by the partnership under foreign law. See paragraph (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 25 (iv)</E>of this section. Income attributable to an activity shall not include an item of partnership income to the extent the allocation of such item of income (or payment thereof) results in a deduction under foreign law. See paragraph (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 25 (iii)</E>and<E T="03">(iv)</E>of this section. Similarly, income attributable to an activity shall not include net income that foreign law would exclude from the foreign tax base as a result of the status of a partner. See paragraph (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 27</E>of this section.</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">d</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1T(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>).</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Example 24.</E>[Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1T(b)(5)<E T="03">Example 24.</E>
            </P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 3.</E>Section 1.704-1T is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.704-1T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner's distributive share (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) Through (b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1(a) through (b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>).</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>)<E T="03">Special rules for certain inter-branch payments</E>—(A)<E T="03">In general.</E>The provisions of § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">ii</E>) and § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) apply for partnership taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Transition rule.</E>Transition relief is provided herein to partnerships whose<PRTPAGE P="8135"/>agreements were entered into prior to February 14, 2012. In such case, if there has been no material modification to the partnership agreement on or after February 14, 2012, then the partnership may apply the provisions of § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">ii</E>) and § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) (revised as of April 1, 2011). For purposes of this paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>), any change in ownership constitutes a material modification to the partnership agreement. This transition rule does not apply to any taxable year in which persons bearing a relationship to each other that is specified in section 267(b) or section 707(b) collectively have the power to amend the partnership agreement without the consent of any unrelated party (and all subsequent taxable years).</P>
            <P>(b)(1)(iii) through (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1(b)(1)(iii) through (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>).</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>)<E T="03">Special rules for inter-branch payments.</E>For rules relating to foreign tax paid or accrued in partnership taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012 in respect of certain inter-branch payments, see 26 CFR 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) (revised as of April 1, 2011).</P>
            <P>(b)(4)(ix) through (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 23</E>[Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1(b)(4)(ix) through (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 23.</E>
            </P>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 24.</HD>
              <P>(i) The facts are the same as in<E T="03">Example 21,</E>except that businesses M and N are conducted by entities (DE1 and DE2, respectively) that are corporations for country X and Y tax purposes and disregarded entities for U.S. tax purposes. Also, assume that DE1 makes payments of $75,000 during 2012 to DE2 that are deductible by DE1 for country X tax purposes and includible in income of DE2 for country Y tax purposes. As a result of such payments, DE1 has taxable income of $25,000 for country X purposes on which $10,000 of taxes are imposed and DE2 has taxable income of $125,000 for country Y purposes on which $25,000 of taxes are imposed. For U.S. tax purposes, $100,000 of AB's income is attributable to the activities of DE1 and $50,000 of AB's income is attributable to the activities of DE2. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, all partnership items from business M, excluding CFTEs paid or accrued by business M, are allocated 75 percent to A and 25 percent to B, and all partnership items from business N, excluding CFTEs paid or accrued by business N, are split evenly between A and B (50 percent each). Accordingly, A is allocated 75 percent of the income from business M ($75,000), and 50 percent of the income from business N ($25,000). B is allocated 25 percent of the income from business M ($25,000), and 50 percent of the income from business N ($25,000).</P>

              <P>(ii) Because the partnership agreement provides for different allocations of the net income attributable to businesses M and N, the net income attributable to each of business M and business N is income in separate CFTE categories. See paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this section. Under paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this section, the $100,000 of net income attributable to business M is in the business M CFTE category and the $50,000 of net income attributable to business N is in the business N CFTE category. Under paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section, the $10,000 of country X taxes is allocated to the business M CFTE category and $10,000 of the country Y taxes is allocated to the business N CFTE category. The additional $15,000 of country Y tax imposed with respect to the inter-branch payment is assigned to the business M CFTE category because for U.S. tax purposes, the related $75,000 of income that country Y is taxing is in the business M CFTE category. Therefore, $25,000 of taxes ($10,000 of country X taxes and $15,000 of the country Y taxes) is related to the $100,000 of net income in the business M CFTE category and the other $10,000 of country Y taxes is related to the $50,000 of net income in the business N CFTE category. See paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section. The allocations of country X taxes will be in proportion to the distributive shares of income to which they relate and will be deemed to be in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership if such taxes are allocated 75 percent to A and 25 percent to B. The allocations of country Y taxes will be in proportion to the distributive shares of income to which they relate and will be deemed to be in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership if $15,000 of such taxes is allocated 75 percent to A and 25 percent to B and the other $10,000 of such taxes is allocated 50 percent to A and 50 percent to B. No inference is intended with respect to the application of other provisions to arrangements that involve disregarded payments.</P>

              <P>(iii) Assume that the facts are the same as in paragraph (i) of this<E T="03">Example 24,</E>except that in order to reflect the $75,000 payment from DE1 to DE2, the partnership agreement allocates $75,000 of the income attributable to business M equally between A and B (50 percent each). In order to prevent separating the CFTEs from the related foreign income, the $75,000 payment is treated as a divisible part of the business M activity and, therefore, a separate activity. See paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>)(<E T="03">iii</E>) of this section. Because items from the disregarded payment and business N are both shared equally between A and B, the disregarded payment activity and the business N activity are treated as a single CFTE category. See paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">c</E>)(<E T="03">2</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) of this section. Accordingly, $25,000 of net income attributable to business M is in the business M CFTE category and $75,000 of income of business M attributable to the disregarded payment and the $50,000 of net income attributable to business N are in the business N CFTE category. Under paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this section, the $10,000 of country X taxes is allocated to the business M CFTE category and all $25,000 of the country Y taxes is allocated to the business N CFTE category. The allocations of country X taxes will be in proportion to the distributive shares of income to which they relate and will be deemed to be in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership if such taxes are allocated 75 percent to A and 25 percent to B. The allocations of country Y taxes will be in proportion to the distributive shares of income to which they relate and will be deemed to be in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership if such taxes are allocated 50 percent to A and 50 percent to B.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Example 25</E>through (e) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.704-1(b)(5)<E T="03">Example 25</E>through (e).</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Expiration date.</E>The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 4.</E>Section 1.909-0T is added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-0T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Outline of regulation provisions for section 909 (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>This section lists the headings for §§ 1.909-1T through 1.909-6T.</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-1TDefinitions and special rules (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Definitions.</P>
              <P>(b) Taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, S corporation or trust.</P>
              <P>(c) Related income of a partnership, S corporation or trust.</P>
              <P>(d) Application of section 909 to pre-1987 accumulated profits and pre-1987 foreign income taxes.</P>
              <P>(e) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(f) Expiration date.</P>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-2TSplitter arrangements (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Foreign tax credit splitting event.</P>
              <P>(1) In general.</P>
              <P>(2) Split taxes not taken into account.</P>
              <P>(b) Splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(1) Reverse hybrid splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) In general.</P>
              <P>(ii) Split taxes from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(iii) Related income from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(iv) Reverse hybrid.</P>
              <P>(2) Loss-sharing splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) In general.</P>
              <P>(ii) U.S. combined income group.</P>
              <P>(iii) Income and shared loss of a U.S. combined income group.</P>
              <P>(iv) Split taxes from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(v) Related income from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(vi) Foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime.</P>
              <P>(vii) Examples.</P>
              <P>(3) Hybrid instrument splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(ii) U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(4) Partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) In general.</P>

              <P>(ii) Split taxes from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement.<PRTPAGE P="8136"/>
              </P>
              <P>(iii) Related income from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(c) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(d) Expiration date.</P>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-3TRules regarding related income and split taxes (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Interim rules for identifying related income and split taxes.</P>
              <P>(b) Split taxes on deductible disregarded payments.</P>
              <P>(c) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(d) Expiration date.</P>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-4TCoordination rules (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Interim rules.</P>
              <P>(b) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(c) Expiration date.</P>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-5T2011 and 2012 splitter arrangements (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning in 2011.</P>
              <P>(b) Taxes paid or accrued in certain taxable years beginning in 2012 with respect to a foreign consolidated group splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(c) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(d) Expiration date.</P>
              
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="03">§ 1.909-6TPre-2011 foreign tax credit splitting events (temporary).</E>
              </FP>
              
              <P>(a) Foreign tax credit splitting event.</P>
              <P>(1) In general.</P>
              <P>(2) Taxes not subject to suspension under section 909.</P>
              <P>(3) Taxes subject to suspension under section 909.</P>
              <P>(b) Pre-2011 splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(1) Reverse hybrid structure splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(2) Foreign consolidated group splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(3) Group relief or other loss-sharing regime splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) In general.</P>
              <P>(ii) Split taxes and related income.</P>
              <P>(4) Hybrid instrument splitter arrangements.</P>
              <P>(i) In general.</P>
              <P>(ii) U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(iii) U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement.</P>
              <P>(c) General rules for applying section 909 to pre-2011 split taxes and related income.</P>
              <P>(1) Annual determination.</P>
              <P>(2) Separate categories.</P>
              <P>(d) Special rules regarding related income.</P>
              <P>(1) Annual adjustments.</P>
              <P>(2) Effect of separate limitation losses and deficits.</P>
              <P>(3) Pro rata method for distributions out of earnings and profits that include both related income and other income.</P>
              <P>(4) Alternative method for distributions out of earnings and profits that include both related income and other income.</P>
              <P>(5) Distributions, deemed distributions, and inclusions out of related income.</P>
              <P>(6) Carryover of related income.</P>
              <P>(7) Related income taken into account by a section 902 shareholder.</P>
              <P>(8) Related income taken into account by a payor section 902 corporation.</P>
              <P>(9) Related income taken into account by an affiliated group of corporations that includes a section 902 shareholder.</P>
              <P>(10) Distributions of previously-taxed earnings and profits.</P>
              <P>(e) Special rules regarding pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
              <P>(1) Taxes deemed paid pro rata out of pre-2011 split taxes and other taxes.</P>
              <P>(2) Pre-2011 split taxes deemed paid in pre-2011 taxable years.</P>
              <P>(3) Carryover of pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
              <P>(4) Determining when pre-2011 split taxes are no longer treated as pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
              <P>(f) Rules relating to partnerships and trusts.</P>
              <P>(1) Taxes paid or accrued by partnerships.</P>
              <P>(2) Section 704(b) allocations.</P>
              <P>(3) Trusts.</P>
              <P>(g) Interaction between section 909 and other Code provisions.</P>
              <P>(1) Section 904(c).</P>
              <P>(2) Section 905(a).</P>
              <P>(3) Section 905(c).</P>
              <P>(4) Other foreign tax credit provisions.</P>
              <P>(h) Effective/applicability date.</P>
              <P>(i) Expiration date.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 5.</E>Sections 1.909-1T, 1.909-2T, 1.909-3T, 1.909-4T, 1.909-5T, and 1.909-6T are added to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-1T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions and special rules (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Definitions.</E>For purposes of section 909, this section, and §§ 1.909-2T through -5T, the following definitions apply:</P>
            <P>(1) The term<E T="03">section 902 corporation</E>means any foreign corporation with respect to which one or more domestic corporations meet the ownership requirements of section 902(a) or (b).</P>
            <P>(2) The term<E T="03">section 902 shareholder</E>means any domestic corporation that meets the ownership requirements of section 902(a) or (b) with respect to a section 902 corporation.</P>
            <P>(3) The term<E T="03">payor</E>means a person that pays or accrues a foreign income tax within the meaning of § 1.901-2(f), and also includes a person that takes foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, S corporation, estate or trust into account pursuant to section 702(a)(6), section 901(b)(5) or section 1373(a).</P>
            <P>(4) The term<E T="03">covered person</E>means, with respect to a payor—</P>
            <P>(i) Any entity in which the payor holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 10 percent ownership interest (determined by vote or value);</P>
            <P>(ii) Any person that holds, directly or indirectly, at least a 10 percent ownership interest (determined by vote or value) in the payor; or</P>
            <P>(iii) Any person that bears a relationship that is described in section 267(b) or 707(b) to the payor.</P>
            <P>(5) The term<E T="03">foreign income tax</E>means any income, war profits, or excess profits tax paid or accrued to any foreign country or to any possession of the United States. A foreign income tax includes any tax paid in lieu of such a tax within the meaning of section 903.</P>
            <P>(6) The term<E T="03">post-1986 foreign income taxes</E>has the meaning provided in § 1.902-1(a)(8).</P>
            <P>(7) The term<E T="03">post-1986 undistributed earnings</E>has the meaning provided in § 1.902-1(a)(9).</P>
            <P>(8) The term<E T="03">disregarded entity</E>means an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, as provided in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(i).</P>
            <P>(9) The term<E T="03">hybrid partnership</E>means a partnership that is subject to income tax in a foreign country as a corporation (or otherwise at the entity level) on the basis of residence, place of incorporation, place of management or similar criteria.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, S corporation or trust.</E>Under section 909(c)(1), section 909 applies at the partner level, and similar rules apply in the case of an S corporation or trust. Accordingly, in the case of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, S corporation or trust, taxes allocated to one or more partners, shareholders or beneficiaries (as the case may be) will be treated as split taxes to the extent such taxes would be split taxes if the partner, shareholder or beneficiary had paid or accrued the taxes directly on the date such taxes are taken into account by the partner under sections 702 and 706(a), by the shareholder under section 1373(a), or by the beneficiary under section 901(b)(5). Any such split taxes will be suspended in the hands of the partner, shareholder or beneficiary.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Related income of a partnership, S corporation or trust.</E>For purposes of determining whether related income is taken into account by a covered person, related income of a partnership, S corporation or trust is considered to be taken into account by the partner, shareholder or beneficiary to whom the related income is allocated.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Application of section 909 to pre-1987 accumulated profits and pre-1987 foreign income taxes.</E>Section 909 and §§ 1.909-1T through -5T will apply to pre-1987 accumulated profits (as defined in § 1.902-1(a)(10)(i)) and pre-1987 foreign income taxes (as defined in § 1.902-1(a)(10)(iii)) of a section 902 corporation attributable to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012.</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date.</E>This section applies to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Expiration date.</E>The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="8137"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-2T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Splitter arrangements (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Foreign tax credit splitting event</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general.</E>There is a foreign tax credit splitting event with respect to foreign income taxes paid or accrued if and only if, in connection with an arrangement described in paragraph (b) of this section (a<E T="03">splitter arrangement</E>) the related income was, is or will be taken into account for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by a person that is a covered person with respect to the payor of the tax. Foreign income taxes that are paid or accrued in connection with a splitter arrangement are split taxes to the extent provided in paragraph (b) of this section. Income (or, as appropriate, earnings and profits) that was, is or will be taken into account by a covered person in connection with a splitter arrangement is related income to the extent provided in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Split taxes not taken into account.</E>Split taxes will not be taken into account for U.S. Federal income tax purposes before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the payor or, in the case of split taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation, by a section 902 shareholder of such section 902 corporation. Therefore, in the case of split taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation, split taxes will not be taken into account for purposes of sections 902 or 960, or for purposes of determining earnings and profits under section 964(a), before the taxable year in which the related income is taken into account by the payor section 902 corporation, a section 902 shareholder of the section 902 corporation, or a member of the section 902 shareholder's consolidated group. See § 1.909-3T(a) for rules relating to when split taxes and related income are taken into account.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Splitter arrangements.</E>The arrangements set forth in this paragraph (b) are splitter arrangements.</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Reverse hybrid splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general.</E>A reverse hybrid is a splitter arrangement when a payor pays or accrues foreign income taxes with respect to income of a reverse hybrid. A reverse hybrid splitter arrangement exists even if the reverse hybrid has a loss or a deficit in earnings and profits for a particular year for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (for example, due to a timing difference).</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Split taxes from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement.</E>The foreign income taxes paid or accrued with respect to income of the reverse hybrid are split taxes.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Related income from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement.</E>The related income with respect to split taxes from a reverse hybrid splitter arrangement is the earnings and profits (computed for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) of the reverse hybrid attributable to the activities of the reverse hybrid that gave rise to income included in the payor's foreign tax base with respect to which the split taxes were paid or accrued. Accordingly, related income of the reverse hybrid only includes items of income or expense attributable to a disregarded entity owned by the reverse hybrid to the extent that the income attributable to the activities of the disregarded entity is included in the payor's foreign tax base.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Reverse hybrid.</E>The term<E T="03">reverse hybrid</E>means an entity that is a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is a fiscally transparent entity (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) or a branch under the laws of a foreign country imposing tax on the income of the entity.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Loss-sharing splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general.</E>A foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime is a loss-sharing splitter arrangement to the extent that a shared loss of a U.S. combined income group could have been used to offset income of that group (<E T="03">usable shared loss</E>) but is used instead to offset income of another U.S. combined income group.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">U.S. combined income group.</E>The term<E T="03">U.S. combined income group</E>means an individual or a corporation and all entities (including entities that are fiscally transparent for U.S. Federal income tax purposes under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) that for U.S. Federal income tax purposes combine any of their respective items of income, deduction, gain or loss with the income, deduction, gain or loss of such individual or corporation. A U.S. combined income group can arise, for example, as a result of an entity being disregarded or, in the case of a partnership or hybrid partnership and a partner, as a result of the allocation of income or any other item of the partnership to the partner. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(2)(ii), a branch is treated as an entity, all members of a U.S. affiliated group of corporations (as defined in section 1504) that file a consolidated return are treated as a single corporation, and two or more individuals that file a joint return are treated as a single individual. A U.S. combined income group may consist of a single individual or corporation and no other entities, but cannot include more than one individual or corporation. In addition, an entity may belong to more than one U.S. combined income group. For example, a hybrid partnership with two corporate partners that do not combine any of their items of income, deduction, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes is in a separate U.S. combined income group with each of its partners.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Income and shared loss of a U.S. combined income group</E>—(A)<E T="03">Income.</E>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A), the income of a U.S. combined income group is the aggregate amount of taxable income recognized or taken into account for foreign tax purposes by those members that have positive taxable income for foreign tax purposes. In the case of an entity that is fiscally transparent (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) for foreign tax purposes and that is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the foreign taxable income of the entity is allocated between or among the groups under foreign tax law. In the case of an entity that is not fiscally transparent for foreign tax purposes and that is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the foreign taxable income of that entity is allocated between or among those groups based on U.S. Federal income tax principles. For example, in the case of a hybrid partnership, the foreign taxable income of the partnership is allocated between or among the groups in the manner the partnership allocates the income under section 704(b). To the extent the foreign taxable income would be income under U.S. tax principles in another year, the income is allocated between or among the groups based on how the hybrid partnership would allocate the income if the income were recognized for U.S. tax purposes in the year in which the income is recognized for foreign tax purposes. To the extent the foreign taxable income would not constitute income under U.S. tax principles in any year, the income is allocated between or among the groups in the same manner as the partnership items attributable to the activity giving rise to the foreign taxable income.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Shared loss.</E>The term<E T="03">shared loss</E>means a loss of one entity for foreign tax purposes that, in connection with a foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime, is taken into account by one or more other entities. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(B), the amount of shared loss of a U.S. combined income group is the sum of the shared losses of all members of the U.S. combined income group. In the case of an entity that is fiscally transparent (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) for foreign tax purposes and that is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the<PRTPAGE P="8138"/>shared loss of the entity is allocated between or among the groups under foreign tax law. In the case of an entity that is not fiscally transparent for foreign tax purposes and that is a member of more than one U.S. combined income group, the shared loss of that entity will be allocated between or among those groups based on U.S. Federal income tax principles. For example, in the case of a hybrid partnership, the shared loss of the partnership will be allocated between or among the groups in the manner the partnership allocates the loss under section 704(b). To the extent the shared loss would be a loss under U.S. tax principles in another year, the loss is allocated between or among the groups based on how the partnership would allocate the loss if the loss were recognized for U.S. tax purposes in the year in which the loss is recognized for foreign tax purposes. To the extent the shared loss would not constitute a loss under U.S. tax principles in any year, the loss is allocated between or among the groups in the same manner as the partnership items attributable to the activity giving rise to the shared loss.</P>
            <P>(iv)<E T="03">Split taxes from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement.</E>Split taxes from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement are foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a member of the U.S. combined income group with respect to income equal to the amount of the usable shared loss of that group that offsets income of another U.S. combined income group.</P>
            <P>(v)<E T="03">Related income from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement.</E>The related income with respect to split taxes from a loss-sharing splitter arrangement is an amount of income of the individual or corporate member of the U.S. combined income group equal to the amount of income of that U.S. combined income group that is offset by the usable shared loss of another U.S. combined income group.</P>
            <P>(vi)<E T="03">Foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime.</E>A foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime exists when an entity may surrender its loss to offset the income of one or more other entities. A foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime does not include an allocation of loss of an entity that is a partnership or other fiscally transparent entity (under the principles of § 1.894-1(d)(3)) for foreign tax purposes or regimes in which foreign tax is imposed on combined income (such as a foreign consolidated regime), as described in § 1.901-2(f)(3).</P>
            <P>(vii)<E T="03">Examples.</E>The following examples illustrate the rules of paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 1.</HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>USP, a domestic corporation, wholly owns CFC1, a corporation organized in country A. CFC1 wholly owns CFC2 and CFC3, both corporations organized in country A. CFC2 wholly owns DE, an entity organized in country A. DE is a corporation for country A tax purposes and a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Country A has a loss-sharing regime under which a loss of CFC1, CFC2, CFC3 or DE may be used to offset the income of one or more of the others. Country A imposes an income tax at the rate of 30% on the taxable income of corporations organized in country A. In year 1, before any loss sharing, CFC1 has no income, CFC2 has income of 50u, CFC3 has income of 200u, and DE has a loss of 100u. Under the provisions of country A's loss-sharing regime, the group decides to use DE's 100u loss to offset 100u of CFC3's income. After the loss is shared, for country A's tax purposes, CFC2 still has 50u of income on which it pays 15u of country A tax. CFC3 has income of 100u (200u less the 100u shared loss) on which it pays 30u of country A tax. For U.S. tax purposes, the loss sharing with CFC3 is not taken into account. Because DE is a disregarded entity, its 100u loss is taken into account by CFC2 and reduces its earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, before application of section 909, CFC2 has a loss for earnings and profits purposes of 65u (50u income less 15u taxes paid to country A less 100u loss of DE). CFC2 also has the U.S. dollar equivalent of 15u of foreign taxes to add to its post-1986 foreign income taxes pool. CFC3 has earnings and profits of 170u (200u income less 30u of taxes) and the dollar equivalent of 30u of foreign taxes to add to its post-1986 foreign income taxes pool.</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">Result.</E>Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(ii), CFC2 and DE constitute one U.S. combined income group, while CFC1 and CFC3 each constitute separate U.S. combined income groups. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(A), the income of the CFC2 combined income group is 50u (CFC2's country A taxable income of 50u). The income of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group is 200u (CFC3's country A taxable income of 200u). Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(B), the shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group includes the 100u of shared loss incurred by DE. The usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group is 50u, the amount of the group's shared loss that could have otherwise offset CFC2's 50u of country A taxable income that is included in the income of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group. There is a splitter arrangement because the 50u usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group was used instead to offset income of CFC3, which is included in the CFC3 U.S. combined income group. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iv), the split taxes are the 15u of country A income taxes paid by CFC2 on 50u of income, an amount of income of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group equal to the amount of usable shared loss of that group that was used to offset income of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(v), the related income is the 50u of CFC3's income that equals the amount of income of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group that was offset by the usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Facts.</E>USP, a domestic corporation, wholly owns CFC1, a corporation organized in country B. CFC1 wholly owns CFC2 and CFC3, both corporations organized in country B. CFC2 wholly owns DE, an entity organized in country B. DE is a corporation for country B tax purposes and a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. CFC2 and CFC3 each own 50% of HP1, an entity organized in country B. HP1 is a corporation for country B tax purposes and a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Assume that all items of income and loss of HP1 are allocated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes equally between CFC2 and CFC3, and that all entities use the country B currency “u” as their functional currency. Country B has a loss-sharing regime under which a loss of any of CFC1, CFC2, CFC3, DE, and HP1 may be used to offset the income of one or more of the others. Country B imposes an income tax at the rate of 30% on the taxable income of corporations organized in country B. In year 1, before any loss sharing, CFC2 has income of 100u, CFC1 and CFC3 have no income, DE has a loss of 100u, and HP1 has income of 200u. Under the provisions of country B's loss-sharing regime, the group decides to use DE's 100u loss to offset 100u of HP1's income. After the loss is shared, for country B tax purposes, CFC2 has 100u of income on which it pays 30u of country B income tax, and HP1 has 100u of income (200u less the 100u shared loss) on which it pays 30u of country B income tax. For U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the loss sharing with HP1 is not taken into account, and, because DE is a disregarded entity, its 100u loss is taken into account by CFC2 and reduces CFC2's earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. The 200u income of HP1 is allocated 50/50 to CFC2 and CFC3, as is the 30u of country B income tax paid by HP1. Accordingly, before application of section 909, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, CFC2 has earnings and profits of 55u (100u income + 100u share of HP1's income - 100u loss of DE - 30u country B income tax paid by CFC2 - 15u share of HP1's country B income tax) and the dollar equivalent of 45u of country B income tax to add to its post-1986 foreign income taxes pool. CFC3 has earnings and profits of 85u (100u share of HP1's income less 15u share of HP1's country B income taxes) and the dollar equivalent of 15u of country B income tax to add to its post-1986 foreign income taxes pool.</P>
              <P>(ii)<E T="03">U.S. combined income groups.</E>Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(ii), because the income and loss of HP1 are combined in part with the income and loss of both CFC2 and CFC3, it belongs to both of the separate CFC2 and CFC3 U.S. combined income groups. DE is a member of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group.</P>
              <P>(iii)<E T="03">Income of the U.S. combined income groups.</E>Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(A), the income of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group is the 200u country B taxable income of the members of the group with<PRTPAGE P="8139"/>positive taxable incomes (CFC2's country B taxable income of 100u + 50% of HP1's country B taxable income of 200u, or 100u). Because DE does not have positive taxable income for country B tax purposes, its 100u loss is not included in the income of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group. The income of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group is 100u (50% of HP1's country B taxable income of 200u, or 100u).</P>
              <P>(iv)<E T="03">Shared loss of the U.S. combined income groups.</E>Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iii)(B), the shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group is the 100u loss incurred by DE that is used to offset 100u of HP1's income. The CFC3 U.S. combined income group has no shared loss. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(i), the usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group is 100u, the full amount of the group's 100u shared loss that could have been used to offset income of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group had the loss been used to offset 100u of CFC2's country B taxable income.</P>
              <P>(v)<E T="03">Income offset by shared loss.</E>The shared loss of the CFC2 combined income group is used to offset 100u country B taxable income of HP1. Because the taxable income of HP1 is allocated 50/50 between the CFC2 and CFC3 U.S. combined income groups, the shared loss is treated as offsetting 50u of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group's income and 50u of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group's income.</P>
              <P>(vi)<E T="03">Splitter arrangement.</E>There is a splitter arrangement because 50u of the 100u usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group was used to offset income of the CFC3 U.S. combined income group. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(iv), the split taxes are the 15u of country B income tax paid by CFC2 on 50u of its income, which is equal to the amount of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group's usable shared loss that was used to offset income of another U.S. combined income group. Pursuant to § 1.909-2T(b)(2)(v), the related income is the 50u of CFC3's income that was offset by the usable shared loss of the CFC2 U.S. combined income group.</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Hybrid instrument splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>—(A)<E T="03">In general</E>. A U.S. equity hybrid instrument is a splitter arrangement if payments or accruals on or with respect to such instrument:</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Give rise to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the owner of such instrument;</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Are deductible by the issuer under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax; and</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Do not give rise to income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Split taxes from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. Split taxes from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement equal the total amount of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the owner of the hybrid instrument less the amount of foreign income taxes that would have been paid or accrued had the owner of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument not been subject to foreign tax on income from the instrument.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Related income from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. The related income with respect to split taxes from a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement is income of the issuer of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument in an amount equal to the payments or accruals giving rise to the split taxes that are deductible by the issuer for foreign tax purposes, determined without regard to the actual amount of the issuer's income or earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">U.S. equity hybrid instrument</E>. The term<E T="03">U.S. equity hybrid instrument</E>means an instrument that is treated as equity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is treated as indebtedness for foreign tax purposes, or with respect to which the issuer is otherwise entitled to a deduction for foreign tax purposes for amounts paid or accrued with respect to the instrument.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>—(A)<E T="03">In general</E>. A U.S. debt hybrid instrument is a splitter arrangement if foreign income taxes are paid or accrued by the issuer of a U.S. debt hybrid instrument with respect to income in an amount equal to the interest (including original issue discount) paid or accrued on the instrument that is deductible for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but that does not give rise to a deduction under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax.</P>
            <P>(B)<E T="03">Split taxes from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. Split taxes from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement are the foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the issuer on the income that would have been offset by the interest paid or accrued on the U.S. debt hybrid instrument had such interest been deductible for foreign tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(C)<E T="03">Related income from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. The related income from a U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement is the gross amount of the interest income recognized for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by the owner of the U.S. debt hybrid instrument, determined without regard to the actual amount of the owner's income or earnings and profits for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(D)<E T="03">U.S. debt hybrid instrument.</E>The term<E T="03">U.S. debt hybrid instrument</E>means an instrument that is treated as equity for foreign tax purposes but as indebtedness for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general</E>. An allocation of foreign income tax paid or accrued by a partnership with respect to an inter-branch payment as described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) (revised as of April 1, 2011) (the<E T="03">inter-branch payment tax</E>) is a splitter arrangement to the extent the inter-branch payment tax is not allocated to the partners in the same proportion as the distributive shares of income in the CFTE category to which the inter-branch payment tax is or would be assigned under § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>) without regard to § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>).</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Split taxes from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement</E>. The split taxes from a partnership inter-branch splitter arrangement equal the excess of the amount of the inter-branch payment tax allocated to a partner under the partnership agreement over the amount of the inter-branch payment tax that would have been allocated to the partner if the inter-branch payment tax had been allocated to the partners in the same proportion as the distributive shares of income in the CFTE category referred to in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Related income from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement</E>. The related income from a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement equals the amount of income allocated to a partner that exceeds the amount of income that would have been allocated to the partner if income in the CFTE category referred to in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section in the amount of the inter-branch payment had been allocated to the partners in the same proportion as the inter-branch payment tax was allocated under the partnership agreement.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date.</E>This section applies to foreign income taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2012.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Expiration date.</E>The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-3T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rules regarding related income and split taxes (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Interim rules for identifying related income and split taxes</E>. The principles of paragraphs (d) through (f) of § 1.909-6T apply to related income and split taxes in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, except that the alternative method for identifying distributions of related income described in § 1.909-6T(d)(4) applies<PRTPAGE P="8140"/>only to identify the amount of pre-2011 split taxes of a section 902 corporation that are suspended as of the first day of the section 902 corporation's first taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Split taxes on deductible disregarded payments</E>. Split taxes include taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, with respect to the amount of a disregarded payment that is deductible by the payor of the disregarded payment under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the payor of the disregarded payment is subject to tax on related income from a splitter arrangement. The amount of the deductible disregarded payment to which this paragraph (b) applies is limited to the amount of related income from such splitter arrangement.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date</E>. The rules of this section apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Expiration date</E>. The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-4T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coordination rules (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Interim rules</E>. The principles of paragraph (g) of § 1.909-6T apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date</E>. The rules of this section apply to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Expiration date</E>. The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-5T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>2011 and 2012 splitter arrangements (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning in 2011</E>. (1) Foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012, in connection with a pre-2011 splitter arrangement (as defined in § 1.909-6T(b)), are split taxes to the same extent that such taxes would have been treated as pre-2011 split taxes if such taxes were paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in a taxable year beginning on or before December 31, 2010. The related income with respect to split taxes from such an arrangement is the related income described in § 1.909-6T(b), determined as if the payor were a section 902 corporation.</P>
            <P>(2) Foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and before January 1, 2012, in connection with a partnership inter-branch payment splitter arrangement described in § 1.909-2T(b)(4) are split taxes to the extent that such taxes are identified as split taxes in § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(ii). The related income with respect to the split taxes is the related income described in § 1.909-2T(b)(4)(iii).</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Taxes paid or accrued in certain taxable years beginning in 2012 with respect to a foreign consolidated group splitter arrangement</E>. Foreign income taxes paid or accrued by any person in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2012, and on or before February 14, 2012, in connection with a foreign consolidated group splitter arrangement described in § 1.909-6T(b)(2) are split taxes to the same extent that such taxes would have been treated as pre-2011 split taxes if such taxes were paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in a taxable year beginning on or before December 31, 2010. The related income with respect to split taxes from such an arrangement is the related income described in § 1.909-6T(b)(2), determined as if the payor were a section 902 corporation.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date</E>. The rules of this section apply to foreign taxes paid or accrued in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, and on or before February 14, 2012.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Expiration date</E>. The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-6T</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pre-2011 foreign tax credit splitting events (temporary).</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Foreign tax credit splitting event</E>—(1)<E T="03">In general</E>. This section provides rules for determining whether foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation (as defined in section 909(d)(5)) in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (<E T="03">pre-2011 taxable years</E>and<E T="03">pre-2011 taxes</E>) are suspended under section 909 in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010 (<E T="03">post-2010 taxable years</E>) of a section 902 corporation. Paragraph (b) of this section identifies an exclusive list of arrangements that will be treated as giving rise to foreign tax credit splitting events in pre-2011 taxable years (<E T="03">pre-2011 splitter arrangements</E>). Paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section provide rules for determining the related income and pre-2011 split taxes paid or accrued with respect to pre-2011 splitter arrangements. Paragraph (f) of this section provides rules concerning the application of section 909 to partnerships and trusts. Paragraph (g) of this section provides rules concerning the interaction between section 909 and other Internal Revenue Code (<E T="03">Code</E>) provisions.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Taxes not subject to suspension under section 909</E>. Pre-2011 taxes that will not be suspended under section 909 or paragraph (a) of this section are:</P>
            <P>(i) Any pre-2011 taxes that were not paid or accrued in connection with a pre-2011 splitter arrangement identified in paragraph (b) of this section;</P>

            <P>(ii) Any pre-2011 taxes that were paid or accrued in connection with a pre-2011 splitter arrangement identified in paragraph (b) of this section (<E T="03">pre-2011 split taxes</E>) but that were deemed paid under section 902(a) or 960 on or before the last day of the section 902 corporation's last pre-2011 taxable year;</P>
            <P>(iii) Any pre-2011 split taxes if either the payor section 902 corporation took the related income into account in a pre-2011 taxable year or a section 902 shareholder (as defined in § 1.909-1T(a)(2)) of the relevant section 902 corporation took the related income into account on or before the last day of the section 902 corporation's last pre-2011 taxable year; and</P>
            <P>(iv) Any pre-2011 split taxes paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation in taxable years of such section 902 corporation beginning before January 1, 1997.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Taxes subject to suspension under section 909.</E>To the extent that the section 902 corporation paid or accrued pre-2011 split taxes that are not described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, section 909 and the regulations under that section will apply to such pre-2011 split taxes for purposes of applying sections 902 and 960 in post-2010 taxable years of the section 902 corporation. Accordingly, these taxes will be removed from the section 902 corporation's pools of post-1986 foreign income taxes and suspended under section 909 as of the first day of the section 902 corporation's first post-2010 taxable year. There is no increase to a section 902 corporation's earnings and profits for the amount of any pre-2011 taxes to which section 909 applies that were previously deducted in computing earnings and profits in a pre-2011 taxable year.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Pre-2011 splitter arrangements.</E>The arrangements set forth in this paragraph (b) are pre-2011 splitter arrangements.</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Reverse hybrid structure splitter arrangements.</E>A reverse hybrid structure exists when a section 902 corporation owns an interest in a reverse hybrid. A reverse hybrid is an entity that is a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is a pass-through entity or a branch under the laws of a foreign country imposing tax on the income of the entity. As a result, the owner of the reverse hybrid<PRTPAGE P="8141"/>is subject to tax on the income of the entity under foreign law. A pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a reverse hybrid structure exists when pre-2011 taxes are paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation with respect to income of a reverse hybrid that is a covered person with respect to the section 902 corporation. A pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a reverse hybrid structure may exist even if the reverse hybrid has a deficit in earnings and profits for a particular year (for example, due to a timing difference). Such taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation are pre-2011 split taxes. The related income is the earnings and profits (computed for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) of the reverse hybrid attributable to the activities of the reverse hybrid that gave rise to income included in the foreign tax base with respect to which the pre-2011 split taxes were paid or accrued. Accordingly, related income of the reverse hybrid would not include any item of income or expense attributable to a disregarded entity (as defined in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(i) of this chapter) owned by the reverse hybrid if income attributable to the activities of the disregarded entity is not included in the foreign tax base.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Foreign consolidated group splitter arrangements</E>. A foreign consolidated group exists when a foreign country imposes tax on the combined income of two or more entities. Tax is considered imposed on the combined income of two or more entities even if the combined income is computed under foreign law by attributing to one such entity the income of one or more entities. A foreign consolidated group is a pre-2011 splitter arrangement to the extent that the taxpayer did not allocate the foreign consolidated tax liability among the members of the foreign consolidated group based on each member's share of the consolidated taxable income included in the foreign tax base under the principles of § 1.901-2(f)(3) (revised as of April 1, 2011). A pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a foreign consolidated group may exist even if one or more members has a deficit in earnings and profits for a particular year (for example, due to a timing difference). Pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued with respect to the income of a foreign consolidated group are pre-2011 split taxes to the extent that taxes paid or accrued by one member of the foreign consolidated group are imposed on a covered person's share of the consolidated taxable income included in the foreign tax base. The related income is the earnings and profits (computed for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) of such other member attributable to the activities of that other member that gave rise to income included in the foreign tax base with respect to which the pre-2011 split taxes were paid or accrued. No inference should be drawn from the treatment of foreign consolidated groups under section 909 as to the determination of the person who paid the foreign income tax for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Group relief or other loss-sharing regime splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general</E>. A foreign group relief or other loss-sharing regime exists when one entity with a loss permits the loss to be used to offset the income of one or more entities (<E T="03">shared loss</E>). A pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a shared loss exists when the following three conditions are met:</P>

            <P>(A) There is an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax and that is disregarded for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (<E T="03">disregarded debt instrument</E>). Examples of a disregarded debt instrument include a debt obligation between two disregarded entities that are owned by the same section 902 corporation, two disregarded entities that are owned by a partnership with one or more partners that are section 902 corporations, a section 902 corporation and a disregarded entity that is owned by that section 902 corporation, or a partnership in which the section 902 corporation is a partner and a disregarded entity that is owned by such partnership.</P>
            <P>(B) The owner of the disregarded debt instrument pays a foreign income tax attributable to a payment or accrual on the instrument.</P>
            <P>(C) The payment or accrual on the disregarded debt instrument gives rise to a deduction for foreign tax purposes and the issuer of the instrument incurs a shared loss that is taken into account under foreign law by one or more entities that are covered persons with respect to the owner of the instrument.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Split taxes and related income.</E>In situations described in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by the owner of the disregarded debt instrument with respect to amounts paid or accrued on the instrument (up to the amount of the shared loss) are pre-2011 split taxes. The related income of a covered person is an amount equal to the shared loss, determined without regard to the actual amount of the covered person's earnings and profits.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Hybrid instrument splitter arrangements</E>—(i)<E T="03">In general</E>. A hybrid instrument for purposes of this paragraph (b)(4) is an instrument that either is treated as equity for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is treated as indebtedness for foreign tax purposes (<E T="03">U.S. equity hybrid instrument</E>), or is treated as indebtedness for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but is treated as equity for foreign tax purposes (<E T="03">U.S. debt hybrid instrument</E>).</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. If the issuer of a U.S. equity hybrid instrument is a covered person with respect to a section 902 corporation that is the owner of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument, there is a pre-2011 splitter arrangement with respect to the portion of the pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by the owner section 902 corporation with respect to the amounts on the instrument that are deductible by the issuer as interest under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax but that do not give rise to income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Pre-2011 split taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation equal the total amount of pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation less the amount of pre-2011 taxes that would have been paid or accrued had the section 902 corporation not been subject to tax on income from the U.S. equity hybrid instrument. The related income of the issuer of the U.S. equity hybrid instrument is an amount equal to the amounts that are deductible by the issuer for foreign tax purposes, determined without regard to the actual amount of the issuer's earnings and profits.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">U.S. debt hybrid instrument splitter arrangement</E>. If the owner of a U.S. debt hybrid instrument is a covered person with respect to a section 902 corporation that is the issuer of the U.S. debt hybrid instrument, there is a pre-2011 splitter arrangement with respect to the portion of the pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation on income in an amount equal to the interest (including original issue discount) paid or accrued on the instrument that is deductible for U.S. Federal income tax purposes but that does not give rise to a deduction under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in which the issuer is subject to tax. Pre-2011 split taxes are the pre-2011 taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation on the income that would have been offset by the interest paid or accrued on the U.S. debt hybrid instrument had such interest been deductible for foreign tax purposes. The<PRTPAGE P="8142"/>related income with respect to a U.S. debt hybrid instrument is the gross amount of the interest income recognized for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by the owner of the U.S. debt hybrid instrument, determined without regard to the actual amount of the owner's earnings and profits.</P>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">General rules for applying section 909 to pre-2011 split taxes and related income</E>—(1)<E T="03">Annual determination</E>. The determination of related income, other income, pre-2011 split taxes, and other taxes, and the portion of these amounts that were distributed, deemed paid or otherwise transferred or eliminated must be made on an annual basis beginning with the first taxable year of the section 902 corporation beginning after December 31, 1996 (<E T="03">post-1996 taxable year</E>) in which the section 902 corporation paid or accrued a pre-2011 tax with respect to a pre-2011 splitter arrangement and ending with the section 902 corporation's last pre-2011 taxable year. Annual amounts of related income and pre-2011 split taxes are aggregated for each separate pre-2011 splitter arrangement.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Separate categories</E>. The determination of annual and aggregate amounts of related income and pre-2011 split taxes with respect to each pre-2011 splitter arrangement must be made for each separate category as defined in § 1.904-4(m) of the section 902 corporation, each covered person, and any other person that succeeds to the related income and pre-2011 split taxes. In the case of a pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a shared loss (as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section), the amount of the related income in each separate category of the covered person is equal to the amount of income in that separate category that was offset by the shared loss for foreign tax purposes. In the case of a pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a U.S. equity hybrid instrument (as described in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section), the related income is assigned to the issuer's separate categories in the same proportions as the pre-2011 split taxes. Earnings and profits, including related income, are assigned to separate categories under the rules of §§ 1.904-4, 1.904-5, and 1.904-7. Foreign income taxes, including pre-2011 split taxes, are assigned to separate categories under the rules of § 1.904-6. A section 902 shareholder must consistently apply methodologies for determining pre-2011 split taxes and related income with respect to all pre-2011 splitter arrangements.</P>
            <P>(d)<E T="03">Special rules regarding related income</E>—(1)<E T="03">Annual adjustments.</E>In the case of each pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a reverse hybrid or a foreign consolidated group (as described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, respectively), a covered person's aggregate amount of related income must be adjusted each year by the net amount of income and expense attributable to the activities of the covered person that give rise to income included in the foreign tax base, even if the net amount is negative and regardless of whether the section 902 corporation paid or accrued any pre-2011 split taxes in such year.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Effect of separate limitation losses and deficits.</E>Related income is determined without regard to the application of § 1.960-1(i)(4) (relating to the effect of separate limitation losses on earnings and profits in another separate category) or section 952(c)(1) (relating to certain earnings and profits deficits).</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Pro rata method for distributions out of earnings and profits that include both related income and other income.</E>If the earnings and profits of a covered person include amounts attributable to both related income and other income, including earnings and profits attributable to taxable years beginning before January 1, 1997, then distributions, deemed distributions, and inclusions out of earnings and profits (for example, under sections 301, 304, 367(b), 951(a), 964(e), 1248, or 1293) of the covered person are considered made out of related income and other income on a pro rata basis. Any reduction of a covered person's earnings and profits that results from a payment on stock that is not treated as a dividend for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (for example, pursuant to section 312(n)(7)) will also reduce related income and other income on a pro rata basis.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Alternative method for distributions out of earnings and profits that include both related income and other income.</E>Solely for purposes of identifying the amount of pre-2011 split taxes of a section 902 corporation that are suspended as of the first day of the section 902 corporation's first post-2010 taxable year, in lieu of the rule set forth in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, a section 902 shareholder may choose to treat all distributions, deemed distributions, and inclusions out of earnings and profits of a covered person as attributable first to related income. A section 902 shareholder may choose to use this alternative method on a timely filed original income tax return for the first post-2010 taxable year in which the shareholder computes an amount of foreign income taxes deemed paid with respect to a section 902 corporation that paid or accrued pre-2011 split taxes. Such choice by a section 902 shareholder is evidenced by employing the method on its income tax return; the section 902 shareholder need not file a separate statement. A section 902 shareholder that chooses this alternative method must consistently apply it with respect to all pre-2011 splitter arrangements.</P>
            <P>(5)<E T="03">Distributions, deemed distributions, and inclusions of related income.</E>Distributions, deemed distributions, and inclusions of related income (including indirectly through a partnership) to persons other than the payor section 902 corporation retain their character as related income with respect to the associated pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
            <P>(6)<E T="03">Carryover of related income.</E>Related income carries over to other corporations in the same manner as earnings and profits carry over under section 381, § 1.367(b)-7, or similar rules, and retains its character as related income with respect to the associated pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
            <P>(7)<E T="03">Related income taken into account by a section 902 shareholder.</E>Related income will be considered taken into account by a section 902 shareholder to the extent that the related income is recognized as gross income by the section 902 shareholder, or by an affiliated corporation described in paragraph (d)(9) of this section, upon a distribution, deemed distribution, or inclusion (such as under section 951(a)) out of the earnings and profits of the covered person attributable to such related income.</P>
            <P>(8)<E T="03">Related income taken into account by a payor section 902 corporation.</E>Related income will be considered taken into account by a payor section 902 corporation if:</P>
            <P>(i) The related income is reflected in the earnings and profits of such section 902 corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes by reason of a distribution, deemed distribution, or inclusion out of the earnings and profits of the covered person attributable to such related income; or</P>
            <P>(ii) The payor section 902 corporation and the covered person are combined in a transaction described in section 381(a)(1) or (a)(2).</P>
            <P>(9)<E T="03">Related income taken into account by an affiliated group of corporations that includes a section 902 shareholder.</E>A section 902 shareholder will be considered to have taken related income into account if one or more members of an affiliated group of corporations (as defined in section 1504) that files a consolidated Federal income tax return that includes the section 902<PRTPAGE P="8143"/>shareholder takes the related income into account.</P>
            <P>(10)<E T="03">Distributions of previously-taxed earnings and profits.</E>Distributions and deemed distributions described in paragraph (d) of this section (including in the case of a section 902 shareholder that has chosen the alternative method described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section) do not include distributions of amounts described in section 959(c)(1) or (c)(2), which are distributed before amounts described in section 959(c)(3).</P>
            <P>(e)<E T="03">Special rules regarding pre-2011 split taxes</E>—(1)<E T="03">Taxes deemed paid pro-rata out of pre-2011 split taxes and other taxes.</E>If the pre-2011 taxes of a section 902 corporation include both pre-2011 split taxes and other taxes, then foreign taxes deemed paid under section 902 or 960 or otherwise removed from post-1986 foreign income taxes in pre-2011 taxable years will be treated as attributable to pre-2011 split taxes and other taxes on a pro-rata basis.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Pre-2011 split taxes deemed paid in pre-2011 taxable years.</E>Pre-2011 split taxes deemed paid in pre-2011 taxable years in connection with a dividend paid to a shareholder described in section 902(b) retain their character as pre-2011 split taxes. The section 902(b) shareholder will be treated as the payor section 902 corporation with respect to those pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Carryover of pre-2011 split taxes.</E>Pre-2011 split taxes that carry over to another foreign corporation, including under section 381, § 1.367(b)-7 or similar rules, retain their character as pre-2011 split taxes. The transferee foreign corporation will be treated as the payor section 902 corporation with respect to those pre-2011 split taxes.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Determining when pre-2011 split taxes are no longer treated as pre-2011 split taxes.</E>For each pre-2011 splitter arrangement, as related income is taken into account by the payor section 902 corporation or a section 902 shareholder as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, a ratable portion of the associated pre-2011 split taxes will no longer be treated as pre-2011 split taxes. In the case of a pre-2011 splitter arrangement involving a reverse hybrid or a foreign consolidated group (as described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, respectively), if aggregate related income is reduced to zero (other than as a result of a distribution, deemed distribution, or inclusion described in paragraph (d) of this section) or less than zero, pre-2011 split taxes will retain their character as pre-2011 split taxes until the amount of aggregate related income is positive and the related income is taken into account by the payor section 902 corporation or a section 902 shareholder as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
            <P>(f)<E T="03">Rules relating to partnerships and trusts</E>—(1)<E T="03">Taxes paid or accrued by partnerships.</E>In the case of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by a partnership, the taxes will be treated as pre-2011 split taxes to the extent such taxes are allocated to one or more section 902 corporations and would be pre-2011 split taxes if the partner section 902 corporation had paid or accrued the taxes directly on the date such taxes are included by the section 902 corporation under sections 702 and 706(a). Further, any foreign income taxes subject to section 909 will be suspended in the hands of the partner section 902 corporation.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Section 704(b) allocations.</E>Partnership allocations that satisfy the requirements of section 704(b) and the regulations thereunder will not constitute pre-2011 splitter arrangements except to the extent the arrangement is otherwise described in paragraph (b) of this section (for example, a payment or accrual on a disregarded debt instrument that gives rise to a shared loss).</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Trusts.</E>Rules similar to the rules of paragraph (f)(1) of this section will apply in the case of any trust with one or more beneficiaries that is a section 902 corporation.</P>
            <P>(g)<E T="03">Interaction between section 909 and other Code provisions</E>—(1)<E T="03">Section 904(c).</E>Section 909 does not apply to excess foreign income taxes that were paid or accrued in pre-2011 taxable years and carried forward and deemed paid or accrued under section 904(c) in a post-2010 taxable year.</P>
            <P>(2)<E T="03">Section 905(a).</E>For purposes of determining in post-2010 taxable years the allowable deduction for foreign income taxes paid or accrued under section 164(a), the carryover of excess foreign income taxes under section 904(c), and the extended period for claiming a credit or refund under section 6511(d)(3)(A), foreign income taxes to which section 909 applies are first taken into account and treated as paid or accrued in the year in which the related income is taken into account, and not in the earlier year to which the tax relates (determined without regard to section 909).</P>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Section 905(c).</E>If a redetermination of foreign taxes claimed as a direct credit under section 901 occurs in a post-2010 taxable year and the foreign tax redetermination relates to a pre-2011 taxable year, to the extent such foreign tax redetermination increased the amount of foreign income taxes paid or accrued with respect to the pre-2011 taxable year (for example, due to an additional assessment of foreign tax or a payment of a previously accrued tax not paid within two years), section 909 will not apply to such taxes. If a redetermination of foreign tax paid or accrued by a section 902 corporation occurs in a post-2010 taxable year and increases the amount of foreign income taxes paid or accrued by the section 902 corporation with respect to a pre-2011 taxable year (for example, due to an additional assessment of foreign tax or a payment of a previously accrued tax not paid within two years), such taxes will be treated as pre-2011 taxes. Section 909 will apply to such taxes if they are pre-2011 split taxes and the taxes will be suspended in the post-2010 taxable year in which they would otherwise be taken into account as a prospective adjustment to the section 902 corporation's pools of post-1986 foreign income taxes.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Other foreign tax credit provisions.</E>Section 909 does not affect the applicability of other restrictions or limitations on the foreign tax credit under existing law, including, for example, the substantiation requirements of section 905(b).</P>
            <P>(h)<E T="03">Effective/applicability date.</E>This section applies to foreign income taxes paid or accrued by section 902 corporations in pre-2011 taxable years for purposes of computing foreign income taxes deemed paid with respect to distributions or inclusions out of earnings and profits of section 902 corporations in taxable years of the section 902 corporation beginning after December 31, 2010.</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Expiration date.</E>The applicability of this section expires on February 9, 2015.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Steven T. Miller,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.</TITLE>
          <DATED>Approved: February 8, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Emily S. McMahon,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3356 Filed 2-9-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9568]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BI47</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <PRTPAGE P="8144"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correcting amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to final regulations (TD 9568), which were published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on Thursday, December 22, 2011 (76 FR 80082), relating to section 482 and methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This correction is effective on February 14, 2012 and is applicable beginning December 22, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Joseph L. Tobin at (202) 435-5265 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The final regulations that is the subject of these corrections are under section 482 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published, final regulations (TD 9568), contains errors which may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the final regulations (TD 9568) that was the subject of FR Doc. 2012-895 is corrected to read as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1" TITLE="26">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—[Corrected]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.482-7 is amended by:</AMDPAR>
          <P>1. Revising the title of the table of paragraph (g)(4)(viii), Example 2 (ii).</P>
          <P>2. Revising the fourth sentence of paragraph (g)(4)(viii), Example 3 (ii).</P>
          <P>The revisions read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.482-7</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(g) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(viii)<E T="03">Examples.</E>* * *</P>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 2.</HD>
              <P>* * *</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
            
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>“INCOME METHOD APPLICATION NUMBER:”</P>
            <STARS/>
            <EXAMPLE>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Example 3.</HD>
              <P>* * *</P>
              <P>(ii) * * * FS determines that the discount rate that would be applied to determine the present value of income and costs attributable to its participation in the licensing alternative would be 12.5% as compared to the 15% discount rate that would be applicable in determining the present value of the net income attributable to its participation in the CSA (reflecting the increased risk borne by FS in bearing a share of the R &amp; D costs in the cost sharing alternative). * * *</P>
            </EXAMPLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <STARS/>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Guy R. Traynor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison, Legal Processing Division, Publication &amp; Regulation Branch, Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3351 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[TD 9568]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BI47</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Section 482; Methods To Determine Taxable Income in Connection With a Cost Sharing Arrangement; Correction</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Correction to notice of correcting amendments.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>This document contains corrections to a correcting amendment (TD 9568), which was published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on Wednesday, January 25, 2012 (77 FR 3606) relating to section 482 and methods to determine taxable income in connection with a cost sharing arrangement.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This correction is effective on February 14, 2012, and is applicable beginnning December 22, 2011.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Joseph L. Tobin at (202) 435-5265 (not a toll-free number).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
        <P>The final regulations that are the subject of these corrections are under section 482 of the Internal Revenue Code.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Need for Correction</HD>
        <P>As published, the correcting amendments to final regulations (TD 9568), contains errors which may prove to be misleading and are in need of clarification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction of Publication</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, the publication of the correcting amendments to final regulations, (TD 9568), which were the subject of FR Doc. 2012-895, is corrected as follows:</P>

        <P>1. On page 3606, second column, instructional paragraph 3., item 4. the language “4. Revising paragraph (k)(2)(ii)(3) is corrected to read “5. Revising paragraph (k)(2)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">3</E>).</P>

        <P>2. On page 3606, second column, under the instructional paragraph 3., the language “4. Revising the fourth sentence of paragraph (g)(4)(viii),<E T="03">Example 3.”</E>is added.</P>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.482-7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>[Corrected].</SUBJECT>
          <P>3. On page 3606, third column, § 1.482-7(g)(2)(v)(C),<E T="03">Example</E>(i), add three asterisks to the end of the paragraph and remove the five asterisks from below the paragraph.</P>
          <P>4. On page 3606, third column, § 1.482-7(g)(2) after the five asterisks following paragraph (ii) the language “(3) * * *”, is corrected to read “(4) * * *”.</P>

          <P>5. On page 3606, third column, § 1.482-7 (g)(4)(viii), the language “(viii) * * *” is corrected to read “(viii)<E T="03">Examples.</E>* * *”</P>

          <P>6. On page 3606, third column, § 1.482-7(k)(2) below the five asterisks following paragraph (viii),<E T="03">Example 3</E>add “(A)* * *” below “(ii)* * *” and above “(3)” and underscore “(<E T="03">3</E>)”.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Guy R. Traynor,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison, Legal Processing Division, Publication and Regulations Branch, Associate Chief Counsel (Procedure and Administration).</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3353 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>30 CFR Part 943</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[SATS Nos. TX-061-FOR; TX-062-FOR; TX-063-FOR; Docket No. OSM-2011-0007]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Texas Regulatory Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule; approval of amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We, the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM), are approving three amendments to the Texas regulatory program under the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA or the Act). Texas at its own initiative submitted three separate amendments to its program: SATS Nos. TX-061-FOR, TX-062-FOR, and TX-063-FOR. Texas proposed revisions in TX-061-FOR by<PRTPAGE P="8145"/>adding language that no longer requires an operation with only reclamation activities ongoing to renew their mining permit, to clarify the requirement to maintain public liability insurance for sites where the permit is not renewed because the only activities ongoing are reclamation, and to clarify midterm review times for sites where the permit is not renewed because the only ongoing activities are reclamation. Texas proposed revisions in TX-062-FOR by adding a new definition for “Previously mined land,” adding new language on the effects of previous mining violations from operations on previously mined lands in relation to permit application denials, and adding new language explaining performance standards for revegetation liability timeframes for coal mining and reclamation operations. Texas proposed revisions in TX-063-FOR by adding a new definition for “Director;” deleting old language, and adding new language clarifying the review periods for new permits, renewals, and significant revisions. Texas revised its program to improve operational efficiency.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>February 14, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Alfred L. Clayborne, Director, Tulsa Field Office. Telephone: (918) 581-6430. Email:<E T="03">aclayborne@osmre.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Background on the Texas Program</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Submission of the Amendment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. OSM's Findings</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Summary and Disposition of Comments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. OSM's Decision</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Procedural Determinations</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background on the Texas Program</HD>

        <P>Section 503(a) of the Act permits a State to assume primacy for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations on non-Federal and non-Indian lands within its borders by demonstrating that its program includes, among other things, “a State law which provides for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations in accordance with the requirements of this Act * * *; and rules and regulations consistent with regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this Act.” See 30 U.S.C. 1253(a)(1) and (7). On the basis of these criteria, the Secretary of the Interior conditionally approved the Texas program effective February 16, 1980. You can find background information on the Texas program, including the Secretary's findings, the disposition of comments, and the conditions of approval of the Texas program in the February 27, 1980,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(45 FR 12998). You can also find later actions concerning the Texas program and program amendments at 30 CFR 943.10, 943.15, and 943.16.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Submission of the Amendment</HD>

        <P>By letter dated May 18, 2011, (Administrative Record No. TX-667) Texas sent us an amendment to its Program under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>) at its own initiative. This amendment added language to no longer require an operation with only reclamation activities ongoing to renew their mining permit, to clarify the requirement to maintain public liability insurance for sites where the permit is not renewed because the only activities ongoing are reclamation, and to clarify midterm review times for sites where the permit is not renewed because the only ongoing activities are reclamation.</P>

        <P>By letter dated May 26, 2011, (Administrative Record No. TX-668) Texas sent us an amendment to its Program under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>) at its own initiative. This amendment added a new definition for “Previously mined land,” added new language on the effects of previous mining violations from operations on previously mined lands in relation to permit application denials, and added new language explaining performance standards for revegetation liability timeframes for coal mining and reclamation operations.</P>

        <P>By letter dated June 3, 2011, (Administrative Record No. TX-669) Texas sent us an amendment to its Program under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>) at its own initiative. This amendment added a new definition for “Director;” deleted old language, and added new language clarifying the review periods for new permits, renewals, and significant revisions.</P>
        <P>Texas revised its program with these three amendments to improve operational efficiency.</P>

        <P>We announced receipt of the proposed amendments in the August 16, 2011,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(75 FR 50708). In the same document, we opened the public comment period and provided an opportunity for a public hearing or meeting on the adequacy of the amendments. We did not hold a public hearing or meeting because no one requested one. The public comment period ended on September 15, 2011. We did not receive any public comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. OSM's Findings</HD>
        <P>We are approving the amendments as described below. The following are the findings we made concerning the amendments under SMCRA and the Federal regulations at 30 CFR 732.15 and 732.17. The full text of the changes made can be found in the administrative record or online at Regulations.gov.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. TX-061-FOR</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. 16 Texas Administrative Code Section 12.100. Responsibilities</HD>
        <P>Texas added new language allowing a permittee to not renew their mining permit if the activities on the site are solely for reclamation purposes.</P>
        <P>We find that Texas' new language is substantively the same as the language of the counterpart Federal regulations at 30 CFR 773.4(a) and will not make Texas' regulations less effective than the Federal counterpart. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. 16 Texas Administrative Code Section 12.225. Commission Review of Outstanding Permits</HD>
        <P>Texas added a new paragraph (a)(3) to clarify that midterm permit reviews will continue to be conducted when an existing permit is not renewed because the only ongoing activities within the permit area are for reclamation.</P>
        <P>We find that this new paragraph is comparable to its Federal counterpart at 30 CFR 774.10(a)(2) and (3) and its addition does not make Texas' regulations less effective than the Federal regulation. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. 16 Texas Administrative Code Section 12.311. Terms and Conditions for Liability Insurance</HD>
        <P>Texas revised this section with minor language changes to paragraph (b).</P>
        <P>We find that Texas' changes make this paragraph substantively the same as the counterpart Federal regulation 30 CFR 800.60(b). Therefore, we are approving them.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. TX-062-FOR</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.004. Definitions</HD>
        <P>Texas added a new definition for “previously mined land” in lieu of the definition of “lands eligible for remining” contained in SMCRA at § 701(34).</P>

        <P>We find that Texas' new definition coincides with definitions found in the Federal regulations dealing with remining and is a suitable counterpart to the definition contained in SMCRA because it addresses all aspects of the SMCRA definition. Therefore, the addition of this new definition will make Texas' statutes no less stringent than SMCRA and we are approving it.<PRTPAGE P="8146"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.069. Effect of Past or Present Violation</HD>
        <P>Texas added a new paragraph (c) to incorporate equivalent statutory language found at SMCRA § 510(e) with regard to the criteria for denial of a permit application due to permit violations during mining on previously mined land. Although Texas' language is not identical to the Federal language, it is similar. SMCRA § 510(e) is specific that the unanticipated event or condition is “at” a surface coal mine while Texas' § 134.069 uses the phrase “in connection with.”</P>
        <P>We find that this difference in wording is allowable as long as Texas implements it with the same intent of SMCRA § 510(e) and the Federal regulations at 30 CFR 773.13. Based on this, we find that the addition of the new paragraph will make Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.092. Performance Standards</HD>
        <P>Texas added new language to (a)(20) to incorporate equivalent statutory language found at SMCRA § 515(b)(20) with regard to the term of the extended responsibility period for mining of previously mined lands.</P>
        <P>This new language creates a separate paragraph, (a)(20)(B), for lands that meet the new definition of “previously mined lands” which we have already found to be no less stringent than SMCRA. Texas' new provision requiring an operator to assume responsibility for 2 years on previously mined land is substantively the same as the Federal requirements at 515(b)(20)(B). However, this section does not address the period of responsibility for areas that receive an annual precipitation amount of 26 inches or less. This responsibility requirement is addressed in section 134.104 and is discussed below.</P>
        <P>We find that this new language makes Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.104. Responsibility for Revegetation: Area of Low Precipitation</HD>
        <P>Texas added new language to this section to incorporate equivalent statutory language found at SMCRA § 515(b)(20) with regard to the term of the extended responsibility period for mining of previously mined lands. The new language clarifies the liability periods for areas that receive an annual average precipitation amount of 26 inches or less as five years on previously mined lands and 10 years on lands not previously mined.</P>
        <P>We find that this new language makes Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.105. Responsibility for Revegetation: Long-Term Intensive Agricultural Postmining Use</HD>
        <P>Texas deleted language in this section referring to the “five year or 10 year” period of responsibility. This deletion was made so the section coincides with other changes made to the statutes that were discussed above. This change allows the modified sentence to refer to whichever “applicable period” applies.</P>
        <P>We find that this deletion makes Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. TX-063-FOR</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.004. Definitions</HD>
        <P>Texas added a definition for “Director,” defining it as the director of the Surface Mining and Reclamation Division of the Railroad Commission of Texas or the director's representative.</P>
        <P>We find that there is no Federal counterpart for the new definition and it does not make Texas' statutes less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. However, Texas' current regulations at § 12.3(54) currently define “director” as “the Director of the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM).” Once we approve this change to Texas' statute, Texas will amend its approved program regulations. We are approving this change to Texas' statutes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.080. Approval of Permit Revision</HD>
        <P>Texas modified the section's title and deleted paragraph (b), which required the Commission to approve or disapprove a permit revision within 90 days. Texas added a new section 134.085 that describes, in detail, the Commission's requirements for processing new permits, renewals, and revisions, including processing and notification timeframes. SMCRA § 511(a)(2) requires that revisions be approved or disapproved “within a period of time established by the State or Federal Program.”</P>
        <P>We find that these changes make Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving them.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Texas Surface Coal Mining and Reclamation Act Section 134.085. Review Periods for New Permits, Renewals, and Revisions</HD>
        <P>Texas added this new section to codify application processing timeframes that have previously been in effect and to comply with SMCRA § 511(a)(2) which requires States to establish such timeframes. Texas established a seven day application review period to determine application completeness followed by a 120 day review period for new permits, renewals, or significant revisions and a 90 day review period for applications considered to be non-significant departures.</P>
        <P>We find that the addition of this new section makes Texas' statutes no less stringent than the requirements of SMCRA. Therefore, we are approving it.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Summary and Disposition of Comments</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Comments</HD>
        <P>We asked for public comments on the amendments, but did not receive any.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federal Agency Comments</HD>
        <P>On June 27, 2011, under 30 CFR 732.17(h)(11)(i) and section 503(b) of SMCRA, we requested comments on the amendments from various Federal agencies with an actual or potential interest in the Texas program (Administrative Record Nos. TX-667.02, TX-668.02, and TX-669.02). We did not receive any comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Concurrence and Comments</HD>

        <P>Under 30 CFR 732.17(h)(11)(ii), we are required to get a written concurrence from EPA for those provisions of the program amendments that relate to air or water quality standards issued under the authority of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251<E T="03">et seq.</E>) or the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401<E T="03">et seq.</E>). None of the revisions that Texas proposed to make in these amendments pertained to air or water quality standards. Therefore, we did not ask EPA to concur on the amendments. However, on June 27, 2011, under 30 CFR 732.17(h)(11)(i), we requested comments on the amendments from the EPA (Administrative Record Nos. TX-667.02, TX-668.02, and TX-669.02). The EPA did not respond to our request.<PRTPAGE P="8147"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">State Historical Preservation Officer (SHPO) and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP)</HD>
        <P>Under 30 CFR 732.17(h)(4), we are required to request comments from the SHPO and ACHP on amendments that may have an effect on historic properties. On June 27, 2011, we requested comments on Texas' amendments (Administrative Record Nos. TX-667.02, TX-668.02, and TX-669.02), but neither responded to our request.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. OSM's Decision</HD>
        <P>Based on the above findings, we approve the amendments Texas sent us on May 18, 2011, May 26, 2011, and June 3, 2011.</P>
        <P>To implement this decision, we are amending the Federal regulations at 30 CFR part 943, which codify decisions concerning the Texas program. We find that good cause exists under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to make this final rule effective immediately. Section 503(a) of SMCRA requires that the State's program demonstrate that the State has the capability of carrying out the provisions of the Act and meeting its purposes. Making this rule effective immediately will expedite that process. SMCRA requires consistency of State and Federal standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Procedural Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12630—Takings</HD>
        <P>This rule does not have takings implications. This determination is based on the analysis performed for the counterpart Federal regulation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866—Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>This rule is exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12988—Civil Justice Reform</HD>
        <P>The Department of the Interior has conducted the reviews required by section 3 of Executive Order 12988 and has determined that this rule meets the applicable standards of subsections (a) and (b) of that section. However, these standards are not applicable to the actual language of State regulatory programs and program amendments because each program is drafted and promulgated by a specific State, not by OSM. Under sections 503 and 505 of SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1253 and 1255) and the Federal regulations at 30 CFR 730.11, 732.15, and 732.17(h)(10) decisions on proposed State regulatory programs and program amendments submitted by the States must be based solely on a determination of whether the submittal is consistent with SMCRA and its implementing Federal regulations and whether the other requirements of 30 CFR parts 730, 731, and 732 have been met.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13132—Federalism</HD>
        <P>This rule does not have Federalism implications. SMCRA delineates the roles of the Federal and State governments with regard to the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations. One of the purposes of SMCRA is to “establish a nationwide program to protect society and the environment from the adverse effects of surface coal mining operations.” Section 503(a)(1) of SMCRA requires that State laws regulating surface coal mining and reclamation operations be “in accordance with” the requirements of SMCRA, and section 503(a)(7) requires that State programs contain rules and regulations “consistent with” regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to SMCRA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13175—Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>In accordance with Executive Order 13175, we have evaluated the potential effects of this rule on Federally-recognized Indian tribes and have determined that the rule does not have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. This determination is based on the fact that the Texas program does not regulate coal exploration and surface coal mining and reclamation operations on Indian lands. Therefore, the Texas program has no effect on Federally-recognized Indian tribes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 13211—Regulations That Significantly Affect the Supply, Distribution, or Use of Energy</HD>
        <P>On May 18, 2001, the President issued Executive Order 13211 which requires agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for a rule that is (1) considered significant under Executive Order 12866, and (2) likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Because this rule is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866 and is not expected to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, a Statement of Energy Effects is not required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">National Environmental Policy Act</HD>
        <P>This rule does not require an environmental impact statement because section 702(d) of SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1292(d)) provides that agency decisions on proposed State regulatory program provisions do not constitute major Federal actions within the meaning of section 102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4332(2)(C)).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This rule does not contain information collection requirements that require approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3507<E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>The Department of the Interior certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>). The State submittal, which is the subject of this rule, is based upon counterpart Federal regulations for which an economic analysis was prepared and certification made that such regulations would not have a significant economic effect upon a substantial number of small entities. In making the determination as to whether this rule would have a significant economic impact, the Department relied upon the data and assumptions for the counterpart Federal regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act</HD>
        <P>This rule is not a major rule under 5 U.S.C. 804(2), the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act. This rule: (a) Does not have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million; (b) Will not cause a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, Federal, State, or local government agencies, or geographic regions; and (c) Does not have significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or the ability of U.S.-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises. This determination is based upon the fact that the State submittal, which is the subject of this rule, is based upon counterpart Federal regulations for which an analysis was prepared and a determination made that the Federal regulation was not considered a major rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Unfunded Mandates</HD>

        <P>This rule will not impose an unfunded mandate on State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector<PRTPAGE P="8148"/>of $100 million or more in any given year. This determination is based upon the fact that the State submittal, which is the subject of this rule, is based upon counterpart Federal regulations for which an analysis was prepared and a determination made that the Federal regulation did not impose an unfunded mandate.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 943</HD>
          <P>Intergovernmental relations, Surface mining, Underground mining.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 9, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Ervin J. Barchenger,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Regional Director,Mid-Continent Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, 30 CFR part 943 is amended as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="943" TITLE="30">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 943—TEXAS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for Part 943 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="943" TITLE="30">
          <AMDPAR>2. Section 943.15 is amended in the table by adding a new entry in chronological order by “Date of final publication” to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 943.15</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Approval of Texas regulatory program amendments.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,r150" COLS="3" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1">
              <TTITLE/>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Original amendment<LI>submission date</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Date of final publication</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Citation/Description</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="22"/>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="28">*******</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">May 18, 2011, May 26, 2011, and June 3, 2011</ENT>
                <ENT>February 14, 2012</ENT>
                <ENT>16 TAC 12.100(a); 12.225(a)(3); 12.311(b); TSCMRA 134.004 (7-a) and (15-a); 134.069(c); 134.080(a) and (b); 134.085; 134.092(20); 134.104(1) and (2); and 134.105(a).</ENT>
              </ROW>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3418 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-05-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>31 CFR Parts 1010 and 1029</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 1506-AB02</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Anti-Money Laundering Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Residential Mortgage Lenders and Originators</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>FinCEN, a bureau of the Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”), is issuing this Final Rule defining non-bank residential mortgage lenders and originators as loan or finance companies for the purpose of requiring them to establish anti-money laundering programs and report suspicious activities under the Bank Secrecy Act.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Effective Date:</E>This rule is effective April 16, 2012.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Compliance Date:</E>The compliance date for 31 CFR 1029.210 is August 13, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>FinCEN, Regulatory Policy and Programs Division at (800) 949-2732 and select Option 1.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Statutory and Regulatory Background</HD>
        <P>The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”)<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury (the “Secretary”) to issue regulations requiring financial institutions to keep records and file reports that the Secretary determines “have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory investigations or proceedings, or in the conduct of intelligence or counterintelligence activities, including analysis, to protect against international terrorism.”<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>In addition, the Secretary is authorized to impose anti-money laundering (“AML”) program requirements on financial institutions.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>The authority of the Secretary to administer the BSA has been delegated to the Director of FinCEN.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>“Bank Secrecy Act” is the name that has come to be applied to the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (Titles I and II of Pub. L. 91-508), its amendments, and the other statutes referring to the subject matter of that Act. These statutes are codified at 12 U.S.C. 1829b, 12 U.S.C. 1951-1959, and 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314 and 5316-5332, and notes thereto.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>31 U.S.C. 5311.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>31 U.S.C. 5318(h).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Treasury Order 180-01 (Sept. 26, 2002).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Financial institutions are required to establish AML programs that include, at a minimum: (1) The development of internal policies, procedures, and controls; (2) the designation of a compliance officer; (3) an ongoing employee training program; and (4) an independent audit function to test programs. When prescribing minimum standards for AML programs, FinCEN must “consider the extent to which the requirements imposed under [the AML program requirement] are commensurate with the size, location, and activities of the financial institutions to which such regulations apply.”<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>The BSA also requires financial institutions to file suspicious activity reports (“SARs”).<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>Public Law 107-56 352(c), 115 Stat. § 322,<E T="03">codified at</E>31 U.S.C. 5318 note. Public Law 107-56 is the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>31 U.S.C. 5318(g). Section 5318(g) gives the Secretary authority to require financial institutions to file SARs. This section was added to the BSA by section 1517 of the Annunzio-Wylie Anti-Money Laundering Act, Title XV of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992, Public Law 102-550; it was expanded by section 403 of the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, Title IV of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, Public Law 103-325, to require designation of a single government recipient for reports of suspicious transactions.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The BSA defines the term “financial institution” to include, in part, a loan or finance company.<SU>7</SU>

          <FTREF/>The term “loan or finance company” is not defined in any FinCEN regulation, and there is no legislative history on the term. The term, however, can reasonably be construed to extend to any business entity that makes loans to or finances purchases on behalf of consumers and businesses. Some loan and finance companies extend personal loans and loans secured by real estate mortgages and deeds of trust, including home equity loans. Non-bank residential mortgage lenders and originators (“RMLOs”—generally known as “mortgage companies” and “mortgage brokers” in the residential mortgage business sector) are a significant subset of the “loan or finance company” category, in terms of the number of businesses and the aggregate volume<PRTPAGE P="8149"/>and value of transactions they facilitate.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>31 U.S.C. 5312(a)(2)(P).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>Loan and finance companies also supply short- and intermediate-term credit for such purposes as the purchase of equipment, accounts receivable portfolios and motor vehicles, and the financing of inventories. In addition, specialized wholesale loan and finance companies provide liquidity that allows retail loan and finance companies, as well as banks and others, to service end users.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In 2002, FinCEN issued a regulation that temporarily exempted loan and finance companies and other categories of BSA-defined financial institutions from the obligation to establish AML programs.<SU>9</SU>
          <FTREF/>The purpose of the exemption was to enable Treasury and FinCEN to study these categories of institutions and to consider the extent to which BSA requirements should be applied to them, taking into account their specific characteristics and money laundering vulnerabilities.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>As a result, RMLOs did not have to comply with AML or SAR regulations or other BSA reporting and recordkeeping requirements intended to help prevent money laundering and fraud, and support law enforcement efforts. Subsequently, FinCEN analyses and law enforcement investigations identified this exemption as a regulatory gap that can be exploited by criminals, particularly in the conduct of mortgage fraud.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>31 CFR 1010.205 (2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>67 FR 21113 (Apr. 29, 2002),<E T="03">as amended at</E>67 FR 67549 (Nov. 6, 2002),<E T="03">corrected at</E>67 FR 68935 (Nov. 14, 2002),<E T="03">recodified at</E>75 FR 65806 (Oct. 26, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>On July 21, 2009, FinCEN issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPRM”)<SU>11</SU>
          <FTREF/>soliciting general comments on whether FinCEN should issue AML and SAR program regulations for RMLOs. Most of the comments received in response to the ANPRM generally supported AML and SAR regulations for RMLOs. On December 9, 2010, FinCEN issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”)<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>to solicit comments on specific proposed regulations for RMLOs. The NPRM proposed AML and SAR regulations with standards and requirements that are substantially identical to those in AML and SAR regulations for banks and other financial institutions that offer retail consumer banking services and originate mortgage loans.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>11</SU>74 FR 35830 (July 21, 2009). “Anti-Money Laundering Program and Suspicious Activity Report Requirements for Non-Bank Residential Mortgage Lenders and Originators.”<E T="03">http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2009/pdf/E-9-17117.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>12</SU>75 FR 76677 (Dec. 9, 2010). “Anti-Money Laundering Program and Suspicious Activity Report Filing Requirements for Residential Mortgage Lenders and Originators.”<E T="03">http://edocket.access.gpo.gov/2010/pdf/2010-30765.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Both the ANPRM and the NPRM suggested that the AML program and SAR filing regulations for RMLOs would be issued as the first step in an incremental approach to implementation of regulations for the broad loan or finance company category of financial institutions. Thus, the definition of “loan or finance company” would initially include only RMLOs, but would be structured to permit the addition of other types of loan and finance related businesses and professions in future amendments.</P>
        <P>Since 2006, FinCEN has issued numerous studies analyzing SARs reporting suspected mortgage fraud and money laundering that involved both banks and RMLOs, the latter typically brokering or selling purchase money and refinance loans to lending institutions.<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>The reports underscore the potential benefits of AML and SAR regulations for a variety of businesses in the primary and secondary residential mortgage markets, including RMLOs. As noted in the NPRM and emphasized in several related public comments, RMLOs are primary providers of mortgage finance—in most cases dealing directly with the consumer—and are in a unique position to assess and identify money laundering risks and fraud while directly assisting consumers with their financial needs and protecting the sector from the abuses of financial crime. Comments on the ANPRM and NPRM emphasized that the risks of fraud and other financial crimes, including money laundering, are substantial in the RMLO sector and are growing. Some comments stated that the financial crime risks in the sector are “no less significant” than those faced by banks providing mortgage loan services.<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update (SARs Jan. 1-Mar. 31, 2011), June 2011,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_1st_Qtyl_11_FINAL_508.pdf;</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update (SARs Jan. 1-Dec. 31, 2010), Mar. 2011,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_4th_Qtly_10_FINAL_508.pdf;</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update (SARs July 1-Sept. 30, 2010), Jan. 2011,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_3rd_Qtly_10_FINAL.pdf;</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update (SARs Apr. 1-June 30, 2010), Dec. 2010,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_2nd_Qtly_10_FINAL.pdf;</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update: SAR Filings Jan. 1-Mar. 31, 2010,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_1st_Qtly_10_FINAL.pdf. See also</E>NPRM, notes 13, 20 and 21.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>NPRM, 75 FR at 76679. One government agency comment on the NPRM stated that the “regulatory gap in coverage has hampered efforts to be proactive in detecting and investigating mortgage fraud at non-banks (i.e., unsupervised lenders and originators [RMLOs under this Final Rule]) * * *.” The commenter further noted that in 2010, unsupervised lenders and originators comprised fully two-thirds (67 percent) of FHA's approved originating lenders. The commenter also stated that “[o]ne vital weapon in the war on mortgage fraud has been FinCEN's regulations that require banks to establish AML programs and to file SARs.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Most of the comments on the NPRM generally supported the issuance of AML program and SAR filing regulations for RMLOs. The Final Rule is based on the NPRM and adopts all of the regulatory provisions proposed with a few exceptions, noted below. The AML regulation promulgates the four minimum requirements noted earlier. The SAR regulation requires reporting of suspicious activity, including but not limited to fraudulent attempts to obtain a mortgage or launder money by use of the proceeds of other crimes to purchase residential real estate. The Final Rule does not require RMLOs to comply with any other BSA reporting or recordkeeping regulations, such as currency transaction reports (CTRs).<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>The few large currency transactions expected to be conducted in the sector will continue to be subject to reporting on FinCEN Form 8300.<SU>16</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>31 CFR 1010.310.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>31 CFR 1010.330.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>FinCEN believes that much of the effort necessary to meet these regulatory obligations, including information gathering, will be accomplished through business operations already undertaken as part of normal transaction negotiation, completion of required Federal forms and disclosures, and due diligence and review of property and collateral. With this Final Rule, FinCEN believes RMLOs will assume a crucial role in government and industry efforts to protect consumers, mortgage finance businesses, and the U.S. financial system from mortgage fraud, money laundering, and other financial crimes.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Notice of Proposed Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>The comment period on the NPRM ended on February 7, 2011. FinCEN received 15 comment letters from individuals, businesses, and representatives of various groups whose members had an interest in the proposed AML and SAR program requirements. The comments offered a range of views on the appropriate scope of any new regulations, and on various implementation- and compliance-related matters of concern to industry, regulators and law enforcement.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Incremental Implementation of Rules</HD>

        <P>The NPRM proposed specific AML program and SAR filing requirements for RMLOs as the first step in an incremental approach to implementation of regulations for loan and finance companies. In order to limit the scope of the Final Rule to RMLOs, the NPRM proposed a definition of the<PRTPAGE P="8150"/>term “loan or finance company” that includes business entities or sole proprietorships (not individuals) acting within the bounds of specified definitions for the terms<E T="03">residential mortgage lender</E>and<E T="03">residential mortgage originator.</E>
        </P>
        <P>Seven comments on the NPRM addressed aspects of the incremental approach FinCEN has chosen, mostly supportive. Many commenters also urged that the Final Rule cover other types of businesses and professions in the primary and secondary residential real estate markets, as well as other types of consumer and commercial loan and finance companies, not just residential mortgage lenders and originators.</P>
        <P>Two commenters argued that FinCEN should not delay implementation of BSA requirements for other loan or finance companies. One argued that an uneven playing field would be to the advantage of fraudsters and criminals, who will take advantage of financial industry sectors that have less stringent BSA requirements. The other commenter argued that such an incremental approach misses the opportunity to provide law enforcement with critical information about high-risk real estate transactions and needlessly continues the exemption of U.S. real estate and escrow agents. A number of comments suggested that FinCEN issue final rules for commercial lenders, as well as RMLOs, in connection with this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>Comments of this nature were anticipated from industry as well as regulators and law enforcement, due to heightened concern about criminals potentially shifting the focus of their fraud and other illegal financial transactions and money laundering to uncovered businesses and professions. Arguably, the absence of rules for other types of loan or finance companies might be exploited by criminals insofar as they may shift the focus of their criminal enterprises from residential real estate to other consumer and commercial finance businesses. FinCEN reports note that SARs involving commercial real estate, in particular, have increased in recent periods.<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Mortgage Loan Fraud Update (SARs Apr. 1-June 30, 2010), Dec. 2010, page 18.<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/rp/files/MLF_Update_2nd_Qtly_10_FINAL.pdf.</E>
            <E T="03">See also</E>Commercial Real Estate Financing Fraud (SARs by Depository Institutions, Jan. 1, 2007 to Dec. 31, 2010) Mar. 2011; Advisory: Activities Potentially Related to Commercial Real Estate Fraud (Mar. 30, 2011); Remarks of James H. Freis, Jr., Director, FinCEN, delivered at the Mortgage Bankers Association National Fraud Issues Conference, Mar. 28, 2011, page 4 (the “Fraud Conference Speech”).<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/news_room/speech/pdf/20110328.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Some comments urged simultaneous—or very prompt—issuance of AML and SAR rules for businesses in a separate, but related, category of BSA-defined financial institution—“persons involved in real estate closings and settlements.”<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>FinCEN regulations in this category could include persons as varied as real estate agents and real estate brokers, closing attorneys and agents, title search and title insurance companies, appraisers, escrow companies, and other firms involved in initial purchase money transactions as well as subsequent refinancing in the form of, for example, home equity loans, reverse mortgages, and real estate-secured consumer loans. Three commenters suggested that FinCEN should propose rules for real estate agents and other persons involved in real estate closings and settlements. One commenter advocated for the Final Rule to include two types of businesses that logically belong in the “persons involved * * *” category—real estate agents and escrow companies. The comment emphasized the critical role a few of these companies played in recent high-profile money laundering cases. One comment specifically opposed such a proposal, arguing that in nearly all real estate finance transactions in which real estate agents participate funds are transferred using the services of different businesses that already are required to comply with AML and SAR regulations.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>31 U.S.C. 5312(a)(2)(U).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In sum, several comments on the NPRM expressed support for expanding the scope of the Final Rule to cover businesses and professions involved in a broad range of consumer and commercial real estate and non-real estate related finance. Upon consideration of the comments, FinCEN is not inclined at this time to propose a definition of “loan or finance company” that would encompass other types of consumer or commercial finance companies, or real estate agents and other “persons involved in real estate closings and settlements.”</P>
        <P>FinCEN intends to defer regulations for these other businesses and professions until further research and analysis can be conducted to enhance our understanding of the operations and money laundering vulnerabilities of these businesses. Accordingly, as the NPRM suggested, the definition of “loan or finance company” in the Final Rule has been structured to permit the addition of other types of loan and finance companies in future rulemakings.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Final Rule Limited to AML and SAR Regulations Only</HD>
        <P>The NPRM suggested that FinCEN would not propose any additional BSA regulations for the sector at this time, including CTR requirements.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>One commenter addressed this issue specifically, supporting FinCEN's view that CTR filing requirements are unnecessary for loan or finance companies. FinCEN agrees, and therefore, the Final Rule does not adopt any CTR requirements or any other BSA regulations.<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>note 15,<E T="03">supra.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>20</SU>As financial institutions for purposes of 31 U.S.C. 5312(a)(2), loan or finance companies have been, and remain subject to, the special information procedures to deter money laundering and terrorist activity.<E T="03">See</E>Subpart E of 31 CFR Part 1010.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Consideration of Examination Authority</HD>
        <P>FinCEN sought comment on any particular aspects of the loan or finance company sector that should be considered when making a decision about whether, to whom, and how to delegate examination authority. Under 31 CFR 1010.810(a), “[O]verall authority for enforcement and compliance, including coordination and direction of procedures and activities of all other agencies exercising delegated authority under this chapter, is delegated [by the Secretary of the Treasury] to the Director, FinCEN.” In turn, Federal functional regulators have been delegated authority to examine certain financial institutions they oversee for compliance with FinCEN's regulations. As noted in the NPRM, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has been delegated the authority, under this regulation,<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>to examine for compliance with FinCEN's regulations those financial institutions that are not examined by a Federal functional regulator.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>31 CFR 1010.810(b)(8).</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>Commenters suggested options for FinCEN to delegate complete or partial examination authority over RMLOs for compliance with the Final Rule. The options noted in the public comments included, in addition to the IRS, state regulatory agencies, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and the Federal banking agencies (particularly with respect to RMLOs affiliated with banks or insured depository institutions and their holding companies). Upon consideration of all the comments, FinCEN will work with other relevant regulatory agencies in the development of consistent compliance examination<PRTPAGE P="8151"/>procedures, and in the future will provide public notice of other agencies that will exercise delegated compliance examination authority with respect to certain classes of RMLOs and other loan or finance companies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. SAR Filing System and Form</HD>
        <P>Three commenters suggested that FinCEN establish a separate SAR filing system and form for the exclusive use of residential mortgage lenders and originators. Another commenter requested that FinCEN continue to accommodate manual paper SAR filings, as many covered entities do not have automated systems.</P>
        <P>FinCEN considered requiring RMLOs to use Treasury SAR Form TD F 90-22.47, presently used by banks and other insured depository institutions. The information required for a SAR from an RMLO would be substantially the same as that required of banks and other depository institutions that make mortgage loans and use Form TD F 90-22.47. However, FinCEN is modernizing its SAR filing system and intends to establish a uniform electronic form for use by all financial institutions with a SAR filing obligation.<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>Accordingly, the Final Rule has a delayed compliance date to allow time for industry to implement programs and systems and for FinCEN to implement the new SAR filing system. In addition, FinCEN intends to phase out the manual filing of paper SAR forms.<SU>23</SU>
          <FTREF/>RMLOs will, therefore, be required to use FinCEN's electronic, web-based E-Filing system under development for the filing of the uniform SAR form. This electronic filing system will not require use of commercial automated systems, but will be usable by anyone with access to the Internet.<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>75 FR 63545 (Oct. 15, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>76 FR 57799 (Sept. 16, 2011).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>24</SU>
            <E T="03">Id.,</E>note 4, referencing information on filing methods posted on FinCEN's Web site,<E T="03">http://bsaefiling.fincen.treas.gov/main.html.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Exclusions and Exemptions Considered</HD>

        <P>The NPRM suggested exceptions or exclusions for: banks and insured depository institutions; persons registered with and functionally regulated or examined by the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission; individuals employed by covered loan or finance companies and affiliated financial institutions; and individuals who finance the sale of their own property (<E T="03">i.e.,</E>seller-financed sales). The NPRM expressed the long-held view that exceptions are appropriate for individuals and entities already subject to AML and SAR regulations to avoid overlapping or duplicative requirements, and that seller-financed transactions do not present the same risks as most transactions conducted at arm's-length.</P>
        <P>In response to FinCEN's request for comments on the matter of appropriate exclusions and exceptions, some commenters opposed any additional exemptions or exceptions beyond those suggested in the NPRM, while others urged FinCEN to consider one or more additional exceptions. One commenter stated that the registration and training requirements mandated by the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (“SAFE Act”)<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>are sufficient to address anti-money laundering and terrorist financing risks encountered by RMLOs. Another commenter argued that small businesses with fewer than five employees should be exempt.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>Title V of Division A of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, Pub. L. No. 110-289, 122 Stat. 2810 (2008),<E T="03">codified at</E>12 U.S.C. 5101,<E T="03">et. seq.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>FinCEN does not agree that the registration and training requirements under the SAFE Act are sufficient to address all of the concerns and accomplish all of the goals related to AML and SAR programs. However, FinCEN intends to continue its dialogue with the CSBS to coordinate the identification and examination of mortgage originators subject to the Final Rule. SARs filed pursuant to FinCEN's regulations go into a database that is accessible to regulatory agencies and law enforcement on the Federal, state and local levels. The information in FinCEN's database, and FinCEN's complementary analysis, is crucial to the successful investigation and prosecution of money laundering, fraud, and other financial crimes—a point emphasized in several comments on the NPRM.</P>
        <P>FinCEN does not agree that RMLOs with less than a certain arbitrary number of employees or net worth should be excepted from the Final Rule. Such an exception would leave a large gap in coverage of RMLO businesses. Comments on the NPRM confirm that the absence of SAR rules for RMLOs has resulted in a substantial gap in mortgage fraud related SAR reporting. FinCEN believes that a “small business” exclusion or exception for businesses with fewer than five employees, or for businesses that satisfy some other arbitrary size, net worth or similar criteria, would perpetuate the present substantial gap in SAR reporting. The widespread knowledge that all banks and other insured depository institutions have well-established AML and SAR programs likely has deterred some criminals and caused them to consider other options for integrating illicit funds into the financial system. The inclusion of arbitrary, size-related exceptions from the Final Rule may result in unintended consequences that undermine the effectiveness of a comprehensive, risk-based AML and SAR program regime. Such exceptions could, for example, encourage a shift of a substantial portion of mortgage transactions to small lenders and brokers, however “small” is defined.</P>
        <P>A similar comment suggested a<E T="03">de minimis</E>exception for businesses that lend or broker loans under a relatively low value, or low aggregate volume of transactions within a set time period. For the reasons stated above, we see no compelling reason to except any businesses or transactions based on an arbitrary,<E T="03">de minimis</E>dollar amount or volume of transactions.</P>
        <P>Commenters both supported and opposed the NPRM's proposed coverage of sole proprietorships. Consistent with the NPRM, the Final Rule explicitly covers sole proprietorships. For the same reasons that support the rejection of an exception for small businesses, the Final Rule does not recognize an exception based on a business's status as a sole proprietorship or other kind of business entity under Federal or state incorporation or tax laws. An exception for sole proprietorships likely would perpetuate, to some degree, the SAR filing gap and risk adverse impacts on the mortgage markets. Thus, the Final Rule does not incorporate any such exceptions for businesses based on their form of organization.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Section-by-Section Analysis</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Definition of Loan or Finance Company</HD>

        <P>Section 1010.100(lll) defines the key terms used in the Final Rule. The definitions reflect FinCEN's determination that the term “loan or finance company” should be limited, at this time, to RMLOs, and that AML program and SAR requirements should be applied first to these businesses, and later—as part of a phased approach—applied to other consumer and commercial loan and finance companies. With the exception of the addition of explicit exclusions for government-sponsored enterprises and certain government programs and a slight change to the definition of residential mortgage originator, discussed below, the Final Rule adopts the definitions as proposed.<PRTPAGE P="8152"/>
        </P>

        <P>In the NPRM, “residential mortgage originator” was defined as a person who “takes a residential mortgage loan application and offers or negotiates terms of a residential mortgage loan for compensation or gain.” One commenter suggested that the proposed language “takes a residential mortgage loan application” was ambiguous as to who would be subject to the requirements. FinCEN intends the Final Rule to be broad in scope and cover most non-bank residential mortgage originators, with the few exceptions recognized in the Final Rule and described in this notice. FinCEN intends the Final Rule to cover any business that, on behalf of one or more lenders, accepts a completed mortgage loan application, even if the business does not in any manner engage in negotiating the terms of a loan. FinCEN also intends the Final Rules to cover businesses that offer or negotiate specific loan terms on behalf of either a lender or borrower, regardless of whether they also accept a mortgage loan application. Accordingly, the Final Rule modifies the proposed definition of “residential mortgage originator” slightly to include “persons” who<E T="03">accept</E>a residential mortgage loan application<E T="03">or</E>that offer or negotiate terms of a residential mortgage loan.” The change made from the NPRM of replacing the term “take” with “accept” is intended to differentiate the Final Rule from the SAFE Act. The change from “and” to “or” is intended to ensure that persons who either accept an application or offer or negotiate the terms of a loan are covered. In addition, FinCEN intends the Final Rule to apply to residential mortgage originators, regardless of whether they receive compensation or gain for acting in that capacity. Accordingly, the phrase “for compensation or gain” in the proposed definition is removed from the definition in the Final Rule. These changes create greater differences between the definitions in this Final Rule and those used in the SAFE Act and other federal mortgage-related statutes. This was done intentionally to differentiate this Final Rule from those statutes so that the interpretation of this Final Rule is not based on the interpretation of those statutes. FinCEN intends the definitions in the Final Rule and subsequent amendments thereto to be consistent with definitions in the SAFE Act and other federal mortgage-related statutes, only to the extent deemed appropriate to advance FinCEN's mission, strategic goals, and policies. As discussed in the NPRM, the Final Rule does not contemplate coverage of an individual employed by a loan or finance company or financial institution, and provides an exception for individuals financing the sale of their own real estate.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>For example, individuals employed by a loan or finance company that would be not be subject to the rule include administrative assistants and office clerks who gather documents, review land records and complete forms on behalf of a lender or originator.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>The Final Rule applies to businesses, including sole proprietorships, not individuals. Some individuals covered by the SAFE Act definition of “loan originator,” 12 U.S.C. 5102(3)(A)(ii), would not be covered by the Final Rule.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>One commenter inquired whether the Final Rule (or any aspects thereof) would apply to the housing government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and their employees involved in “loss mitigation” activities. FinCEN would like to clarify that no provision of the Final Rule applies to the housing GSEs or any of their employees, regardless of whether they are involved in loss mitigation or any other housing GSE activity or program. FinCEN has revised the proposed definition of “loan or finance company” to exclude “any government sponsored enterprise regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency.” Where fraud is suspected by a housing GSE, there is an established procedure, currently set forth in a Memorandum of Understanding between FinCEN and the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) for the GSE to report to the FHFA, which then reports the suspicious activity to FinCEN.<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>27</SU>In a recently issued NPRM, FinCEN proposed AML and SAR regulations for the housing GSEs that would, in part, replace the existing reporting arrangement with a more direct and efficient reporting procedure.<E T="03">See</E>76 FR 69204 (Nov. 8, 2011).<E T="03">http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2011-11-08/pdf/2011-28820.pdf.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The Final Rule generally is intended to cover initial purchase money loans and traditional refinancing transactions facilitated by RMLOs. Another commenter asked FinCEN to clarify whether the Final Rule would apply to transactions involving funds or programs under the Troubled Asset Relief Program and similar Federal programs,<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>or any similar state housing authority or housing assistance program. These programs are intended to prevent loan default and foreclosure. Most of these programs apply to existing loans in default or at risk of default. While these programs are administered by government agencies that have developed standards, procedures, and qualifications to prevent fraud and abuse, the programs nonetheless are vulnerable to fraud and money laundering—a risk acknowledged by the commenter.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>Other Federal programs noted by the commenter include the Making Home Affordable Program, the Home Affordable Modification Program, the Hardest Hit Funds Program and the Federal Housing Administration Refinance Program.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Since 2009 FinCEN has warned financial institutions and consumers about the fraud and money laundering risks associated with foreclosure prevention and loan modification programs,<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>and FinCEN agrees with the commenter's assessment of the risks associated with the programs identified in the comment. Accordingly, FinCEN expects that RMLOs participating in such programs to comply with the Final Rule to the extent any transactions conducted by the RMLO could reasonably be considered to be extending a residential mortgage loan or offering or negotiating the terms of a residential mortgage loan, within the meaning of the definitions of “residential mortgage lender” and “residential mortgage originator” in the Final Rule. The Final Rules, however, do not apply to the Federal or state housing authorities and agencies administering such programs. The proposed definition of “loan or finance company” has been revised to exclude “any Federal or state agency or authority administering mortgage or housing assistance, fraud prevention or foreclosure prevention programs.”</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>29</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>FIN-2010-A005—Advisory to Financial Institutions on Filing Suspicious Activity Reports Regarding Home Equity Conversion Mortgage Fraud Schemes (Apr. 27, 2011),<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/fin-2010-a005.html;</E>FIN-2009-A001—Guidance to Financial Institutions on Filing Suspicious Activity Reports regarding Loan Modification/Foreclosure Rescue Scams (Apr. 6, 2009),<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/fin-2009-a001.html.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The commenter also requested clarification whether the Final Rule would apply to foreclosure prevention actions and counseling services performed by legitimate, non-profit organizations—some of which may receive minimal compensation to assist in the preparation of a mortgage application, or provide short-term loans to facilitate foreclosure prevention actions. Consistent with our views regarding RMLOs that participate in Federal and state foreclosure prevention programs, FinCEN also expects non-profit housing organizations to comply with the Final Rule, to the extent any such organization may reasonably be deemed to be extending a residential mortgage loan (including a short-term mortgage loan), or offering or negotiating the terms of a residential mortgage loan. However, FinCEN would not expect legitimate, non-profit organizations that limit their activities<PRTPAGE P="8153"/>to assisting with the preparation of loan applications or referral of prospective borrowers to qualified lenders, for free or for a fee; that provide short-term, non-mortgage loans to qualified borrowers or homeowners; or that otherwise<E T="03">facilitate</E>the extension of a residential mortgage loan (but do not make the loan or offer or negotiate the terms of the loan), to fall within the scope of the Final Rule.</P>
        <P>One commenter requested that FinCEN exclude mortgage servicers from the definition of residential mortgage loan originator. FinCEN generally views loan servicers as businesses that support post-origination principal and interest collection and taxation, and not as a business or activity that “offers or negotiates” the terms of a mortgage loan. FinCEN agrees that the typical activities of mortgage servicing companies do not fall within the definition of residential mortgage originator in this Final Rule. We will not, however, make a blanket exclusion or exception for mortgage servicers. The definition is based on the activity in which an entity is engaged. Thus, as long as a mortgage servicer does not extend residential mortgage loans or offer or negotiate the terms of a residential mortgage loan application, it will not fall under of the definition of residential mortgage loan originator. The commenter also requested that FinCEN exclude servicers working with loan modification programs, such as the Home Affordable Modification Program, or “HAMP,” from the definition of residential mortgage loan originator. FinCEN agrees that loan modifications under such programs are not covered by this Final Rule to the extent that the modifications do not involve extending new residential mortgage loans or offering or negotiating the terms of a residential mortgage loan application.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Anti-Money Laundering Program</HD>
        <P>Section 1029.210 requires that each loan or finance company develop and implement an anti-money laundering program reasonably designed to prevent the loan or finance company from being used to facilitate money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. Two commenters argued that RMLOs should not be required to maintain AML programs, but only be required to file SARs. One commenter, a mortgage company, argued that mortgage fraud was the primary issue and not money laundering, so an AML program is unnecessary. The other commenter, a trade association, argued that SAR filings are the primary means of conveying valuable information to law enforcement, as contemplated under the BSA, and that requiring a full AML program imposes unnecessary complexity, paperwork, and regulatory burdens that outweigh the potential benefits to law enforcement. The commenter argued simply that maintaining an AML program would create an unnecessary regulatory burden, and the costs would far outweigh the benefits to law enforcement.</P>
        <P>FinCEN believes that a complete AML program is essential to an adequate, efficient SAR filing program. FinCEN refers to the “four pillars” of an AML program for a reason, as each one is critical to holding up the overall structure of the program. Without one, the others will fail.<SU>30</SU>
          <FTREF/>It would be difficult to expect useful SAR reporting without the pillars of an AML program firmly in place. Moreover, it is in the best interest of everyone involved in a mortgage finance transaction to try to prevent the fraud before it occurs. Prevention is a core purpose behind FinCEN's regulatory requirements for AML programs.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>30</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>the Fraud Conference Speech, fn. 17.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>FinCEN's regulations are structured to ensure that financial institutions are knowledgeable of risks and vigilant against criminal abuse. With all BSA AML regulations, businesses are required to implement risk-based programs that take into account the unique risks associated with that particular business' products and services, as well as the business' size, market, and other issues. Thus, each AML program would necessarily be different than those of businesses with different product, geographic, and other risks. FinCEN reports and other research underscore that mortgage fraud is one of the most significant operational risks facing RMLOs in the ordinary course of business.</P>
        <P>Under a risk-based approach to implementation of the Final Rule, FinCEN expects fraud prevention, as well as money laundering prevention, to be key goals underlying the various policies and procedures in an effective AML program for an RMLO. Therefore, the proposed AML regulation is adopted in this Final Rule without change.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Reports of Suspicious Transactions</HD>
        <P>Section 1029.320 contains the rules setting forth the obligation of loan or finance companies to report suspicious transactions that are conducted or attempted by, at, or through a loan or finance company and involve or aggregate at least $5,000 in funds or other assets. It is important to recognize that transactions are reportable under this Final Rule and 31 U.S.C. 5318(g) regardless of whether they involve currency. The $5,000 minimum amount is consistent with existing SAR filing requirements for other financial institutions regulated by FinCEN.</P>
        <P>Section 1029.320(a)(2) specifically describes the four categories of transactions that require reporting. A loan or finance company is required to report a transaction if it knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect that the transaction (or a pattern of transactions of which the transaction is a part): (i) Involves funds derived from illegal activity or is intended or conducted to hide or disguise funds or assets derived from illegal activity; (ii) is designed, whether through structuring or other means, to evade the requirements of the BSA; (iii) has no business or apparent lawful purpose, and the loan or finance company knows of no reasonable explanation for the transaction after examining the available facts; or (iv) involves the use of the loan or finance company to facilitate criminal activity.<SU>31</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>31</SU>The fourth reporting category has been added to the suspicious activity reporting rules promulgated since the passage of the USA PATRIOT Act to make it clear that the requirement to report suspicious activity encompasses the reporting of transactions involving fraud and those in which legally derived funds are used for criminal activity, such as the financing of terrorism.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Several comments requested guidance with regard to when a SAR would be required to be filed. A determination as to whether a SAR is required must be based on all the facts and circumstances relating to the transaction and customer of the loan or finance company in question. Different fact patterns will require different judgments. Some examples of red flags are referenced in previous FinCEN reports on mortgage fraud and money laundering in the residential and commercial real estate sectors.<SU>32</SU>

          <FTREF/>However, the means of commerce and the techniques of money laundering and mortgage fraud are continually evolving, and there is no way to provide an exhaustive list of suspicious transactions. FinCEN will continue to pursue a regulatory approach that involves a combination of appropriate regulations, written guidance, support of industry training programs, and maintenance of a government-industry information exchange so that any new AML program and SAR reporting regulations can be implemented in as flexible and cost efficient way as possible, while protecting the sector and the financial<PRTPAGE P="8154"/>system as a whole from fraud, money laundering, and other financial crimes.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>32</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>note 17,<E T="03">supra. See also</E>NPRM, notes 13 and 20.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Section 1029.320(b) sets forth the filing procedures to be followed by loan or finance companies making reports of suspicious transactions. Within 30 days after a loan or finance company becomes aware of a suspicious transaction, the business must report the transaction by completing a SAR and filing it with FinCEN. Two commenters addressed FinCEN's SAR reporting system. The first commenter suggested that there should be one centralized place for reporting to allow streamlined interaction with regulators. That is, in fact, the case, as all SARs are filed with FinCEN and made available to the appropriate agencies. The second commenter argued that a specific system for residential mortgage lenders needs to be developed that is separate from the current system for other financial industries. While FinCEN's new uniform filing system, discussed in II.D. above, will require the use of one form by all businesses subject to FinCEN SAR regulations, the uniform form has been designed to be used by a range of filer types, with required data fields for each type of filer reflecting the kinds of activities reported by those specific filer types, including RMLOs.</P>
        <P>Section 1029.320(d)(1) reinforces the statutory prohibition against the disclosure by a financial institution of a SAR (regardless of whether the report is required by the Final Rule or is filed voluntarily). Thus, the section requires that a SAR and information that would reveal the existence of that SAR be kept confidential and not be disclosed except as authorized within the rules of construction. The Final Rule includes rules of construction that identify actions an institution may take that are not precluded by the confidentiality provision. These actions include the disclosure of SAR information to FinCEN, or Federal, state, or local law enforcement agencies, or a Federal regulatory authority that examines the loan or finance company for compliance with the BSA, or a state regulatory authority administering a State law that requires the loan or finance company to comply with the BSA or otherwise authorizes the State authority to ensure that the loan or finance company complies with the BSA.<SU>33</SU>
          <FTREF/>This confidentiality provision also does not prohibit the disclosure of the underlying facts, transactions, and documents upon which a SAR is based (provided the existence of the SAR is not disclosed), or the sharing of SAR information within the loan or finance company's corporate organizational structure for purposes consistent with Title II of the BSA as determined by FinCEN in regulation or in guidance.<SU>34</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>33</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>NPRM, 75 FR at 76683. The language in the rules of construction pertaining to State regulators has been revised in the Final Rule to reflect the terms adopted in FinCEN's SAR confidentiality rulemaking, finalized in December 2010.<E T="03">See</E>75 FR 75593, 75596-97 (December 3, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>34</SU>On January 20, 2006, FinCEN issued guidance for the banking, securities, and futures industries authorizing the sharing of SAR information with parent companies, head offices, or controlling companies.<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/pdf/sarsharingguidance01202006.pdf.</E>To date, no such guidance has been issued for the loan or finance industry.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Section 1029.320(d)(2) incorporates the statutory prohibition against disclosure of a SAR or the fact that a SAR has been filed, other than in fulfillment of official duties consistent with the BSA, by government users of SAR data. The section also clarifies that official duties do not include the disclosure of SAR information in response to a request for non-public information<SU>35</SU>
          <FTREF/>or for use in a private legal proceeding, including a request under 31 CFR 1.11.<SU>36</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>35</SU>For purposes of this rulemaking, “non-public information” refers to information that is exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>36</SU>31 CFR 1.11 is the Department of the Treasury's information disclosure regulation. Generally, these regulations are known as “Touhy regulations,” after the Supreme Court's decision in<E T="03">United States ex rel. Touhy v. Ragen,</E>340 U.S. 462 (1951). In that case, the Supreme Court held that an agency employee could not be held in contempt for refusing to disclose agency records or information when following the instructions of his or her supervisor regarding the disclosure. An agency's Touhy regulations are the instructions agency employees must follow when those employees receive requests or demands to testify or otherwise disclose agency records or information.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Section 1029.320(e) provides protection from liability for making reports of suspicious transactions, and for failures to disclose the fact of such reporting, to the full extent provided by 31 U.S.C. 5318(g)(3). Two commenters requested the same protection from liability for RMLOs as that which exists for other financial institutions. This Final Rule, in section 1029.320(e), provides exactly the same “safe harbor” for RMLOs as is provided for other financial institutions. The provisions in the NPRM are adopted without change.</P>
        <P>Section 1029.320(f) notes that compliance with the obligation to report suspicious transactions will be examined by FinCEN or its delegates, and provides that failure to comply with the Final Rule may constitute a violation of the BSA and the BSA regulations. One comment requested that FinCEN clearly define the consequences of failing to file a SAR. Section 1029.320(f) is intended to cover violations of SAR filing requirements, and FinCEN is authorized to impose a range of civil and criminal penalties, the severity of which depends on the specific circumstances.<SU>37</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>37</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>31 U.S.C. 5321 and 5322, and 31 CFR 1010.820 and 1010.840.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Section 1029.320(g) provides that the new SAR requirement applies to transactions occurring after an AML program is required, which is [six months from the Final Rule's publication date]. As noted above, the delayed compliance date for SAR filings is also intended to allow time for implementation of the new SAR filing system.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Special Information Procedures To Deter Money Laundering and Terrorist Activity</HD>
        <P>Section 1029.500 states generally that loan or finance companies are subject to the special information procedures to detect money laundering and terrorist activity requirements set forth and cross referenced in sections 1029.520 (cross-referencing to 31 CFR 1010.520) and 1029.540 (cross-referencing to 31 CFR 1010.540). Sections 1010.520 and 101.540 implement sections 314(a) and 314(b) of the USA PATRIOT Act, respectively, and generally apply to any financial institution listed in 31 U.S.C. 5312(a)(2) and any such financial institution that is subject to an AML program requirement, respectively. Because loan or finance companies are specifically enumerated in section 5312(a)(2), and upon the effective date will be subject to the AML program requirement, they will be subject to the section 314 rules on that date. For the sake of clarity, the Final Rule adds subpart E to part 1029 to confirm that both of the section 314 rules will apply to loan or finance companies on that date.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>When an agency issues a rulemaking, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”) requires the agency to “prepare and make available for public comment a regulatory flexibility analysis” which will “describe the impact of the rule on small entities” (5 U.S.C. 603(a)). Section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule, in lieu of preparing an analysis, if the rulemaking is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimate of the number of small entities to which the Final Rule will apply:</E>
        </P>

        <P>For the purpose of arriving at an estimated number of RMLOs, FinCEN relied on information gathered from<PRTPAGE P="8155"/>various public sources, including major trade associations and Federal and state government regulators. Estimates based on this data suggest that as of 2010 there were approximately 31,000 qualifying entities in the United States, down from approximately 42,000 in 2009. FinCEN also referred to information gathered from the North American Industry Classification System codes, which lists loan or finance companies as codes 522292 (Real Estate Credit) and 522310 (Mortgage and Nonmortgage Loan Brokers).<SU>38</SU>
          <FTREF/>The U.S. Census Bureau estimated there were about 36,275 entities in these classifications in 2002. However, these classifications include services that are broader than those provided by loan or finance companies, so the number of loan or finance companies to which this Final Rule is applicable is significantly less. Within this classification, those entities that have less than seven million dollars in annual gross revenue are considered small. FinCEN estimates that 95% of the affected industry is considered a small business, and that the Final Rule will affect most RMLO compliance programs in a limited manner.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>38</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>NPRM, note 23.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of the Final Rule:</E>
        </P>
        <P>The Final Rule requires loan or finance companies to maintain AML programs and file reports on suspicious transactions. By requiring this, FinCEN is addressing vulnerabilities in the U.S. financial system and is leveling the playing field between bank and non-bank lenders. FinCEN does not foresee a significant impact on the regulated industry from these requirements. Loan or finance companies, as a usual and customary part of their business for each transaction, conduct a significant amount of due diligence on both the property securing the loan and the borrower. This process of due diligence involves the types of inquiry and collecting the types of information that would be expected in any program to prevent money laundering and fraud and to detect and report suspicious transactions.<SU>39</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>39</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Form 1003 Uniform Residential Mortgage Application, available at<E T="03">https://www.efanniemae.com/sf/formsdocs/forms/pdf/sellingtrans/1003.pdf</E>or<E T="03">http://www.freddiemac.com/uniform/doc/form_65_urla_7_05.doc</E>.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">AML Program Requirement in General</HD>
        <P>The Final Rule does not impose significant burden on loan or finance companies. These companies may build on their existing risk management procedures and prudential business practices to ensure compliance with this Final Rule. FinCEN and other agencies have issued substantial guidance on the development of AML programs and SAR reporting requirements.<SU>40</SU>
          <FTREF/>Most loan or finance companies subject to the Final Rule likely will not need to obtain more sophisticated legal or accounting advice than that already required to run their businesses. Residential mortgage lenders and originators undertake due diligence of borrowers and collateral to assess the credit risk associated with a particular loan. The information gathered by these businesses generally is the same as, or very similar to, the information that is expected in any programs to prevent money laundering and detect and report suspicious transactions.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>40</SU>
            <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>Guidance—Preparing a Complete and Sufficient Suspicious Activity Report Narrative (including related PowerPoint Presentation—Keys to Writing a Complete and Sufficient SAR Narrative), Nov. 2003,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/narrativeguidance_webintro.html;</E>Guidance—Suggestions for Addressing Common Errors Noted in Suspicious Activity Reporting, Oct. 10, 2007,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/SAR_Common_Errors_Web_Posting.html;</E>Guidance—Suspicious Activity Report Supporting Documentation, June 13, 2007 (FIN-2007-G003),<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/Supporting_Documentation_Guidance.html;</E>The SAR Activity Review—Trends, Tips and Issues (Issue 16), Oct. 2009, Section 4,<E T="03">Law Enforcement Suggestions When Preparing Suspicious Activity Reports,</E>p. 45,<E T="03">http://www.fincen.gov/statutes_regs/guidance/html/narrativeguidance_webintro.html</E>.<E T="03">See also NPRM, note 45.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>In the NPRM, FinCEN sought comment on the extent to which AML programs or SAR reporting requirements would require affected businesses to conduct a degree of due diligence, or collect an amount of information, beyond that presently conducted to assess credit worthiness and minimize losses due to fraud. Of the three responses on this issue, two (one from a mortgage company and one from a trade association representing mortgage related businesses) argued that AML program and SAR reporting requirements could be integrated into existing compliance and anti-fraud infrastructure without considerable difficulty. One commenter suggested that such integration could be done efficiently and effectively if accompanied by guidance, training, and feedback from FinCEN. Only one commenter questioned FinCEN's assumptions regarding integration of the proposed rules into existing procedures and systems of affected businesses. The commenter stated that FinCEN had not offered evidence that AML programs could be efficiently and cost-effectively integrated into businesses' existing anti-fraud programs, and that businesses would need to establish new, separate programs to satisfy FinCEN's AML program requirements. Based on the comments that responded positively to FinCEN's assumptions and analysis regarding this issue, and FinCEN's experience over two decades with other businesses that have been required to adopt AML programs—including businesses which all have the same or more extensive requirements than are required by this Final Rule and have gone through this same process of building on existing compliance policies and procedures—FinCEN believes that loan and finance companies will be able to build on their existing compliance policies and procedures and prudential business practices to ensure compliance with this Final Rule with relatively minimal cost and effort. As FinCEN has done with the other industries subject to the requirements of the BSA, FinCEN will actively engage with loan and finance companies, provide guidance and feedback, and endeavor to make compliance with the regulations as cost effective and efficient as possible for all affected businesses.</P>
        <P>A few commenters opposed the NPRM, arguing that the regulations would be too burdensome and costly, particularly for small businesses. One commenter stated that the burden falls on the owner of a small business to be the compliance officer and do training, which takes away from time developing business. The costs and burdens of developing risk management and AML compliance procedures, complying with a range of consumer protection regulations, and generally establishing safe and sound business practices, however, generally are borne by businesses of all sizes, and the exceptions available to small businesses with respect to some specific requirements may minimize—but not entirely eliminate—general compliance costs and burdens. FinCEN believes that the minimal, incremental increase in compliance costs and burdens that may potentially be borne by affected businesses in complying with the Final Rule will not disproportionately burden small businesses; thus, the Final Rule does not establish any blanket exception for any businesses, regardless of size or other criteria or characteristics.</P>

        <P>One commenter suggested that loan and finance companies should have AML programs commensurate with their risk profile, as is the case with banks subject to AML and SAR regulations. FinCEN believes that the flexibility incorporated into the Final Rule permits each loan and finance company to tailor its AML program to<PRTPAGE P="8156"/>fit its own size, needs, and operational risks. In this regard, FinCEN believes that expenditures associated with establishing and implementing an AML program will be commensurate with the size and risk profile of a loan or finance company. Based on inherent risks, some businesses may deem it appropriate to implement more comprehensive policies, procedures, and internal controls than others. FinCEN does not intend for each RMLO to have identical policies and procedures for their AML programs. This flexibility to tailor programs to the risk profile of the loan or finance company is exactly what one trade association commenter noted. As with other financial institutions subject to the requirements of the BSA, if a loan or finance company is small or does not engage in high-risk transactions the burden to comply with the Final Rule likely will be negligible. One commenter disagreed with the estimated burden hours listed in the NPRM, for both AML program and SAR filing requirements, but did not provide any specific estimates or data for FinCEN to consider in the alternative. The estimated hours for the establishment of a new AML program and SAR filing requirements are based on FinCEN's experience with other industries newly required to comply with the same or more extensive BSA obligations, and these estimates are the same as those used in other such rulemakings for businesses that, as yet, have had no AML program or SAR filing requirement.</P>
        <P>FinCEN understands that commenters are concerned about the potential impact that compliance regulations—BSA-related or otherwise—may have on small firms and solo practitioners. Nonetheless, the Final Rule requires the establishment of a complete AML program. An AML program is essential to an effective SAR reporting program. The AML regulations are risk-based, as are all FinCEN AML regulations. Accordingly, company management has broad discretion to design and implement programs that reflect and respond to the company's unique fraud and money laundering risks. Small businesses will not be expected to invest in elaborate or expensive systems to comply with the Final Rule, nor will they be required to hire consulting firms or outside professionals to assess risks. FinCEN estimates that the impact of the AML program requirement and the assessment of risks associated with it will not be significant for covered loan and finance companies.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Suspicious Activity Reporting</HD>
        <P>The Final Rule requires loan or finance companies to report on transactions of $5,000 or more that they determine to be suspicious. Loan or finance companies have not previously been required to comply with such a regulation. However, as noted above, most loan or finance companies, in order to remain viable, have in place policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, insider abuse, and other crimes. Established anti-fraud measures should assist loan or finance companies in reporting suspicious transactions. Many loan or finance companies already voluntarily report suspicious transactions and fraud through entities such as the Loan Modification Scam Prevention Network.<SU>41</SU>
          <FTREF/>Additionally, loan or finance companies, as part of the application process for loans, already gather the information necessary to fill out SAR forms as a usual and customary part of their business. It is likely that the software packages most of these companies already use will, after this regulation, incorporate the ability to automatically fill out all but the narrative field in a SAR based on information already input for the loan application. Therefore, FinCEN estimates that the burden of the SAR filing requirements for loan or finance companies will be low.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>41</SU>The Loan Modification Scam Prevention Network includes Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Lawyers' Committee for Civil Rights Under Law (Lawyers' Committee) and NeighborWorks America, among others, with representatives from key governmental agencies, such as the Federal Trade Commission, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of Justice, the Department of the Treasury, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and state Attorneys General offices, as well as leading non-profit organizations from across the country.<E T="03">See http://www.preventloanscams.org/.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">Certification</HD>
        <P>The additional burden under the Final Rule is a requirement to maintain an AML program and a SAR filing requirement. As discussed above, FinCEN estimates that the impact from these requirements will not be significant. Accordingly, FinCEN certifies that the Final Rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Paperwork Reduction Act Notices</HD>
        <P>The collection of information contained in this Final Rule is being submitted to OMB for review in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).<SU>42</SU>
          <FTREF/>The information collections in this proposal are contained in 31 CFR 1029.210 and 31 CFR 1010.320.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>42</SU>44 U.S.C. 3507(d).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">AML Program for Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
        <P>AML programs for loan or finance companies (31 CFR 1020.210). This information is required to be retained pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5318(h) and 31 CFR 1029.210. The collection of information would be mandatory. The information is collected pursuant to 103.142 and is used by examiners to determine whether loan or finance companies comply with the BSA.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Recordkeepers:</E>Loan or finance companies as defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(lll).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Recordkeepers:</E>31,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Annual Burden Hours per Recordkeeper:</E>The estimated average annual burden associated with the recordkeeping requirement in 31 CFR 1029.210 is three hours.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Recordkeeping Burden:</E>FinCEN estimates that the annual recordkeeping burden is 93,000 hours.</P>
        <P>In order to manage our estimated burden hours related to implementation of new AML program regulations most efficiently, the burden hours associated with this Final Rule will be included (added to) the existing burden listed under OMB Control Number 1506-0035 currently titled AML Programs for insurance companies. The new title for this control number will become AML Programs for insurance companies and loan or finance companies. The new total burden will be 94,200 hours.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">SAR Filing for Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
        <P>SARs for loan and finance companies (31 CFR 1029.320). This information is required to be provided pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5318(g) and 31 CFR 1029.320. This information is used by law enforcement agencies in the enforcement of criminal and regulatory laws and to prevent loan and finance companies from engaging in illegal activities. The collection of information is mandatory. The Final Rule increases the number of recordkeepers by 31,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Description of Recordkeepers:</E>Loan or finance companies as defined in 31 CFR 1010.100(kkk).</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Number of Recordkeepers:</E>31,000.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Average Annual Burden Hours per Recordkeeper:</E>The estimated average annual burden associated with the recordkeeping requirement in 31 CFR 1029.320 is 2 hours per report, and FinCEN estimates that, on average, one report per filer will be filed per year.<PRTPAGE P="8157"/>
        </P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Recordkeeping Burden:</E>The Final Rule increases the estimated annual burden by 62,000 consisting of one hour for report completion and one hour for required recordkeeping. The reporting and recordkeeping burden for this requirement is reflected under OMB Control Number 1506-0065, the BSA Suspicious Activity Report, which is increased by 62,000 hours.</P>
        <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Records required to be retained under the BSA must be retained for five years.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this Final Rule is a significant regulatory action for purposes of Executive Orders 13563 and 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Unfunded Mandates Act of 1995 Statement</HD>
        <P>Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (“Unfunded Mandates Act”), Public Law 104-4 (March 22, 1995), requires that an agency prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule that may result in expenditure by the state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. If a budgetary impact statement is required, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Act also requires an agency to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule. Taking into account the factors noted above and using conservative estimates of average labor costs in evaluating the cost of the burden imposed by the Final Rule, FinCEN has determined that it is not required to prepare a written statement under section 202.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 31 CFR Parts 1010 and 1029</HD>
          <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Banks, Banking, Brokers, Currency, Foreign banking, Foreign currencies, Gambling, Investigations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities, Terrorism.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, Chapter X of title 31 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="1010" TITLE="31">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1010—GENERAL PROVISIONS</HD>
            <P>1. The authority citation for part 1010 continues to read as follows:</P>
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>12 U.S.C. 1829b and 1951-1959; 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314 and 5316-5332; title III, sec. 314 Pub. L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 307.</P>
            </AUTH>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="1010" TITLE="31">
          <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 1010.100 by adding paragraph (lll) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1010.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Meaning of terms.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(lll)<E T="03">Loan or finance company.</E>A person engaged in activities that take place wholly or in substantial part within the United States in one or more of the capacities listed below, whether or not on a regular basis or as an organized business concern. This includes but is not limited to maintenance of any agent, agency, branch, or office within the United States. For the purposes of this paragraph (lll), the term “loan or finance company” shall include a sole proprietor acting as a loan or finance company, and shall not include: A bank, a person registered with and functionally regulated or examined by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, any government sponsored enterprise regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, any Federal or state agency or authority administering mortgage or housing assistance, fraud prevention or foreclosure prevention programs, or an individual employed by a loan or finance company or financial institution under this part. A loan or finance company is not a financial institution as defined in the regulations in this part at 1010.100(t).</P>
            <P>(1)<E T="03">Residential mortgage lender or originator.</E>A residential mortgage lender or originator includes:</P>
            <P>(i)<E T="03">Residential mortgage lender.</E>The person to whom the debt arising from a residential mortgage loan is initially payable on the face of the evidence of indebtedness or, if there is no such evidence of indebtedness, by agreement, or to whom the obligation is initially assigned at or immediately after settlement. The term “residential mortgage lender” shall not include an individual who finances the sale of the individual's own dwelling or real property.</P>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">Residential mortgage originator.</E>A person who accepts a residential mortgage loan application or offers or negotiates terms of a residential mortgage loan.</P>
            <P>(iii)<E T="03">Residential mortgage loan.</E>A loan that is secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, or other equivalent consensual security interest on:</P>
            <P>(A) A residential structure that contains one to four units, including, if used as a residence, an individual condominium unit, cooperative unit, mobile home or trailer; or</P>
            <P>(B) Residential real estate upon which such a structure is constructed or intended to be constructed.</P>
            <P>(2) [Reserved]</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1010" TITLE="31">
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1010.205</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
          </SECTION>
          <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 1010.205 in paragraph (b)(1) by removing paragraph (b)(1)(ii) and redesignating paragraphs (b)(1)(iii) through (x) as paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (ix), respectively.</AMDPAR>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="1029" TITLE="31">
          <AMDPAR>4. Add part 1029 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1029—RULES FOR LOAN OR FINANCE COMPANIES</HD>
            <CONTENTS>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Definitions</HD>
                <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
                <SECTNO>1029.100</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Programs</HD>
                <SECTNO>1029.200</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.210</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Anti-money laundering programs for loan or finance companies.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Reports Required To Be Made By Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
                <SECTNO>1029.300</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.310</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.315</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.320</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Reports by loan or finance companies of suspicious transactions.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.330</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>
                  <E T="03">Reports relating to currency in excess of $10,000 received in a trade or business.</E>
                </SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Records Required To Be Maintained By Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
                <SECTNO>1029.400</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Special Information Sharing Procedures To Deter Money Laundering and Terrorist Activity</HD>
                <SECTNO>1029.500</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.520</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Special information sharing procedures to deter money laundering and terrorist activity for loan or finance companies.</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.530</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.540</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Voluntary information sharing among financial institutions.</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
              <SUBPART>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Special Standards of Diligence; Prohibitions, and Special Measures for Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
                <SECTNO>1029.600</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.610</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.620</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.630</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.640</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
                <SECTNO>1029.670</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SUBPART>
            </CONTENTS>
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>12 U.S.C. 1829b and 1951-1959; 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314 and 5316-5332; title III, sec. 314 Pub. L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 307.</P>
            </AUTH>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Definitions</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.100</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Refer to § 1010.100 of this Chapter for general definitions not noted herein.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <PRTPAGE P="8158"/>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Programs</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.200</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Loan or finance companies are subject to the program requirements set forth and cross referenced in this subpart. Loan or finance companies should also refer to subpart B of part 1010 of this chapter for program requirements contained in that subpart which apply to loan or finance companies.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.210</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Anti-money laundering programs for loan or finance companies.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a)<E T="03">Anti-money laundering program requirements for loan or finance companies.</E>Each loan or finance company shall develop and implement a written anti-money laundering program that is reasonably designed to prevent the loan or finance company from being used to facilitate money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. The program must be approved by senior management. A loan or finance company shall make a copy of its anti-money laundering program available to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network or its designee upon request.</P>
                <P>(b)<E T="03">Minimum requirements.</E>At a minimum, the anti-money laundering program shall:</P>
                <P>(1) Incorporate policies, procedures, and internal controls based upon the loan or finance company's assessment of the money laundering and terrorist financing risks associated with its products and services. Policies, procedures, and internal controls developed and implemented by a loan or finance company under this section shall include provisions for complying with the applicable requirements of subchapter II of chapter 53 of title 31, United States Code and this part, integrating the company's agents and brokers into its anti-money laundering program, and obtaining all relevant customer-related information necessary for an effective anti-money laundering program.</P>
                <P>(2) Designate a compliance officer who will be responsible for ensuring that:</P>
                <P>(i) The anti-money laundering program is implemented effectively, including monitoring compliance by the company's agents and brokers with their obligations under the program;</P>
                <P>(ii) The anti-money laundering program is updated as necessary; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Appropriate persons are educated and trained in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this section.</P>
                <P>(3) Provide for on-going training of appropriate persons concerning their responsibilities under the program. A loan or finance company may satisfy this requirement with respect to its employees, agents, and brokers by directly training such persons or verifying that such persons have received training by a competent third party with respect to the products and services offered by the loan or finance company.</P>
                <P>(4) Provide for independent testing to monitor and maintain an adequate program, including testing to determine compliance of the company's agents and brokers with their obligations under the program. The scope and frequency of the testing shall be commensurate with the risks posed by the company's products and services. Such testing may be conducted by a third party or by any officer or employee of the loan or finance company, other than the person designated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.</P>
                <P>(c)<E T="03">Compliance.</E>Compliance with this section shall be examined by FinCEN or its delegates, under the terms of the Bank Secrecy Act. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section may constitute a violation of the Bank Secrecy Act and of this part.</P>
                <P>(d)<E T="03">Compliance date.</E>A loan or finance company must develop and implement an anti-money laundering program that complies with the requirements of this section by August 13, 2012.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Reports Required To Be Made by Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.300</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Loan or finance companies are subject to the reporting requirements set forth and cross referenced in this subpart. Loan or finance companies should also refer to subpart C of part 1010 of this chapter for reporting requirements contained in that subpart which apply to loan or finance companies.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.310</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.315</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.320</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Reports by loan or finance companies of suspicious transactions.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a)<E T="03">General.</E>(1) Every loan or finance company shall file with FinCEN, to the extent and in the manner required by this section, a report of any suspicious transaction relevant to a possible violation of law or regulation. A loan or finance company may also file with FinCEN a report of any suspicious transaction that it believes is relevant to the possible violation of any law or regulation, but whose reporting is not required by this section.</P>
                <P>(2) A transaction requires reporting under this section if it is conducted or attempted by, at, or through a loan or finance company, it involves or aggregates funds or other assets of at least $5,000, and the loan or finance company knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect that the transaction (or a pattern of transactions of which the transaction is a part):</P>
                <P>(i) Involves funds derived from illegal activity or is intended or conducted in order to hide or disguise funds or assets derived from illegal activity (including, without limitation, the ownership, nature, source, location, or control of such funds or assets) as part of a plan to violate or evade any Federal law or regulation or to avoid any transaction reporting requirement under Federal law or regulation;</P>
                <P>(ii) Is designed, whether through structuring or other means, to evade any requirements of this part or any other regulations promulgated under the Bank Secrecy Act, Public Law 91-508, as amended, codified at 12 U.S.C. 1829b, 12 U.S.C. 1951-1959, and 31 U.S.C. 5311-5314, 5316-5332;</P>
                <P>(iii) Has no business or apparent lawful purpose or is not the sort in which the particular customer would normally be expected to engage, and the loan or finance company knows of no reasonable explanation for the transaction after examining the available facts, including the background and possible purpose of the transaction; or</P>
                <P>(iv) Involves use of the loan or finance company to facilitate criminal activity.</P>
                <P>(3) More than one loan or finance company may have an obligation to report the same transaction under this section, and other financial institutions may have separate obligations to report suspicious activity with respect to the same transaction pursuant to other provisions of this part. In those instances, no more than one report is required to be filed by the loan or finance company(s) and other financial institution(s) involved in the transaction, provided that the report filed contains all relevant facts, including the name of each financial institution involved in the transaction, the report complies with all instructions applicable to joint filings, and each institution maintains a copy of the report filed, along with any supporting documentation.</P>
                <P>(b)<E T="03">Filing and notification procedures</E>—(1)<E T="03">What to file.</E>A suspicious transaction shall be reported by completing a Suspicious Activity Report (“SAR”), and collecting and maintaining supporting documentation as required by paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
                <P>(2)<E T="03">Where to file.</E>The SAR shall be filed with FinCEN in accordance with the instructions to the SAR.<PRTPAGE P="8159"/>
                </P>
                <P>(3)<E T="03">When to file.</E>A SAR shall be filed no later than 30 calendar days after the date of the initial detection by the reporting loan or finance company of facts that may constitute a basis for filing a SAR under this section. If no suspect is identified on the date of such initial detection, a loan or finance company may delay filing a SAR for an additional 30 calendar days to identify a suspect, but in no case shall reporting be delayed more than 60 calendar days after the date of such initial detection.</P>
                <P>(4)<E T="03">Mandatory notification to law enforcement.</E>In situations involving violations that require immediate attention, such as suspected terrorist financing or ongoing money laundering schemes, a loan or finance company shall immediately notify by telephone an appropriate law enforcement authority in addition to filing timely a SAR.</P>
                <P>(5)<E T="03">Voluntary notification to FinCEN.</E>Any loan or finance company wishing voluntarily to report suspicious transactions that may relate to terrorist activity may call the FinCEN's Financial Institutions Hotline at 1-866-556-3974 in addition to filing timely a SAR if required by this section.</P>
                <P>(c)<E T="03">Retention of records.</E>A loan or finance company shall maintain a copy of any SAR filed by the loan or finance company or on its behalf (including joint reports), and the original (or business record equivalent) of any supporting documentation concerning any SAR that it files (or is filed on its behalf), for a period of five years from the date of filing the SAR. Supporting documentation shall be identified as such and maintained by the loan or finance company, and shall be deemed to have been filed with the SAR. The loan or finance company shall make all supporting documentation available to FinCEN, or any Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency, or any Federal regulatory authority that examines the loan or finance company for compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, or any State regulatory authority administering a State law that requires the loan or finance company to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act or otherwise authorizes the State authority to ensure that the loan or finance company complies with the Bank Secrecy Act, upon request.</P>
                <P>(d)<E T="03">Confidentiality of SARs.</E>A SAR, and any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, are confidential and shall not be disclosed except as authorized in this paragraph (d). For purposes of this paragraph (d) only, a SAR shall include any suspicious activity report filed with FinCEN pursuant to any regulation in this part.</P>
                <P>(1)<E T="03">Prohibition on disclosures by loan or finance companies</E>—(i)<E T="03">General rule.</E>No loan or finance company, and no director, officer, employee, or agent of any loan or finance company, shall disclose a SAR or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR. Any loan or finance company, and any director, officer, employee, or agent of any loan or finance company that is subpoenaed or otherwise requested to disclose a SAR or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, shall decline to produce the SAR or such information, citing this section and 31 U.S.C. 5318(g)(2)(A)(i), and shall notify FinCEN of any such request and the response thereto.</P>
                <P>(ii)<E T="03">Rules of construction.</E>Provided that no person involved in any reported suspicious transaction is notified that the transaction has been reported, paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not be construed as prohibiting:</P>
                <P>(A) The disclosure by a loan or finance company, or any director, officer, employee, or agent of a loan or finance company of:</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">(1)</E>A SAR, or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, to FinCEN or any Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency, any Federal regulatory authority that examines the loan or finance company for compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act, or any State regulatory authority administering a State law that requires the loan or finance company to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act or otherwise authorizes the State authority to ensure that the loan or finance company complies with the Bank Secrecy Act; or</P>
                <P>
                  <E T="03">(2)</E>The underlying facts, transactions, and documents upon which a SAR is based, including, but not limited to, disclosures to another financial institution, or any director, officer, employee, or agent of a financial institution, for the preparation of a joint SAR.</P>
                <P>(B) The sharing by a loan or finance company, or any director, officer, employee, or agent of the loan or finance company, of a SAR, or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, within the loan or finance company's corporate organizational structure for purposes consistent with Title II of the Bank Secrecy Act as determined by regulation or in guidance.</P>
                <P>(2)<E T="03">Prohibition on disclosures by government authorities.</E>A Federal, state, local, territorial, or tribal government authority, or any director, officer, employee, or agent of any of the foregoing, shall not disclose a SAR, or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, except as necessary to fulfill official duties consistent with Title II of the Bank Secrecy Act. For purposes of this section, official duties shall not include the disclosure of a SAR, or any information that would reveal the existence of a SAR, in response to a request for disclosure of non-public information or a request for use in a private legal proceeding, including a request pursuant to 31 CFR 1.11.</P>
                <P>(e)<E T="03">Limitation on liability.</E>A loan or finance company, and any director, officer, employee, or agent of any loan or finance company, that makes a voluntary disclosure of any possible violation of law or regulation to a government agency or makes a disclosure pursuant to this section or any other authority, including a disclosure made jointly with another institution, shall be protected from liability for any such disclosure, or for failure to provide notice of such disclosure to any person identified in the disclosure, or both, to the full extent provided by 31 U.S.C. 5318(g)(3).</P>
                <P>(f)<E T="03">Compliance.</E>Loan or finance companies shall be examined by FinCEN or its delegates under the terms of the Bank Secrecy Act, for compliance with this section. Failure to satisfy the requirements of this section may be a violation of the Bank Secrecy Act and of this part.</P>
                <P>(g)<E T="03">Compliance date.</E>This section applies to transactions initiated after an anti-money laundering program required by section 1029.210 of this part is required to be implemented.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.330</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Reports relating to currency in excess of $10,000 received in a trade or business.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Refer to § 1010.330 of this chapter for rules regarding the filing of reports relating to currency in excess of $10,000 received by loan or finance companies.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Records Required To Be Maintained By Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.400</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Loan or finance companies are subject to the recordkeeping requirements set forth and cross referenced in this subpart. Loan or finance companies should also refer to subpart D of part 1010 of this chapter for recordkeeping requirements contained in that subpart which apply to loan or finance companies.</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <PRTPAGE P="8160"/>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Special Information Sharing Procedures To Deter Money Laundering and Terrorist Activity</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.500</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>General.</SUBJECT>
                <P>Loan or finance companies are subject to the special information sharing procedures to deter money laundering and terrorist activity requirements set forth and cross referenced in this subpart. Loan or finance companies should also refer to subpart E of part 1010 of this chapter for special information sharing procedures to deter money laundering and terrorist activity contained in that subpart which apply to loan or finance companies.</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.520</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Special information sharing procedures to deter money laundering and terrorist activity for loan or finance companies.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Refer to § 1010.520 of this chapter.</P>
                <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.530</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.540</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>Voluntary information sharing among financial institutions.</SUBJECT>
                <P>(a) Refer to § 1010.540 of this chapter.</P>
                <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Special Standards of Diligence; Prohibitions, and Special Measures for Loan or Finance Companies</HD>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.600</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.610</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.620</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.630</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.640</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
              <SECTION>
                <SECTNO>§ 1029.670</SECTNO>
                <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
              </SECTION>
            </SUBPART>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 6, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>James H. Freis, Jr.,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Financial Crimes Enforcement Network.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3074 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4802-10-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 60</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873; FRL-9630-7]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2060-AH23</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Direct final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The EPA is taking direct final action to establish quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems (COMS) used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards in federally enforceable regulations. This action is necessary because we do not currently have QA/QC procedures for COMS. This action would require COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance to meet these procedures (referred to as Procedure 3).</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>This rule is effective on April 16, 2012 without further notice, unless the EPA receives adverse comment by March 15, 2012. If the EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>informing the public that the rule will not take effect.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873 by one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: a-and-r-docket@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 566-9744.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873, Environmental Protection Agency, Mailcode: 2822T, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>The EPA Docket Center, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. Such deliveries are only accepted during the Docket's normal hours of operation, and special arrangements should be made for deliveries of boxed information.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873. The EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available online at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or email. The<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means the EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an email comment directly to the EPA without going through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, the EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If the EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, the EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses. For additional information about the EPA's public docket, visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm</E>.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the docket are listed in the<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>index. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, will be publicly available only in hard copy. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy at the Procedure 3—Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The Docket Facility and Public Reading Room are open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Air Docket is (202) 566-1742, and the telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Ms. Lula H. Melton, U.S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (Mail Code: E143-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-2910; fax number: (919) 541-0516;<E T="03">email address: melton.lula@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. General Information</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Why is the EPA using a direct final rule?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Does this action apply to me?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Judicial Review</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. This Action</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act<PRTPAGE P="8161"/>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations that Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Congressional Review Act</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Why is the EPA using a direct final rule?</HD>
        <P>The EPA is publishing this rule without a prior proposed rule because we view this as a non-controversial action and anticipate no adverse comment. This action establishes QA/QC procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards in federally enforceable regulations. We believe that these QA/QC procedures are reasonable and that they can be met by any well-maintained and operated COMS. Furthermore, the procedures were developed based on input provided by the affected parties. On May 8, 2003, we published a proposed rule to codify QA/QC procedures for COMS (i.e., Procedure 3). Due to other priorities, we did not finalize Procedure 3, but public comments received on the proposal have been considered in this action. This rule also takes into account changes in technology since 2003.</P>
        <P>In the “Proposed Rules” section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>, we are publishing a separate document that will serve as the proposed rule if relevant adverse comments are received on this direct final rule. We will not institute a second comment period on this action. Any parties interested in commenting, must do so at this time. For further information about commenting on this rule, see the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of this document. If the EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>informing the public that this direct final rule will not take effect. We would address all public comments in any subsequent final rule based on the proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
        <P>Procedure 3 applies to COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards in federally enforceable regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?</HD>

        <P>In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this rule will also be available on the Worldwide Web (www) through the Technology Transfer Network (TTN). Following the Administrator's signature, a copy of the final rule will be placed on the TTN's policy and guidance page for newly proposed or promulgated rules at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg.</E>The TTN provides information and technology exchange in various areas of air pollution control. A redline strikeout document that compares this final rule to the proposed rule has also been added to the docket.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Judicial Review</HD>
        <P>Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), judicial review of this direct final rule is available by filing a petition for review in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by April 16, 2012. Under section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA, only an objection to this direct final rule that was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment can be raised during judicial review. Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, the requirements that are the subject of this direct final rule may not be challenged later in civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to enforce these requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. This Action</HD>
        <P>This direct final rule codifies Procedure 3 in 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F. Procedure 3 establishes quality assurance and quality control procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards in federally enforceable regulations. More specifically, Procedure 3 provides requirements for daily instrument zero and upscale drift checks, daily status indicator checks, quarterly performance audits, annual zero alignment audits, and corrective action for malfunctioning COMS. On May 8, 2003, we published a proposed rule to codify Procedure 3. However, due to other priorities, we did not finalize Procedure 3 after the comment period ended July 7, 2003. Public comments received on the May 8, 2003, proposal have been considered in this action.</P>
        <P>Most of the comments on the 2003 proposal required us to provide clarifications and updates. For example, several commenters were confused by the wording of the applicability statement in the 2003 proposal. We revised the applicability statement in the direct final rule to remove the ambiguity. The direct final rule references the 1998, 2003, and 2007 versions of the American Society of Testing and Materials' Standard Practice for Opacity Monitor Manufacturers to Certify Conformance with Design and Performance Specifications, whereas the 2003 proposal referenced the 1998 version only.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>This action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is therefore not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). These quality assurance procedures do not add information collection requirements beyond those currently required under the applicable regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>For purposes of accessing the impacts of this rule on small entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A small business as defined by the Small Business Administration's (SBA) regulations at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city, county, town, school district or special district with a population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.</P>

        <P>After considering the economic impacts of this rule on small entities, I<PRTPAGE P="8162"/>certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final rule will not impose any requirements on small entities. This action establishes quality assurance procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations and does not impose additional regulatory requirements on sources.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>This rule does not contain a federal mandate that may result in expenditures of $100 million or more for State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector in any one year. Rules establishing quality assurance requirements impose no costs independent from national emission standards which require their use, and such costs are fully reflected in the regulatory impact assessment for those emission standards. Thus, this rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of UMRA.</P>
        <P>This rule is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action simply establishes quality assurance procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
        <P>This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. This action establishes quality assurance procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This action establishes quality assurance procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations. It does not add any emission limits and does not affect pollutant emissions or air quality. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks</HD>
        <P>The EPA interprets EO 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of the EO has the potential to influence the regulation. This action is not subject to EO 13045 because it does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001)) because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</HD>
        <P>Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (“NTTAA”), Public Law 104-113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. NTTAA directs the EPA to provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the Agency decides not to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <P>This action does not involve technical standards. Therefore, the EPA did not consider the use of any voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</HD>
        <P>Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the United States.</P>
        <P>The EPA has determined that this direct final rule will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not affect the level of protection provided to human health or the environment. This rule does not relax the control measures on sources regulated by the rule and, therefore, will not cause emissions increases from these sources.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule, to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. The EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of the rule in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. A major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule will be effective April 16, 2012.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 60</HD>
          <P>Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Continuous opacity monitoring.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 6, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lisa P. Jackson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="60" TITLE="40">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 60—[AMENDED]</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 60 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 7401<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="60" TITLE="40">
          <AMDPAR>2. Appendix F of part 60 is amended by adding Procedure 3 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix F to Part 60—Quality Assurance Procedures</HD>
          <EXTRACT>
            <STARS/>
            <PRTPAGE P="8163"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedure 3—Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">1.0What are the purpose and applicability of Procedure 3?</HD>
            <P>The purpose of Procedure 3 is to establish quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems (COMS). Procedure 3 applies to COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards in federally enforceable regulations.</P>
            <P>1.1<E T="03">What are the data quality objectives of Procedure 3?</E>The overall data quality objective (DQO) of Procedure 3 is the generation of valid and representative opacity data. Procedure 3 specifies the minimum requirements for controlling and assessing the quality of COMS data submitted to us or the delegated regulatory agency. Procedure 3 requires you to perform periodic evaluations of a COMS performance and to develop and implement QA/QC programs to ensure that COMS data quality is maintained.</P>
            <P>1.2<E T="03">What is the intent of the QA/QC procedures specified in Procedure 3?</E>Procedure 3 is intended to establish the minimum QA/QC requirements to verify and maintain an acceptable level of quality of the data produced by COMS. It is presented in general terms to allow you to develop a program that is most effective for your circumstances.</P>
            <P>1.3<E T="03">When must I comply with Procedure 3</E>? You must comply with Procedure 3 after your COMS has been initially certified.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">2.0What are the basic functions of Procedure 3?</HD>
            <P>The basic functions of Procedure 3 are assessment of the quality of your COMS data and control and improvement of the quality of the data by implementing QC requirements and corrective actions. Procedure 3 provides requirements for:</P>
            <P>(1) Daily instrument zero and upscale drift checks, as well as, daily status indicators checks;</P>
            <P>(2) Quarterly performance audits which include the following assessments:</P>
            <P>(i) Optical alignment,</P>
            <P>(ii) Calibration error,</P>
            <P>(iii) Zero compensation; and</P>
            <P>(3) Annual zero alignment.</P>
            <P>Sources that consistently achieve quality assured data may request a semi-annual audit frequency by submitting the request in writing to the Administrator.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">3.0What special definitions apply to Procedure 3?</HD>
            <P>The definitions in Procedure 3 include those provided in Performance Specification 1 (PS-1) of Appendix B and ASTM D 6216-98, 03, 07 and the following additions.</P>
            <P>3.1<E T="03">Out-of-control periods.</E>Out-of-control periods mean that one or more COMS parameters falls outside of the acceptable limits established by this rule.</P>
            <P>(1) Daily Assessments. Whenever the calibration drift (CD) exceeds twice the specification of PS-1, the COMS is out-of-control. The beginning of the out-of-control period is the time corresponding to the completion of the daily calibration drift check. The end of the out-of-control period is the time corresponding to the completion of appropriate adjustment and subsequent successful CD assessment.</P>
            <P>(2) Quarterly and Annual Assessments. Whenever an annual zero alignment or quarterly performance audit indicates noncompliance with the criteria established in paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 10.4, the COMS is out-of-control. The beginning of the out-of-control period is the time corresponding to the completion of the performance audit indicating noncompliance. The end of the out-of-control period is the time corresponding to the completion of appropriate corrective actions and the subsequent successful audit (or, if applicable, partial audit).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">4.0What interferences must I avoid?</HD>
            <P>Opacity cannot be measured accurately in the presence of water droplets. Thus, COMS opacity compliance determinations cannot be made when water droplets are present, such as downstream of a wet scrubber without a reheater or at other saturated flue gas locations.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.0What do I need to know to ensure the safety of persons using Procedure 3?</HD>
            <P>People using Procedure 3 may be exposed to hazardous materials, operations and equipment. Procedure 3 does not purport to address all of the safety issues associated with its use. It is your responsibility to establish appropriate health and safety practices and determine the applicable regulatory limitations before performing this procedure. You should consult the COMS user's manual for specific precautions to take.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">6.0What equipment and supplies do I need?</HD>
            <P>The equipment and supplies that you need are specified in PS-1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">7.0What reagents and standards do I need?</HD>
            <P>The reagents and standards that you need are specified in PS-1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">8.0What sample collection, preservation, storage, and transport are relevant to this procedure ? [Reserved]</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">9.0What quality control measures are required by this procedure for my COMS?</HD>
            <P>You must develop and implement a QC program for your COMS. Your QC program must, at a minimum, include written procedures which describe in detail complete step-by-step procedures and operations for the activities in paragraphs (1) through (4):</P>
            <P>(1) Procedures for performing drift checks, including both zero and upscale drift and the status indicators check,</P>
            <P>(2) Procedures for performing quarterly performance audits,</P>
            <P>(3) A means of checking the zero alignment of the COMS, and</P>
            <P>(4) A program of corrective action for a malfunctioning COMS. The corrective action must include, at a minimum, the requirements specified in section 10.5.</P>
            <P>9.1<E T="03">What QA/QC documentation must I have?</E>You are required to keep the QA/QC written procedures on record and available for inspection by us, the State, and/or local enforcement agencies for the life of your COMS or until you are no longer subject to the requirements of this procedure.</P>
            <P>9.2<E T="03">What are the consequences of failing QC audits?</E>Your QC procedures are deemed to be inadequate or your COMS incapable of providing quality data if you fail two consecutive annual audits, two consecutive quarterly audits, or five consecutive daily checks. If this occurs, you must either revise your QC procedures or repair or replace the COMS to correct the deficiencies causing the audit failures. If you determine that your COMS requires extensive repairs, you may use a substitute COMS provided the substitute meets the requirements in section 10.6.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">10.0What calibration and standardization procedures must I perform for my COMS?</HD>
            <P>(1) You must perform routine system checks to ensure proper operation of system electronics and optics, light and radiation sources and detectors, electric or electro-mechanical systems, and general stability of the system calibration.</P>
            <P>(2) You must subject your COMS to a performance audit to include checks of the individual COMS components and factors affecting the accuracy of the monitoring data at least once per calendar quarter.</P>
            <P>(3) At least annually, you must perform a zero alignment by comparing the COMS simulated zero to the actual clear path zero. The simulated zero device produces a simulated clear path condition or low-level opacity condition, where the energy reaching the detector is between 90 and 110 percent of the energy reaching the detector under actual clear path conditions.</P>
            <P>10.1<E T="03">What routine system checks must I perform on my COMS?</E>Necessary components of the routine system checks will depend on the design details of your COMS. At a minimum, you must verify the system operating parameters listed in paragraphs (1) through (3) of this section on a daily basis. Some COMS may perform one or more of these functions automatically or as an integral portion of unit operations; other COMS may perform one or more of these functions manually.</P>
            <P>(1) You must check the zero drift to ensure stability of your COMS response to the simulated zero device. The simulated zero device, an automated mechanism within the transmissometer that produces a simulated clear path condition or low-level opacity condition, is used to check the zero drift. You must, at a minimum, take corrective action on your COMS whenever the daily zero drift exceeds twice the applicable drift specification in PS-1.</P>

            <P>(2) You must check the upscale drift to ensure stability of your COMS response to the upscale drift value. The upscale calibration device, an automated mechanism (employing a filter or reduced reflectance device) within the transmissometer that produces an upscale opacity value is used to check the upscale drift. You must, at a minimum, take corrective action on your COMS whenever the daily upscale drift check exceeds twice the applicable drift specification in PS-1.<PRTPAGE P="8164"/>
            </P>
            <P>(3) You must, at a minimum, check the status indicators, data acquisition system error messages, and other system self-diagnostic indicators. You must take appropriate corrective action based on the manufacturer's recommendations when the COMS is operating outside preset limits. All COMS data recorded during periods in which the fault status indicators are illuminated are to be considered invalid.</P>
            <P>10.2<E T="03">What are the quarterly auditing requirements for my COMS</E>? At a minimum, the parameters listed in paragraphs (1) through (3) of this section must be included in the quarterly performance audit.</P>
            <P>(1) For units with automatic zero compensation, you must determine the zero compensation for the COMS. The value of the zero compensation applied at the time of the audit must be calculated as equivalent opacity and corrected to stack exit conditions according to the procedures specified by the manufacturer. The compensation applied to the effluent recorded by the monitor system must be recorded.</P>
            <P>(2) You must conduct a three-point calibration error test of the COMS. For either calibration error test method identified below, three neutral density filters meeting the requirements of PS-1 must be placed in the COMS light beam path for at least three nonconsecutive readings. All monitor responses must then be independently recorded from the COMS permanent data recorder. Additional guidance for conducting this test is included in section 8.1(3)(ii) of PS-1. The low-, mid-, and high-range calibration error results must be computed as the mean difference and 95 percent confidence interval for the difference between the expected and actual responses of the monitor as corrected to stack exit conditions. The equations necessary to perform the calculations are found in section 12.0 of PS-1. For the calibration error method, you must use the external audit device. You must confirm that the external audit device produces a zero value within one percent opacity.</P>
            <P>(3) You must check the optical alignment of the COMS. The optical alignment should be checked when the stack temperature is ±50 percent of the typical operating temperature in degrees Farenheit.</P>
            <P>10.3<E T="03">What are the annual auditing requirements for my COMS?</E>
            </P>
            <P>(1) You must perform the primary zero alignment method under clear path conditions. The COMS may be removed from its installation and setup under clear path conditions or, if the process is not operating and the monitor path is free of particulate matter, the zero alignment may be conducted at the installed site. Determining if the monitor path is free of particulate matter can be accomplished by, but is not limited to, the following procedure: observe the instantaneous or one-minute average opacity for at least two hours prior to the clear path adjustment; open the reflector or detector housing and observe the projected light beam and look for the presence of forward scattered light (halo-effect); if the beam observation reveals no perceptible particulate, and the 2-hour readings do not vary more than ±3 percent opacity, adjust the clear path zero based on the lowest opacity reading recorded during the 2-hour period. There must be no adjustments to the monitor other than the establishment of the proper monitor path length and correct optical alignment of the COMS components. You must record the COMS response to a clear condition and to the COMS's simulated zero condition as percent opacity corrected to stack exit conditions. For a COMS with automatic zero compensation, you must disconnect or disable the zero compensation mechanism or record the amount of correction applied to the COMS's simulated zero condition. The response difference in percent opacity to the clear path and simulated zero conditions must be recorded as the zero alignment error. You must adjust the COMS's simulated zero device to provide the same response as the clear path condition as specified in paragraph (3) of section 10.0. You must perform the zero alignment audits with the COMS off the stack at least every three years.</P>
            <P>(2) As an alternative, monitors capable of allowing the installation of an external zero device (commonly referred to as zero-jig) may use the device for the zero alignment provided that: the zero-jig setting has been established for the monitor path length and recorded for the specific COMS by comparison of the COMS responses to the installed zero-jig and to the clear path condition, and the zero-jig is demonstrated to be capable of producing a consistent zero response when it is repeatedly (i.e., three consecutive installations and removals prior to conducting the final zero alignment check) installed on the COMS. This can be demonstrated by either the MCOC or actual on-site performance. The zero-jig setting must be permanently set at the time of initial zeroing to the clear path zero value and protected when not in use to ensure that the setting equivalent to zero opacity does not change. The zero-jig response must be checked and recorded prior to initiating the zero alignment. If the zero-jig setting has changed, you must remove the COMS from the stack in order to reset the zero-jig. If you employ a zero-jig, you must perform the zero alignment audits with the COMS off the stack at least every three years. If the zero-jig is adjusted within the three-year period, you must perform the zero alignment with the COMS off the stack no later than three years from the date of adjustment.</P>
            <P>(3) The procedure in section 6.8 of ASTM D 6216-98, 03, 07 is allowed.</P>
            <P>(4) Other alternatives that verify that the zero optical adjustment is ±3 percent opacity are also allowed.</P>
            <P>10.4<E T="03">What are my limits for excessive audit inaccuracy</E>? Unless specified otherwise in the applicable subpart, the criteria for excessive inaccuracy are listed in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(1) What is the criterion for excessive zero or upscale drift? Your COMS is out-of-control if either the zero drift check or upscale drift check exceeds twice the applicable drift specification in PS-1 for any one day.</P>
            <P>(2) What is the criterion for excessive zero alignment? Your COMS is out-of-control if the zero alignment error exceeds 2 percent opacity.</P>
            <P>(3) What is the criterion to pass the quarterly performance audit? Your COMS is out-of-control if the results of a quarterly performance audit indicate noncompliance with the following criteria:</P>
            <P>(i) The optical alignment misalignment error exceeds 3 percent opacity,</P>
            <P>(ii) The zero compensation exceeds 4 percent opacity, or</P>
            <P>(iii) The calibration error exceeds 3 percent opacity.</P>
            <P>(4) What is the criterion for data capture? The data capture will be considered insufficient if your COMS fails to obtain valid opacity data for at least 95 percent of your operating hours per calendar quarter, considering COMS downtime for all causes (e.g., monitor malfunctions, data system failures, preventative maintenance, unknown causes, etc.) except for downtime associated with routine zero and upscale checks and QA/QC activities required by this procedure. Whenever less than 95 percent of the valid data averages are obtained, you must either:</P>
            <P>(i) Perform additional QA/QC activities as deemed necessary to ensure acceptable data capture, or</P>
            <P>(ii) Determine if the COMS is functioning properly. If your COMS is malfunctioning, you may use a substitute COMS until repairs are made, provided the substitute meets the requirements in section 10.6.</P>
            <P>10.5<E T="03">What corrective action must I take if my COMS is malfunctioning?</E>You must have a corrective action program in place to address the repair and/or maintenance of your COMS. There are four classes of maintenance and repair procedures to be considered as described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section. They may be performed at the manufacturer's facility, a service provider's facility, the user's instrument laboratory, or at the stack/duct at the discretion of the owner/operator and within the recommendation of the manufacturer. They must be performed by persons either skilled and/or trained in the operation and maintenance of the analyzer. After the repair/maintenance of your COMS, you must ensure that the COMS is still in compliance with PS-1. Table 17-1 outlines the tests required to maintain PS-1 certification.</P>
            <P>(1) Routine/Preventative Maintenance. Routine/preventative maintenance includes the routine replacement of consumables, cleaning of optical surfaces, and adjustment of monitor operating parameters as needed to maintain normal operation. Replacement of consumables that have the possibility of adversely affecting the performance of an analyzer may cause the nature of the maintenance procedure to fall within one of the classifications described below.</P>

            <P>(2) Measurement Non-Critical Repairs. Measurement non-critical repairs include repair and/or replacement of standard non-critical components, the unique characteristics of which do not materially affect the performance of the monitor. These components include, but are not limited to, resistors, capacitors, inductors, transformers, semiconductors, such as discrete components and integrated circuits, brackets and machined parts (not associated with internal optical components), cabling and connectors,<PRTPAGE P="8165"/>electro mechanical components, such as relays, solenoids, motors, switches, blowers, pressure/flow indicators, tubing, indicator lights, software with the same version and/or revision level, glass windows (uncoated or anti-reflection coated, but with no curvature), lenses with mounts where such mounts are not adjustable as installed, circuit boards where such boards are interchangeable and without unique adjustments (except offset and gain adjustments) for the specific analyzer of the same model, with such repairs to include the maintenance procedures required to ensure that the analyzer is appropriately setup.</P>
            <P>(3) Primary Measurement Light Source. Repair or replace the primary measurement light source.</P>
            <P>(4) Measurement Critical Repairs. Measurement critical repairs include repair and/or replacement of measurement sensitive components, the unique characteristics of which may materially affect the performance of the monitor. These components include, but are not limited to, optical detectors associated with the opacity measurement/reference beam(s), spectrally selective optical filters, beam splitters, internal zero and/or upscale reference reflective or transmissive materials, electro optical light switches, retro reflectors, adjustable apertures used on external zero devices or reflectors, lenses which have an adjustable mount, circuit boards which are not completely interchangeable and/or require unique adjustments for the specific analyzer, with such repairs to include the maintenance procedures required to ensure that the analyzer is appropriately setup.</P>
            <P>(5) Rebuilt or Refurbished Analyzers. Rebuilt or refurbished analyzers include analyzers for which a major sub-assembly has been replaced or multiple lesser sub-assemblies with different revision levels from the original have been replaced and/or modified. This also includes major changes to the analyzer measurement detection and processing hardware or software.</P>
            <P>10.6<E T="03">What requirements must I meet if I use a substitute opacity monitor?</E>In the event that your certified opacity monitor has to be removed for extended service, you may install a temporary replacement monitor to obtain required opacity emissions data provided that:</P>
            <P>(1) The temporary monitor has been certified according to ASTM D 6216-98, 03, 07 for which a manufacturer's certificate of conformance (MCOC) has been provided;</P>
            <P>(2) The use of the temporary monitor does not exceed 720 hours (30 days) of operation per year as a replacement for a fully certified opacity monitor. After that time, the analyzer must complete a full certification according to PS-1 prior to further use as a temporary replacement monitor. Once a temporary replacement monitor has been installed and required testing and adjustments have been successfully completed, it cannot be replaced by another temporary replacement monitor to avoid the full PS-1 certification testing required after 720 hours (30 days) of use;</P>
            <P>(3) The temporary monitor has been installed and successfully completed an optical alignment assessment and status indicator assessment;</P>
            <P>(4) The temporary monitor has successfully completed an off-stack clear path zero assessment and zero calibration value adjustment procedure;</P>
            <P>(5) The temporary monitor has successfully completed an abbreviated zero and upscale drift check consisting of seven zero and upscale calibration value drift checks which may be conducted within a 24-hour period with not more than one calibration drift check every three hours and not less than one calibration drift check every 25 hours. Calculated zero and upscale drift requirements are the same as specified for the normal PS-1 certification;</P>
            <P>(6) The temporary monitor has successfully completed a three-point calibration error test;</P>
            <P>(7) The upscale reference calibration check value of the new monitor has been updated in the associated data recording equipment;</P>
            <P>(8) The overall calibration of the monitor and data recording equipment has been verified; and</P>
            <P>(9) The user has documented all of the above in the maintenance log or in other appropriate permanently maintained records.</P>
            <P>10.7<E T="03">When do out-of-control periods begin and end?</E>The out-of-control periods are as specified in section 3.1.</P>
            <P>10.8<E T="03">What are the limitations on the use of my COMS data collected during out-of-control periods?</E>During the period your COMS is out-of-control, you may not use your COMS data to calculate emission compliance or to meet minimum data capture requirements in this procedure or the applicable regulation.</P>
            <P>10.9<E T="03">What are the QA/QC reporting requirements for my COMS?</E>You must report the accuracy results from section 10.0 for your COMS at the interval specified in this procedure or the applicable regulation. You must report the drift and accuracy information as a Data Assessment Report (DAR), and include one copy of this DAR for each quarterly audit with the report of emissions required under the applicable regulation. An example DAR is provided in Procedure 1, Appendix F of this part.</P>
            <P>10.10<E T="03">What minimum information must I include in my DAR?</E>At a minimum, you must include the information listed in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this section in the DAR.</P>
            <P>(1) Your name and address,</P>
            <P>(2) Identification and location of your COMS(s),</P>
            <P>(3) Manufacturer, model, and serial number of your COMS(s),</P>
            <P>(4) Assessment of COMS data accuracy/acceptability and date of assessment as determined by a performance audit described in section 10.0. If the accuracy audit results show your COMS to be out-of-control, you must report both the audit results showing your COMS to be out-of-control and the results of the audit following corrective action showing your COMS to be operating within specifications, and</P>
            <P>(5) Summary of all corrective actions you took when you determined your COMS was out-of-control.</P>
            <P>10.11<E T="03">Where and how long must I retain the QA data that this procedure requires me to record for my COMS?</E>You must keep the records required by this procedure for your COMS onsite and available for inspection by us, the State, and/or the local enforcement agency for the period specified in the regulations requiring the use of COMS.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">11.0 What analytical procedures apply to this procedure? [Reserved]</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">12.0 What calculations and data analysis must I perform for my COMS?</HD>
            <P>The calculations required for the performance audit are in section 12.0 of PS-1.</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">13.0Method Performance [Reserved]</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">14.0Pollution Prevention [Reserved]</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">15.0Waste Management [Reserved]</HD>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">16.0References</HD>
            <P>16.1 Performance Specification 1-Specifications and Test Procedures for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources, 40 CFR part 60, Appendix B.</P>
            <P>16.2 ASTM D 6216-98, 03, 07-Standard Practice for Opacity Monitor Manufacturers to Certify Conformance with Design and Performance Specifications, American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD2">17.0What Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data Are Relevant to This Procedure?</HD>
            <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,8C,r50" COLS="13" OPTS="L2,p6,6/7,i1">
              <TTITLE>17.1. Table 17-1—Diagnostic Tests Required After Various Repairs</TTITLE>
              <BOXHD>
                <CHED H="1">Description of event</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Optical align-ment</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Optical alignment indicator assessment<LI>(Note 1)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Zero calibration check</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Clear path (off-stack) zero assessment<LI>(Note 3)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Upscale calibration check</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Calibration error check</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Fault status indicator check</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Averaging period calculation and recording</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">7-Day zero and up-scale drift check<LI>(Note 2)</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Recertify per<LI>PS-1</LI>
                </CHED>
                <CHED H="1">New MCOC per ASTM D 6216-98, 07</CHED>
                <CHED H="1">Comments</CHED>
              </BOXHD>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(1) Replace or repair components described as routine and/or preventative maintenance.</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>Includes replacement of blower, cleaning optical surfaces, resetting adjustable parameters to maintain normal performance, etc.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <PRTPAGE P="8166"/>
                <ENT I="01">(2) Replace or repair primary measurement light.</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>Light source uniformity and position are key source to many performance parameters.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(3) Replace or repair components which are measurement noncritical.</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT/>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>See text description, section 10.5(2).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(4) Replace or repair components which are measurement critical.</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>See test description, section 10.5(3).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(5) Replace or repair components which are measurement critical but do not involve optical or electro-optical components.</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>Includes changes of components involving data acquisition and recording.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(6) Rebuild or substantially refurbish the analyzer.</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>See text description, section 10.5(4).</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <ROW>
                <ENT I="01">(7) Change to, or addition of, analyzer components which may affect MCOC-specified performance parameters.</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>—</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>X</ENT>
                <ENT>Significant changes which are not part of the MCOC-designated configuration.</ENT>
              </ROW>
              <TNOTE>Notes: (1) Optical alignment indicator assessment requires the operator to verify during an off the stack clear path zero assessment that the beam is centered on the reflector/retro reflector when the alignment indicator indicates on-axis centered alignment. If not, the analyzer optical train must be adjusted until this condition is met.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>(2) 7-Day zero and upscale drift assessment. Opacity measurement data recorded prior to completion of the 7-day drift test will be considered as valid provided that the first 7-day drift test is successful, that it is completed within 14 days of completion of the repair, and that other QA requirements are met during this time period.</TNOTE>
              <TNOTE>(3) Requires verification of the external zero-jig response, or recalibration of the same, after the off-stack clear path zero has been re-established.</TNOTE>
            </GPOTABLE>
          </EXTRACT>
        </REGTEXT>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3379 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">AGENCY FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Parts 704, 713, 714, 715, 716, 744, and 752</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 0412-AA63</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Partner Vetting in USAID Acquisitions</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>United States Agency for International Development.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) is implementing a pilot for a Partner Vetting System for USAID assistance and acquisition awards. The purpose of the Partner Vetting System is to help ensure that USAID funds and other resources do not inadvertently benefit individuals or entities that are terrorists, supporters of terrorists or affiliated with terrorists, while also minimizing the impact on USAID programs and its implementing partners. We are amending the USAID Acquisition Regulations (AIDAR) regulations in order to apply the Partner Vetting System to USAID acquisitions for the pilot and any subsequent implementation of PVS that is determined appropriate.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective on March 15, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Michael Gushue, Telephone: 202-567-4678, Email:<E T="03">AIDARPartnerVetting@usaid.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Background</HD>

        <P>USAID's final rule exempting portions of the Partner Vetting System (PVS) from provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974 went into effect on August 4, 2009 after several extensions, the most recent of which was published on May 6, 2009 (74 FR 20871). Although USAID did not further extend the effective date, the agency did not implement PVS at that time in order to allow additional input from interested parties and to allow PVS to be applied to both assistance and acquisitions. Before the agency determines whether to implement PVS on a world-wide basis, USAID is launching a PVS pilot program to determine the costs and benefits of implementing PVS more broadly. At the conclusion of the pilot program, State and USAID will determine whether it is necessary to implement PVS more broadly, and/or make changes to the risk-based model it employs. In order to apply PVS to USAID acquisitions, USAID is amending 48 CFR Chapter 7, which is USAID's procurement regulation. USAID published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>on June 26, 2009 (74 FR 30494) with a public comment period of 60 days, closing on August 25, 2009. During the 60-day comment period, USAID received comments from five separate respondents. All respondents expressed concerns about USAID's intent to implement PVS and reiterated objections raised during and after the public comment period when USAID established the PVS as a new system of records (72 FR 39042) and exempted portions of PVS from one or more provisions of the Privacy Act (74 FR 9). However, since comments of this nature are outside the scope of the Proposed Rule, we are not addressing them in this Final Rule. Only those comments directly addressing the proposed amendments to the AIDAR and our responses are discussed below.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Summary of the Final Rule</HD>
        <P>USAID is issuing a final rule amending 48 CFR Chapter 7, as described in the proposed rule with some modifications in response to the public comments received. This final rule implements the partner vetting system for USAID acquisitions by adding a new subpart 704.70 to (48 CFR) AIDAR, with an associated solicitation provision and contract clause in (48 CFR) AIDAR Part 752. Additionally, this final rule amends (48 CFR) AIDAR Parts 713, 714, and 715, 716, and adds a new Part 744 to include reference to the requirements at (48 CFR) AIDAR Subpart 704.70.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Discussion of Comments</HD>

        <P>USAID received comments and suggestions from five organizations on its proposed rule to amend 48 CFR Chapter 7, which would enable USAID to apply the Partner Vetting System to USAID acquisitions. While some of the comments and suggestions received did<PRTPAGE P="8167"/>address the proposed amendments, many of the comments and suggestions focused instead on the Partner Vetting System itself. Most, if not all, of those comments and suggestions previously were responded to when USAID published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>its Privacy Act final rule for the Partner Vetting System.<E T="03">See</E>74 FR 9 (January 2, 2009). Although that final rule exempted from release under the Privacy Act only information from other government agencies and related to investigations, USAID's discussion of all comments and suggestions received, beginning at 74 FR 10, addresses these general comments.</P>

        <P>While not required to respond to comments and suggestions which did not expressly address the proposed amendment to 48 CFR Chapter 7, USAID nevertheless would like to dispel one major misconception that was reiterated in many of those comments and suggestions. Some organizations that submitted comments and suggestions erroneously referred to the Privacy Act final rule as a rule applicable only to “non-profit, non-governmental applicants to USAID.” That is not an accurate description of either the Privacy Act final rule or of any other Partner Vetting System notices published by USAID in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>. With the exception of the NPRM for 48 CFR Chapter 7, which is specific to acquisition, USAID's notices pertaining to the Partner Vetting System were all applicable to all non-governmental organizations (NGOs), both for-profit and non-profit, whether they are applying for assistance awards or submitting offers/bids for acquisition instruments. The term “NGO” as used in the following notices was comprehensive, covering all organizations that were non-governmental organizations. These notices established a system of records for the Partner Vetting System (72 FR 39042), proposed to exempt portions of this system of records from one or more provisions of the Privacy Act (72 FR 39768), proposed information collection procedures for the Partner Vetting System (72 FR 40110), and included a Partner Information Form for information collection purposes (72 FR 56041). While USAID initially determined that it was not necessary to amend its regulation on assistance (22 CFR 226) to implement the Partner Vetting System, we did determine, as reflected in the proposed rule to amend 48 CFR Chapter 7, that it is necessary to amend the AIDAR. We have subsequently determined that rulemaking is appropriate for our assistance regulation, 22 CFR Part 226, and will publish separate Notices for that purpose.</P>
        <P>The following responses address comments that were specific to the proposed rule for Partner vetting in USAID Acquisitions:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Source Selection vs. Vetting</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 1:</E>“USAID declares that `regardless of the point at which vetting begins, source selection proceeds separately from vetting' and the contracting officer only confirms with the vetting official whether an offeror has `passed' the vetting process. We strongly concur and recommend that the declarative statement that `source selection proceeds separately from vetting' be included in both the prescriptive provisions in Subpart 704.70 as well as in the clauses.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID concurs with this recommendation. Although the proposed rule already stated in sections 704.7004-1(d) and 752.704-70(c) that the two processes are separate, we agree that the recommended declarative statements would strengthen the requirement. We have added the recommended statements. USAID also intends to provide its contracting officers and negotiators with detailed implementing procedures in the Agency's Automated Directives System (ADS) that will emphasize the importance of keeping the two processes separate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Timing of Vetting</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 2:</E>The Professional Services Council (PSC) provided extensive discussion on the timing of vetting. It recommended that USAID establish an “open season” on submissions of the Form to the USAID Office of Security (SEC). It also encouraged potential offerors to collect their information early and suggested that USAID should encourage early submission of the Form to SEC in order to allow for the maximum amount of time for vetting to occur. The PSC also suggested that untimely vetting could result in a constructive adverse ”responsibility” determination.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID appreciates the concern expressed in these comments about the need to carefully time vetting and would like to reassure all prospective offerors that we share this concern. As stated in the NPRM, for FAR Part 15 competitive negotiations, we determined that vetting should<E T="03">typically</E>be done at the competitive range stage (see 48 CFR 15.306(c)), after we carefully weighed the need to allow as much time as possible for vetting against the burden to offerors and USAID staff, especially SEC, of collecting information from offerors who may have no chance of receiving an award. Discussions would therefore occur concurrently with vetting. The Rule does allow for contracting officers to still have the discretion to request offerors to submit the Form at a different stage. And, for procurements using other procedures, including IQC task orders, contracting officers will have full discretion to decide the most appropriate time, and the Rule allows for this flexibility. We considered an “open season” approach of allowing prospective offerors to decide for themselves when to submit the vetting form, but because of the possible impact on the SEC's workload and the burden on offerors, we determined that early submission may not be practical.</P>
        <P>We also recognize that for many contractors, the key individuals who are part of the company's management team are unlikely to change from one procurement to another, so most likely these key individuals' passing initial vetting will expedite subsequent vetting. For this reason, submitting the Vetting Form for key management individuals is unlikely to make much difference to the overall amount of time needed for vetting. Offerors and contractors may collect the vetting information at the time they consider more practical, but USAID will request submission at the time the contracting officer considers most appropriate, as stated in the solicitation.</P>
        <P>Regarding the comment that should the Office of Security workload affect timing and potentially lead to a “constructive adverse `responsibility' determination outside the acquisition process,” we disagree with any characterization of a vetting determination as a responsibility determination, constructively or otherwise. USAID views vetting as an eligibility requirement.</P>

        <P>Finally, USAID is formalizing plans for a joint pilot conducted with the Department of State. This pilot will implement PVS in 5 countries with varying levels of risk. The pilot will help the Agency determine the resource requirements for both the vetting officials and the Office of Security, as well as testing our assumptions about vetting and its impact on our programs. If the results of the pilot indicate that adjustments to improve timing will improve the vetting process, then we will certainly make those adjustments, including through rule-making if appropriate.<PRTPAGE P="8168"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definitions of “Key Individuals” and “Key Personnel”</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 3:</E>“USAID differentiates between `key individuals' and `key personnel,' noting that `the terms are not synonymous; all key personnel will be key individuals but not all key individuals will be key personnel.' Both the Background information accompanying the rule, the definition section in Part 704.7002 and the 752.204-71 clause define the terms `key individuals' and `key personnel.'<E T="03">All key personnel, whether or not they are employees of the offeror, are considered key individuals and must be vetted</E>* * * As a technical matter, we believe the phrase `key individuals, including all key personnel' should be modified to read `all key individuals' since the term `key individual' is specifically defined in the clause and incorporates all `key personnel.'”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees with this comment and has revised the final rule accordingly.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Subpart 704.7004-2: Post-award Requirements—Annual Vetting</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 4:</E>“This subpart imposes both a new annual vetting submission, as well as a continuous vetting submission if there are changes in (1) any key individual, including all key personnel, and (2) subcontractors for which vetting is required. Neither of these factors has been addressed in the Agency's prior paperwork clearance forms or in the discussion of the PVS program. Nevertheless, while we can appreciate the importance of vetting new key individuals who were not part of any prior vetting to achieving the objectives of the PVS program, we see little value to USAID, and considerable burden to both USAID and its implementing partners, in requiring an annual re-submission of the PVS Form from those that have already `passed' the vetting process. If USAID determines that new issues arise that should trigger another review, or if USAID determines to randomly sample recipients, we recommend that the regulations reserve for USAID, through the contracting officer, the right to require key individuals of a specific contractor and/or its covered subcontractors to submit the PVS Form for one-time vetting.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees with this comment and we have revised the rule to remove annual submittal of the Form. Contractors will still be required to submit the Form any time key individuals change and before issuance of covered subcontractors, but will not be required to resubmit the form annually if no information has changed. Instead, USAID will conduct post-award vetting based on the latest submittal.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Ambiguity Regarding Which Subcontractor Personnel Must Be Vetted</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 5:</E>Subpart 704.7004-2 “provides that vetting is required for all subcontracts for which consent to subcontract is required under FAR 52.244-2 and the contracting officer may not consent until the subcontractor has `passed' vetting. The Background information accompanying the rule makes it clear that `the contracting officer will not consent to a subcontract until the subcontractor's key individuals have passed vetting' (emphasis added), but the rule itself is silent on the vetting of subcontractors. We have assumed, and strongly recommend that the rule explicitly state, that subcontractors are required to vet only `key individuals' as that term is defined in the proposed rule.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees with this comment and revised the final rule accordingly, in sections 704.7004-2(b), 704.7004-3(a), and 704.7004-3(c).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Classes of Items Requiring Sub-tier Vetting Should Be Specific</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 6:</E>“However, subsection (c) of subpart 7004-3 also authorizes vetting for subcontracts at any tier (for subcontractors not otherwise subject to consent) for `certain classes of items (supplies and services)' that the contracting officer identifies in the solicitation. While we recognize the flexibility the Agency must have to require vetting of any additional `classes of items' based on the Agency's internal risk-based assessment, it is also important that any of these selected classes of items are described with specificity and, if they remain appropriate for vetting at the time of award, that these designated `classes of items' are also carried over into the resulting contracts—because only if these additional classes of items are included in the resulting contract will there be a post-award requirement for vetting.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees that a contract must specifically identify the classes of items subject to sub-tier vetting and considers Alternate I to the clause at 752.204-71 to adequately address this. Further, we will emphasize in the separate internal guidance in the ADS to contracting officers the need to be specific about the class of subcontracts that are subject to vetting at any tier.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Coverage of Subcontractors in the Definition of `Key Individuals'</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 7:</E>“In addition, there is no coverage for subcontractors under the definition of the term `key individual' in 704.7002 or in the 204-71 clause. The `policy' statement in Subpart 704.7003 notes that USAID will require vetting of first tier subcontractors only, although the coverage for subcontractors in Subpart 704.7004-3(c) provides that vetting may be required at any tier for certain classes of items identified in the solicitation; yet neither of the clauses address the scope of coverage for subcontractors except in terms of submissions to the vetting official and through the requirement in 204-71(i) that the prime contractor flow down certain provisions of the 204-71 clause to `all subcontracts under this contract.' Furthermore, there is no provision in the clauses for the contracting officer to designate any additional `classes of items' as authorized in 704.7003. The gaps create considerable confusion between the policy and the clause and the actions that prime contractors should take during the solicitation process and after source selection.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees in part and disagrees in part. We revised the policy statement in section 704.7003 to apply vetting to subcontracts for specified classes of items if these subcontracts are not subject to contracting officer consent. We did not revise the definition of key individual in section 704.7002 since it is not specific to the prime offeror, contractor or first tier subcontractor; it uses the term “organization” which applies to the prime offeror, contractor and any subcontractors when vetting applies to such subcontractors through subsection (h) of the base clause 752.704-71 and its Alternate I. In fact, regarding the comments that neither clause addresses the “scope of coverage for subcontractors” or that there is no provision for the contracting officer to designate any classes of items, we disagree since subsection (h) in the base and Alt. I specifically applies vetting to subcontracts, and Alt. I provides for the contracting officer to designate classes of items subject to vetting at any subcontract tier.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Lack of Coverage for Schedules Purchases Under FAR Part 8.4</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 8:</E>“While the rule addresses the PVS treatment for contracts awarded under AIDAR Parts 713 (Simplified Acquisition Procedures), 714 (Sealed Bidding), and 715 (Contracting by Negotiation), there is no coverage in the proposed rule for<PRTPAGE P="8169"/>contracts awarded under Schedules purchases under FAR Part 8.4. While there is no current coverage in the AIDAR regarding Schedules purchases, and while we cannot foresee that any such awards might be subject to the PVS requirements, we believe it easier to address this contract type and not use it than to need this contract type and not have the appropriate coverage.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID does not envision applying PVS to GSA Schedule Orders as the basic contract would not include the vetting clause and the contractors would not have been made aware of the requirement to vet prior to award. Should GSA and USAID determine that vetting is appropriate for purchases made under FAR Part 8.4, appropriate action will be taken at that time.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Lack of Coverage for Commercial Items Awarded Under Part 712</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 9:</E>“While the rule addresses the PVS treatment for contracts awarded under AIDAR Parts 713 (Simplified Acquisition Procedures), 714 (Sealed Bidding), and 715 (Contracting by Negotiation), there is no coverage in the proposed rule for contracts awarded for commercial items under FAR Part 12 (Commercial Items), even though there is no current coverage in the AIDAR regarding commercial items. In our view, given the policy approach USAID recommends—that `key personnel' of the prime contractor and for all subcontracts for which consent to subcontract is required under FAR 52.244-2 (but see our comments above), we believe it appropriate and consistent with USAID's policy to exempt from the PVS requirements solicitations and resulting awards entered into pursuant to FAR Part 12 and subcontracts for commercial items regardless of the method of procurement of the prime contract. Again, while we cannot foresee that any such awards might be subject to the PVS requirements, we believe it easier to address this contract type and not use it than to need this contract type and not have the appropriate coverage.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>In preparing the Proposed Rule, USAID considered the need to address commercial item procurements but determined that such coverage was unnecessary since commercial purchases are made through either FAR Part 13, Part 14, Part 15, or Part 16.5 (indefinite delivery contracts, see Comment 10) procedures. There is no contracting process that is unique to commercial items, so we do not consider it necessary to address vetting in AIDAR Part 712.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Lack of Coverage for IQCs Awarded Under Part 716</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 10:</E>“While the rule addresses the PVS treatment for contracts awarded under AIDAR Parts 713 (Simplified Acquisition Procedures), 714 (Sealed Bidding), and 715 (Contracting by Negotiation), there is no coverage for contracts awarded under Part 716 (relating to IQCs). While the background information recognizes that PVS could apply to task orders under IQCs, there are no special procedures called out for contracting officers or IQC holders to follow when PVS is required after the award of the underlying IQC but during the competitive solicitation, evaluation and subsequent award of a task order under an IQC. This type of contract still dominates USAID contracting and should be specifically addressed.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>USAID agrees with this comment and has revised AIDAR Subpart 716.5 and added a contract clause at 752.216-70 to address the procedures for vetting indefinite-delivery contracts and orders placed against them. This revised subpart may appear to be a substantial addition to the rule but since it merely clarifies procedures we intended under the proposed rule and is consistent with the overall approach we are taking with PVS, we consider the added coverage to be within the scope of the proposed rule. As noted in the comment, the proposed rule was clear about applying vetting to IQCs, so this added coverage addresses the concern expressed in the comment.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Location of the Treatment of Indefinite Quantity Contracts and Task Orders</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Comment 11:</E>“Task order competitions under Indefinite Quantity Contracts (IQC) always come `post-award' of the underlying contracts but are more likely to trigger a new vetting requirement. Subpart 7004-1(c) is the only other place in the proposed rule where IQCs are addressed, but it covers only `potential awardee(s)' and does not address competition for task orders under awarded contracts or modifications to existing contracts. We strongly recommend that the treatment of task orders under IQCs be addressed in this post-award requirements section. Here, too, we strongly support an `open season' for submission of the Form to USAID's Office of Security to minimize the risk that vetting will not be completed in a timely manner to meet the timeliness requirements of the acquisition process.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Response:</E>Regarding the timing of vetting for IQC task orders, we stand by our position discussed above (Comment 2) and will allow the task order contracting officer to determine the appropriate stage to vet. However, USAID agrees that the rule must more clearly address how partner vetting will apply to IQC task orders. Task orders are placed after the basic IQC has been awarded, but the task orders themselves are “awards” in their own right and for that reason we included them in the pre-award section. The process for vetting task orders is more similar to pre-award vetting for contracts rather than to post-award vetting, since the key individuals for each task order must pass vetting before the contracting officer may place the order. However, in acknowledgement of the “post-award” nature of task orders, we have added a contract clause at 752.216-70 which includes the standard post award vetting requirements and also addresses the procedures for vetting orders against Indefinite Delivery contracts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Impact Assessment</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>Under Executive Orders (E.O.) 13563 and 12866, USAID must determine whether a regulatory action is “significant” and therefore subject to the requirements of the E.O. and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
        <P>USAID has determined that this Rule is not an “economically significant regulatory action” under Section 3(f)(1) of E.O.12866. The application of the Partner Vetting System to USAID acquisitions will not have an economic impact of $100 million or more. The regulation will not adversely affect the economy or any sector thereof, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, nor public health or safety in a material way. However, as this rule is a “significant regulatory action” under Section 3(f)(4) of the E.O., USAID submitted it to OMB for review.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>Pursuant to requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), USAID has considered the economic impact of the rule and has certified that its provisions would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>The changes to the (48 CFR) AIDAR use information collected via USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, which was approved in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3501 by the Office of Management and Budget on<PRTPAGE P="8170"/>August 19, 2015 (OMB Control Number 0412-0577).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Parts 704, 713, 714, 715, 744, and 752</HD>
          <P>Government procurement.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Text</HD>
        <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the U. S. Agency for International Development amends 48 CFR chapter 7 as follows:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="7" TITLE="48">
          <P>1. The authority citation for 48 CFR Parts 704, 713, 714, 715, 744, and 752 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Sec. 621, Pub. L. 87-195, 75 Stat. 445, (22 U.S.C. 2381) as amended; E.O. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 FR 56673; 3 CFR 1979 Comp., p. 435.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="7" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 704—ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>2. Add Subpart 704.70 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          
          <CONTENTS>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 704.70—Partner Vetting</HD>
              <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
              <SECTNO>704.7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Scope of subpart.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7002</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7003</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7004</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-1</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Preaward requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Post award requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-3</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Subcontracts.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>704.7005</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Solicitation provision and contract clause.</SUBJECT>
            </SUBPART>
          </CONTENTS>
          
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 704.70—Partner Vetting</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7001</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Scope of subpart.</SUBJECT>
              <P>This subpart prescribes the policies and procedures to apply partner vetting to USAID acquisitions.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7002</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>As used in this subpart—</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Key individual</E>means:</P>
              <P>(1) Principal officers of the organization's governing body (e.g., chairman, vice chairman, treasurer and secretary of the board of directors or board of trustees);</P>
              <P>(2) The principal officer and deputy principal officer of the organization (e.g., executive director, deputy director, president, vice president);</P>
              <P>(3) The program manager or chief of party for the USG-financed program; and</P>
              <P>(4) Any other person with significant responsibilities for administration of the USG-financed activities or resources, such as key personnel as described in Automated Directives System Chapter 302. Key personnel, whether or not they are employees of the prime contractor, must be vetted.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Vetting official</E>means the USAID employee identified inthe solicitation or contract as having responsibility forreceiving vetting information, responding to questionsabout information to be included on the Partner InformationForm, coordinating with the USAID Office of Security (SEC),and conveying the vetting determination to each offeror, potential subcontractors subject to vetting, and the contracting officer. The vetting official is not part of the contracting office and has no involvement in the source selection process.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7003</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
              <P>In the interest of national security, USAID may determine that a particular acquisition is subject to vetting. In that case, USAID will require vetting of all key individuals of offerors, first tier subcontractors, and any other class of subcontracts if identified in the solicitation and resulting contract. When USAID conducts partner vetting, it will not award a contract to any offeror who does not pass vetting.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7004</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-1</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Preaward requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) When USAID determines an acquisition to be subject to vetting, the contracting officer determines the appropriate stage of the acquisition cycle to require offerors to submit the completed USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the vetting official identified in the solicitation. The contracting officer must specify in the solicitation the stage at which the offerors will be required to submit the USAID Partner Information Form.</P>
              <P>(b) For negotiated procurements using FAR part 15, this stage will typically be when the contracting officer establishes the competitive range (48 CFR 15.306(c)). However, the contracting officer may determine that vetting is more appropriate at a different stage of the source selection process, such as immediately prior to award, and then require only the apparently successful offeror to submit the completed USAID Partner Information Form.</P>
              <P>(c) For Indefinite Delivery contracts under FAR subpart 16.5, vetting will occur prior to award of the basic contract if the contracting officer anticipates placing orders subject to vetting under that contract. Vetting will also occur before USAID places any orders subject to vetting. The contracting officer will notify awardees of the appropriate timing for vetting in the request for task or delivery order proposals. See AIDAR subpart 716.5 for vetting procedures for task and delivery orders.</P>
              <P>(d) For all other acquisitions, including those under FAR parts 13 and 14, the contracting officer determines the appropriate time to require potential awardee(s) to submit the completed USAID Partner Information Form to the vetting official.</P>
              <P>(e) Source selection proceeds separately from vetting. The source selection authority makes the source selection determination separately from the vetting process and without knowledge of vetting-related information other than that the apparently successful offeror has passed or not passed vetting.</P>
              <P>(f) The contracting officer may only award to an offeror who has passed vetting.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-2</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Post award requirements.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) For those contracts and task orders the agency has determined are subject to vetting, the contractor must submit the completed USAID Partner Information Form any time it changes:</P>
              <P>(1) Key individuals, and</P>
              <P>(2) Subcontractors for which vetting is required.</P>
              <P>(b) USAID may vet key individuals of the contractor and any required subcontractors periodically during contract performance using the information already submitted on the Form.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7004-3</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Subcontracts.</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) When the prime contract is subject to vetting, vetting is required for key individuals of all subcontracts under that contract for which consent is required under FAR clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts.</P>
              <P>(b) The contracting officer must not consent to a subcontract with any subcontractor subject to vetting until that subcontractor has passed vetting.</P>
              <P>(c) Vetting may be required for key individuals of subcontracts at any tier for certain classes of items (supplies and services). The contracting officer must identify these classes of items in the solicitation.</P>
              <P>(d) The contractor may instruct prospective subcontractors who are subject to vetting to submit the USAID Partner Information Form to the vetting official as soon as the contractor submits the USAID Partner Information Form for its key individuals.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>704.7005</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Solicitation provision and contract clause.</SUBJECT>

              <P>(a) The contracting officer will insert the provision at 752.204-70 Partner Vetting Pre-Award Requirements, in all solicitations USAID identifies as subject to vetting.<PRTPAGE P="8171"/>
              </P>
              <P>(b) Except for awards made under FAR part 16, the contracting officer will—</P>
              <P>(1) Insert the clause at 752.204-71 Partner Vetting, in all solicitations and contracts USAID identifies as subject to vetting, or</P>
              <P>(2) Use the clause with its Alternate I when USAID determines that subcontracts at any tier for certain classes of supplies or services are subject to vetting.</P>
              <P>(c) For awards made under FAR part 16, see (48 CFR) subpart 716.5.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="713" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 713—SIMPLIFIED ACQUISITION PROCEDURES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>3. Add section 713.106-370 to subpart 713.1 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>713.106-370</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If an acquisition is identified as subject to vetting, see (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.70 for the applicable procedures and requirements.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="714" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 714—SEALED BIDDING</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>4. Add section 714.408-170 to subpart 714.4 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>714.408-170</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If an acquisition is identified as subject to vetting, see (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.70 for the applicable procedures and requirements.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="715" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 715—CONTRACTING BY NEGOTIATION</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>5. Add subpart 715.70 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 715.70—Partner Vetting</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>715.70</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
              <P>If an acquisition is identified as subject to vetting, see (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.70 for the applicable procedures and requirements.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="716" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 716—TYPES OF CONTRACTS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>6. Add subpart 716.5 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 716.5 Indefinite-Delivery Contracts</HD>
          </SUBPART>
          
          <CONTENTS>
            <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
            <SECTNO>716.501-270</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting—indefinite-delivery contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>716.505-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vetting orders under indefinite delivery contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <SECTNO>716.506</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation provision and contract clause.</SUBJECT>
          </CONTENTS>
          
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>716.501-270</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting—indefinite-delivery contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>If a task order or delivery order under an indefinite-delivery contract has the potential to be subject to vetting, then the contract itself will be subject to the applicable procedures and requirements for partner vetting in (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.70.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>716.505-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Vetting orders under indefinite delivery contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) The task order contracting officer will specify in the request for task or delivery order proposals whether the order is subject to vetting and when awardees must submit the USAID Partner Information Form.</P>
            <P>(b) For orders under multiple award contracts, fair opportunity selection procedures are conducted separately from vetting. The contracting officer for the order must follow the ordering procedures in the contract to select the order awardee without knowledge of vetting-related information, other than that the contractor has passed or not passed vetting.</P>
            <P>(c) The contracting officer may only place an order subject to vetting with an awardee that has passed vetting for that order.</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>716.506</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Solicitation provision and contract clause.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) As prescribed in 48 CFR 704.7005(a), the contracting officer will insert the provision at 752.204-70 Partner Vetting Pre-Award Requirements, in solicitations for indefinite delivery contracts when USAID anticipates that any orders placed under the contract will be subject to vetting.</P>
            <P>(b)(1) The contracting officer will insert the clause at 752.216-71 Partner Vetting, in those solicitations and contracts for indefinite-delivery contracts that USAID identifies as subject to vetting.</P>
            <P>(2) The contracting officer will use the clause with its Alternate I when USAID determines that subcontracts at any tier for certain classes of supplies or services are subject to vetting.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="744" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>7. Add Part 744 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 744—SUBCONTRACTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES</HD>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart 744.2—Consent to Subcontracts</HD>
            </SUBPART>
            
            <CONTENTS>
              <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
              <SECTNO>744.202-170</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
            </CONTENTS>
            
            <AUTH>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
              <P>Sec. 621, Pub. L. 87-195, 75 Stat. 445, (22 U.S.C. 2381) as amended; E.O. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 FR 56673; 3 CFR 1979 Comp., p. 435.</P>
            </AUTH>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>744.202-170</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
              <P>If an acquisition is identified as subject to partner vetting, see (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.70 for the applicable procedures and requirements.</P>
            </SECTION>
          </PART>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="752" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 752—SOLICITATION PROVISIONS AND CONTRACT CLAUSES</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>8. Amend Part 752 by adding sections 752.204-70 and 752.204-71 to subpart 752.2 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>752.204-70</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting pre-award requirements.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.7005(a), insert the following provision in all solicitations subject to vetting:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">PARTNER VETTING PRE-AWARD REQUIREMENTS (FEB 2012)</HD>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(a) USAID has determined that any contract resulting from this solicitation is subject to vetting. Terms used in this provision are defined in paragraph (b) of the AIDAR clause at 752.204-71 Partner Vetting, of this solicitation. An offeror that has not passed vetting is ineligible for award.</P>
              <P>(b) The following are the vetting procedures for this solicitation:</P>
              <P>(1) Prospective offerors review the attached USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, and submit any questions about the USAID Partner Information Form or these procedures to the contracting officer by the deadline for questions in the solicitation.</P>

              <P>(2) The contracting officer notifies the offeror when to submit the USAID Partner Information Form. For this solicitation, USAID will vet at [<E T="03">insert in the provision the applicable stage of the source selection process at which the Contracting Officer will notify the offeror(s) who must be vetted</E>]. Within the timeframe set by the contracting officer in the notification, the offeror must complete and submit the information on the USAID Partner Information Form in accordance with instructions from the vetting official named in paragraph (d) of the AIDAR clause at 752.204-71 Partner Vetting, of this solicitation.</P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                <P>Offerors who submit using non-secure methods of transmission do so at their own risk.</P>
              </NOTE>
              <P>(3) The offerors must notify proposed subcontractors of this requirement when the subcontractors are subject to vetting.</P>

              <P>(c) Source selection proceeds separately from vetting. Vetting is conducted independently from any discussions the contracting officer may have with an offeror. The offeror and any subcontractor subject to vetting must not provide vetting information to other than the vetting official. The offeror and any subcontractor subject to vetting will communicate only with the vetting official regarding their vetting submission(s) and not with any other USAID or USG personnel, including the contracting officer or his/her representatives. Exchanges between the Government and an offeror about vetting information submitted by the offeror or any proposed subcontractor are clarifications in accordance with FAR 15.306(a) (48 CFR<PRTPAGE P="8172"/>15.306(a)). The contracting officer designates the vetting official as the only individual authorized to clarify the offeror's and proposed subcontractor's vetting information.</P>
              <P>(d)(1) The vetting official notifies the offeror that it:</P>
              <P>(i) Has passed vetting,</P>
              <P>(ii) Has not passed vetting, or</P>
              <P>(iii) Must provide additional information, and resubmit the USAID Partner Information Form with the additional information within the number of days the vetting official specified in the notification.</P>
              <P>(2) The vetting official will include in the notification any information that USAID's Office of Security(SEC) determines releasable. In its determination, SEC will take into consideration the classification or sensitivity of the information, the need to protect sources and methods, or status of ongoing law enforcement and intelligence community investigations or operations.</P>
              <P>(e)<E T="03">Reconsideration.</E>(1) Within 7 calendar days after the date of the vetting official's notification, an offeror that has not passed vetting may request in writing to the vetting official that the Agency reconsider the vetting determination. The request should include any written explanation, legal documentation and any other relevant written material for reconsideration.</P>
              <P>(2) Within 7 calendar days after the vetting official receives the request for reconsideration, the Agency will determine whether the offeror's additional information warrants a revised decision.</P>
              <P>(3) The Agency's determination of whether reconsideration is warranted is final.</P>
              <P>(f)<E T="03">Revisions to vetting information.</E>(1) Offerors who change key individuals, whether the offeror has previously passed vetting or not, must submit a revised USAID Partner Information Form to the vetting official. This includes changes to key personnel resulting from revisions to the technical proposal.</P>
              <P>(2) The vetting official will follow the vetting process in paragraph (d) of this clause for any revision of the offeror's Form.</P>
              <P>(g)<E T="03">Award.</E>At the time of award, the contracting officer will confirm with the vetting official that the apparently successful offeror has passed vetting. The contracting officer may award only to an apparently successful offeror that has passed vetting.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>752.204-71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in (48 CFR) AIDAR 704.7005(b)(1) and 716.506(a), insert the following clause in all contracts subject to vetting:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">PARTNER VETTING (FEB 2012)</HD>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(a) The contractor must comply with the vetting requirements for key individuals under this contract.</P>
              <P>(b) Definitions. As used in this provision—</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Key individual</E>means:</P>
              <P>(i) Principal officers of the organization's governing body (e.g., chairman, vice chairman, treasurer and secretary of the board of directors or board of trustees);</P>

              <P>(ii) The principal officer and deputy principal officer of the organization (<E T="03">e.g.,</E>executive director, deputy director, president, vice president);</P>
              <P>(iii) The program manager or chief of party for the USG-financed program; and</P>
              <P>(iv) Any other person with significant responsibilities for administration of the USG-financed activities or resources, such as key personnel as described in Automated Directives System Chapter 302. Key personnel, whether or not they are employees of the prime contractor, must be vetted.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Vetting official</E>means the USAID employee identified in paragraph (d) of this clause as having responsibility for receiving vetting information, responding to questions about information to be included on the USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, coordinating with the USAID Office of Security, and conveying the vetting determination to each offeror, potential subcontractors subject to vetting, and to the contracting officer. The vetting official is not part of the contracting office and has no involvement in the source selection process.</P>
              <P>(c) The Contractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the vetting official identified below during the contract when the Contractor replaces key individuals with individuals who have not been previously vetting for this contract. Note: USAID will not approve any key personnel who have not passed vetting.</P>
              <P>(d) The designated vetting official is:</P>
              <P>Vetting official:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <P>Address:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <P/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              
              <P>Email: __________ (for inquiries only)</P>
              <P>(e)(1) The vetting official will notify the Contractor that it—</P>
              <P>(i) Has passed vetting,</P>
              <P>(ii) Has not passed vetting, or</P>
              <P>(iii) Must provide additional information, and resubmit the USAID Partner Information Form with the additional information within the number of days the vetting official specifies.</P>
              <P>(2) The vetting official will include in the notification any information that USAID's Office of Security (SEC) determines releasable. In its determination, SEC will take into consideration the classification or sensitivity of the information, the need to protect sources and methods, or status of ongoing law enforcement and intelligence community investigations or operations.</P>
              <P>(f)<E T="03">Reconsideration.</E>(1) Within 7 calendar days after the date of the vetting official's notification, the contractor or prospective subcontractor that has not passed vetting may request in writing to the vetting official that the Agency reconsider the vetting determination. The request should include any written explanation, legal documentation and any other relevant written material for reconsideration.</P>
              <P>(2) Within 7 calendar days after the vetting official receives the request for reconsideration, the Agency will determine whether the contractor's additional information warrants a revised decision.</P>
              <P>(3) The Agency's determination of whether reconsideration is warranted is final.</P>
              <P>(g) A notification that the Contractor has passed vetting does not constitute any other approval under this contract.</P>
              <P>(h) When the contractor anticipates awarding a subcontract for which consent is required under FAR clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts, the subcontract is subject to vetting. The prospective subcontractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the vetting official identified in paragraph (d) of this clause. The contracting officer must not consent to award of a subcontract to any organization that has not passed vetting when required.</P>
              <P>(i) The contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of paragraphs (a) through (g) of this clause in all subcontracts under this contract.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <P>(End of clause)</P>
            <P>Alternate I (FEB 2012). As prescribed in 704.7005(b)(2), substitute paragraphs (h) and (i) below for paragraphs (h) and (i) of the basic clause:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(h)(1) When the contractor anticipates awarding a subcontract for which consent is required under FAR clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts, the subcontract is subject to vetting. The prospective subcontractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the vetting official identified in paragraph (d) of this clause. The contracting officer must not consent to award of a subcontract to any organization that has not passed vetting when required.</P>
              <P>(2) In addition, prospective subcontractors at any tier providing the following classes of items (supplies and services):</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              
              <FP>must pass vetting. Contractors must not place subcontracts for these classes of items until they receive confirmation from the vetting official that the prospective subcontractor has passed vetting.</FP>
              <P>(i) The contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of this clause in all subcontracts under this contract.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <REGTEXT PART="752" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>9. Amend Part 752 by adding section 752.216-71 to subpart 752.2 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>752.216-71</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner vetting in indefinite delivery contracts.</SUBJECT>
            <P>As prescribed in (48 CFR) AIDAR 716.506(b)(1), insert the following clause in all indefinite-delivery contracts subject to vetting:</P>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">PARTNER VETTING IN INDEFINITE DELIVERY CONTRACTS (FEB 2012)</HD>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(a) The contractor must comply with the vetting requirements for key individuals under this contract and in any orders that are identified as subject to vetting.</P>
              <P>(b) Definitions. As used in this provision—</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Key individual</E>means:</P>
              <P>(i) Principal officers of the organization's governing body (e.g., chairman, vice chairman, treasurer and secretary of the board of directors or board of trustees);</P>

              <P>(ii) The principal officer and deputy principal officer of the organization (e.g.,<PRTPAGE P="8173"/>executive director, deputy director, president, vice president);</P>
              <P>(iii) The program manager or chief of party for the USG-financed program; and</P>
              <P>(iv) Any other person with significant responsibilities for administration of the USG-financed activities or resources, such as key personnel as described in Automated Directives System Chapter 302. Key personnel, whether or not they are employees of the prime contractor, must be vetted.</P>
              <P>
                <E T="03">Vetting official</E>means the USAID employee identified in paragraph (d) of this clause as having responsibility for receiving vetting information, responding to questions about information to be included on the USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, coordinating with the USAID Office of Security, and conveying the vetting determination to each contractor, potential subcontractors subject to vetting, and to the cognizant contracting officer. The vetting official is not part of the contracting office and has no involvement in the source selection process.</P>
              <P>(c) The contractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13 to the designated vetting official:</P>
              <P>(1) when the contractor replaces key individuals under the basic contract with individuals who have not been previously vetted.</P>
              <P>(2) when the contractor replaces key individuals under an order subject to vetting with individuals who have not been previously vetted. For changes to any key individuals associated with both the basic contract and any orders subject to vetting, the contractor must submit updated vetting forms to each designated vetting official. Note: USAID will not approve any key personnel who have not passed vetting.</P>
              <P>(d)(1) The designated vetting official for the basic contract is:</P>
              <P>Vetting official:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <P>Address:</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <P/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              
              <P>Email: __________ (for inquiries only)</P>
              <P>(2) Each order subject to vetting will identify the vetting official for that order. The contractor must submit vetting information specific to an order to the vetting official identified in that order.</P>
              <P>(e)(1) The vetting official will notify the contractor that it—</P>
              <P>(i) Has passed vetting,</P>
              <P>(ii) Has not passed vetting, or</P>
              <P>(iii) Must provide additional information, and resubmit the USAID Partner Information Form with the additional information within the number of days the vetting official specifies.</P>
              <P>(2) The vetting official will include in the notification any information that USAID's Office of Security (SEC) determines releasable. In its determination, SEC will take into consideration the classification or sensitivity of the information, the need to protect sources and methods, or status of ongoing law enforcement and intelligence community investigations or operations.</P>
              <P>(f)<E T="03">Reconsideration.</E>(1) Within 7 calendar days after the date of the vetting official's notification, the contractor or prospective subcontractor that has not passed vetting may request in writing to the vetting official that the Agency reconsider the vetting determination. The request should include any written explanation, legal documentation and any other relevant written material for reconsideration.</P>
              <P>(2) Within 7 calendar days after the vetting official receives the request for reconsideration, the Agency will determine whether the contractor's additional information warrants a revised decision.</P>
              <P>(3) The Agency's determination of whether reconsideration is warranted is final.</P>
              <P>(g) A notification that the contractor has passed vetting does not constitute any other approval under this contract.</P>
              <P>(h) The request for task or delivery order proposals will identify whether the order is subject to vetting. The following are the procedures for vetting orders under this contract. Note that the term “awardee” as used below refers to a contractor under multiple-award indefinite-delivery contracts, consistent with the use of the term in (48 CFR) FAR 16.505(b):</P>
              <P>(1) The contracting officer will notify the awardees when to complete and submit the USAID Partner Information Form to the vetting official named in the request for order proposals. Note: Awardees who submit using non-secure methods of transmission do so at their own risk.</P>
              <P>(2) The awardee must notify proposed subcontractors of this requirement when the subcontractors are subject to vetting.</P>
              <P>(3) The fair opportunity process proceeds separately from vetting. Vetting is conducted independently from any discussions the contracting officer may have with an awardee. The awardee and any subcontractor subject to vetting must not provide vetting information to other than the vetting official identified in the request for order proposal. The awardee and any subcontractor subject to vetting will communicate only with the vetting official regarding their vetting submission(s) and not with any other USAID or USG personnel, including the contracting officer or his/her representatives.</P>
              <P>(4)(i) The vetting official notifies the awardee that it:</P>
              <P>(A) Has passed vetting,</P>
              <P>(B) Has not passed vetting, or</P>
              <P>(C) Must provide additional information, and resubmit the USAID Partner Information Form with the additional information within the number of days the vetting official specified in the notification.</P>
              <P>(ii) The vetting official will include in the notification any information that USAID's Office of Security (SEC) determines releasable. In its determination, SEC will take into consideration the classification or sensitivity of the information, the need to protect sources and methods, or status of ongoing law enforcement and intelligence community investigations or operations.</P>
              <P>(5)<E T="03">Reconsideration.</E>(i) Within 7 calendar days after the date of the vetting official's notification, an awardee that has not passed vetting may request in writing to the vetting official that the Agency reconsider the vetting determination. The request should include any written explanation, legal documentation and any other relevant written material for reconsideration.</P>
              <P>(ii) Within 7 calendar days after the vetting official receives the request for reconsideration, the Agency will determine whether the contractor's additional information warrants a revised decision.</P>
              <P>(iii) The Agency's determination of whether reconsideration is warranted is final.</P>
              <P>(6)<E T="03">Revisions to vetting information.</E>(i) Before the order is awarded, any awardee who changes key individuals, whether it has previously passed vetting or not, must submit a revised USAID Partner Information Form to the vetting official. This includes changes to key personnel resulting from revisions to the technical proposal.</P>
              <P>(ii) The order vetting official will follow the vetting process in paragraph (e) of this clause for any revision of the awardee's Form.</P>
              <P>(7)<E T="03">Award of order.</E>The contracting officer may award an order subject to vetting only to an apparently successful awardee that has passed vetting for that order.</P>
              <P>(i) When the contractor anticipates awarding a subcontract for which consent is required under FAR clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts, the subcontract is subject to vetting. The prospective subcontractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the designated vetting official. The contracting officer must not consent to award of a subcontract to any organization that has not passed vetting when required.</P>
              <P>(j) The contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of paragraphs (a) through (g) of this clause in all subcontracts under this contract.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
            <FP>(End of clause)</FP>
            <P>Alternate I (FEB 2012). As prescribed in 716.506(b), substitute paragraphs (i) and (j) below for paragraphs (i) and (j) of the basic clause:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <P>(i)(1) When the contractor anticipates awarding a subcontract for which consent is required under FAR clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts, the subcontract is subject to vetting. The prospective subcontractor must submit a USAID Partner Information Form, USAID Form 500-13, to the designated vetting official. The contracting officer must not consent to award of a subcontract to any organization that has not passed vetting when required.</P>
              <P>(2) In addition, prospective subcontractors at any tier providing the following classes of items (supplies and services):</P>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
              

              <FP>must pass vetting. Contractors must not place subcontracts for these classes of items until they receive confirmation from the vetting official that the prospective subcontractor has passed vetting.<PRTPAGE P="8174"/>
              </FP>
              <P>(j) The contractor agrees to incorporate the substance of this clause in all subcontracts under this contract.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
            
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        <SIG>
          <NAME>Aman S. Djahanbani,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Senior Procurement Executive, US Agency For International Development.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3239 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6116-01-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>48 CFR Part 1511</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OARM-2010-0273; FRL-9630-4]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>EPAAR Prescription for Work Assignments</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Final rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>EPA will amend the EPA Acquisition Regulation (EPAAR) prescription for the work assignment clause. This final rule provides revised language to the prescription for the work assignment clause, incorporating prescriptive language that provides further instructions on the use of the related clause.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>This final rule is effective February 29, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OARM-2010-0273. All documents in the docket are listed on the<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>Web site. Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy at the Office of Environmental (OEI) Information Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the OEI Docket is (202) 566-1752.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Donna S. Blanding, Policy, Training, and Oversight Division, Office of Acquisition Management (3802R), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 202-564-1130; fax number: 202-565-2475; email address:<E T="03">blanding.donna@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
        <P>Entities potentially affected by this action include firms that are performing or will perform under contract for the EPA. This includes firms in all industry groups.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
        <P>Recent contract file review activities revealed better guidance is needed for EPA Contracting Officers (COs) on the work plan and work assignment processes with regard to when a CO should provide the expected level of service needed to the contractor.</P>
        <P>As a result, clarifying policy is being added to the prescription for 1511.011-74. Accordingly, the revised language incorporated into EPAAR prescription 1511.011-74 provides the EPA contracting officer with further instructions on the use of EPAAR clause 1552.211-74, when administering work assignments under Cost Reimbursable type term form contracts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. General Comments</HD>
        <P>One comment was received on June 6, 2011. The comment appears to be misplaced; it appears the commenter may have been attempting to address a different notice. The comment in reference to physician owned physical therapy practices is not relevant to this requirement. This rule focuses on the administration of work assignments under Cost Reimbursable contracts and not physical therapy practices. As a result, after in-depth review of this public comment, no changes will be made to this final rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Final Rule</HD>
        <P>This rule amends the EPAAR to add policy to prescription 1511.011-74 for work assignments under clause 1552.211-74. The original prescription language generally states that the work assignment clause, 1552.211-74, shall be used when a Cost Reimbursable type term form contract with work assignments will be issued. This policy revision only adds additional instructive language. The new policy language contained under 1511.011-74, Work Assignments (Deviation), will serve to provide contracting officers with better guidance on issuing a work assignment. Therefore a revision will not be required to the related EPAAR clause, 1552.211-74 Work Assignments; as this change does not affect the meaning of the clause. The revised language communicates to contract personnel and program staff that government cost-related estimates should not be provided to contractors prior to receiving the contractor's work plan (proposal); and how to address exceptions. The exceptions addressed in the policy involve circumstances where a contracting officer may need to be able to provide some of the expected level of service needed to the contractor prior to receipt of the work plan (proposal) due to the nature of the work.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>This action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the terms of Executive Order (EO) 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and EO 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). Therefore, no review is required by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>No information is collected under this action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other statute; unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>

        <P>For purposes of assessing the impact of today's final rule on small entities, “small entity” is defined as: (1) A small business that meets the definition of a small business found in the Small Business Act and codified at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city, county, town, school district or special district with a population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-profit<PRTPAGE P="8175"/>enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.</P>
        <P>After considering the economic impacts of this rule on small entities, I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This action revises a current EPAAR provision and does not impose requirements involving capital investment, implementing procedures, or record keeping. This rule will not have a significant economic impact on small entities.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, Local, and Tribal governments and the private sector.</P>
        <P>This rule contains no Federal mandates (under the regulatory provisions of the Title II of the UMRA) for State, Local, and Tribal governments or the private sector. The rule imposes no enforceable duty on any State, Local or Tribal governments or the private sector. Thus, the rule is not subject to the requirements of Sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999), requires EPA to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by State and Local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.” “Policies that have federalism implications” is defined in the Executive Order to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.”</P>
        <P>This rule does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. Rather, this rule on work assignments only provides clarification to Contracting Officers when issuing level of effort estimates in a work assignment. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this rule. In the spirit of Executive Order 13132, and consistent with EPA policy to promote communications between EPA and State and local governments, EPA specifically solicited comments from State and local officials on this rule and no comments were received from State and local officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Goverments</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), requires EPA to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by tribal officials in the development of regulatory policies that have tribal implications.” This rule does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175. Rather, this rule on work assignments only provides clarification to Contracting Officers when issuing level of effort estimates in a work assignment. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action. EPA specifically solicited additional comment from tribal officials on this rule and no comments were received from tribal officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental Health and Safety Risks</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), applies to any rule that: (1) Is determined to be economically significant as defined under Executive Order 12886, and (2) concerns an environmental health or safety risk that may have a proportionate effect on children. This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it is not an economically significant rule as defined by Executive Order 12866, and because it does not involve decisions on environmental health or safety risks.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution of Use” (66 FR 28335 (May 22, 2001), because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA)</HD>
        <P>Section 12(d) (15 U.S.C 272 note) of NTTA, Public Law 104-113, directs EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in it regulatory activities, unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law, or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g. materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures and business practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. The NTTA directs EPA to provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the Agency decides not to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</HD>
        <P>Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the United States.</P>
        <P>EPA has determined that this rule will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not affect the level of protection provided to human health or the environment. This rulemaking does not involve human health or environmental affects.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Congressional Review Act</HD>
        <P>The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801<E T="03">et seq.,</E>as added by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, does not apply because this action is not a rule, for purposes of 5 U.S.C. 804(3).</P>
        <P>This rulemaking does not involve technical standards. Therefore, EPA is not considering the use of any voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 48 CFR Part 1511</HD>
          <P>Environmental protection, Government procurement.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: January 31, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>John R. Bashista,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Director, Office of Acquisition Management.</TITLE>
          
        </SIG>
        <P>Therefore, 48 CFR chapter 15 is amended as set forth below:</P>
        <REGTEXT PART="15" TITLE="48">
          <PART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1511—DESCRIBING AGENCY NEEDS</HD>
          </PART>
          <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1511 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <AUTH>
            <PRTPAGE P="8176"/>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>5 U.S.C. 301; Sec. 205(c), 63 Stat. 390, as amended, 40 U.S.C. 486(c); and 41 U.S.C. 418b.</P>
          </AUTH>
        </REGTEXT>
        
        <REGTEXT PART="15" TITLE="48">
          <AMDPAR>2. Revise section 1511.011-74 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>1511.011-74</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Work Assignments.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Policy.</E>When issuing work assignments, the independent government cost estimate shall not be released to the contractor. In most cases the Contracting Officer (CO) should authorize the contractor to expend only the estimated labor hours necessary to develop the work plan and to initiate preliminary tasks which must be performed before work plan approval can be made. However, in cases where the uncertainties involved in the effort are of such a magnitude that there is no reasonable expectation that the contractor can estimate the level of effort required by the tasks, objectives, or outcomes of the requirement, the CO may provide a ceiling level of effort for the entire work assignment at the time of its issuance. In such cases, the specific uncertainties precluding reasonable estimation of the required level of effort on the contractor's part must be documented in the contract file.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Solicitation Provision.</E>The CO shall insert the contract clause at 1552.211.74, Work Assignments, in cost-reimbursement type term form contracts when work assignments are used. For Superfund contracts, except for contracts which require annual conflict of interest certificates (e.g. Site Specific contracts, the Contract Laboratory Program (CLP), and Sample Management Office (SMO) contracts), the CO shall use the clause with either Alternate I or Alternate II. Alternate I shall be used for contractors who have at least three (3) years of records that may be searched for certification purposes. Alternate II shall be used for contractors who do not have at least three (3) years of records that may be searched.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </REGTEXT>
        
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3292 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 101126521-0640-02]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA987</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pacific Cod in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary rule; reallocation.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amount of Pacific cod from vessels using jig gear to catcher vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 meters) length overall using hook-and-line or pot gear in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area. This action is necessary to allow the A season apportionment of the 2012 total allowable catch of Pacific cod to be harvested.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective February 8, 2012, through 2400 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), December 31, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.</P>
        <P>The A season apportionment of the 2012 Pacific cod total allowable catch (TAC) specified for vessels using jig gear in the BSAI is 1,958 metric tons (mt) for the period 2400 hrs, A.l.t., January 1, 2012, through 1200 hrs, A.l.t., April 30, 2012, as established by the final 2011 and 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (76 FR 11139, March 1, 2011) and inseason adjustment (76 FR 81875, December 29, 2011).</P>

        <P>The Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, (Regional Administrator) has determined that jig vessels will not be able to harvest 1,800 mt of the A season apportionment of the 2012 Pacific cod TAC allocated to those vessels under § 679.20(a)(7)(ii)(A)(<E T="03">1</E>). Therefore, in accordance with § 679.20(a)(7)(iii)(A), NMFS apportions from 1,800 mt of Pacific cod from the A season jig gear apportionment to catcher vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 meters(m)) length overall (LOA) using hook-and-line or pot gear.</P>
        <P>The harvest specifications for Pacific cod included in the final 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (76 FR 11139, March 1, 2011) and inseason adjustment (76 FR 81875, December 29, 2011) are revised as follows: 158 mt for vessels using jig gear to the A season apportionments and 6,445 mt to catcher vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using hook-and-line or pot gear.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation of Pacific cod specified from jig vessels to catcher vessels less than 60 feet (18.3 m) LOA using hook-and-line or pot gear. Since the fishery is currently open, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the revised allocations. Immediate notification is necessary to allow for the orderly conduct and efficient operation of this fishery, to allow the industry to plan for the fishing season, and to avoid potential disruption to the fishing fleet as well as processors. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of February 8, 2012.</P>
        <P>The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.</P>
        <P>This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="8177"/>
          <DATED>Dated: February 9, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>James P. Burgess,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3397 Filed 2-9-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
    <RULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>50 CFR Part 679</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 101126522-0640-2]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 0648-XA992</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Pacific Cod by Vessels Using Pot Gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Temporary rule; closure.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for Pacific cod by vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the Gulf of Alaska (GOA). This action is necessary to prevent exceeding the A season allowance of the 2012 Pacific cod total allowable catch apportioned to vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), February 10, 2012, through 1200 hrs, A.l.t., September 1, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Obren Davis, 907-586-7228.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679. Regulations governing sideboard protections for GOA groundfish fisheries appear at subpart B of 50 CFR part 680.</P>
        <P>The A season allowance of the 2012 Pacific cod total allowable catch (TAC) apportioned to vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA is 7,538 metric tons (mt), as established by the final 2011 and 2012 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (76 FR 11111, March 1, 2011), revision to the final 2012 harvest specifications for Pacific cod (76 FR 81860, December 29, 2011), and inseason adjustment to the final 2012 harvest specifications for Pacific cod (77 FR 438, January 5, 2012).</P>
        <P>In accordance with § 679.20(d)(1)(i), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator) has determined that the A season allowance of the 2012 Pacific cod TAC apportioned to vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA will soon be reached. Therefore, the Regional Administrator is establishing a directed fishing allowance of 7,528 mt and is setting aside the remaining 10 mt as bycatch to support other anticipated groundfish fisheries. In accordance with § 679.20(d)(1)(iii), the Regional Administrator finds that this directed fishing allowance has been reached. Consequently, NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for Pacific cod by vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA. After the effective date of this closure the maximum retainable amounts at § 679.20(e) and (f) apply at any time during a trip.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Classification</HD>
        <P>This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the directed fishing closure of Pacific cod for vessels using pot gear in the Central Regulatory Area of the GOA. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of February 8, 2012.</P>
        <P>The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.</P>
        <P>This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
          <P>16 U.S.C. 1801<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </AUTH>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: February 9, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>James P. Burgess,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3399 Filed 2-9-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-22-P</BILCOD>
    </RULE>
  </RULES>
  <VOL>77</VOL>
  <NO>30</NO>
  <DATE>Tuesday, February 14, 2012</DATE>
  <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
  <PRORULES>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <PRTPAGE P="8178"/>
        <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>10 CFR Part 430</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. EERE-2010-BT-TP-0038]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Test Procedures for Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps: Public Meeting</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of public meeting.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is holding a public meeting to discuss methodologies and gather comments on testing residential central air conditioners and heat pumps designed to use hydrochlorofluorocarbon-22 (R-22) refrigerant.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>DOE will hold a public meeting on Tuesday, February 14, 2012, from 3 p.m. to 5 p.m. in Washington, DC. Additionally, DOE plans to conduct the public meeting via webinar. To participate via webinar, participants must sign up by following the instructions in the Web site. Registration information, participant instructions, and information about the capabilities available to webinar participants will be published on the following Web site<E T="03">https://www1.gotomeeting.com/register/141337089.</E>Participants are responsible for ensuring that their systems are compatible with the webinar software.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>The public meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 8E-089, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. To attend, please notify Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945. Please note that foreign nationals visiting DOE Headquarters are subject to advance security screening procedures. Any foreign national wishing to participate in the public meeting should advise DOE as soon as possible by contacting Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945 to initiate the necessary procedures.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>The docket is available for review at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>All documents in the docket are listed in the<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>index. However, not all documents in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure. A link to the docket web page can be found at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>The<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>web page contains a link to the docket for this notice, along with simple instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Phone: (202) 586-6590.  Email:<E T="03">Ashley.Armstrong@ee.doe.gov</E>or Elizabeth Kohl, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of General Counsel, GC-72, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Phone: (202) 586-7796. Email:<E T="03">Elizabeth.Kohl@hq.doe.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>Title III, Part B of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (EPCA or the Act), Public Law 94-163 (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309, as codified), established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles, a program covering most major household appliances, including the residential central air conditioners and heat pumps that are single phase with rated cooling capacities less than 65,000 British thermal units per hour (Btu/h) that are the focus of this notice.<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>(42 U.S.C. 6291(1)-(2), (21) and 6292(a)(3))</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part B was re-designated Part A.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Under EPCA, the program consists of four activities: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; and (3) Federal energy conservation standards, and also (4) certification, compliance, and enforcement. The testing requirements consist of test procedures that manufacturers of covered products must use as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products comply with applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA and for representing the efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures in any enforcement action to determine whether covered products comply with these energy conservation standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s))</P>
        <P>DOE's existing test procedures for residential central air conditioners and heat pumps adopted pursuant to these provisions appear under Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 430, subpart B, appendix M (“Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps”). These procedures establish the currently permitted means for determining energy efficiency and annual energy consumption of these products.</P>
        <P>DOE regulations require that residential split system central air conditioners and heat pumps be tested using  “the evaporator coil that is likely to have the largest volume of retail sales with the particular model of condensing unit.” 10 CFR 430.24(m)(2). Effective January 1, 2010, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) banned the sale and distribution of those central air conditioning systems and heat pump systems manufactured after January 1, 2010, that are designed to use R-22 refrigerant. 74 FR 66450 (Dec. 15, 2009). EPA's rulemaking included an exception for the manufacture and importation of replacement components, as long as those components are not pre-charged with R-22. Id. at 66459-66460. In light of EPA's rulemaking, DOE received numerous inquiries regarding the sale of R-22 systems and the applicability of our regulations with respect to these types of systems.</P>

        <P>Because complete R-22 systems can no longer be distributed per EPA's regulations, manufacturers inquired how to test and rate condensing units and outdoor units using R-22 refrigerant. DOE has issued two guidance documents surrounding testing central air conditioner and heat pump systems utilizing R-22 refrigerant. See<E T="03">http://www1.eere.energy.gov/guidance/default.aspx?pid=2&amp;spid=1</E>for additional information. The Department is holding this public meeting and webinar to gather information on the testing of central air conditioners and heat pumps designed to use R-22. Among other things, DOE seeks<PRTPAGE P="8179"/>information on the characteristics of the coil-only indoor unit for testing and rating purposes to satisfy the requirement that the highest volume sales unit combination be tested. 10 CFR 429.16(a)(2)(ii).</P>
        <P>DOE will conduct the public meeting in an informal, facilitated, conference style. There shall be no discussion of proprietary information, costs or prices, market shares, or other commercial matters regulated by U.S. antitrust laws. A court reporter will record the minutes of the meeting, after which a transcript will be available for purchase from the court reporter and placed on the DOE Web site.</P>
        <P>Anyone who wishes to participate in the public meeting, receive meeting materials, or be added to the DOE mailing list to receive future notices and information about wine chillers and miscellaneous refrigeration products should contact Ms. Brenda Edwards at (202) 586-2945.</P>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Issued in Washington, DC, on February 7, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Kathleen Hogan,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3375 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">FARM CREDIT ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
        <CFR>12 CFR Part 630</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3052-AC77</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure to Investors in System-wide and Consolidated Bank Debt Obligations of the Farm Credit System</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Farm Credit Administration.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Farm Credit Administration (FCA, us, we, or our) proposes to amend our regulations related to the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (Funding Corporation) System Audit Committee (SAC) and the Farm Credit System (System) annual report to investors. The proposed rule would remove the provision that a two-thirds majority vote of the Funding Corporation board of directors be required to deny a request for resources by the SAC to engage independent legal counsel, outside advisors or consultants. The proposed rule would instead require appropriate funding to the SAC to perform these duties, quarterly reporting by the SAC to the Funding Corporation board on resources used, and annual reporting to investors.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 16, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>We offer a variety of methods for you to submit your comments. For accuracy and efficiency reasons, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email or through the FCA's Web site. As facsimiles (fax) are difficult for us to process and achieve compliance with section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, we no longer accept comments submitted by fax. Regardless of the method you use, please do not submit your comments multiple times via different methods. You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email:</E>Send an email to<E T="03">reg-comm@fca.gov.</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">FCA Web site: http://www.fca.gov.</E>Select “Public Commenters,” then “Public Comments,” and follow the directions for “Submitting a Comment.”</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Gary K. Van Meter, Director, Office of Regulatory Policy, Farm Credit Administration, 1501 Farm Credit Drive, McLean, VA 22102-5090.</P>

          <P>You may review copies of all comments we receive at our office in McLean, Virginia or on our Web site at<E T="03">http://www.fca.gov.</E>Once you are in the Web site, select “Public Commenters,” then “Public Comments,” and follow the directions for “Reading Submitted Public Comments.” We will show your comments as submitted, including any supporting data provided, but for technical reasons we may omit items such as logos and special characters. Identifying information that you provide, such as phone numbers and addresses, will be publicly available. However, we will attempt to remove email addresses to help reduce Internet spam.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Deborah Wilson, Senior Accountant, Office of Regulatory Policy, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 883-4414, TTY (703) 883-4434, or Laura McFarland, Senior Counsel, Office of General Counsel, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 883-4020, TTY (703) 883-4020.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Objectives</HD>
        <P>The objectives of this proposed rule are to:</P>
        <P>• Allow the SAC unrestricted access to resources to engage legal counsel, consultants and outside advisors,</P>
        <P>• Ensure that investors are provided transparent and complete disclosure on the safe and sound use of resources by the SAC, and</P>
        <P>• Clarify that the appointment, compensation, and retention of the external auditor for the System-wide reports cannot be changed without the agreement of both the SAC and the Funding Corporation board.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
        <P>The Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended (Act),<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>authorizes the FCA to issue regulations implementing the Act's provisions.<SU>2</SU>
          <FTREF/>Our regulations are intended to ensure the safe and sound operations of System institutions and to govern the disclosure of financial information to shareholders of, and investors in, the System. In 2006, we issued a final rulemaking on the governance of System institutions.<SU>3</SU>
          <FTREF/>Those regulations changed the structure, responsibilities, and authority of existing audit committees at the banks and the SAC, and it required audit committees at System associations.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>1</SU>Public Law 92-181, 85 Stat. 583 (1971), 12 U.S.C. 2001<E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>12 U.S.C. 2252(a)(8), (9) and (10).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>71 FR 5740 (Feb. 2, 2006).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>We explained in our 2006 rulemaking that an audit committee is the guardian of an institution's financial integrity, and its independence is essential to investor confidence in the transparency of audited financial statements. The 2006 rulemaking required that audit committees at banks and associations be comprised solely of well-qualified board members,<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>but made an exception to the composition of the SAC. Section 630.6(a) requires that only one-third of the SAC membership be composed of directors from the Funding Corporation board. This exception was in response to comments received on the 2006 rulemaking that audit committee composition derived solely from the board of directors may be appropriate for individual System institutions, but not for the SAC. Commenters believed that the duties of the SAC require broader representation and greater financial experience of its members due to its oversight for the preparation of System combined financial statements.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>Section 620.6 of the FCA's regulations states, “[e]ach member of an audit committee must be a member of the Farm Credit institution's board of directors * * * All committee members should be knowledgeable in at least one of the following: public and corporate finance, financial reporting and disclosure, or accounting procedures.”</P>
        </FTNT>

        <P>The 2006 rulemaking required that the SAC be permitted to contract for independent legal counsel and expert advisers and that the Funding Corporation provide monetary and nonmonetary resources for these activities. Also, the rulemaking required<PRTPAGE P="8180"/>a two-thirds super majority vote, in lieu of a simple majority vote, of the full Funding Corporation board to deny an SAC request for resources. In a petition dated May 2010, the SAC requested that we amend § 630.6 to allow it unfettered ability to engage outside advisors, consultants and legal counsel in the performance of its duties. On November 18, 2010, we issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) on senior officer compensation disclosures and related topics in order to gather information for the development of a proposed rulemaking.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>Part of the ANPRM discussed the authority of the SAC to obtain resources. Among the comment letters received in response to the ANPRM, several responders, including the Farm Credit Council (Council) acting for its membership, and the Funding Corporation, addressed the ability of the SAC to have unfettered ability to access resources. The Council expressed the view of its membership that existing FCA regulations appropriately balance audit committee need with the board's ultimate responsibility to the customer-shareholder for the safety and financial stability of the institution. However, the Council also noted that its membership supported the SAC's request.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>75 FR 70619 (Nov. 18, 2010).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>This proposed rule would expand the authority of the SAC related to its use of Funding Corporation resources for consultants, legal counsel and outside advisors. In its petition, the SAC asserted that expanding its authority on the use of resources would:</P>
        <P>• Avoid any future potential conflict that could arise between it and the Funding Corporation board on SAC requests for resources,</P>
        <P>• Enhance its independence, and</P>
        <P>• Promote the integrity of the System both in fact and perception to investors in System-wide debt securities.</P>
        <P>We considered these views in proposing this rule. The rule proposes that the SAC report to the board at least quarterly on its use of resources, and the Funding Corporation disclose the uses and their benefits in the System annual report to investors. Further, we propose to clarify that the SAC appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the System's independent accountants with the agreement of the Funding Corporation board.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Section-by-Section Analysis</HD>
        <P>We request and encourage any interested person to submit comments on this proposed rule and ask that you support your comments with relevant data or examples. We are especially interested in receiving comments related to the proposed clarification that the SAC appoint, compensate, and retain external auditors with the agreement of the Funding Corporation board of directors.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. System Audit Committee Authority<E T="01">[§ 630.6(a)]</E>
        </HD>
        <P>FCA regulations authorize the Funding Corporation board of directors to deny an SAC request for resources by a two-thirds majority vote of the full board. The proposed rule would provide the SAC with the unlimited ability to engage outside advisors, consultants and legal counsel in the performance of its duties. This proposed rule would require that the SAC use Funding Corporation resources in a manner that would not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the System and that the use of resources complies with law and regulation. Also, it would require that the SAC report to the Funding Corporation board at least quarterly on resources used pursuant to this proposed rule.</P>
        <P>This provision would not prevent the Funding Corporation from developing its own procedures to address the use of resources by the SAC. To facilitate an open and balanced discussion on the appropriate use of resources, we would expect the SAC to confer with the Funding Corporation board on its intent to use resources. We would also expect that in performing its fiduciary responsibilities, the full board would review the use of resources for any safety or soundness issues.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. External Auditors<E T="01">[§ 630.6(a)(4)(ii)(A)]</E>
        </HD>
        <P>The proposed rule would revise our regulation relating to the appointment, compensation and retention of the external auditor. The revision would clarify that the SAC perform this duty with the agreement of the Funding Corporation board. We believe this clarification will ensure that the SAC's appointment, compensation and retention of the external auditor for the System-wide report are executed with the agreement of the full board of the Funding Corporation. Since the SAC is a subset of the full board, we believe the SAC duties related to the external auditors are of such significance that they must remain under the direct oversight of the full board.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Disclosure of System Audit Committee Expenditures<E T="01">[§ 630.20(n)]</E>
        </HD>
        <P>To ensure that investors are provided transparent and complete disclosure on the safe and sound use of resources by the SAC, we propose in § 630.20(n) that Funding Corporation resources used by the SAC be disclosed by category in the annual report to investors. The proposed categories would include, at a minimum, independent legal counsel and related services, consultants, actuaries, outside advisors and other services performed on behalf of the SAC. We propose that fees paid for the audit of the combined System-wide financial statements and any fees under $5,000 per category need not be disclosed. In addition to disclosing the name of SAC members, we propose that experience and compensation for each member be included in the annual report. We propose this change for consistency with audit committee disclosures required at the bank and association level.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>

        <P>Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601<E T="03">et seq.</E>), the FCA hereby certifies that the proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Each of the banks in the Farm Credit System, considered together with its affiliated associations, has assets and annual income in excess of the amounts that would qualify them as small entities. Therefore, Farm Credit System institutions are not “small entities” as defined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 630</HD>
          <P>Accounting, Agriculture, Banks, banking, Organization and functions (Government agencies), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rural areas.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, part 630 of chapter VI, title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations are proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 630—DISCLOSURE TO INVESTORS IN SYSTEM-WIDE AND CONSOLIDATED BANK DEBT OBLIGATIONS OF THE FARM CREDIT SYSTEM</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 630 is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>Secs. 4.2, 4.9, 5.9, 5.17, 5.19 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2153, 2160, 2243, 2252, 2254); sec. 424 of Pub. L. 100-233, 101 Stat. 1568, 1656; sec. 514 of Pub. L. 102-552, 106 Stat. 4102.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart A—General</HD>
          <P>2. Section 630.6 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4)(ii)(A) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <PRTPAGE P="8181"/>
            <SECTNO>§ 630.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Funding Corporation committees.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">System Audit Committee.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(3)<E T="03">Resources.</E>The Funding Corporation must provide the SAC monetary and nonmonetary resources the SAC determines necessary to enable it to perform the duties listed in paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The Funding Corporation must permit the SAC to contract, for reasons directly related to the duties listed in paragraph (a)(4), the services of external auditors, independent legal counsel, and outside advisors. The SAC must not use the resources of the Funding Corporation in a manner that would adversely affect the safety and soundness of the System or be contrary to law and regulation. The SAC must provide the Funding Corporation board of directors a quarterly accounting of expenditures made pursuant to this section.</P>
            <P>(4)<E T="03">Duties.</E>* * *</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(ii)<E T="03">External auditors.</E>The external auditor must report directly to the SAC. The SAC must:</P>
            <P>(A) Determine, with the agreement of the Funding Corporation board of directors, the appointment, compensation, and retention of the external auditors issuing System-wide audit reports;</P>
            <STARS/>
            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Subpart B—Annual Report to Investors</HD>
            <P>3. Section 630.20 is amended by revising paragraph (n) to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 630.20</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Contents of the annual report to investors.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(n)<E T="03">System Audit Committee.</E>The Funding Corporation must include in the System-wide Report to Investors a description of the System Audit Committee and its activities during the reporting period. At a minimum, the report must:</P>
            <P>(1) List the names of the System Audit Committee members, including each member's term of office and principal occupation during the past 5 years. For each member, state the total cash and noncash compensation paid for services on the System Audit Committee during the reporting period.</P>
            <P>(2) Categorize and disclose the dollar value of monetary and nonmonetary resources used by the System Audit Committee during the reporting period. Describe the benefit(s) obtained from expenditures made under each category. Disclosures of fees paid for the audit of the System-wide financial statements and those categories of expenses having an annual aggregate dollar value of less than $5,000 are not required. At a minimum, there must be separate categories for:</P>
            <P>(i) Administrative expenses,</P>
            <P>(ii) Contracted legal services,</P>
            <P>(iii) Contracted consultants and advisors, and</P>
            <P>(iv) Other contracted services, identifying the services.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: February 9, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Dale L. Aultman,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Secretary, Farm Credit Administration Board.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3411 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6705-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2012-0141; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-092-AD]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; Fokker Services B.V. Airplanes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Fokker Services B.V. Model F.28 Mark 0070 and 0100 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by an in-flight failure of the hydraulic control panel, which resulted in the absence of pressure and quantity indication of the hydraulic system and accompanying alerts for “hydraulic system 1 low quantity” and “hydraulic system 2 low quantity.” This proposed AD would require implementing new abnormal procedures for hydraulics in the airplane flight manual (AFM). We are proposing this AD to prevent loss of control of the airplane due to incorrect hydraulic system failure information being provided to the flightcrew, followed by application of inappropriate procedures.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We must receive comments on this proposed AD by March 30, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may send comments by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>Go to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov.</E>Follow the instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Fax:</E>(202) 493-2251.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.</P>

          <P>For service information identified in this proposed AD, contact Fokker Services B.V., Technical Services Dept., P.O. Box 231, 2150 AE Nieuw-Vennep, the Netherlands; telephone +31 (0)252-627-350; fax +31 (0)252-627-211; email<E T="03">technicalservices.fokkerservices@stork.com;</E>Internet<E T="03">http://www.myfokkerfleet.com.</E>You may review copies of the referenced service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.</P>
        </ADD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Examining the AD Docket</HD>
        <P>You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov;</E>or in person at the Docket Operations office between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this proposed AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The street address for the Docket Operations office (telephone (800) 647-5527) is in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Comments will be available in the AD docket shortly after receipt.</P>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1137; fax (425) 227-1149.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>

        <P>We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposed AD. Send your comments to an address listed under the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section. Include “Docket No. FAA-2012-0141; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-092-AD” at the beginning of your comments. We specifically invite comments on the overall regulatory, economic, environmental, and energy aspects of this proposed AD. We will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposed AD based on those comments.</P>
        <P>We will post all comments we receive, without change, to<E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information you provide. We will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact we receive about this proposed AD.<PRTPAGE P="8182"/>
        </P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Discussion</HD>
        <P>The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Community, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2011-0051, dated March 22, 2011 (referred to after this as “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for the specified products. The MCAI states:</P>
        <EXTRACT>
          
          <P>An in-flight failure of the hydraulic control panel resulted in the absence of pressure and quantity indication of the hydraulic system and accompanying alerts for “hydraulic system 1 low quantity” and “hydraulic system 2 low quantity”. The procedures prescribed the shut-off of the engine driven hydraulic pumps, resulting in complete absence of hydraulic pressure, which made it impossible to hydraulically control the flight controls, including the stabiliser. The status information contained in the procedures for these alerts may give the false impression that the stabiliser is still hydraulically controllable on one channel. The flight crew regained control by using the alternate electrically powered stabiliser control.</P>
          <P>A safety review revealed that a “hydraulic system 1 and 2 low quantity” alert could give the right information, however this alert is not available in the Flight Warning System. To solve this problem, Fokker Services improved the Hydraulic 1(2) Low Quantity Procedures in the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM).</P>
          <P>For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires the implementation of new abnormal procedures for hydraulics in the AFM.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <FP>The unsafe condition is possible loss of control of the airplane due to incorrect hydraulic system failure information being provided to the flightcrew, followed by application of inappropriate procedures. You may obtain further information by examining the MCAI in the AD docket.</FP>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Relevant Service Information</HD>
        <P>Fokker Services B.V. has issued Manual Change Notification—Operational Documentation MCNO F100-057, dated December 17, 2010. The actions described in this service information are intended to correct the unsafe condition identified in the MCAI.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination and Requirements of This Proposed AD</HD>
        <P>This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
        <P>Based on the service information, we estimate that this proposed AD would affect about 4 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it would take about 1 work-hour per product to comply with the basic requirements of this proposed AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of the proposed AD on U.S. operators to be $340, or $85 per product.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
        <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
        <P>We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
        <P>We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</E>
        </P>
        <P>1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;</P>
        <P>2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979); and</P>
        <P>3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and</P>
        <P>4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
        <P>We prepared a regulatory evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
          <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
          </AUTH>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
            <P>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new AD:</P>
            
            <EXTRACT>
              <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                <E T="04">Fokker Services B.V.:</E>Docket No. FAA-2012-0141; Directorate Identifier 2011-NM-092-AD.</FP>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
              <P>We must receive comments by March 30, 2012.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
              <P>None.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
              <P>This AD applies to Fokker Services B.V. Model F.28 Mark 0070 and 0100 airplanes, certificated in any category, all serial numbers.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
              <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 29: Hydraulic power.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Reason</HD>
              <P>This AD was prompted by an in-flight failure of the hydraulic control panel, which resulted in the absence of pressure and quantity indication of the hydraulic system and accompanying alerts for “hydraulic system 1 low quantity” and “hydraulic system 2 low quantity.” This proposed AD would require implementing new abnormal procedures for hydraulics in the airplane flight manual (AFM). We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of control of the airplane due to incorrect hydraulic system failure information being provided to the flightcrew, followed by application of inappropriate procedures.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
              <P>You are responsible for having the actions required by this AD performed within the compliance times specified, unless the actions have already been done.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) Revision</HD>

              <P>Within 3 months after the effective date of this AD, revise the Abnormal Procedures—Hydraulics section of the Fokker F.28 AFM by incorporating the information specified in Fokker Manual Change Notification—Operational Documentation (MCNO) MCNO-<PRTPAGE P="8183"/>F100-057, dated December 17, 2010, into the Abnormal Procedures—Hydraulics section of the AFM.</P>
              <NOTE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to paragraph (g):</HD>
                <P>The actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD may be done by inserting a copy of MCNO Fokker MCNO-F100-057, dated December 17, 2010, into the Abnormal Procedures—Hydraulics section of the Fokker F.28 AFM. When MCNO Fokker MCNO-F100-057, dated December 17, 2010, has been included in the general revisions of the AFM, the general revisions may be inserted in the AFM, provided the relevant information in the general revision is identical to that in MCNO Fokker MCNO-F100-057, dated December 17, 2010, and that MCNO may be removed.</P>
              </NOTE>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Other FAA AD Provisions</HD>
              <P>The following provisions also apply to this AD:</P>
              <P>(1)<E T="03">Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs):</E>The Manager, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the International Branch, send it to ATTN: Tom Rodriguez, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone (425) 227-1137; fax (425) 227-1149. Information may be emailed to:<E T="03">9-ANM-116-AMOC-REQUESTS@faa.gov.</E>Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office. The AMOC approval letter must specifically reference this AD.</P>
              <P>(2)<E T="03">Airworthy Product:</E>For any requirement in this AD to obtain corrective actions from a manufacturer or other source, use these actions if they are FAA-approved. Corrective actions are considered FAA-approved if they are approved by the State of Design Authority (or their delegated agent). You are required to assure the product is airworthy before it is returned to service.</P>
              <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Related Information</HD>
              <P>Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) Airworthiness Directive 2011-0051, dated March 22, 2011; and MCNO Fokker MCNO-F100-057, dated December 17, 2010; for related information.</P>
            </EXTRACT>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Issued in Renton, Washington on February 7, 2012.</DATED>
            <NAME>Ali Bahrami,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Manager, Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3387 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">RAILROAD RETIREMENT BOARD</AGENCY>
        <CFR>20 CFR Parts 200, 320, and 345</CFR>
        <RIN>RIN 3220—AB65</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Restructuring of the Office of Programs; Elimination of Regional Offices</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Railroad Retirement Board.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The Railroad Retirement Board (Board) proposes to amend its regulations to reflect the restructuring of the Office of Programs and the elimination of the Regional Offices.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Submit comments on or before April 16, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>Address any comments concerning this proposed rule to Martha P. Rico, Secretary to the Board, Railroad Retirement Board, 844 N. Rush Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611-2092.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Marguerite P. Dadabo, Assistant General Counsel, (312) 751-4945, TTD (312) 751-4701.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P>The Railroad Retirement Board has restructured its Office of Assessment and Training in a Board-approved reorganization plan. The Office of Assessment and Training, formerly a single component of the Office of Programs, is now intermingled with other subcomponents of the Office of Programs. Therefore, issues that were formerly under the jurisdiction of the Office of Programs/Assessment and Training are now under the jurisdiction of the Office of Programs/Policy and Systems for purposes of the following regulations.</P>
        <P>Additionally, the Railroad Retirement Board underwent a reorganization of its regional offices in an effort to improve efficiency and eliminate duplication. As a result of this reorganization, the Railroad Retirement Board eliminated its Regional Offices in Atlanta, Georgia, Denver, Colorado, and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The work done by the Regional Offices is now handled by the Field Services Headquarters staff.</P>
        <P>The Board, with the concurrence of the Office of Management and Budget, has determined that this is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, as amended. Therefore, no regulatory impact analysis is required. There are no changes to the information collections associated with Parts 200, 320 and 345.</P>
        
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 20 CFR Parts 200, 320, and 345</HD>
          <P>Railroad employees, Railroad employers, Railroad retirement, Railroad unemployment.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <P>For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Railroad Retirement Board proposes to amend title 20, chapter II, subchapter A, part 200 and subchapter C, parts 320 and 345 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 200—GENERAL ADMINISTRATION</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for part 200 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>45 U.S.C. 231f(b)(5) and 45 U.S.C. 362; 200.4 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; 200.5 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552a; 200.6 also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552b; and 200.7 also issued under 31 U.S.C. 3717.</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. In § 200.1, paragraph (a)(4) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 200.1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Designation of central and field organization.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a) * * *</P>
            <P>(4) The headquarters of the Board is in Chicago, Illinois, at 844 North Rush Street. The Board maintains numerous district offices across the country in localities easily accessible to large numbers of railroad workers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>3. In § 200.4, paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and (d)(5) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 200.4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Availability of information to the public.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(d) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) In the Office of Programs/Operations: The Retirement Claims Manual, RCM Circulars, Special Services Manual, Policy Decisions, Procedural Memoranda containing information on the adjudication of claims not contained in the Retirement Claims Manual or in RCM Circulars, Field Operating Manual (Parts I and VI), FOM Circulars and Memoranda, the Occupational Disability Rating Schedule, Adjudication Instruction Manual, memorandum instructions on adjudication, and circular letters of instruction to railroad officials.</P>
            <P>(2) In the Office of Programs/Policy and Systems: The Instructions to Employers, and Circular Letters to Employers.</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5) Field offices shall also make available to the extent practicable such of these materials and indexes as are furnished them in the ordinary course of business.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <PRTPAGE P="8184"/>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 320—INITIAL DETERMINATIONS UNDER THE RAILROAD UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE ACT AND REVIEWS OF AND APPEALS FROM SUCH DETERMINATIONS</HD>
          <P>4. The authority citation for part 320 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>45 U.S.C. 355 and 362(1).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>5. In § 320.6, paragraph (c) introductory text is revised to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 320.6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Adjudicating office.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Field Service-Headquarters.</E>Field Service-Headquarters staff are authorized to make determinations on any of the issues listed in paragraph (b) of this section. In addition, Field Service-Headquarters staff are authorized to make initial determinations on the following issues:</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>6. In § 320.10, paragraph (c) is revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 320.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Reconsideration of initial determination.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c)<E T="03">Notice of decision.</E>The adjudicating office shall, as soon as possible, render a decision on the request for reconsideration. If a decision rendered by a district office, as the adjudicating office, sustains the initial determination, either in whole or in part, the decision shall be referred to the appropriate Field Service-Headquarters staff for review prior to issuance. The party who requested reconsideration shall be notified, in writing, of the decision on reconsideration no later than 15 days from the date of the decision or, where the Field Service-Headquarters staff has conducted a review of the decision, within 7 days following the completion of the review. If the decision results in denial of benefits, the claimant shall be notified of the right to appeal as provided in § 320.12 of this part. If the decision results in payment of benefits, the base-year employer(s) shall be notified of the right to appeal as provided in § 320.12 of this part.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 345—EMPLOYERS' CONTRIBUTIONS AND CONTRIBUTION REPORTS</HD>
          <P>7. The authority citation for part 345 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>45 U.S.C. 362(1).</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>8. Revise § 345.202 to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 345.202</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Consolidated employer records.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Establishing a consolidated employer record.</E>Two or more employers that are under common ownership or control may request the Board to consolidate their individual employer records into a joint individual employer record. Such joint individual employer record shall be treated as though it were a single employer record. A request for such consolidation shall be made to the Director of Policy and Systems, and such consolidation shall be effective commencing with the calendar year following the year of the request.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Discontinuance of a consolidated employer record.</E>Two or more employers that have established and maintained a consolidated employer record will be permitted to discontinue such consolidated record only if the individual employers agree to an allocation of the consolidated employer record and such allocation is approved by the Director of Policy and Systems. The discontinuance of the consolidated record shall be effective commencing with the calendar year following the year of the Director of Policy and Systems' approval.</P>
            <P>9. In § 345.307 paragraphs (a) and (b) are revised to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 345.307</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rate protest.</SUBJECT>
            <P>(a)<E T="03">Request for reconsideration.</E>An employer may appeal a determination of a contribution rate computed under this part by filing a request for reconsideration with the Director of Policy and Systems within 90 days after the date on which the Board notified the employer of its rate of contribution for the next ensuing calendar year. Within 45 days of the receipt of a request for reconsideration, the Director shall issue a decision on the protest.</P>
            <P>(b)<E T="03">Appeal to the Board.</E>An employer aggrieved by the decision of the Director of Policy and Systems under paragraph (a) of this section may appeal to the Board. Such appeal shall be filed with the Secretary to the Board within 30 days after the date on which the Director notified the employer of the decision on reconsideration. The Board may decide such appeal without a hearing or, in its discretion, may refer the matter to a hearings officer pursuant to part 319 of this chapter.</P>
            <STARS/>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <DATED>Dated: February 1, 2012.</DATED>
            
            <P>By Authority of the Board.</P>
            <NAME>Martha P. Rico, for the Board,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Secretary to the Board.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-2808 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Internal Revenue Service</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>26 CFR Part 1</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[REG-132736-11]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 1545-BK49</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Foreign Tax Credit Splitting Events</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking by cross-reference to temporary regulations.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>In the Rules and Regulations section in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register,</E>the IRS is issuing temporary regulations that provide guidance relating to a new provision of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that addresses situations in which foreign income taxes have been separated from the related income. Those regulations are necessary to provide guidance on applying the new statutory provision, which was enacted as part of legislation commonly referred to as the Education Jobs and Medicaid Assistance Act (EJMAA) on August 10, 2010. The text of those temporary regulations published in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>also serves as the text of these proposed regulations.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>Comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by May 14, 2012.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Send submissions to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-132736-11), room 5205, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-132736-11), Courier's desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20044, or sent electronically, via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>(IRS REG-132736-11).</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Concerning the regulations, Suzanne M. Walsh, (202) 622-3850; concerning submissions of comments, Oluwafunmilayo Taylor, (202) 622-7180 (not toll-free numbers).</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <P/>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background and Explanation of Provisions</HD>

        <P>Temporary regulations in the Rules and Regulations section of this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>contain amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) which<PRTPAGE P="8185"/>provide rules relating to a new provision of the Code that was enacted as part of EJMAA (Pub. L. 111-226, 124 Stat. 2389 (2010)) which addresses situations in which foreign income taxes have been separated from the related income. The text of those regulations also serves as the text of these proposed regulations. The preamble to the temporary regulations explains the temporary regulations and these proposed regulations. The regulations affect taxpayers claiming foreign tax credits.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Special Analyses</HD>
        <P>It has been determined that this notice of proposed rulemaking is not a significant regulatory action as defined in Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a regulatory assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, and because the regulations do not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to section 7805(f), these regulations have been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments and Requests for Public Hearing</HD>

        <P>Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any comments that are submitted timely to the IRS as prescribed in this preamble under<E T="02">ADDRESSES.</E>The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on all aspects of the proposed rules. All comments will be available at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or upon request. A public hearing will be scheduled if requested in writing by any person that timely submits comments. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place for the public hearing will be published in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Drafting Information</HD>
        <P>The principal author of these regulations is Suzanne M. Walsh of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, other personnel from the IRS and the Treasury Department participated in their development.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1</HD>
          <P>Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed Amendments to the Regulations</HD>
        <P>Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INCOME TAXES</HD>
          <P>
            <E T="04">Paragraph 1.</E>The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *</P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>
            <E T="04">Par. 2.</E>Section 1.704-1 is amended as follows:</P>
          <P>1. Paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) is added.</P>
          <P>2. Paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) and paragraph (b)(5)<E T="03">Example 24</E>are revised.</P>
          <P>The addition and revisions read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.704-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Partner's distributive share.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(b) * * *</P>
            <P>(1) * * *</P>
            <P>(ii) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">b</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) [The text of the proposed amendments to § 1.704-1(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) is the same as the text of § 1.704-1T(b)(1)(ii)(<E T="03">b</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.]</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(4) * * *</P>
            <P>(viii) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">d</E>) * * *</P>
            <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) [The text of the proposed amendments to § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) is the same as the text of § 1.704-1T(b)(4)(viii)(<E T="03">d</E>)(<E T="03">3</E>) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.]</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(5) * * *</P>
            <P>
              <E T="03">Example 24.</E>[The text of the proposed amendments to § 1.704-1(b)(5)<E T="03">Example 24</E>is the same as the text of §§ 1.704-1T(b)(5)<E T="03">Example 24</E>published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
            <STARS/>
            <P>
              <E T="04">Par. 3.</E>Section 1.909-0 is added to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-0</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Outline of regulation provisions for section 909.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-0 is the same as the text of § 1.909-0T published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
            
            <P>
              <E T="04">Par. 4.</E>Sections 1.909-1 through 1.909-6 are added to read as follows:</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-1</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Definitions and special rules.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-1 is the same as the text of § 1.909-1T(a) through (e) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-2</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Splitter arrangements.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-2 is the same as the text of § 1.909-2T(a) through (c) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-3</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Rules regarding related income and split taxes.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-3 is the same as the text of § 1.909-3T(a) through (c) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-4</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Coordination rules.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-4 is the same as the text of § 1.909-4T(a) through (b) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register.</E>]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-5</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>2011 and 2012 Splitter arrangements.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-5 is the same as the text of § 1.909-5T(a) through (c) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 1.909-6</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Pre-2011 foreign tax credit splitting events.</SUBJECT>

            <P>[The text of proposed § 1.909-6 is the same as the text of § 1.909-6T(a) through (h) published elsewhere in this issue of the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.]</P>
          </SECTION>
          <SIG>
            <NAME>Steven T. Miller,</NAME>
            <TITLE>Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.</TITLE>
          </SIG>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3350 Filed 2-9-12; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4830-01-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
        <SUBAGY>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement</SUBAGY>
        <CFR>30 CFR Part 935</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[SATS No. OH-252-FOR; Docket ID OSM 2011-0003]</DEPDOC>
        <SUBJECT>Ohio Regulatory Program</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSM), Interior.</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule; reopening of the public comment period and opportunity for public hearing on the proposed amendment.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>

          <P>We are announcing receipt of a proposed amendment to the Ohio regulatory program (the “Ohio program”) under the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA or the Act) and reopening the public comment period. The comment period is being reopened to incorporate changes that Ohio made to its initial amendment submission of 2007 regarding Ohio's alternative bonding<PRTPAGE P="8186"/>system. We did not make a decision on that submission since Ohio planned to submit additional revisions in response to OSM's review of the submission. The comment period is being reopened to incorporate recent amendment submissions, which consist of changes in response to OSM's concerns and other changes that Ohio made at its own initiative. Taken together, the revised amendment includes legislative and regulatory actions regarding subjects such as bond program changes, AML provisions, program funding, permitting standards, valid existing rights, re-mining, blasting, and topsoil handling. It also includes two actuarial reports on Ohio's bonding program and letters to Ohio's Governor from the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board of Ohio with recommendations regarding these reports.</P>
          <P>This document gives the times and locations that the Ohio submittal is available for your inspection, the comment period during which you may submit written comments, and the procedures that we will follow for the public hearing, if one is requested.</P>
        </SUM>
        <DATES>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
          <P>We will accept written comments until 4 p.m., local time March 15, 2012. If requested, we will hold a public hearing on March 12, 2012. We will accept requests to speak until 4 p.m., local time on February 29, 2012.</P>
        </DATES>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
          <P>You may submit comments, identified by “OH-252-FOR; Docket ID: OSM-2011-0003 by either of the following two methods:</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: www.regulations.gov.</E>The proposed rule has been assigned Docket ID: OSM-2011-0003. If you would like to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal, go to<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>and follow the instructions.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Mail/Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>Mr. Ben Owens, Acting Chief,Pittsburgh Field Division,Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,4605 Morse Rd., Room 102,Columbus, Ohio 43230.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the “Public Comment Procedures” heading of the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>In addition to obtaining a copy of the submission letter at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>information may also be obtained at the addresses listed below during normal business hours, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. You may receive one free copy of the amendment by contacting OSM's Pittsburgh Field Division Office.</P>
          

          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Ben Owens, Acting Chief,Pittsburgh Field Division,Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,4605 Morse Rd., Room 102,Columbus, OH 43230,Telephone: (614) 416-2238, Email:<E T="03">bowens@osmre.gov.</E>
          </FP>

          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Lanny Erdos, Chief,Division of Mineral Resources Management,Ohio Department of Natural Resources,2045 Morse Rd., Building H-2,Columbus, OH 43229,Telephone: (614) 265-6888; Email:<E T="03">Lanny.Erdos@dnr.state.oh.us.</E>
          </FP>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
          <P>Ben Owens,Telephone: (614) 416-2238. Email:<E T="03">bowens@osmre.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Background on the Ohio Program</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Description of the Amendment</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Public Comment Procedures</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Procedural Determinations</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background on the Ohio Program</HD>
        <P>Section 503(a) of the Act permits a state to assume primacy for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations on non-Federal and non-Indian lands within its borders by demonstrating that its program includes, among other things, “a state law which provides for the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations in accordance with the requirements of this Act * * *; and rules and regulations consistent with regulations issued by the Secretary pursuant to this Act.” See 30 U.S.C. 1253(a)(1) and (7). On the basis of these criteria, the Secretary of the Interior approved the Ohio program on August 16, 1982.</P>

        <P>You can find background information on the Ohio program, including the Secretary's findings, the disposition of comments, and conditions of approval of the Ohio program in the August 16, 1982,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(41 FR 34688). You can also find later actions concerning the Ohio program and program amendments at 30 CFR 935.11, 935.12, 935.15, and 935.16.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Description of the Amendment</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Initial Submission:</E>By letter dated March 6, 2007, Ohio sent us an amendment to its program (Administrative Record Number OH-2185-28), known by Ohio as Program Amendment No. 82. The amendment was intended primarily to satisfy a program condition codified in the Federal regulations at 30 CFR 935.11(h). It was in response to our letter of May 4, 2005, issued under provisions of 30 CFR 733.12(b). The program condition and the 733 letter provided that Ohio submit a program amendment that demonstrates how the alternative bonding system will assure timely reclamation at the site of all operations for which bond has been forfeited. We announced the receipt of this amendment in the April 30, 2007,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(72 FR 21176).</P>
        <P>The submission was a result of the adoption of Ohio House Bill 443 in 2007, which was intended to address many of the issues of concern to OSM relative to Ohio's alternative bonding system. The submission involved legislative action resulting in changes to the Ohio Revised Code (ORC) regarding the state's alternative bonding system, funding for its regulatory and abandoned mine land programs, permitting procedures for determining the potential for acid mine drainage, and rulemaking if Ohio becomes covered by a state programmatic general permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States by coal mining operations. The submission included: Ohio House Bill 443 as signed into law; a Summary of Coal Mining Provisions of House Bill 443 prepared by the Ohio Division of Mineral Resources Management (DMRM); Program Amendment No. 82 request; revisions to the Ohio Bonding Program; Explanation of Proposed Bond Pool Revisions; and an Analysis of the impacts of House Bill 443 upon DMRM revenues.</P>
        <P>OSM conducted a review of the submission and documented its findings in a letter to Ohio dated July 26, 2007 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-36). In that letter, OSM identified 24 issues that required additional clarification or a description of necessary rulemaking before OSM could provide the analysis necessary to make a decision on the adequacy of the amendment provisions in meeting SMCRA requirements. These issues would require additional legislative changes, rulemaking, procedure development, and completion of an actuarial study, followed by a revised program amendment. For these reasons, OSM deferred deciding on the submission until Ohio submitted additional information. The following actions occurred subsequent to the initial submission:</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Establishment of Workgroups:</E>
        </P>

        <P>Ohio acknowledged that significant amendments to the Ohio Administrative Code (OAC) would be needed to ensure that the final program amendment, in whole, was consistent with the relevant Federal regulations. Ohio chartered several workgroups made up of internal<PRTPAGE P="8187"/>and external stakeholders to develop final procedures that would be issued as a basis for writing new and revising existing regulations under the Ohio Administrative Code (OAC) to implement the provisions of HB 443. The workgroups' efforts resulted in development of procedures affecting such matters as acid-base accounting, reclamation cost estimates, performance security release/approval, tax credits, and others as described in some of the following paragraphs.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">OSM/State Communications:</E>
        </P>
        <P>OSM met with Ohio on August 22, 2007 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-37), and on August 27, 2007 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-38), to discuss the issues and Ohio's plans to address them. Ohio responded to OSM's July 26, 2007, letter on October 15, 2007 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-39) requesting an extension of time until January 18, 2008, to respond to OSM's issues. OSM responded on November 6, 2007 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-40), granting Ohio's request for an extension. Ohio provided a detailed response to OSM's issues on January 18, 2008 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-41). Their response included Ohio's expectation that discussion with the mining industry regarding needed statutory changes would continue and regulations would be adopted by December 2009. By letter dated July 3, 2008 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-42), Ohio responded to concerns that OSM identified regarding changes to program funding and described a new revenue source. By letter dated January 9, 2009, OSM responded (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-44) to Ohio's letter of January 18, 2008. In this letter OSM reiterated some of the major concerns with the amendment and acknowledged Ohio's letter of July 3, 2008, regarding program funding concerns. OSM met with Ohio on January 29, 2009 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-45), to discuss OSM's January 9, 2009, letter and Ohio's progress with additional program changes in response to OSM's issues. Ohio responded to OSM's letter of January 9, 2009, by letter dated April 17, 2009 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-46), that described statutory changes that had occurred or would occur to address the major concerns OSM identified.</P>
        <P>Ohio provided OSM with a copy of a letter from Pinnacle Actuarial Resources to the Chair of the Ohio Reclamation Forfeiture Advisory Board dated June 22, 2009, that included a report entitled “Analysis of the Ohio Reclamation Forfeiture Fund.” This actuarial analysis provided information and recommendations regarding the fiscal condition of Ohio's performance security pool (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-47). The Board forwarded this report, along with recommendations resulting from the report, to the Governor of Ohio by letter dated June 29, 2009 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-48).</P>
        <P>On July 28, 2009, Ohio provided OSM with an update (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-49) to Ohio's Program Amendment No. 82, which was intended to address several of the issues OSM had identified with Ohio's original program amendment submittal. This document included three legislative actions (portions of House Bill 119, Senate Bill 73, and Senate Bill 386); changes to OAC effective April 30, 2009; an opinion from DMRM's Chief legal counsel regarding the cap on liability of Ohio's alternative bonding system, and the 2009 actuarial report. Since additional changes were forthcoming, OSM did not process this update as a formal program amendment.</P>
        <P>On July 27, 2010, OSM sent a letter to Ohio (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-52), providing the issues that OSM believed to remain unresolved and asked for an update on the status of addressing the issues since Ohio's projected completion date of December 2009 had passed. Ohio replied on October 18, 2010 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-53), providing a status report on negotiations with the Ohio Coal Association regarding additional legislative issues, the status of a second actuarial analysis, and a number of rules that had been adopted.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">April Submission:</E>By letter dated April 1, 2011, Ohio sent us an amendment to its program (a continuation of the original 2007 submission), Administrative Record No. OH-2185-54, under SMCRA (30 U.S.C. 1201<E T="03">et seq.</E>). Ohio changed its program by adding and changing statutory provisions (Ohio Revised Code—ORC) and rules (Ohio Administrative Code—OAC) regarding performance bond on coal mining operations in response to OSM's concerns and in order to codify regulatory language resulting from House Bill 443 (which had been announced previously). In addition to these changes, Ohio subsequently added or changed statutory provisions and regulations regarding topics such as valid existing rights, re-mining, abandoned mine lands, blasting, and topsoil handling, among others.</P>
        <P>The submission includes statutory changes to Chapters 1513 and 5749 of the ORC that resulted from four different legislative actions (House Bill 119, Senate Bill 73, Senate Bill 181, and Senate Bill 386); regulatory changes to Chapter 1501 of the OAC; a 2009 actuarial report analysis of Ohio's reclamation forfeiture fund; and procedure directives. In addition to the documents mentioned above, the state has included procedure directives for the purposes of clarity and support and they are not considered part of this amendment.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">July Submission:</E>By letter dated July 26, 2011 (Administrative Record No. OH-2185-61), Ohio provided additional statutory changes adopted under House Bill 163 on June 30, 2011; a recently completed 2011 actuarial report on the reclamation forfeiture fund; and a letter to the Governor from the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board regarding the actuarial report.</P>
        <P>We are combining the April 1, 2011, and the July 26, 2011, submissions with the original submission and reopening the comment period. When taken together, the March 8, 2007, the April 1, 2011, and the July 26, 2011, submissions include changes to the following provisions of the ORC and OAC.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Legislative Actions:</E>
        </P>

        <P>As mentioned above, we announced the provisions of the April 6, 2007, submission that included House Bill 443 in the April 30, 2007,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>(72 FR 21176). Since that publication, five additional legislative actions have occurred: House Bill 119 dated September 28, 2007; Senate Bill 386 dated April 7, 2009; Senate Bill 73 dated June 15, 2009; Senate Bill 181 dated September 13, 2010; and House Bill 163 dated June 30, 2011. As legislative activity progressed throughout these years, many of the provisions of the more recent bills modified previously enacted bills. We did not announce these legislative actions as they occurred, but rather aggregately included them with this notice. To simplify our description of the outcome of the legislative activity that occurred subsequent to House Bill 443, we have summarized pertinent changes based on the ORC language that currently exists. While we had already announced the submission involving ORC changes resulting from the enacted provisions of House Bill 443, we have chosen to include them here to provide a comprehensive summary of all of the changes requested for approval. The summary of the changes follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.01: Coal Surface Mining Definitions (Revised by House Bill 443 and Senate Bill 73)</HD>

        <P>This section was revised to define the new term “performance security” and to<PRTPAGE P="8188"/>clarify that the state is the primary beneficiary of any trust fund.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.02: Chief of Division of Mineral Resources Management—Powers and Duties (Revised by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>With regard to the power and duties of the Chief concerning violations and penalty assessments, this section was revised to direct that all funds collected from civil penalties be deposited in the reclamation forfeiture fund, instead of the coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund. With regard to the power and duties of the Chief, this section was revised to add the provision that if the state becomes covered by a state programmatic general permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the discharge of dredged or fill material into the waters of the U.S. by operations that conduct surface and underground coal mining and reclamation operations and the restoration of abandoned mine lands, the Chief may establish programs and adopt rules and procedures designed to implement the terms, limitations, and conditions of the permit.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.07: Coal Mining and Reclamation Permit—Application or Renewal—Reclamation Plan (Revised by House Bill 443, Senate Bill 386, Senate Bill 73, and House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>With regard to the permit application, this section was revised to delete the permit application and renewal fee. The loss of program operation funding previously generated by the fees was addressed through changes to the excise tax on coal production. With regard to the results of test borings or core samplings from the application area, the section was revised to add that if test borings or core samplings from the application area indicate the existence of potentially acid forming or toxic forming quantities of sulfur in the coal or overburden to be disturbed by mining, the application also shall include a statement of the acid generating potential and the acid neutralizing potential of the rock strata to be disturbed. With regard to the reclamation plan, this section was revised to clarify that it is the applicant's responsibility to provide adequate information in the application to enable the Chief to determine the estimated cost to reclaim the site in the event of forfeiture and eliminate the requirement that the permittee provide the estimated cost of reclamation per acre in a permit application. With regard to post-application processing, this section was revised to establish that the state must make a decision on completeness on coal mining permit applications and notify the applicant of a decision within 14 days of submission. This section was also revised to add a permit provision that addresses the situation involving a conflict of results between various methods of calculating potential acidity and neutralization potential. The change is for purposes of assessing the potential for acid mine drainage to occur at a mine site. It requires that the permit include provisions for monitoring and recordkeeping to identify the creation of unanticipated acid water at the mine site. If the monitoring detects the creation of acid water at the site, the permit shall impose additional requirements regarding mining practices and site reclamation to prevent the discharge of acid mine drainage from the mine site. With regard to right-of-entry documents, this section was revised to provide that right-of-entry documents must be provided in cases where the private mineral estate has been severed from the private surface estate only in cases where surface disturbance will result from the extraction of coal by the applicant's proposed strip mining method.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.073: Designating Areas as Unsuitable for Coal Mining Operations (Revised by House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>With regard to the designation criteria, this section was revised to clarify that prohibitive distances for mining close to public roads, occupied dwellings, public buildings, schools, churches, community or institutional buildings, public parks, and cemeteries are measured horizontally.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.075: Potential Acidity and Neutralization of Disturbed Strata (Created by House Bill 443 and Revised by House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that defines certain terms relative to potential acidity and neutralization potential of strata overlying the coal to be mined. The provision also provides for calculation of a proposed mining operation's potential to create acid or toxic drainage. The section provides specific criteria and the conditions under which proposed mining areas not meeting certain numeric criteria “may” not be considered as potential acid/toxic producers.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.076: Agency Coordination and Cooperation Respecting Permits (Created by Senate Bill 386)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that requires coordination, cooperation, and communication between the Ohio Department of Natural Resources and the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency regarding processing of coal mining permit applications. It requires establishment of a joint-agency task force to ensure that procedures are established and implemented.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.08: Filing Performance Bond or Deposit of Cash or Securities (Revised by House Bill 443, House Bill 119, and Senate Bill 73)</HD>
        <P>With regard to an applicant's obligations after a coal mining and reclamation permit application has been approved, this section was revised to provide that the applicant shall file a performance security that is payable to the state and conditioned on the faithful performance of the requirements and rules and conditions of the permit. The section had previously provided that after the permit application was approved and before the permit was issued, the applicant must file such a security.</P>
        <P>With regard to estimated cost of reclamation for performance security calculations, changes require the state to provide: (1) Reclamation cost estimates on all permits according to the basic criteria provided followed by a written notice of the estimate to the applicant; and (2) an option for some applicants/permittees to provide: (a) performance security in the full amount of the estimated cost to reclaim the site; or (b) performance security of $2,500 per acre with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund by paying an excise tax on coal production. With regard to the first option, the section was revised to establish that the amount of performance security will be based on the state's estimated cost to reclaim the site. With regard to the second option, this section was revised to: define the terms “affiliate of the applicant” and “owner and controller of the applicant;” clarify that the applicant includes the owner or controller and/or any affiliate of the applicant; clarify eligibility for applicants to participate in the performance security pool; establish that if forfeiture occurs, the difference between the amount of performance security provided by the permittee and the estimated cost to reclaim the site will be provided from the reclamation forfeiture fund; and, establish the methods of providing performance security for permits held prior to the effective date of House Bill 443.</P>

        <P>With regard to the permittee's liability under the performance security, this section was revised to add that a permittee's liability under the performance security is limited to the obligation established under the permit. That includes completion of the reclamation plan to return the land to a<PRTPAGE P="8189"/>condition capable of supporting the postmining land use that was approved in the permit.</P>
        <P>With regard to the estimated cost to reclaim, this section was changed to require the state to adjust the estimate under certain conditions, provide notice to the permittee and other interested parties, and provide an opportunity for an informal conference regarding the adjustment. Changes also provide that the permittee may request a reduction in the amount of performance security. The state will make a determination on such requests based on the documentation provided and other information and will notify the permittee of the findings.</P>
        <P>With regard to performance security, this section was revised to provide that, upon approval by the Chief, performance security may be held in trust, provided that the state is the primary beneficiary of the trust, and the custodian of the performance security held in trust is a bank, trust company, or other financial institution that is licensed and operating in the state. With regard to surety insolvency, this section was revised to add provisions that require the operator to submit a plan for replacement of performance security if a surety, bank, savings and loan association, trust company, or other financial institution that holds the performance security becomes insolvent.</P>
        <P>With regard to the permittee's responsibility for addressing subsidence damage, this section was revised to clarify that liability insurance may be used in lieu of performance security for subsidence damage under the full-cost performance security option. It also specifies that performance security must be adjusted to cover the cost of subsidence repair or water supply replacement if repairs/replacement/compensation does not occur within 90 days, with allowance for more time, up to one year, if the permittee shows that subsidence is not yet completed.</P>
        <P>The section regarding the amount of security was revised to add the provision that, if the performance security provided exceeds the estimated cost of reclamation, the Chief may authorize the amount of security that exceeds the estimated cost of reclamation, together with any interest or other earnings on the performance security, to be paid to the permittee.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.081: Priority Lien Where Operator Becomes Insolvent (Created by House Bill 443 and Revised by House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that provides the lien provisions and conditions when an operator becomes insolvent. It includes a provision that the state shall have a priority lien superior to all interested creditors against the assets of that operator for the amount of any reclamation that is required, including the cost of long-term water treatment and replacement of alternative water supplies, as a result of the operator's mining activities. This section describes the procedures the Chief will use in such cases. It also describes the conditions under which the Chief shall issue a certificate of release, modify the amount of the lien, and authorize a closing agent to hold a certificate of release in escrow for a period not to exceed 180 days for the purpose of facilitating the transfer of unreclaimed mine land. This section also adds the provision that all money from the collection of liens shall be deposited in the state treasury to the credit of the reclamation forfeiture fund.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.10: Refund of Permit Fees (Repealed by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>This section was repealed. It provided conditions in which the operator would be entitled to a permit fee refund and described the manner in which the reclamation fee fund and coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund were used and maintained for such use.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.13: Public Adjudicatory Hearings (Revised by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>With regard to appeals made to the reclamation commission, this section was revised to clarify that only the petitioning party may be awarded costs and expenses, including attorney's fees that were necessary and reasonably incurred for, or in connection with participating in the proceeding before the commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.16: Performance Standards (Revised by House Bill 443 and House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>With regard to general performance standards that apply to all coal mining and reclamation operations and performance security, this section was revised to provide that alternative financial security is required when the Chief determines that a permittee is responsible for mine drainage that requires water treatment after reclamation is completed under the terms of the permit or when the permittee must provide an alternative water supply after reclamation is completed. The revision also provides the amount and form of the security. It also provides permittees under performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund with the option of funding an alternative financial security over time, up to five years, with reliance for the balance on the reclamation forfeiture fund until the alternative financial security is fully funded. Permittees taking this option must pay the state a fee of 7.5 percent of the average balance of the alternative financial security that is being provided by reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund. The fee will be credited to the fund. In addition, the revision provides that rules must be developed to address how contracts/trusts/annuities for water treatment will be developed. With regard to final release of the performance security, this section was revised to add that the final release of the performance security terminates the jurisdiction of the Chief over the reclaimed site of a surface coal mining and reclamation operation or applicable portion of an operation. It provides the conditions under which the Chief may reassert jurisdiction over such a site and the appeal procedures regarding such a determination.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.171: Tax Credit for Reclamation Outside Permit Area (Created by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that provides the procedures for claiming a credit and the authority for approving and determining the amount of such a credit. It provides that rules shall be adopted to establish procedures for determining the amount; when the chief may obtain consent of the owners of land or water resources to allow reclamation work; and delivery of notice to the owners of land or water resources on which the reclamation work is to be performed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.18: Reclamation Forfeiture Fund (Revised by House Bill 443, House Bill 119, Senate Bill 73, and House Bill 163)</HD>

        <P>With regard to the fund, this section was revised to delete a phrase describing the reclamation forfeiture fund and its contents. The fund was comprised of any monies transferred to it from the unreclaimed lands fund and monies collected and credited to it. The section now provides that the fund is comprised of all money from the collection of liens, any monies transferred to it from the coal mining and reclamation reserve fund, fines collected, and monies collected and credited to it. Since the fund is no longer responsible for non-coal sites, the Chief's priority for designating funding was eliminated. Thus, this section was further revised to delete the requirement that the Chief's priority for management of the fund, including the selection of projects and transfer of monies, shall be to ensure that sufficient funds are<PRTPAGE P="8190"/>available for the reclamation of areas affected by mining under a coal mining and reclamation permit. It now provides that the Chief may expend monies from the fund to pay necessary administrative costs of the reclamation forfeiture fund advisory board.</P>
        <P>This section was revised to authorize the Chief to enter into a contract with a contractor hired by the trust administrator to provide long-term water treatment or a long-term alternative water supply on areas on which a permittee defaulted or has not fully funded an alternative financial security without advertising for bids. It clarifies that the money from forfeited performance security credited to the reclamation forfeiture fund will pay the cost of completing reclamation to the standards established by the law and rules. It also authorizes use of any alternative financial security in addition to forfeited performance security to complete the reclamation of sites. It clarifies that for permits covered by performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund, if the forfeited performance security and any alternative financial security are not sufficient to complete reclamation to the standards of the law and rule, the Chief may expend any other monies transferred to the fund to complete the reclamation. It also provides an exception to the prohibition that the reclamation forfeiture fund cannot be used for water treatment. The exception allows use of money from the reclamation forfeiture fund for reclamation of land and water resources affected by mine drainage that requires treatment or for an alternative water supply in an amount not to exceed the balance of the alternative financial security provided by the reclamation forfeiture fund. In addition, money from the reclamation forfeiture fund shall not supplement the performance security of a permittee that has provided performance security without reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund. This section was also revised to add that all investment earnings of the fund shall be credited to the fund and shall be used only for the reclamation of land for which the performance security was provided.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.181: Coal Mining Administration and Reclamation Reserve Fund (Revised by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>With regard to the fund, this section was revised to remove the provision that fines collected shall be paid into the coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund. The section was also revised to provide that if the Director of Natural Resources determines it necessary, he/she may request the controlling board to transfer an amount of money from the coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund to the unreclaimed lands fund.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.182: Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board (Created by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that provides for the creation of the reclamation forfeiture fund advisory board. It includes provisions for the composition of the board, term limits for board members, compensation of board members, election of officers, meeting frequency, establishment of board procedures, and responsibilities of the board. The responsibilities of the board include: reviewing deposits into and expenditures from the reclamation forfeiture fund; procuring periodic actuarial studies; adopting rules to adjust the rate of tax levied; providing a forum for discussion of issues related to the reclamation forfeiture fund and the performance security that is required; submitting a biennial report to the Governor that describes the financial status of the reclamation forfeiture fund and the adequacy of the amount of money in the fund to accomplish the purposes of the fund; and, recommending to the Governor, if necessary, alternative methods of providing money for or using money in the reclamation forfeiture fund. The board will also evaluate any rules, procedures, and methods for estimating the cost of reclamation for purposes of determining the amount of performance security that is required; the collection of forfeited performance security; payments to the reclamation forfeiture fund; reclamation of sites for which operators have forfeited the performance security; and the compliance of operators with their reclamation plans.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.29: Council on Unreclaimed Strip Mined Lands (Revised by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>With regard to meeting frequency, this section has been revised to change the requirement to hold at least four quarterly meetings each year to providing that meetings would occur as necessary.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.30: Unreclaimed Lands Fund—Selection of Project Areas (Revised by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>The section regarding the Chief's recommendations concerning project selection and priorities to the council on unreclaimed strip mined lands has been revised. The revision removes the requirement that the Chief shall mail a notice at least two weeks before any meeting of the council during which the Chief will submit a project proposal, a project area will be selected, or the boundaries of a project area will be determined, to the board of county commissioners and the board of township trustees of the township in which the proposed project lies, and the Chief executive and the legislative authority of each municipal corporation within the proposed area. The Chief is no longer required to give reasonable notice to the news media in the county where the proposed project lies. This section has also been revised to remove the provision that the controlling board may transfer excess funds from the oil and gas well fund after recommendation by the council to meet deficiencies in the unreclaimed lands fund. Also, if the director of natural resources determines it necessary, he/she may request the controlling board to transfer an amount of money from the fund to the coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.371: Abandoned Mine Reclamation Fund (Created by House Bill 443, Revised by House Bill 163)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that provides for the creation and management of an abandoned mine land set-aside fund. This section was later revised to delete research and demonstration projects from the list of eligible expenditures from the AML set-aside fund.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1513.372: Immunity From Liability (Created by Senate Bill 181)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section establishing the conditions under which an eligible landowner or nonprofit organization is immune from liability for injuries or damages that occur during an abandoned mine land or acid-mine drainage reclamation project. It also establishes procedures for notifying the division of known, latent, dangerous conditions located at the reclamation project work area and limitations on immunity.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5749.02: Excise Tax on Severance of Natural Resources (Revised by House Bill 443, House Bill 119, and Senate Bill 73)</HD>

        <P>With regard to the excise tax, this section was revised to increase the coal excise tax from 7 cents to 10 cents per ton for providing revenue to administer the state's coal mining and reclamation regulatory program. It also provides that if performance security is provided by way of the bond pool and $2,500 flat rate bond, then an additional 14 cents per ton is required by those operations and credited to the reclamation<PRTPAGE P="8191"/>forfeiture fund. It also provides the conditions and applicable dates for adjustment of this tax, depending on the forfeiture fund balance. In addition, it provides the conditions that must exist for determining that forfeiture liability no longer exists and the excise tax can be discontinued for a period of time. It further provides that an additional 1.2 cents per ton is required for coal mined by surface mining methods and credited to the unreclaimed lands fund. With regard to the allocation of the taxes levied, the section has been revised to specify the percentage of each severance tax that will be credited to each of the following funds: coal mining administration and reclamation reserve fund; reclamation forfeiture fund; the unclaimed lands fund; or, other fund as designated. The section was also revised to eliminate the tax levied at the rate of one cent per ton of coal, the monies of which were allocated to reclaim bond forfeiture lands.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">5749.11: Nonrefundable  Credit (Created by House Bill 443)</HD>
        <P>This is a new section that provides for a nonrefundable credit against the severance taxes imposed on coal production based on an issued reclamation tax credit certificate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Rule Changes</HD>
        <P>As a result of the statutory changes, Federal rule changes, and Ohio's internal review of rules, Ohio made numerous rule changes as described in the paragraphs below. In addition to the substantive changes we mention below, non-substantive changes were also included with this submission. Non-substantive changes include: changes of address; inclusion of Web site addresses; changes in division names and titles; typographical errors; chapter titles; paragraph references; citations; use of “performance security” rather than “bond;” inclusion of reference to the National Register of Historic Places; name change to “reclamation commission;” use of “applicant” and “permittee” rather than “operator” to clarify obligations and responsibilities; and, the incorporation by reference to dates of Federal regulations and Federal laws. Substantive changes to the Ohio Administrative Code, Chapter 1501:13 included in the submission are as follows:</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-1-02: Definitions</HD>
        <P>Ohio made several additions and modifications of definitions that are intended to simplify, clarify, or mirror Federal regulations or state statutory language. Definitions of the following terms have been added to this section: angle of draw; effluent limitations; incremental mining unit; national pollutant discharge elimination system; point source discharge; receiving water; shadow area; trust fund; and, water quality standards. The following definitions have been revised: collateral bond; engineer; incremental area; operator; performance security; pollution abatement area; person; recurrence interval; runoff; safety factor; surveyor; and valid existing rights.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-1-03: Restrictions on Financial Interest of Employees</HD>
        <P>The Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board was added to this rule to clarify that the restrictions on financial interest of employees do not apply to the advisory board members. However, advisory board members do have to file an annual statement of employment and financial interest.</P>
        <P>This section also clarifies that members of the Reclamation Commission do not have prohibited financial interests under this rule and, therefore, will never be ordered by the Chief to take remedial action. Instead, commission members are required to file statements of employment and financial interest and are required to recuse themselves from proceedings which may affect their direct or indirect financial interests. Unlike the requirements for commissioner members, there are prohibited financial interest provisions for hearing officers of the Reclamation Commission.</P>
        <P>In addition, more detail was added regarding employees accepting gifts of nominal value from coal companies; clarification was added regarding how an employee is notified that remedial action is necessary to resolve a prohibited interest; and, clarification was added that appeals procedures involving remedial action to be taken by employees are different than those to be taken by the Chief or a hearing officer of the Reclamation Commission.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501-13-1-10: Availability of Records</HD>
        <P>With regard to the public's accessibility to documents involving permits and inspection and enforcement actions, this rule was changed to only provide access to such documents at the Division of Mineral Resources Management's district office that is responsible for inspection of the mining operation. This rule has also been changed to delete the provision that copies of information sent by mail at the request of a member of the public will occur at the division's expense.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-1-14: Incorporation by Reference</HD>
        <P>This is a new rule that contains a list of all Federal regulations and Federal laws that are incorporated by reference in Chapter 1501:13 of the Ohio Administrative Code. The rule also explains where the public can find a copy of the Federal regulations and Federal laws, and the editions of the Code of Federal Regulations and United States Code in which the regulations and laws are published.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-3-01: Standards for Demonstration of Valid Existing Rights</HD>
        <P>This is a new rule that describes the demonstration requirements for a person claiming valid existing rights. As proof of valid existing rights, it requires that a person must provide a property rights demonstration and compliance with the good faith/all permits standard or compliance with the needed for and adjacent standard. In addition, if a person who claims valid existing rights to use or construct a road across the surface of protected lands, he/she must provide additional demonstrations. Possession of valid existing rights only provides exceptions to the prohibited distances from certain structures, facilities, and resources as described under the areas designated as unsuitable for mining provisions of ORC and OAC.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-3-02: Submission and Processing of Requests for Valid Existing Rights Determinations</HD>
        <P>This is a new rule that describes the requirements for submitting a request for a valid existing rights determination, which is required before preparing and submitting an application for a permit or boundary revision for the land for which the determination is sought. This includes: Requirements for property rights demonstration; additional requirements for the good faith/all permits standard; additional requirements for the needed for and adjacent standard; and requirements for roads.</P>
        <P>This rule also describes the procedures Ohio will use to process a request for a valid existing rights determination. This includes the: Initial review of the request; public notice and opportunity to comment; determination of the Chief; and post-determination process.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-3-03: Areas Where Mining Is Prohibited or Limited</HD>

        <P>This rule was reorganized and a provision was added to provide exceptions for existing operations. The provisions of this rule do not apply to mining operations for which a valid<PRTPAGE P="8192"/>permit existed when the land came under protection of the law.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-3-04: Procedures for Identifying Areas Where Mining Is Prohibited Or Limited</HD>
        <P>The rule change clarifies that the rule applies to a complete application for a coal mining and reclamation operation permit as well as to a complete application for revision of the boundaries of a coal mining and reclamation operation permit. It also expands the requirements for obtaining a road permit to include situations where the applicant proposes to relocate or close a public road. The rule also provides that an applicant for a permit to mine on Federal land shall submit a permit application to the Director of the Office of Surface Mining under the terms of the cooperative agreement between OSM and Ohio. An applicant requesting a determination regarding valid existing rights to mine on Federal land must submit a request to the Director of the Office of Surface Mining.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-01: General Contents Requirements for Permit Applications</HD>
        <P>This rule change deletes the provision requiring submittal of a permit fee with an application.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-02: Requirements of Coal Exploration</HD>
        <P>With regard to the requirements for a written notice for coal exploration operations, this rule was revised to remove the limitation regarding the requirements for those operations involving the removal of 250 tons of coal or less. This rule was also revised to add the requirement that, for any area where mining is prohibited or limited, a demonstration that the proposed exploration activities have been designed to minimize interference with the values for which those lands were designated as unsuitable for coal mining operations, to the extent technologically and economically feasible. The application must include documentation of consultation with the owner of the feature causing the land to come under the protection of unsuitable for mining and, when applicable, with the agency with primary jurisdiction over the feature with respect to the values that caused the land to come under such protection. With regard to decisions on applications for exploration, this rule was revised to add that before making a finding, the Chief shall provide reasonable opportunity to the owner of the feature causing the land to come under such protection and, when applicable, to the agency with primary jurisdiction over the feature with respect to the values that caused the land to come under the protection, to comment on whether the finding is appropriate.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-03: Permit Application, Requirements for Legal, Financial, Compliance and Related Information</HD>
        <P>With regard to right of entry and operation information, this rule was revised to clarify that right of entry information must be provided for the permit and shadow areas of underground mines.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-04: Permit Application Requirements for Information on Environmental Resources</HD>
        <P>With regard to groundwater and surface water information, this rule was revised to add parameters for aluminum and sulfates for analyzing water samples. This rule now requires that the application map be prepared by or under the direction of and certified by a surveyor (“engineer” is removed from this portion of the paragraph), or jointly by a surveyor and an engineer, since this map is the responsibility of a surveyor rather than an engineer. This rule was also revised to require that the supplementary maps and cross sections required under this section be prepared by or under the direction of and certified by an engineer (“surveyor” is removed from this portion of the paragraph), or jointly by an engineer and a surveyor, since the information required is the responsibility of an engineer rather than a surveyor.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-05: Permit Applications; Requirements for Legal, Financial, Compliance and Related Information</HD>
        <P>With regard to the requirement that an operation plan include a description of the mining operations proposed and a narrative explaining the construction, modification, use, maintenance, and removal of certain facilities (i.e., dams, overburden, topsoil handling, storage areas, and structures), this rule was revised to delete the requirement that retention of such facilities is necessary for the postmining land use. The revision now provides that the facilities be approved by the Chief for postmining land use. With regard to the application information, this rule was revised to include a requirement that it is the applicant's responsibility to provide adequate information in the application to enable the Chief to determine the estimated cost to reclaim the site in the event of forfeiture. Such information must be sufficient to determine the greatest potential reclamation cost liability to the state. With regard to the operation plan and existing structures, this rule was revised to no longer allow an applicant to make a showing that existing structures meet interim program performance standards. With regard to the reclamation plan, this rule was revised to clarify that that detailed design plans shall be certified by an engineer, not just prepared under the direction of an engineer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-06: Permit Applications, Revisions, and Renewals, and Transfers, Assignments, and Sales of Permit Rights</HD>
        <P>With regard to the requirements for applications for permits and permit renewals, this rule was revised to require that an application is deemed complete unless the Chief notifies an applicant within 14 business days of an application submission that an application is incomplete and provides written notification that identifies the deficiencies in the application. This rule was also revised to add the requirement that the Chief review revisions to permits to determine if an adjustment of the estimated cost of reclamation will be required. This rule was also revised regarding transfer, assignment, or sale of permit rights by indicating that any person seeking to succeed by transfer, assignment, or sale must obtain the appropriate performance security coverage for the permitted operation by either obtaining transfer of the original performance security coverage of the original permittee, provided that the successor meets the eligibility requirements for obtaining performance security together with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund, or by providing sufficient performance security under the full-cost option.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-07: Annual Reports</HD>

        <P>With regard to the requirements that the permittee file information with the Chief 30 days after each anniversary date of the issuance of a coal mining and reclamation permit, this rule was revised to clarify that estimates of acreages are required for both the permit area and any incremental area or incremental mining unit. With regard to the requirement to provide performance security information, this rule was revised to clarify the information that is required. With regard to the annual map, it also includes the requirement that the annual report must include the boundaries of each incremental mining unit affected during the permit area during the permit year for which the annual report is filed and for all preceding permit years. It removes the requirement that the map be shaded in various colors, if applicable, for the types of bonds posted for each area of the permit and if more than one surety<PRTPAGE P="8193"/>was procured. This rule has also been revised to add that within 30 days after the completion of mining operations on a permit, a final report shall be filed with the Chief.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-09: General Map Requirements</HD>
        <P>With regard to general map requirements, this rule was revised to clarify that acreage figures shall be reported or estimated to the nearest<FR>1/10</FR>th of an acre. This rule was also revised to remove engineers, to clarify that the certification of maps is limited to surveyors. A paragraph has been added to explain when a professional engineer must also sign and seal a map.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-12: Requirements for Permits for Special Categories of Mining</HD>
        <P>With regard to approximate original contour restoration requirements and variances granted under this rule, this rule was revised to clarify that recreational facilities are considered a public postmining land use allowable under the rules governing variances. For coal preparation plants or support facilities not located within the permit area of a specified mine, this rule adds the requirement that each application for a permit shall contain the information required for the proposed permit area in sufficient detail to determine the estimated cost of reclamation, if the reclamation has to be performed by the state in the event of forfeiture of the performance security by the permittee. It adds that the operational detail shall be sufficient to determine the greatest potential reclamation cost liability to the state and any other operational detail required that may affect the cost of reclamation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-13: Underground Mining Permit Application Requirements for Information on Environmental Resources</HD>
        <P>With regard to groundwater and surface water information, this rule was revised to require testing for the added parameters of aluminum and sulfates. This rule has also been revised to allow surveyors to certify maps, but not cross sections, which are certified by an engineer.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-14: Underground Mining Permit Application Requirements for Reclamation and Operations Plans</HD>
        <P>With regard to the requirement that the narrative for the operation plan of an underground mining permit application explain the construction, modification, use, maintenance, and removal of certain facilities, this rule was revised to delete the requirement that retention of such facilities is necessary for postmining land use. The revision now provides that the facilities be approved by the Chief for postmining land use. With regard to underground mining permit application general requirements, this rule was revised to add the requirement that each application for a permit shall contain the information required for the proposed permit area in the detail necessary for the Chief to determine the estimated cost of reclamation, if the reclamation has to be performed by the state in the event of forfeiture of the performance security by the permittee. It adds that the operational detail shall be sufficient to determine the greatest potential reclamation cost liability to the state and any other operational detail required that may affect the cost of reclamation. With regard to the operation plan and existing structures, this rule was revised to no longer allow an applicant to make a showing that existing structures meet interim program performance standards. With regard to the reclamation plan, this rule was revised to clarify that detailed design plans shall be certified by an engineer, not just prepared and under the direction of an engineer. With regard to the subsidence control plan, this rule was revised to add the requirement that an application shall include a map of the shadow area, including the angle of draw for the workings described.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-15: Authorization To Conduct Coal Mining on Pollution Abatement Areas</HD>
        <P>The rule regarding effluent limits of a remining NPDES permit was revised to clarify that it applies to operators seeking authorization to conduct mining operations under modified effluent limits of a remining NPDES permit. The rule was revised to clarify and establish minimum sampling and data collection criteria, provide criteria for exceptions for meeting the minimum sampling and data collection, and provide exemptions from meeting numeric effluent standards when using best management practices under certain conditions. The rule revision also eliminates the requirement that the permittee must notify the Chief prior to the start and upon completion of each step of the pollution abatement plan. The rule was also changed to clarify criteria for treatment of mine discharges under the pollution abatement plan. Changes to the performance security release criteria clarify that numeric effluent limits established in the remining NPDES permit must be met when applicable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-4-16: Requirements for Exemption for Coal Extraction Incidental to the Extraction of Other Minerals</HD>
        <P>With regard to the requirements for exemption for coal extraction incidental to the extraction of other minerals, this rule has been revised to add language regarding coal mining activities that are exempt from the requirements of ORC Chapter 1513. For an activity to be exempt from the requirements of the ORC, three of the five requirements were clarified: 1) the requirement that coal must be produced from a geological stratum lying above or immediately below the deepest stratum from which other minerals are extracted for purposes of bona fide sale or reasonable commercial use was clarified to define that the term “immediately below” means that the coal to be mined shall be located not more than three feet below the lowest other mineral to be mined; 2) language was added that other minerals mined in a mining area, but not in the stratigraphic column of coal removed, shall not be used to calculate cumulative production or cumulative revenue; and 3) language was added stating that augering of coal is not used as a mining method, except for permits issued prior to February 29, 1988, with approved mining plans that allowed the augering of coal.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-5-01: Review, Public Participation, and Approval or Disapproval of Permit Applications and Permit Terms and Conditions</HD>

        <P>With regard to the review of permit applications, revisions, and renewals, this rule was revised to add time frames for the review process. This rule was also revised to differentiate between the time frames for review when no informal conference is held and when an informal conference is held. A revision was also made to provide that the Chief shall grant or deny a permit not more than 240 business days after the submission of a complete application. It provides that any time during which the applicant is making revisions to the application or providing additional information requested by the Chief shall not be included in the 240 business days. If the Chief determines that a permit cannot be granted or denied within this time frame, the Chief shall provide the applicant with written notice of the expected delay no more than 210 business days after the submission of a complete application. The word “significant” was added before “revisions” throughout this section to clarify that public notice of<PRTPAGE P="8194"/>the filing of applications for significant permit revisions is required.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-01: General Requirements for Providing Performance Security for Coal Mining and Reclamation Operations</HD>
        <P>With regard to performance securities, this rule was revised to clarify provisions for those permittees opting to provide performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund (performance security pool) and provide new rules for those permittees opting to provide performance security without reliance on the fund (full-cost performance security). The rule now allows performance security to be deposited for incremental mining units and establishes criteria for identifying incremental mining units on the application map and on subsequent annual maps. It also states that once a permittee opts to provide full-cost performance security, the permittee may not change to using performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund participation once coal extraction begins.</P>
        <P>Changes establish that the Chief will determine an estimated cost of reclamation for the state to reclaim the site should the permittee default on its obligation to reclaim. The rule describes the information the Chief will use to develop this estimate. The rule now specifies that the applicant must notify the Chief of the method chosen for providing performance security and provide the required amount of performance security after the Chief provides the written estimate to the applicant. Changes provide that for an applicant to be eligible to provide performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund, the applicant, an owner or controller of the applicant, or an affiliate of the applicant must have had a permit in Ohio for not less than five years. The rule now establishes that if forfeiture of performance security on a permit that is reliant on the reclamation forfeiture fund occurs, the fund will provide the difference between the performance security provided by the permittee and the estimated cost of reclamation provided by the Chief. Changes also provide processes for obtaining release of excess performance security under both options and require the Chief to make adjustments to the estimated cost of reclamation.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-02: Amount and Duration of Performance Security</HD>
        <P>With regard to the amount and duration of a performance security, this rule was revised to distinguish the amount of performance security for those permittees opting to provide performance security with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund (performance security pool) from those permittees opting to provide performance security without reliance on the fund (full-cost performance security). The rule further describes responsibilities for providing performance security for areas affected by material damage and water supplies from subsidence under each option. The rule now lists events that trigger the Chief's review and adjustment of performance security, establishes a permittee's right to request an informal review concerning adjustments of performance security, and provides that a permittee may request the Chief to reduce the performance security estimate when the method of operation or other circumstances reduce the cost of reclamation. An adjustment to performance security is not considered a release of performance security.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-03: Form, Conditions, and Terms of Performance Security</HD>
        <P>With regard to the form, conditions, and terms of performance securities, this rule was revised to include a trust fund as an acceptable form of performance security. The rule is clarified to require that the name of the permittee on the performance security be identical to the name of the permittee on the permit. The rule also provides specific criteria that each form of bond must meet. Revisions further clarify that upon insolvency of an institution that holds the performance security, permittees under the full-cost option will have 90 days to replace performance security coverage. Permittees who are reliant on the reclamation forfeiture fund will have up to one year to replace coverage.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-04: Self-Bonding</HD>
        <P>With regard to self-bonding requirements, this rule has been revised to provide that an indemnity agreement, submitted by a limited liability company, must be signed by at least one member who is authorized to bind the company. The copy of such authorization shall be provided along with an affidavit certifying that such an agreement is valid under all applicable Federal and state laws.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-05: Procedures, Criteria, and Schedule for Release of Performance Security for Permits Reliant on the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund</HD>
        <P>With regard to performance securities, this section heading was revised to clarify that this rule applies to a permittee that provides performance security together with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund. With regard to the procedures for seeking release of performance security, this rule was revised to clarify that a request for approval of a reclamation phase shall also include a request for release of performance security. With regard to the request for approval of a reclamation phase III request for release of performance security, this rule has been revised to provide that the number of acres of the area requested for release that are reclaimed as lands eligible for remining must be stated with the request. With regard to the criteria and schedule for release of performance security, this rule was revised to clarify that any portion of an incremental area requiring extended liability because of augmentation or failure to achieve the crop yields for prime farmland required for phase II performance security may be separated from the rest of the incremental area and have performance security provided separately if approved by the Chief. It also requires that in addition to other requirements for completeness of reclamation, any permanent structures to be maintained as part of the postmining land use must be included in the approved reclamation plan prior to phase II release. With regard to the approval of a reclamation phase, a new paragraph was added regarding remining and security release to provide that a portion of an incremental area requiring a reduced period of liability because of its classification as a remining area shall be separated from the rest of the incremental area and shall be eligible for phase III performance security release.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-05.1 Procedures, Criteria and Schedule for Release of Performance Security for Permits not Reliant on the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund</HD>
        <P>This is a new rule applying only to a permittee that provides performance security without reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund. This rule provides the terms, conditions, and procedures for seeking approval of a reclamation phase and release of performance security and the criteria and schedule for release of performance security.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-06: Performance Security Forfeiture Criteria and Procedures</HD>

        <P>With regard to forfeiture procedures, this rule was revised to provide that, should the permittee fail to enter into a reclamation agreement or fail to comply with the terms of the reclamation agreement and a trust fund was the performance security filed with the<PRTPAGE P="8195"/>division, the forfeiture order shall inform the permittee that the state will proceed as set forth in the terms of the trust agreement.</P>
        <P>A paragraph was removed that provided that if during the forfeiture reclamation conducted by the state it appears that the cost of reclamation is greater than the performance bond filed for the incremental area and if there remains on file with the Chief performance bond for other incremental areas which have not already been forfeited, then the Chief may proceed to declare forfeit the remaining bond and collect monies under the bond up to an amount equal to the difference between the actual costs of reclamation and monies already collected. New language was added to the section to clarify that the Chief shall order forfeiture of all remaining performance security on deposit for the permit.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-06.1: Tax Credit for Reclamation Outside an Applicant's Permit Area</HD>
        <P>This is a new rule that applies to a permittee providing performance security together with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund who wishes to claim a tax credit under Section 5749.1 of the Revised Code. This rule sets forth the terms and conditions under which the Chief may approve an application to perform reclamation and establishes eligibility and application requirements for permittees applying for a tax credit. It also establishes procedures for obtaining the tax credit once reclamation is completed.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-7-08: Reclamation Phase Approval Conference and Performance Security Release Conference</HD>
        <P>With regard to reclamation phase approval and performance security release, this section heading was changed to clarify that this rule applies to reclamation phase approval conferences in addition to performance security release conferences. With regard to the procedures for requesting such releases, this rule was revised to establish a reclamation approval conference since reclamation can be approved on portions of permits or incremental mining units without a release of performance security on sites under full-cost performance security.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-9-01: Signs and Markers</HD>
        <P>With regard to signs and markers, this rule was revised to clarify that perimeter markers must be placed to clearly define the perimeter so that adjacent markers are visible by a person standing at any other marker along the perimeter. Markers must be maintained until final grading is approved.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-9-03: Topsoil Handling</HD>
        <P>With regard to the topsoil to be salvaged and removed before any drilling for blasting, mining, spoil, or other surface disturbances, this rule was revised to provide the conditions for which the Chief may choose not to require the removal of topsoil for minor disturbances that occur at the site of small structures, such as power poles, signs, or fence lines, or will not destroy the existing vegetation and will not cause erosion. With regard to final grading and replacement of topsoil, this rule was revised to provide that final grading shall follow the completion of backfilling and rough grading with a timeframe that will allow replacement of topsoil or approved resoiling materials to begin and be completed during either the current normal period for favorable planting or at the start of the first appropriate normal period for favorable planting following final grading, whichever occurs first. It also provides that resoiling shall begin, continue reasonably uninterrupted, and be completed prior to the end of the normal period for favorable planting unless the permittee receives an extension of time limit because of climatic conditions. With regard to final grading and replacement of topsoil and soil thickness, this rule was revised to clarify that topsoil or approved alternative resoiling materials shall be redistributed in a manner that achieves an approximately uniform, stable thickness when consistent with the postmining land use, contours, and surface-water drainage systems. Soil thickness may also be varied to the extent such variations help meet the specific revegetation goals identified in the permit.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-9-06: Use of Explosives</HD>
        <P>With regard to the general provisions of the use of explosives, this rule was revised to provide that blasts that use more than five pounds of explosive or blasting agent shall be conducted according to the schedule required. With regard to how blasting operations shall be conducted, this rule was revised to clarify that in addition to a certified blaster, a member of the blasting crew under the direct supervision of the certified blaster may detonate a blast. With regard to who shall be responsible for controlling access to the blasting area to prevent the presence of livestock or unauthorized persons at least ten minutes before each blast, this rule was revised to delete references to the “permittee” and include references to “certified mine foreperson” because that is the person responsible for controlling access to the blasting area. With regard to blasting occurring within one-half mile of any public or private institution, this rule was revised to clarify that notification to an institution occurs on the same day of a blast instead of the day before. With regard to the definition of flyrock, this rule was revised to provide that debris does not include dust. The rule concerning flyrock being cast beyond the permit boundary was revised to require initial telephone notification to the Division of Mineral Resources Management within two hours, followed by a more detailed written report within three days. The rule regarding airblasts was revised to require that maximum levels not exceed 133 decibels (except as authorized). With regard to seismic measuring systems, this rule was revised to replace existing provisions regarding seismic measuring systems with more detailed seismograph specifications to match current technology. The rule regarding blast records was revised to clarify the data required in blast records, to match current technology, and more clearly document how a blast was designed. With regard to when bulk-loaded explosives are used, this rule was revised to provide that the blast record data for bulk-loaded explosives must be completed no more than 24 hours after the blast is detonated. The rule regarding maximum ground vibration was revised to refer to the frequency-dependent particle velocity limits that are being added through the chart. With regard to frequency-dependent particle velocity limits, a new chart was added that establishes frequency-dependent particle velocity limits using the Bureau of Mines' alternative blasting level criteria, which have become the standard of comparison for blasting seismology consultants and the legal community. The rule for protected structures and facilities was changed to clarify the types of structures and facilities within 300 feet that are protected. With regard to seismographic records, “scaled-distance” was changed to “scaled distance” and “Ds” was changed to “SD” to reflect standard industry usage. The term “eight-millisecond period” was changed to “period less than eight milliseconds” to clarify the requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-9-10: Training, Examination, and Certification of Blasters</HD>

        <P>With regard to the certified blaster examination, this rule was revised to require 40 hours of training for initial blaster certification instead of 30 hours.<PRTPAGE P="8196"/>The section on certification and recertification was revised to clarify that, in addition to the Chief, an agency, board, or institution authorized by the Chief may provide certification. It also provides that each person approved for certification shall receive a certificate suitable for office display and a wallet-size identification card. The certificate and identification card shall include, at a minimum, the type of certification, the person's name, certification number and date of expiration, and the name and signature of the Chief or of the official of the authorized agency, board, or institution granting the certification.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-9-13: Contemporaneous Reclamation</HD>
        <P>With regard to contemporaneous reclamation, this rule was revised to provide that highwall mining is added to the language regarding auger mining timing requirements. With regard to final grading and replacement of topsoil, seeding and planting, and tree planting, this rule was revised to provide a timing element for each phase of reclamation. With regard to the Chief's granting additional time for backfilling and rough grading, this rule was revised to provide the requirements for requesting a permit revision including minimum criteria that must be provided to justify additional time.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-14-02: Enforcement</HD>
        <P>With regard to when the Chief has issued a cessation order for failure to abate a violation of the contemporaneous reclamation requirements, and performance security was provided together with reliance on the reclamation forfeiture fund, this rule was revised to add that the Chief may require the permittee to increase the amount of performance security for the permit from $2,500 per acre to $5,000 per acre of land. This rule was also revised to provide that the Chief may determine the amount of performance security increase depending on the status of reclamation at the site. In addition, if the Chief orders the permittee to increase the amount of performance security, the Chief shall also order the permittee to show cause why the permittee has the ability to comply with the requirements. If the Chief orders the permittee to increase the amount of performance security, the increased performance security shall remain in effect for the permit, including all future acreage of the permit, until the Chief determines that the amount of performance security may be reduced. A reduction in the amount of performance security shall not be considered release of performance security.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">1501:13-14-05: Informal Conferences</HD>
        <P>With regard to requests for informal conferences, this rule was revised to clarify and include that the permittee may request an informal conference on a proposed performance security adjustment in addition to requesting that the Chief hold an informal conference on the application for a permit or application for significant revision or renewal of a permit. It also provides that the request shall be filed with the Chief not later than 30 days after receipt by the permittee of the proposed performance security adjustment. With regard to the timeliness of an informal conference, this rule has been revised to add the provision that the Chief hold an informal conference within a reasonable time, not to exceed 60 days following the close of the comment period for a permit application or significant revision or renewal or within a reasonable time, not to exceed 60 days following receipt by the permittee of a performance security adjustment. It was also revised to provide that if the informal conference has been held, the Chief shall issue and furnish the applicant for a permit, persons who participated in the informal conference, and persons who filed written objections, with the written finding of the Chief granting or denying the permit in whole or in part and stating the reasons therefore within 60 days of the conference.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board Information</HD>
        <P>Included in this submission are two reports, dated June 2009 and June 2011, providing an actuarial analysis of the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund (Fund) along with letters from the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board (Board) to the Governor of Ohio dated June 2009 and June 2011 regarding the Reclamation Forfeiture Fund and the actuarial analysis.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Actuarial Analysis Reports:</E>The 2009 and 2011 actuarial analysis reports were the result of the Board's commission of Pinnacle Actuarial Resources, Inc. to prepare an analysis of the Fund. The 2009 actuarial analysis report made similar findings to the 2011 report using a somewhat different analytical approach, but reported a higher amount of expected risk to the Fund. Since the 2011 report is the most current, we have summarized it below for purposes of this notice.</P>
        <P>The 2011 report concluded that the Fund is solvent on a short-term basis, as the current Fund assets exceed the current Fund's outstanding liabilities and obligations for forfeited reclamation projects. For longer-term solvency, the measurement compares the current available Fund's assets to the Fund's long-term expected exposure or liability. The reviewers do not believe that the Fund currently meets the criteria for long-term solvency, nor do scenario projections of future revenues fully place it in a compliant basis for some period of time into the future. There is currently a mismatch between the revenues collected and the future exposure to reclamation forfeiture for which this revenue and accumulated capital is needed. The report further concludes: “Based upon the methodology and assumptions * * *, we have estimated the present value of expected liability of $32.254 million.” The report further states: “In actuarial and insurance regulatory language, the Fund has significant risk of material adverse deviation from the estimated expected loss.”</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">Reclamation Forfeiture Fund Advisory Board Recommendations:</E>The Board sent a letter to the Governor of Ohio on June 27, 2011, and did not recommend changes to the severance tax rates. The Board felt that more time was necessary to study the effectiveness of the present revenue structure to meet the requirements of the Fund. The letter outlined the key points concerning the review of the report, which included that the Fund is adequate to address the small current forfeiture liabilities; the current liabilities were estimated to be less than $100,000 and the fund had $9.92 million as of June 15, 2011; the backlog of forfeited sites was reclaimed at the end of calendar year 2010, with only small maintenance costs remaining; the Fund never received $5 million from the legislature in 2007 to eliminate the backlog of forfeitures as intended by House Bill 443; the actuarial study projects various financial liability scenarios into the future; the study concludes that the Fund may have longer-term solvency issues in the future, based on two of the three projected scenarios; the Division of Mineral Resources Management continues to do a very good job of fulfilling their duties in regulating the coal industry's performance regarding contemporaneous reclamation of permitted sites and of overseeing the reclamation of forfeited sites; generally speaking, the Ohio coal industry's financial strength and attention to good reclamation practices have improved over the past five to ten years; and since the Fund may have a longer-term<PRTPAGE P="8197"/>solvency issue, an abundance of caution dictates that the Board review the Fund's status next year. The Board recommended that an updated actuarial study be prepared in conjunction with the biennial report due to the Governor in 2013. In 2009, the Board asked DMRM to provide an analysis of Alternative Bonding Systems (ABS) conducted in other coal mining states. With the assistance of Pinnacle studying ABS systems in West Virginia and Kentucky, the Board believes that Ohio's ABS is at least as effective as those systems; the Board believes that a reasonable timeframe to reclaim forfeited sites is in the range of three to five years; should one of the largest five permit holders become insolvent, the Fund would likely be inadequate to allow reclamation within the 3 to 5-year range; and the Board will continue to study the model prepared by Pinnacle to refine, improve, and monitor this model of the Fund's inadequacy.</P>

        <P>The full text of the program amendment is available for you to read at the locations listed above under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Public Comment Procedures</HD>
        <P>Under the provisions of 30 CFR 732.17(h), we are seeking your comments on whether the submission satisfies the applicable program approval criteria of 30 CFR 732.15. If we approve the amendment, it will become part of the Ohio program.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic or Written Comments</HD>

        <P>If you submit written comments, they should be specific, confined to issues pertinent to the proposed regulations, and explain the reason for any recommended change(s). We appreciate any and all comments, but those most useful and likely to influence decisions on the final regulations will be those that either involve personal experience or include citations to and analyses of SMCRA, its legislative history, its implementing regulations, case law, other pertinent state or Federal laws or regulations, technical literature, or other relevant publications. We cannot ensure that comments received after the close of the comment period (see<E T="02">DATES</E>) or sent to an address other than those listed above (see<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>) will be included in the docket for this rulemaking and considered.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Availability of Comments</HD>
        <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will not consider anonymous comments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Hearing</HD>

        <P>If you wish to speak at the public hearing, contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>by 4 p.m., local time February 29, 2012. If you are disabled and need reasonable accommodations to attend a public hearing, contact the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. We will arrange the location and time of the hearing with those persons requesting the hearing. If no one requests an opportunity to speak, we will not hold the hearing.</P>
        <P>To assist the transcriber and ensure an accurate record, we request, if possible, that each person who speaks at a public hearing provide us with a written copy of his or her comments. The public hearing will continue on the specified date until everyone scheduled to speak has been given an opportunity to be heard. If you are in the audience and have not been scheduled to speak and wish to do so, you will be allowed to speak after those who have been scheduled. We will end the hearing after everyone scheduled to speak and others present in the audience who wish to speak, have been heard.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Meeting</HD>

        <P>If there is only limited interest in participating in a public hearing, we may hold a public meeting rather than a public hearing. If you wish to meet with us to discuss the submission, please request a meeting by contacting the person listed under<E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>. All such meetings are open to the public and, if possible, we will post notices of meetings at the locations listed under<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>. We will make a written summary of each meeting a part of the administrative record.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Procedural Determinations</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Executive Order 12866—Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
        <P>This rule is exempted from review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under Executive Order 12866.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">Other Laws and Executive Orders Affecting Rulemaking</HD>

        <P>When a State submits a program amendment to OSM for review, our regulations at 30 CFR 732.17(h) require us to publish a notice in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>indicating receipt of the proposed amendment, its text or a summary of its terms, and an opportunity for public comment. We conclude our review of the proposed amendment after the close of thepublic comment period and determine whether the amendment should be approved, approved in part, or not approved. At that time, we will also make the determinations and certifications required by the various laws and executive orders governing the rulemaking process and include them in the final rule.</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 30 CFR Part 935</HD>
          <P>Intergovernmental relations, Surface mining, Underground mining.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <DATED>Dated: November 23, 2011.</DATED>
          <NAME>Thomas D. Shope,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Regional Director, Appalachian Region.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3424 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4310-05-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Parts 50 and 51</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885, FRL-9630-6]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2060-AR32</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Implementation of the 2008 National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Ozone: Nonattainment Area Classifications Approach, Attainment Deadlines and Revocation of the 1997 Ozone Standards for Transportation Conformity Purposes</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The EPA is proposing thresholds for classifying nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) (the “2008 ozone NAAQS”) promulgated by the EPA on March 12, 2008. This proposal also addresses the timing of attainment dates for each classification. Finally, we are proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS 1 year after the effective date of designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only.</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Comments must be received on or before March 15, 2012. Please refer to<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>for additional information on the comment period.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885, by one of the following methods:<PRTPAGE P="8198"/>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">www.regulations.gov:</E>Follow the on-line instructions for submitting comments.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Email: a-and-r-docket@epa.gov</E>
          </P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Mail:</E>Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885, Environmental Protection Agency, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. Mail Code: 2822T. Please include two copies if possible. In addition, please mail a copy of your comments on the information collection provisions to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Attn: Desk Officer for EPA, 725 17th St. NW., Washington, DC 20503.</P>
          <P>•<E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center, Attention Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885, Environmental Protection Agency in the EPA Headquarters Library, Room Number 3334 in the EPA West Building, located at 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The EPA/DC Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST), Monday through Friday, Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Instructions:</E>Direct your comments to Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885. The EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change and may be made available on-line at<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes information claimed to be confidential business information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Do not submit information that you consider to be CBI or otherwise protected through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or email. The<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>Web site is an “anonymous access” system, which means the EPA will not know your identity or contact information unless you provide it in the body of your comment. If you send an email comment directly to the EPA without going through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov,</E>your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. If you submit an electronic comment, the EPA recommends that you include your name and other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD-ROM you submit. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, the EPA may not be able to consider your comment. Electronic files should avoid the use of special characters, any form of encryption, and be free of any defects or viruses. For additional information about the EPA's public docket, visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm.</E>For additional instructions on submitting comments, go to the<E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>section of this document.</P>
          <P>
            <E T="03">Docket:</E>All documents in the docket are listed in<E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>Although listed in the index, some information is not publicly available, i.e., CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are available either electronically in<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or in hard copy at the Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center in the EPA Headquarters Library, Room Number 3334 in the EPA West Building, located at 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>For further general information on this rulemaking, contact Dr. Karl Pepple, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (C539-01), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, phone number (919) 541-2683, fax number (919) 541-0824 or by email at<E T="03">pepple.karl@epa.gov,</E>or Mr. Butch Stackhouse, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (C539-01), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, phone number (919) 541-5208, fax number (919) 541-0824 or by email at<E T="03">stackhouse.butch@epa.gov.</E>
          </P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. General Information</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Does this action apply to me?</HD>

        <P>Entities potentially affected directly by the proposed rule for this action include state, local, and tribal governments. Entities potentially affected indirectly by the proposed rule include owners and operators of sources of emissions [volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and nitrogen oxides (NO<E T="52">X</E>)] that contribute to ground-level ozone concentrations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for EPA?</HD>
        <P>
          <E T="03">1. Submitting CBI.</E>Do not submit this information to the EPA through<E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>or email. Clearly mark the part or all of the information that you claim to be CBI. For CBI information in a disk or CD-ROM that you mail to the EPA, mark the outside of the disk or CD-ROM as CBI and then identify electronically within the disk or CD-ROM the specific information that is claimed as CBI. In addition to one complete version of the comment that includes information claimed as CBI, a copy of the comment that does not contain the information claimed to be CBI must be submitted for inclusion in the public docket. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR part 2.</P>
        <P>
          <E T="03">2. Tips for Preparing Your Comments.</E>When submitting comments, remember to:</P>

        <P>• Identify the rulemaking by docket number and other identifying information (subject heading,<E T="04">Federal Register</E>date and page number).</P>
        <P>• Follow directions—The agency may ask you to respond to specific questions or organize comments by referencing a Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part or section number.</P>
        <P>• Explain why you agree or disagree; suggest alternatives and substitute language for your requested changes.</P>
        <P>• Describe any assumptions and provide any technical information and/or data that you used.</P>
        <P>• If you estimate potential costs or burdens, explain how you arrived at your estimate in sufficient detail to allow for it to be reproduced.</P>
        <P>• Provide specific examples to illustrate your concerns, and suggest alternatives.</P>
        <P>• Explain your views as clearly as possible, avoiding the use of profanity or personal threats.</P>
        <P>• Make sure to submit your comments by the comment period deadline identified.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information?</HD>

        <P>In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this notice will be posted at<E T="03">http://www.epa.gov/air/ozonepollution/actions.html#impl</E>under “recent actions.”</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. How is this notice organized?</HD>
        <P>The information presented in this notice is organized as follows:</P>
        
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. General Information</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Does this action apply to me?<PRTPAGE P="8199"/>
          </FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What should I consider as I prepare my comments for EPA?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Where can I get a copy of this document and other related information?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. How is this notice organized?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background for Proposal</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Overview</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. History of Nonattainment Area Classification Systems for the Ozone NAAQS</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Initial Area Designations for the 2008 Ozone NAAQS</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Transportation Conformity and the 1997 Ozone NAAQS</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. What are the proposed classification thresholds for nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Proposed Classification Thresholds</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Reclassification of Nonattainment Areas That Have Voluntarily Requested Higher Classifications</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. What are we proposing as the attainment deadlines for nonattainment areas in each classification of the 2008 ozone NAAQS?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. What is the EPA proposing regarding revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS at this time?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. What is the background for our proposal?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. What is the rationale for our proposal?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Why is it necessary to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS now for transportation conformity purposes?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Is the EPA proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for other purposes as part of this rulemaking?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. What does this rulemaking not address?</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health and Safety Risks</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use.</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Statutory Authority</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background for Proposal</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Overview</HD>
        <P>On March 12, 2008,<SU>1</SU>

          <FTREF/>the EPA revised the primary National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for ozone to a level of 0.075 parts per million (ppm) (annual fourth-highest daily maximum 8-hour concentration, averaged over 3 years).<E T="51">2 3</E>
          <FTREF/>On July 16, 2009, the EPA announced that it would initiate a rulemaking to reconsider the standard for various reasons, including the fact the 0.075 ppm level fell outside of the range recommended by the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee. Pending the outcome of that reconsideration, the EPA suspended further work on designating areas, including developing a classification approach for areas that would be designated nonattainment. In September 2011, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) returned for further consideration the EPA's draft rulemaking to reconsider the 2008 ozone NAAQS.<SU>4</SU>
          <FTREF/>The current NAAQS for ozone thus remains at 0.075 ppm, as established in 2008. The 2008 NAAQS retains the same general form and averaging time as the 0.08 ppm NAAQS set in 1997 but is set at a more stringent level.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>73 FR 16436.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>2</SU>The secondary ozone standard, designed to protect public welfare, was set at the same level and with the same averaging time as the primary standard.</P>
          <P>
            <SU>3</SU>For a detailed explanation of the calculation of the 3-year 8-hour average, see 40 CFR part 50, Appendix I.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>4</SU>Memorandum from Cass R. Sunstein to Administrator Lisa Jackson, dated September 2, 2011.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>While the 2008 NAAQS was being reconsidered, the EPA deferred initial designation of areas as attainment or nonattainment with respect to that standard until March 12, 2011.<SU>5</SU>
          <FTREF/>(<E T="03">See</E>75 FR 2936.) Since this deadline has passed and the EPA's draft rulemaking to reconsider the 2008 ozone NAAQS has been returned by OMB for further consideration, the EPA is now proceeding with certain activities to implement the 2008 ozone NAAQS. In a separate action, the EPA will propose a rule to address the steps states will take to implement the NAAQS and the timing of those steps. In this action, we address the system for classifying nonattainment areas and a limited set of additional implementation issues.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>5</SU>The 2008 ozone NAAQS was promulgated on March 12, 2008. By the 2-year designation requirement found in CAA § 107(d)(1), the deadline for designating areas was March 12, 2010. The EPA determined that due to the reconsideration there was insufficient information to designate areas, and invoked the additional year for designations as allowed under CAA § 107(d)(1)(B).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>A key first step after promulgating a new or revised NAAQS is for the EPA to issue initial area designations. Area designations establish which areas are meeting the NAAQS (attainment/unclassifiable) and which areas are not meeting the NAAQS (nonattainment), and the boundaries for those areas. Following the schedule provided in Clean Air Act (CAA) section 107(d), states were required to submit designation recommendations for every area of each state to the EPA by March 12, 2009, which was 1 year after the promulgation date of the 2008 ozone NAAQS. The EPA has received these recommendations and has proceeded with the designations process based on these recommendations.</P>
        <P>In accordance with CAA section 181(a)(1), each area designated as nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS will be classified by operation of law at the same time as the area is designated by the EPA. Therefore, the EPA intends to finalize classification thresholds on or before the date that initial area designations are issued by the Administrator. The planning and emission reduction requirements as well as the maximum attainment date for each area are based on that area's classification. Areas classified as marginal are subject to the least stringent planning and control requirements and shortest attainment period and those classified as severe are subject to the most stringent requirements and longest attainment period.</P>
        <P>Under Subpart 2 of part D of title I of the CAA, state planning and emissions control requirements for ozone are determined, in part, by a nonattainment area's classification. In 1990, Congress amended part D of title I of the CAA by adding several new subparts, including subpart 2, which specifies implementation requirements for ozone nonattainment areas. These requirements apply in addition to the general State Implementation Plan (SIP) planning requirements applicable to all nonattainment areas under subpart 1 of part D. Under subpart 2, ozone nonattainment areas are classified based on the severity of their ozone levels (as determined based on the area's “design value,” which represents the most recent 3-year average of the air quality in the area).<SU>6</SU>
          <FTREF/>Nonattainment areas with a “lower” classification have ozone levels that are closer to the standard than areas with a “higher” classification. The subpart 2 classification section provides an increasing amount of time from the date of designation to attain the standards for the progressively higher classifications: Marginal (3 years), Moderate (6 years), Serious (9 years), Severe-15 (15 years), Severe-17 (17 years), and Extreme (20 years).</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>6</SU>The air quality design value for the 8-hour O<E T="52">3</E>NAAQS is the 3-year average of the annual 4th highest daily maximum 8-hour average ozone concentrations.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="8200"/>
        <P>Areas in the lower classification levels have fewer and/or less stringent mandatory air quality planning and control requirements than those in higher classifications. For instance, Marginal areas are exempt from the requirement to prepare an attainment demonstration and associated contingency measures, although such areas are required to adopt an emissions statement rule for stationary sources, submit a baseline emissions inventory, and implement a nonattainment area preconstruction permit program. A Moderate area needs to comply with the Marginal area requirements; in addition the state must submit a demonstration that the area will attain within 6 years after designation, and it must adopt (and submit for EPA approval) certain emissions control requirements, such as reasonably available control technology, a basic vehicle inspection and maintenance program if the area meets the applicable population thresholds, and provisions for increased offsets for new or modified sources under the state's new source review (NSR) program. The higher classifications similarly require additional emissions controls and stricter NSR offset requirements beyond those required for a Moderate area. In addition, under the higher classifications, smaller sources are considered “major sources” for permitting and other requirements.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. History of Nonattainment Area Classification Systems for the Ozone NAAQS</HD>
        <P>The CAA was amended in 1990 to add specific provisions that apply to ozone nonattainment areas. These include timelines for both planning and implementation, and requirements for specific programs to reduce emissions that vary based on an area's classification. The ozone standard that was in effect at the time of the 1990 CAA amendments was a 1-hour exceedance-based standard of 0.12 ppm.<SU>7</SU>
          <FTREF/>Accordingly, the classification provisions in Table 1 in section 181 of subpart 2 of the CAA (also referred to herein as the “subpart 2 classification table”) are specific to that 1-hour standard. In 1997, the EPA revised both the form and level of the ozone NAAQS to a 3-year average of the 4th highest daily maximum 8-hour averages.<SU>8</SU>
          <FTREF/>In a subsequent rulemaking, the EPA adapted the CAA's 1-hour classification thresholds to the new 8-hour standard<SU>9</SU>

          <FTREF/>and used the new 8-hour threshold values to classify certain areas designated nonattainment for the 1997 8-hour NAAQS. This approach for translating the CAA's 1-hour threshold values to 8-hour threshold values was challenged in litigation and was upheld by the court.<E T="03">See South Coast Air Quality Management District</E>v.<E T="03">Environmental Protection Agency,</E>472 F.3d at 896-898.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>7</SU>For additional detail on the 1-hour ozone NAAQS,<E T="03">see</E>56 FR 56694.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>8</SU>
            <E T="03">See</E>40 CFR Appendix I.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>9</SU>Referred to as the Phase 1 Rule,<E T="03">see</E>40 CFR part 51, subpart X at 51.903.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Initial Area Designations for the 2008 Ozone NAAQS</HD>
        <P>Under CAA § 107(d), initial area designations are required when a NAAQS is revised. The process involves interaction between the EPA and states, starting with states preparing recommendations and submitting them to the EPA for review. If the EPA intends to modify a state's recommendation, the EPA must notify the state of such modification by letter no later than 120 days (“120 day letters”) prior to making a final decision.<SU>10</SU>
          <FTREF/>For the 2008 ozone NAAQS, most states submitted designation recommendations to the EPA as required under section 107(d) in March 2009, 1 year after the 2008 NAAQS was promulgated. States also had the opportunity to update these recommendations in the fall of 2011, based on ambient air quality monitoring data for the years 2008-2010, which were (and still are) the most recent monitoring data available. Areas could elect to early certify their 2009-2011 data by February 29, 2012 for EPA to consider in the designation process.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>10</SU>While CAA section 107, which governs the process for initial area designations, specifically addresses states, the EPA intends to follow the same process for tribes to the extent practicable, pursuant to section 301(d) of the CAA regarding tribal authority and the Tribal Authority Rule (63 FR 7254; February 12, 1998). The EPA is working with the tribes and tribal organizations regarding their participation in the designations process.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The EPA plans to consider the state recommendations received in 2009 and any updates provided by the states based on current monitoring data in deciding whether to modify any recommendations. In the event that the EPA intends to modify a state's recommendation, the EPA will notify the state 120 days prior to issuing designations. The EPA's goal is to finalize designations by mid-2012.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Transportation Conformity and the 1997 Ozone NAAQS</HD>
        <P>In this rulemaking, the EPA is proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only.<SU>11</SU>

          <FTREF/>The revocation of the 1997 ozone standard for this limited purpose would occur 1 year after the effective date of initial area designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. We believe this approach is the most logical because it would result in only one ozone NAAQS—the more protective 2008 ozone NAAQS—applying for purposes of transportation conformity, after the end of the 1-year transportation conformity grace period that applies to newly designated nonattainment areas (<E T="03">see</E>CAA section 176(c)(6)). If the 1997 ozone NAAQS were to remain in place after conformity applies for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, areas currently in nonattainment or maintenance for the 1997 ozone NAAQS that are designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS would be required to implement the transportation conformity program for both ozone NAAQS concurrently. The EPA is proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for purposes of transportation conformity in an attempt to avoid this overlap of NAAQS for conformity requirements. The EPA intends to discuss potential revocation of the 1997 NAAQS for all other purposes in a future, separate rulemaking.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>11</SU>When EPA revises a NAAQS, the prior NAAQS is not automatically revoked. Accordingly, both the 1997 ozone NAAQS and the more stringent 2008 ozone NAAQS are active standards unless and until EPA takes action to revoke the previous 1997 standard.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. What are the proposed classification thresholds for nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS?</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Proposed Classification Thresholds</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Background</HD>

        <P>The subpart 2 classification table includes the classification thresholds for areas designated as nonattainment for the 1-hour ozone NAAQS. The subpart 2 classification table is based on 1-hour ozone nonattainment area design values (DVs) (i.e., beginning at a level of 0.121 ppm) because it was designed for implementation of the 0.12 ppm 1-hour standard, which was the effective ozone standard when Congress added the table to the CAA in 1990. Because the table is based on DVs for a 0.12 ppm 1-hour standard, we recognized in the rulemaking to implement the 1997 NAAQS that it did not make sense to apply the thresholds listed in the table for implementing the 1997 0.08 ppm 8-hour standard. The EPA believed that using 8-hour DVs to classify areas for the 8-hour standard would reflect the magnitude of the 8-hour ozone problem more accurately than would using the 1-hour DVs in the subpart 2 classification table. In addition, many of the areas that<PRTPAGE P="8201"/>were nonattainment for the 1997 8-hour NAAQS had 1-hour DVs less than 0.121 ppm and would not have been covered by the subpart 2 classification table at all.</P>
        <P>We adopted by regulation a modified version of the subpart 2 classification table for the 1997 8-hour ozone standard which contains 8-hour DV thresholds for each classification, rather than the statutory 1-hour DV thresholds. We translated the classification thresholds in the subpart 2 classification table from 1-hour DVs to 8-hour DVs based on the percentage by which each classification threshold in the table exceeds the 1-hour ozone NAAQS. We noted that these percentages, as established by Congress in 1990, set the classification thresholds at certain percentages or fractions above the level of the standard.<SU>12</SU>
          <FTREF/>We refer to this method as the “percent-above-the-standard” method. We are proposing to take the same approach for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. As we did for the 1997 8-hour NAAQS, we are proposing to establish by regulation a modified version of this classification table to account for the new level of 0.075 ppm as compared to the level of 0.08 ppm used to establish the classification table for the 1997 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>12</SU>The upper thresholds of the Marginal, Moderate, Serious, and Severe classifications are precise percentages or fractions above the level of the standard, namely 15 percent (3/20ths more than the standard), 33.33 percent (one-third more than the standard), 50 percent (one-half more than the standard), and 133.3 percent (one and one-third more than the standard).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>As we did for the 1997 NAAQS, the EPA analyzed various alternative options for establishing thresholds for classifications for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. However, we are proposing to use the same “percent-above-the-standard” methodology as was used for the 1997 ozone standard.<SU>13</SU>
          <FTREF/>Options that were evaluated other than the one we are proposing are discussed in more detail in a background information document<SU>14</SU>
          <FTREF/>in the docket to this rulemaking. While the EPA believes the “percent-above-the-standard” method is appropriate for designating areas for the 2008 NAAQS, alternative methods may be appropriate to consider in developing classification thresholds for any future revisions to the ozone standards.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>13</SU>Background Information Document: Development of Hypothetical Nonattainment Areas for Illustrating Proposed Classification Thresholds for Areas Designated Nonattainment for the 2008 0.075 PPM 8-Hour Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard. January 2012.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>14</SU>Background Information Document: Additional Options Considered for Classification of Nonattainment Areas under the 2008 Ozone NAAQS. January 2012.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The percent-above-the-standard method is a simple and straightforward method for establishing classification thresholds that is based on principles inherent in the subpart 2 classification table itself. The principles include the following:</P>
        <P>• Areas are grouped by the severity of their air quality problem as characterized by the degree of nonattainment based on their DV.</P>

        <P>• Classification would occur “by operation of law” without relying on EPA exercising discretion for individual situations (prior to any application of the 5 percent adjustment provision under section 181(a)(4)).<E T="03">See</E>section III.B of this rule for additional details on how EPA intends to address previous requests for voluntary bump-ups for the 1997 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <P>• Classification thresholds are derived from the structure or logic of the CAA's nonattainment area planning and control requirements, including the subpart 2 classification table, and consistent with the overall goal of subpart 2 of attaining the standards as expeditiously as practicable.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Proposed Classification Threshold Method—Percent-Above-the-Standard Method</HD>
        <P>In this section, we describe the EPA's proposed methodology for establishing classification thresholds for purposes of classifying ozone nonattainment areas with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Using this approach for the 2008 NAAQS, the classification thresholds in the subpart 2 classification table would be translated into a corresponding set of 8-hour DVs by setting threshold DVs in the new table at the same percentages above the 2008 ozone NAAQS as the DV levels in the subpart 2 classification table are above the 1-hour ozone NAAQS. For example, the threshold separating the Marginal and Moderate classifications in the subpart 2 classification table (0.138 ppm) is 15 percent above the 1-hour ozone NAAQS (0.12 ppm). Thus, under this approach, the threshold separating the Marginal and Moderate classifications for the 2008 ozone NAAQS would be 0.075 ppm plus 15 percent, or 0.086 ppm. Table 1, below, depicts this proposed translation for classifications as it would apply for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,15,15,15" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 1—Subpart 2 1-Hour Ozone Design Value Classification Table Translation to 8-Hour Design Values for the 2008 Ozone NAAQS of 0.075 PPM</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Area class</CHED>
            <CHED H="1"/>
            <CHED H="1">1-hour design value (ppm)</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Percent above 1-hour ozone NAAQS</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">8-hr ozone design value (ppm)</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Marginal</ENT>
            <ENT>From</ENT>
            <ENT>0.121</ENT>
            <ENT>0.833</ENT>
            <ENT>0.076</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>up to<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.138</ENT>
            <ENT>15</ENT>
            <ENT>0.086</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Moderate</ENT>
            <ENT>From</ENT>
            <ENT>0.138</ENT>
            <ENT>15</ENT>
            <ENT>0.086</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>up to<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.160</ENT>
            <ENT>33.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>From</ENT>
            <ENT>0.160</ENT>
            <ENT>33.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>up to<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.180</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>0.113</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Severe-15</ENT>
            <ENT>From</ENT>
            <ENT>0.180</ENT>
            <ENT>50</ENT>
            <ENT>0.113</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>up to<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.190</ENT>
            <ENT>58.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.119</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Severe-17</ENT>
            <ENT>From</ENT>
            <ENT>0.190</ENT>
            <ENT>58.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.119</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="22"/>
            <ENT>up to<SU>1</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>0.280</ENT>
            <ENT>133.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.175</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Extreme</ENT>
            <ENT>equal to or above</ENT>
            <ENT>0.280</ENT>
            <ENT>133.333</ENT>
            <ENT>0.175</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 1:</E>But not including.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>Based on our analysis of air quality information from 2008-2010, we estimate that approximately 52 areas had ambient ozone concentrations exceeding the 2008 ozone NAAQS. We use these 52 “hypothetical nonattainment areas” for purposes of the following discussion.<SU>15</SU>
          <FTREF/>These<PRTPAGE P="8202"/>hypothetical areas are intended to illustrate the distribution of areas into the proposed classifications. The actual number of total nonattainment areas and the classification of each area will depend on decisions made in the separate designations process under section 107(d). If we were to use the proposed thresholds in Table 1, above, as the basis for classifying nonattainment areas with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS, the 52 hypothetical nonattainment areas based on 2008-2010 air quality data would be distributed in each classification as shown in Table 2.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>15</SU>Background Information Document: Development of Hypothetical Nonattainment Areas for Illustrating Proposed Classification Thresholds<PRTPAGE/>for Areas Designated Nonattainment for the 2008 0.075 PPM 8-Hour Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard. January 2012. Most hypothetical nonattainment areas include multiple counties, based on the existing 1997 8-hour ozone nonattainment areas, Combined Statistical Area, or Core Based Statistical Area boundary associated with a violating monitor. Note that these areas are used for analytical purposes only. Actual nonattainment areas and boundaries will be determined through the designations process.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,14" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 2—Number of Hypothetical Nonattainment Areas in Each Classification Under the 2008 Ozone NAAQS: Percent-Above-the-Standard Method</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Classification</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">2008 O3 NAAQS (hypothetical areas)</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Marginal</ENT>
            <ENT>43</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Moderate</ENT>
            <ENT>6</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>3</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW RUL="n,s">
            <ENT I="01">Extreme</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
            <ENT>52</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The proposed classification method would result in the vast majority of nonattainment areas being classified as Marginal. It is possible that a few areas would have a later maximum statutory attainment date for their existing classification under the 1997 ozone NAAQS than they would have for their new classification under the 2008 NAAQS. For example, an area that would be classified Marginal for the more stringent 2008 ozone NAAQS (with an anticipated maximum statutory attainment date in 2015), may have been classified as Severe for the less-stringent 1997 ozone NAAQS (with a later maximum statutory attainment date in 2019).<SU>16</SU>

          <FTREF/>This issue did not arise when we promulgated the classification structure for the 1997 NAAQS. (<E T="03">See</E>section III.B of this rule for additional details on how EPA intends to address previous requests for voluntary bump-ups for the 1997 ozone NAAQS.)</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>16</SU>As indicated elsewhere in this preamble, the EPA intends to designate areas for the 2008 standard by mid-2012. Thus, a 3-year attainment deadline would be in 2015.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>Many Marginal areas are expected to attain the 2008 NAAQS within 3 years of designation (e.g., in 2015) due to reductions of ozone precursors resulting from a number of federal and state emission reduction programs that have already been adopted. Such programs include more stringent emission standards for onroad and nonroad vehicles and equipment (with associated fleet turnover), regional reductions in power plant emissions to address interstate transport,<SU>17</SU>
          <FTREF/>and potential future programs such as the boiler maximum achievable control technology standards. The EPA estimates that in about half of the Marginal areas, these reductions in conjunction with other ongoing state and federal controls should be sufficient to bring about attainment.<SU>18</SU>
          <FTREF/>In other areas, additional control measures may be needed for timely attainment.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>17</SU>Federal Implementation Plans: Interstate Transport of Fine Particulate Matter and Ozone and Correction of SIP Approvals. August 8, 2011; 76 FR 48208.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>18</SU>Technical note to docket # EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0885, February 2012. “The Hypothetical Nonattainment Area Projections of 2008-2010 Design Values to 2015.”</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Other Classification Methods Considered</HD>
        <P>A number of interested parties have recommended to the EPA other options for classification of ozone nonattainment areas. The EPA evaluated many other methods but we are not proposing them or soliciting comment on them because we did not find them as compelling for application to the 2008 ozone NAAQS as the option discussed in this proposal. We have included in the docket all written recommendations we have received in recent years regarding classification approaches. Other options that we considered but are not proposing are also summarized in the docket.<SU>19</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>19</SU>Background Information Document: Additional Options Considered for Classification of Nonattainment Areas under the Proposed 2008 Ozone NAAQS. January 2012.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Reclassification of Nonattainment Areas that Have Voluntarily Requested Higher Classifications</HD>
        <P>The CAA provides three mechanisms for addressing nonattainment areas that may not be able to attain by the attainment date provided for their classification. First, section 181(a)(4) provides that within 90 days of designation and classification, the Administrator may exercise discretion to reclassify an area to a higher (or lower) classification if its DV is within 5 percent of the DV range of the higher (or lower) classification.<SU>20</SU>
          <FTREF/>Any state interested in taking advantage of this flexibility should submit a request to the EPA in sufficient time for the Administrator to make a determination within the 90 days provided.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>20</SU>This CAA provision also provides the same authority for reclassifying areas to a lower classification, an approach that may not be relevant where the area in question is unlikely to attain by the attainment date for the classification it receives at the time of designation.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>The second mechanism, provided in section 181(b)(2), requires that an area be reclassified to the next higher classification (i.e., “bumped-up”) if EPA determines that the area has failed to attain the standard by the attainment date and does not qualify for the first of two possible 1-year attainment date extensions allowed under the CAA (excluding Severe to Extreme reclassification).</P>
        <P>The third mechanism, provided in section 181(b)(3), allows a state to voluntarily request that the EPA reclassify the area to a higher classification. The EPA has no discretion to deny such requests. Once an area is reclassified to a higher classification, it becomes subject to the associated additional planning and control requirements for that higher classification as well and must attain the standard no later than the later maximum attainment date for that classification.</P>
        <P>There are seven areas for which states requested a voluntary reclassification with respect to the 1997 NAAQS. If these areas were classified based on 2008-2010 air quality data and pursuant to the classification structure proposed here, it is likely that they would have a lower classification and an earlier maximum attainment date for the 2008 NAAQS than such areas have for the 1997 ozone NAAQS. EPA has granted voluntary reclassification requests for six of these areas; the request for one area is still pending.<SU>21</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>21</SU>Ventura County, CA was reclassified from Moderate to Serious (Approved 05/20/2008, 73 FR Page 29073, Effective: 06/19/2008). Houston-Galveston-Brazoria, TX was reclassified from Moderate to Severe-15 (Approved 10/01/2008, 73 FR Page 56983, Effective: 10/31/2008). Reclassification of the Los Angeles-South Coast, San Joaquin Valley, Riverside County, and Sacramento Metro areas (May 5, 2010, 75 FR 24409) became effective June 4, 2010. The requested voluntary reclassification of West Mojave Desert, CA from Moderate to Severe-17 is still pending with the EPA.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <PRTPAGE P="8203"/>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,xs36,r50,r50,r50" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 3—Areas for Which the State Requested a Voluntary Reclassification Under the 1997 NAAQS</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Nonattainment Area</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">State</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Original 1997 NAAQS classification</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Voluntary reclassification</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Potential classification under 2008 NAAQS<SU>1</SU>
            </CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Los Angeles-South Coast Air Basin</ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>Extreme</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">San Joaquin Valley</ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>Extreme</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Riverside County (Coachella Valley)</ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Sacramento Metro</ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Ventura County</ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Moderate</ENT>
            <ENT>Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Western Mojave<SU>2</SU>
            </ENT>
            <ENT>CA</ENT>
            <ENT>Moderate</ENT>
            <ENT>Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 1:</E>Based on thresholds proposed in this notice and 2008-2010 design values.</TNOTE>
          <TNOTE>
            <E T="02">Note 2:</E>This request for a reclassification is still pending.</TNOTE>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>The EPA is proposing that the approved prior voluntary reclassification requests for the 1997 ozone NAAQS would also apply for the more stringent 2008 ozone NAAQS unless the state explicitly requests otherwise. The areas to which this would apply are listed in Table 3.<SU>22</SU>
          <FTREF/>We believe this is an appropriate mechanism to address the limited situation where an area that was voluntarily reclassified for the 1997 ozone NAAQS would have an attainment date for the more stringent 2008 ozone NAAQS that is earlier than the area's attainment date for the less stringent 1997 NAAQS. Based on discussions with affected areas, we also believe it is reasonable to expect that the areas listed in Table 3 that requested a voluntary reclassification under the less stringent 1997 NAAQS would make the same request for the 2008 NAAQS. The EPA is proposing this approach in order to minimize burden on states and obviate the need to go through the voluntary reclassification process again.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>22</SU>Texas also requested voluntary reclassification for the Houston-Galveston-Brazoria nonattainment area for the 1997 ozone NAAQS. Texas has already indicated that they do not wish for that request to apply to the 2008 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. What are we proposing as the attainment deadlines for nonattainment areas in each classification of the 2008 ozone NAAQS?</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Background</HD>
        <P>The CAA provides that the primary NAAQS attainment dates for areas subject to subpart 2 must be as expeditious as practicable but no later than the deadlines provided in the subpart 2 classification table. The deadlines for attainment in the subpart 2 classification table are specified in terms of a certain number of years from the date of enactment of the 1990 Amendments to the CAA (i.e., November 15, 1990). For instance, the attainment date for Moderate areas is expressed as “6 years after November 15, 1990.” Because these time periods are clearly inappropriate for a new standard promulgated in 2008, we must interpret the attainment deadlines in the subpart 2 classification table as they would apply to the 2008 NAAQS.</P>
        <P>In the Phase 1 rule for implementation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS,<SU>23</SU>

          <FTREF/>we interpreted these timeframes to run from the date that area designations and nonattainment classifications (by operation of law) became effective. We explained in the proposed and final rules for implementation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS that it was reasonable for these dates to run from the date of designation because other provisions of the CAA established the attainment date as a set period of time after designation.<E T="03">See</E>69 FR 23966-67; 68 FR 32817. As discussed below, we are proposing this same approach for the 2008 NAAQS and also proposing an alternate approach where the attainment dates would be at the end of the calendar year. We are proposing an alternate approach because we anticipate that designations for the 2008 NAAQS will be effective some time after the start of the 2012 ozone season<SU>24</SU>
          <FTREF/>for most areas and possibly well into the summer. As explained in more detail below, the alternative approach would allow Marginal areas 3 full years to attain, Moderate areas 6 full years to attain, etc.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>23</SU>69 FR 23951.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>

            <SU>24</SU>The ozone season for each state is defined in 40 CFR part 58, Appendix D, and, for most areas, runs from April to October.<E T="03">See</E>also the July 16, 2009, Proposed Monitoring Rule (74 FR 34525).</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Proposal</HD>

        <P>The EPA is proposing two options for establishing the maximum attainment dates for areas in each nonattainment classification. Under the first option, the attainment dates would be the precise number of years specified in Table 1 with such time period running from the effective date of designation. Under the second option, the attainment dates would be December 31 of the year that is the specified number of years in Table 1 after designation. In order to fully evaluate the two options, we note that the EPA intends to complete initial area designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS no later than May 31, 2012. We anticipate the designations will be effective 60 days following publication in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>and that it will take approximately 2 weeks for the designations notice to be published. Under this scenario, designations would be effective by approximately mid-August 2012.</P>
        <P>For the first option, we are proposing that the deadlines in the subpart 2 classification table would be specified in terms of a certain number of years from the effective date of designation for the 2008 standard. This is the same approach we took for the 1997 NAAQS. In this case, we would interpret “year” in the subpart 2 classification table to mean consecutive 365-day periods,<SU>25</SU>
          <FTREF/>and we would substitute “after the effective date of designation” for the CAA's “after November 15, 1990” language in the subpart 2 classification table. Under this approach the attainment deadline would fall a precise number of years after the effective date of designation. As an example, if the Administrator issued designations for the 2008 NAAQS on May 31, 2012, and the designations became effective on August 15, 2012, the attainment dates would run from August 15, 2012, such that a Marginal area would be required to attain the 2008 ozone standard by August 15, 2015.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>25</SU>Except in the case of a leap year, where the year would be a rolling 366 day period.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>For the second and the EPA's preferred option, the attainment date would be specified as a certain number of years from the end of the calendar year in which an area's nonattainment designation is effective. In other words, if the effective date of designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS is August 15, 2012, the 3-year attainment deadline for Marginal areas would be December 31, 2015.</P>

        <P>We are proposing this option as our preferred option for the 2008 ozone NAAQS because, as explained above, we believe it is likely that designations<PRTPAGE P="8204"/>will be effective in August 2012, which is late in the ozone season. Where the designation is effective late in the ozone season, under the first option a Marginal area effectively would have only two ozone seasons following designation to improve its air quality in order to attain by its attainment date. This is because compliance with the standard is based on air quality during the most recent three full consecutive ozone seasons, and the most recent 3 full ozone seasons preceding the attainment deadline in this case would run through the end of the previous year's ozone season. Because attainment is based on three full ozone seasons of air quality data, in order to attain “by” its attainment date, the area could not consider air quality for an ozone season during which the attainment date falls. For example, in the case of the 1997 ozone NAAQS, designations became effective on June 15, 2004, and areas had an attainment date of June 15 of the year falling 3, 6, etc. years after designation. Thus, in order for a Marginal area to attain by June 15, 2007, it could not consider air quality data from the 2007 ozone season, but instead was required to demonstrate attainment based on the 3 years of air quality data from 2004-2006. In this situation, the area's attainment date effectively was December 31, 2006.</P>
        <P>Because we anticipate designations will be effective late in the ozone season for the 2008 NAAQS, we are concerned that if a Marginal area is required to attain in August 2015, the area would effectively have only two ozone seasons (the 2013 and 2014 ozone seasons) from the date of designation to improve its air quality for the purpose of showing attainment. Accordingly, the state would need to both plan for and achieve all emission reductions necessary for the area to attain by the beginning of the 2014 ozone season, so that those reductions would be reflected in the air quality data considered for determining whether the area attained by its attainment date (i.e., attainment would be based on air quality data from 2012-2014). Similarly, a Moderate area would need to implement measures to attain by the beginning of the 2017 ozone season in order for those reductions to be reflected in the air quality data considered for purposes of determining whether the area attained (data from 2015-2017) by August 2018.</P>
        <P>We believe this second option is consistent with the time periods provided for attainment of the 1-hour ozone NAAQS at the time the CAA was amended. The CAA Amendments were enacted on November 15, 1990, after the end of the ozone season for virtually all areas, and for the few areas that had year-round ozone seasons, EPA interpreted the Act to allow consideration of air quality in the attainment year even though the attainment date fell on November 15. Thus, when the CAA was amended in mid-November 1990, 1-hour Marginal areas had three full ozone seasons to achieve any reductions necessary for attainment, and Moderate areas had six full ozone seasons, because the attainment deadline was the anniversary of the enactment of the 1990 CAA (November 15). Table 4 summarizes for each proposed option how we would interpret the maximum attainment dates for areas in each classification under the 2008 NAAQS, using an example where the effective date of designations is August 15, 2012.</P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r75,xs120" COLS="03" OPTS="L2,i1">
          <TTITLE>Table 4—Example of Proposed Attainment Dates for the 2008 Standard if Nonattainment Designations Are Effective August 15, 2012</TTITLE>
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">Classification</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Option 1</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">Option 2</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Marginal</ENT>
            <ENT>August 15, 2015</ENT>
            <ENT>December 31, 2015.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Moderate</ENT>
            <ENT>August 15, 2018</ENT>
            <ENT>December 31, 2018.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Serious</ENT>
            <ENT>August 15, 2021</ENT>
            <ENT>December 31, 2021.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Severe</ENT>
            <ENT>August 15, 2027 or 2029</ENT>
            <ENT>December 31, 2027 or 2029.</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">Extreme</ENT>
            <ENT>August 15, 2032</ENT>
            <ENT>December 31, 2032.</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. What is the EPA proposing regarding revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS at this time?</HD>
        <P>At this time, the EPA is proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS 1 year after the effective date of designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only.<SU>26</SU>
          <FTREF/>Revoking the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes, as described below, will bring certainty to the transportation planning process in ozone nonattainment and maintenance areas. It will also ensure that backsliding does not occur for purposes of transportation conformity as areas designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS will be required to use adequate or approved SIP motor vehicle emissions budgets for the 1997 ozone NAAQS or 1-hour ozone NAAQS, if the area has such SIP budgets for one of these ozone NAAQS, until SIP budgets are found adequate or are approved for the 2008 ozone NAAQS as required by recent court decisions discussed below and as required by CAA 176(c)(1).<SU>27</SU>
          <FTREF/>Specifically, CAA section 176(c)(1) states, in part, “No metropolitan planning organization designated under section 134 of Title 23 shall give its approval to any project, program, or plan which does not conform to an implementation plan approved or promulgated under section 7410 of this title.” In other words, adequate or approved motor vehicle emissions budgets for a prior NAAQS must be used in transportation conformity determinations for a revised NAAQS until such time that budgets for the revised NAAQS are either found adequate or are approved. The EPA is proposing this limited revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS at this time to provide certainty to the transportation planning process. In a subsequent rulemaking, the EPA will consider whether to also revoke the 1997 NAAQS for other purposes.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>26</SU>Transportation conformity is required under CAA section 176(c) to ensure that transportation plans, transportation improvement programs (TIPs) and federally supported highway and transit projects are consistent with (“conform to”) the purpose of the SIP. Conformity to the purpose of the SIP means that transportation activities will not cause new air quality violations, worsen existing violations, or delay timely attainment of the relevant NAAQS or interim reductions and milestones. The EPA's Transportation Conformity Rule (40 CFR 51.390 and Part 93, subpart A) establishes the criteria and procedures for determining whether transportation activities conform to the SIP.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>27</SU>A motor vehicle emissions budget is that portion of the total allowable emissions defined in the submitted or approved control strategy implementation plan revision or maintenance plan for a certain date for the purpose of meeting reasonable further progress milestones or demonstrating attainment or maintenance of the NAAQS, for any criteria pollutant or its precursors, allocated to highway and transit vehicle use and emissions.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the background for our proposal?</HD>

        <P>At the time the EPA promulgated the 2008 NAAQS, the Administrator<PRTPAGE P="8205"/>determined that the 1997 ozone NAAQS was no longer sufficient to protect public health and the environment with an adequate margin of safety and that it was therefore necessary to establish a more stringent standard. 73 FR 16436 (Mar. 27, 2008). In determining how to transition from the 1997 NAAQS to the more stringent 2008 NAAQS, the EPA is now presented with the same situation that we faced with the transition from the 1-hour ozone NAAQS to the more stringent 1997 ozone NAAQS. For that transition, our Phase 1 implementation rule for the 1997 ozone NAAQS revoked the 1-hour ozone NAAQS for all purposes 1 year after the effective date of the initial area designations for the 1997 ozone NAAQS. (<E T="03">See</E>69 FR 23954). The Phase 1 rule also established comprehensive anti-backsliding provisions to ensure that requirements for the 1-hour ozone NAAQS would continue in place as areas transitioned to implementing the more stringent 1997 ozone standard.</P>

        <P>The revocation of the 1-hour standard and the associated anti-backsliding provisions were the subject of litigation. In its December 2006 decision on that challenge, as modified following rehearing, the Court held with respect to the anti-backsliding approach for transportation conformity that 1-hour motor vehicle emissions budgets must be used where such budgets have been found adequate or approved, as part of 8-hour conformity determinations until 8-hour motor vehicle emissions budgets are available. (<E T="03">South Coast Air Quality Management District</E>v.<E T="03">EPA,</E>472 F.3d at 882). In addition, the Court affirmed more broadly that in order for transportation conformity determinations to fulfill the requirements of CAA section 176(c)(1), motor vehicle emissions budgets for a prior NAAQS must be used in transportation conformity determinations under a revised NAAQS until emissions budgets for the revised NAAQS are either found adequate or are approved. Therefore, areas designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS that have adequate or approved SIP budgets for either the 1997 ozone NAAQS or the 1-hour ozone NAAQS must continue to use such budgets in transportation conformity determinations until budgets for the 2008 ozone NAAQS are found adequate or are approved.<SU>28</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>28</SU>Areas without adequate or approved SIP budgets for either the 1997 ozone NAAQS or the 1-hour ozone NAAQS are required to demonstrate conformity using one or both of the interim emissions tests depending on their classification as required by 40 CFR 93.119.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What is the rationale for our proposal?</HD>
        <P>At this time, we are proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only. The revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS for this limited purpose would occur 1 year after the effective date of initial area designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Similar to our rationale in the Phase 1 rule for implementation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS, we believe this approach makes the most sense because it would result in only one ozone NAAQS—the 2008 ozone NAAQS—applying for purposes of transportation conformity, after the end of the one-year transportation conformity grace period that applies to newly designated nonattainment areas. (CAA section 176(c)(6)). If the 1997 ozone NAAQS were to remain in place after conformity applies for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, metropolitan planning organizations and other state, local, and federal transportation and air quality agencies in areas that are currently nonattainment or maintenance for the 1997 ozone NAAQS and will be designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS would be required to implement the transportation conformity program for both ozone NAAQS concurrently. This could lead to unnecessary complexity for conformity determinations, especially if an area's boundaries for the two ozone NAAQS differ from one another and the same test of conformity cannot be used for both ozone NAAQS. Even where an area's boundaries are unchanged, different analysis years under the conformity rules may be required for each ozone NAAQS. Furthermore, we believe that it is more important to determine conformity for the new 2008 ozone NAAQS that is more protective of health and welfare.</P>
        <P>For transportation conformity purposes, this proposal would provide a seamless transition from demonstrating conformity for the 1997 ozone NAAQS to demonstrating conformity for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Revoking the 1997 ozone NAAQS 1 year after the effective date of designations for the limited purpose of transportation conformity would leave no gap in conformity's application in any 2008 ozone nonattainment areas.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Why is it necessary to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS now for transportation conformity purposes?</HD>
        <P>The EPA has determined that it is necessary to establish the date for the revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS as it applies for transportation conformity purposes now in order to provide state and local transportation and air quality agencies with certainty as to what conformity requirements will apply after designations are finalized for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Areas designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS will have 1 year after the effective date of the designation to complete a conformity determination for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. If an area does not complete the required conformity determination by the end of the 1-year grace period, the area will enter a conformity lapse until the required determination is completed.<SU>29</SU>
          <FTREF/>Based on 2008-2010 air quality monitoring data, and as discussed elsewhere in today's notice, we anticipate that 52 areas would be designated as nonattainment areas and 44 of these areas are either nonattainment or maintenance for the 1997 ozone NAAQS. Areas designated nonattainment for the 2008 NAAQS will likely need the full 1-year grace period provided in CAA section 176(c)(6) to complete the required initial conformity determination. Those areas that are designated as either nonattainment or maintenance for the 1997 ozone NAAQS at the time they are designated as nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS will need certainty as to the specific requirements for that conformity determination. For example, they need to know what analysis years must be addressed and, if the boundaries for the two ozone NAAQS are different, they need to know whether to address conformity for both areas and which test or tests would apply.</P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>29</SU>During a lapse, an area can proceed with only a limited amount of transportation projects including projects that are exempt from conformity, projects and project phases that had previously been approved and transportation control measures included in an approved SIP.</P>
        </FTNT>
        <P>By determining conformity for the 2008 standard, which is the more health and welfare protective standard, the EPA is both:</P>
        <P>• Fulfilling the CAA's requirements for transportation conformity which include preventing new air quality violations, not making existing violations worse and not delaying any interim milestones; and</P>
        <P>• Making the most efficient use of state and local resources in fulfilling those requirements.</P>

        <P>In addition, a large number of areas that are currently required to determine conformity for the 1997 ozone NAAQS are attaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS based on 2008-2010 air quality data. If these areas are designated as attainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, they would not be required to demonstrate<PRTPAGE P="8206"/>conformity for the 1997 ozone NAAQS, as of the effective date of the revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS. These areas would no longer have to expend resources to make conformity determinations for the 1997 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Is the EPA proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for other purposes as part of this rulemaking?</HD>
        <P>As part of this rule, the EPA is not proposing to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for purposes other than transportation conformity. Because of the necessity to quickly finalize a rule addressing nonattainment area classifications, we are not including a broad proposal here regarding revocation of the 1997 NAAQS and how anti-backsliding requirements might apply if the 1997 standard is revoked for purposes other than transportation conformity. We are developing a separate proposed rule that will address those issues and we expect to issue that proposed rule in the spring of 2012. We plan to address any comments on the issue of revocation and anti-backsliding for all requirements other than transportation conformity in the context of that future, separate rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. What does this rulemaking not address?</HD>
        <P>This proposed rulemaking does not propose to establish attainment or nonattainment designations for specific areas nor does it address the principles that will be considered in the designation process. Because the designations are not the subject of this proposed rule, we do not intend to respond to comments concerning designations in the context of this rulemaking.</P>
        <P>In addition, this proposed rule does not address any specific SIP requirements associated with different classification categories. This proposed rule also does not address revocation of the 1997 ozone NAAQS for purposes other than transportation conformity. Similarly, anti-backsliding issues are not addressed in this rule. The remaining implementation requirements for the 2008 NAAQS will be addressed in a separate rulemaking. We do not intend to respond in the context of this rulemaking to comments pertaining to implementation issues that will be addressed by a future rulemaking.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</HD>
        <P>Under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this action is a “significant regulatory action” because it raises novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates. Accordingly, EPA submitted this action to OMB for review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011) and any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket for this action.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the<E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act,</E>44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b).</P>
        <P>The EPA is proposing this Classifications Rule for the 2008 ozone NAAQS so that areas may be classified by operation of law at the time of designation as provided in section 181(a) of the CAA. This proposed rule would also revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only. The EPA is proposing this limited revocation in order to bring certainty to the transportation conformity process consistent with prior court decisions and CAA section 176(c). This rule, in conjunction with another implementation rule we plan to propose in the future, will help states identify planning requirements that apply for purposes of attaining and maintaining the 2008 ozone NAAQS. No new information needs to be collected from the states as a result of this proposed rule.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any regulation subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedures Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.</P>
        <P>For purposes of assessing the impacts of these proposed regulations on small entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A small business as defined in the Small Business Administration's (SBA) regulations at 13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of a city, county, town, school district or special district with a population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and is not dominant in its field.</P>
        <P>The CAA requires the EPA to designate areas and provides for nonattainment areas to be classified by operation of law at the time of designation. This rule provides a method for establishing these classifications and interpreting the associated attainment deadlines. The CAA also requires that nonattainment and maintenance areas make transportation conformity determinations. This rule proposes to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS 1 year after the effective date of designations so that areas designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS are required to address conformity requirements for only the more protective 2008 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <P>After considering the economic impacts of this proposed rule on small entities, the EPA certifies that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This proposed rule will not impose any requirements on small entities.</P>
        <P>We continue to be interested in the potential impacts of the proposed rule on small entities and welcome comments on issues related to such impacts.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
        <P>This action contains no federal mandate under the provisions of Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538 for state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector. Therefore, this action is not subject to the requirements of section 202 and 205 of the UMRA.</P>
        <P>This action is not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism</HD>

        <P>This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. The<PRTPAGE P="8207"/>requirement to designate and classify nonattainment areas is imposed by the CAA as are the requirements for nonattainment and maintenance areas to make transportation conformity determinations. This proposed rule, if made final, would interpret how the classification provisions in section 181(a) will apply for purposes of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS that was finalized on March 27, 2008. (<E T="03">See</E>73 FR 16436). It also proposes to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS 1 year after the effective date of designations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to these proposed regulations.</P>
        <P>Although this action does not have federalism implications as defined in Executive Order 13132, the EPA recognizes that the adoption in 2008 of the more health-protective ozone standards will result in additional effort by state agencies responsible for managing air quality programs. Under the CAA, achieving these health benefits requires the combined efforts of the federal, state, and local governments, each accomplishing the tasks for which they are best suited. In the spirit of Executive Order 13121 and consistent with EPA policy to promote communications between the EPA and state and local governments, the EPA is soliciting comments on this proposal from state and local officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
        <P>This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). The proposed rules do not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, since no tribe has to develop classification recommendations under these proposed regulatory revisions. This proposal revokes the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation and does not significantly or uniquely affect the communities of Indian tribal governments, as the CAA requires transportation conformity to apply in any area that is designated nonattainment or maintenance by the EPA. Furthermore, these proposed regulation revisions do not affect the relationship or distribution of power and responsibilities between the federal government and Indian tribes. The CAA and the Tribal Air Rule establish the relationship of the federal government and tribes in developing plans to attain the NAAQS, and these revisions to the regulations do nothing to modify that relationship. These proposed regulations revisions do not have tribal implications. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.</P>
        <P>The EPA specifically solicits additional comment on this proposed action from tribal officials.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children from Environmental Health and Safety Risks</HD>
        <P>The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of the Executive Order has the potential to influence the regulation. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use</HD>
        <P>This action is not a “significant energy action” as defined in Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001)), because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. This action would establish classifications for areas that do not attain the 2008 ozone standard.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act</HD>
        <P>Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer Advancement Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. The voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. NTTAA directs EPA to provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the agency decides not to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <P>These proposed revisions to the regulations do not involve technical standards. Therefore, the EPA is not considering the use of any voluntary consensus standards.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations</HD>
        <P>Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the United States.</P>
        <P>The EPA has determined that this proposed rule will not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not affect the level of protection provided to human health or the environment. The proposed regulations would, if promulgated, establish classification thresholds for designated nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, which are designed to protect all segments of the general populations. As such, they do not adversely affect the health or safety of minority or low-income populations and are designed to protect and enhance the health and safety of these and other populations. Today's action also proposes to revoke the 1997 ozone NAAQS for transportation conformity purposes only. Such a revocation would not lead to disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority or low-income populations as the CAA requires transportation conformity to apply in any area that is designated nonattainment or maintenance by the EPA. This proposed rule ensures that transportation conformity is demonstrated in all areas that are designated nonattainment for the more protective 2008 ozone NAAQS.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Statutory Authority</HD>
        <P>The statutory authority for this action is provided by sections 110; 176; 181; and 301(a)(1) of the CAA, as amended (42 U.S.C. 7409; 42 U.S.C. 7506; 42 U.S.C. 7511; 42 U.S.C. 7601(a)(1)).</P>
        <LSTSUB>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
          <CFR>40 CFR Part 50</CFR>
          <P>Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Sulfur oxides.</P>
          <CFR>40 CFR Part 51</CFR>
          <P>Air pollution control, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Particulate matter, Transportation, Volatile organic compounds.</P>
        </LSTSUB>
        <SIG>
          <PRTPAGE P="8208"/>
          <DATED>Dated: February 7, 2012.</DATED>
          <NAME>Lisa P. Jackson,</NAME>
          <TITLE>Administrator.</TITLE>
        </SIG>
        <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, Title 40, Chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is proposed to be amended as follows:</P>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 50—NATIONAL PRIMARY AND SECONDARY AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS</HD>
          <P>1. The authority citation for Part 50 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>42 U.S.C. 7401,<E T="03">et seq.</E>
            </P>
          </AUTH>
          
          <P>2. Section 50.10 is amended by adding a paragraph (c) to read as follows:</P>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 50.10</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>National 8-hour primary and secondary ambient air quality standards for ozone.</SUBJECT>
            <STARS/>
            <P>(c) The 1997 ozone NAAQS set forth in paragraph (a) of this section will no longer apply to an area for transportation conformity purposes 1 year after the effective date of the designation of the area for the 2008 ozone NAAQS pursuant to section 107 of the CAA. The 1997 ozone NAAQS set forth in this section will continue to remain applicable to all areas for all other purposes notwithstanding the promulgation of the 2008 ozone NAAQS under § 50.15 or the designation of areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Area designations and classifications with respect to the 1997 ozone NAAQS are codified in 40 CFR part 81.</P>
          </SECTION>
        </PART>
        <PART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 51—REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND SUBMITTAL OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS</HD>
          <P>3. The authority citation for Part 51 continues to read as follows:</P>
          <AUTH>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
            <P>23 U.S.C. 101; 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.</P>
            <P>4. Part 51 is amended by adding a new subpart AA to read as follows:</P>
          </AUTH>
          <CONTENTS>
            <SUBPART>
              <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart AA—Provisions for Implementation of the 2008 Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards</HD>
              <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
              <SECTNO>51.1100</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>51.1101</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Applicability of Part 51.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>51.1102</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Classification and nonattainment area planning provisions.</SUBJECT>
              <SECTNO>51.1103</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Application of classification and attainment date provisions in section 181 of subpart 2 of the CAA to areas subject to § 51.1102(a).</SUBJECT>
            </SUBPART>
          </CONTENTS>
          <SUBPART>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart AA—Provisions for Implementation of the 2008 Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards.</HD>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 51.1100</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>The following definitions apply for purposes of this subpart. Any term not defined herein shall have the meaning as defined in 40 CFR 51.100.</P>
              <P>(a)<E T="03">1-hour NAAQS</E>means the 1-hour primary and secondary ozone national ambient air quality standards codified at 40 CFR 50.9.</P>
              <P>(b)<E T="03">1997 NAAQS</E>means the 8-hour primary and secondary ozone national ambient air quality standards codified at 40 CFR 50.10.</P>
              <P>(c)<E T="03">2008 NAAQS</E>means the 2008 primary and secondary ozone NAAQS codified at 40 CFR 50.15.</P>
              <P>(d)<E T="03">1-hour ozone design value</E>is the 1-hour ozone concentration calculated according to 40 CFR part 50, Appendix H and the interpretation methodology issued by the Administrator most recently before the date of the enactment of the CAA Amendments of 1990.</P>
              <P>(e)<E T="03">8-hour ozone design value</E>is the 8-hour ozone concentration calculated according to 40 CFR part 50, Appendix P.</P>
              <P>(f)<E T="03">CAA</E>means the Clean Air Act as codified at 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q (2010).</P>
              <P>(g)<E T="03">Attainment area</E>means, unless otherwise indicated, an area designated as either attainment, unclassifiable, or attainment/unclassifiable.</P>
              <P>(h)<E T="03">Attainment year ozone season</E>shall mean the ozone season immediately preceding a nonattainment area's maximum attainment date.</P>
              <P>(i)<E T="03">Designation for the 2008 NAAQS</E>shall mean the effective date of the designation for an area for the 2008 NAAQS.</P>
              <P>(j)<E T="03">Higher classification/lower classification.</E>For purposes of determining whether a classification is higher or lower, classifications under subpart 2 are ranked from lowest to highest as follows: Marginal; Moderate; Serious; Severe; and Extreme.</P>
              <P>(k)<E T="03">Initially designated</E>means the first designation that becomes effective for an area for the 2008 NAAQS and does not include a redesignation to attainment or nonattainment for the 2008 NAAQS.</P>
              <P>(l)<E T="03">Maintenance area</E>means an area that was designated nonattainment for a specific NAAQS and was redesignated to attainment for that NAAQS subject to a maintenance plan as required by CAA section 175A.</P>
              <P>(m)<E T="03">Nitrogen Oxides (NO</E>
                <E T="52">X</E>
                <E T="03">)</E>means the sum of nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide in the flue gas or emission point, collectively expressed as nitrogen dioxide.</P>
              <P>(n)<E T="03">Ozone season</E>means for each state, the ozone monitoring season as defined in 40 CFR Part 58, Appendix D, section 2.5 for that state.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 51.1101</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Applicability of Part 51.</SUBJECT>
              <P>The provisions in subparts A-X of part 51 apply to areas for purposes of the 2008 NAAQS to the extent they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subpart.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 51.1102</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Classification and nonattainment area planning provisions.</SUBJECT>
              <P>An area designated nonattainment for the 2008 NAAQS will be classified in accordance with CAA section 181, as interpreted in § 51.1103(a), and will be subject to the requirements of subpart 2 that apply for that classification.</P>
            </SECTION>
            <SECTION>
              <SECTNO>§ 51.1103</SECTNO>
              <SUBJECT>Application of classification and attainment date provisions in section 181 of subpart 2 of the CAA areas subject to § 51.1102(a).</SUBJECT>
              <P>(a) In accordance with CAA section 181(a)(1), each area designated nonattainment for the 2008 ozone NAAQS shall be classified by operation of law at the time of designation. The classification shall be based on the 8-hour design value for the area at the time of designation, in accordance with Table 1. A state may request a higher or lower classification as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. For each area classified under this section, the attainment date for the 2008 NAAQS shall be as expeditious as practicable but not later than the date provided in Table 1 as follows:</P>
              <GPOTABLE CDEF="s50,r50,18,18" COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1">
                <TTITLE>Table 1—Classification for 2008 8-Hour Ozone NAAQS (0.075 ppm) for Areas Subject to Section 51.1102(a)</TTITLE>
                <BOXHD>
                  <CHED H="1">Area class</CHED>
                  <CHED H="1"/>
                  <CHED H="1">8-Hour design value<LI>(ppm ozone)</LI>
                  </CHED>
                  <CHED H="1">Primary standard attainment date<LI>(years after designation for 2008 primary NAAQS) **</LI>
                  </CHED>
                </BOXHD>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Marginal</ENT>
                  <ENT>from</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.076</ENT>
                  <ENT>3</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <PRTPAGE P="8209"/>
                  <ENT I="22"/>
                  <ENT>up to *</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.086</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Moderate</ENT>
                  <ENT>from</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.086</ENT>
                  <ENT>6</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="22"/>
                  <ENT>up to *</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.100</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Serious</ENT>
                  <ENT>from</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.100</ENT>
                  <ENT>9</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="22"/>
                  <ENT>up to *</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.113</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Severe-15</ENT>
                  <ENT>from</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.113</ENT>
                  <ENT>15</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="22"/>
                  <ENT>up to *</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.119</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Severe-17</ENT>
                  <ENT>from</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.119</ENT>
                  <ENT>17</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="22"/>
                  <ENT>up to *</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.175</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <ROW>
                  <ENT I="01">Extreme</ENT>
                  <ENT>equal to or above</ENT>
                  <ENT>0.175</ENT>
                  <ENT>20</ENT>
                </ROW>
                <TNOTE>* But not including.</TNOTE>
                <TNOTE>** The attainment date is [Option 1: The date that is the specified number of years after the effective date of designations for the primary NAAQS. Option 2: December 31 of the calendar year].</TNOTE>
              </GPOTABLE>
              <P>(b) A state may request, and the Administrator must approve, a higher classification for any reason in accordance with CAA section 181(b)(3).</P>
              <P>(c) A state may request, and the Administrator may in the Administrator's discretion approve, a higher or lower classification in accordance with CAA section 181(a)(4).</P>
              <P>(d) Any area designated nonattainment that includes in whole or in part the following areas will be classified by operation of law for the 2008 ozone NAAQS in accordance with the voluntary classification request submitted and approved for each area for the 1997 ozone NAAQS: (For reference: Ventura Co, CA; Los Angeles-South Coast, CA; San Joaquin Valley, CA; Riverside County, CA; and Sacramento Metro, CA.)</P>
              
            </SECTION>
          </SUBPART>
        </PART>
      </SUPLINF>
      <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2012-3284 Filed 2-13-12; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
      <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
    </PRORULE>
    <PRORULE>
      <PREAMB>
        <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
        <CFR>40 CFR Part 60</CFR>
        <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873; FRL-9630-8]</DEPDOC>
        <RIN>RIN 2060-AH23</RIN>
        <SUBJECT>Quality Assurance Requirements for Continuous Opacity Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources</SUBJECT>
        <AGY>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
          <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
        </AGY>
        <ACT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
          <P>Proposed rule.</P>
        </ACT>
        <SUM>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
          <P>The EPA is proposing to establish quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) procedures for continuous opacity monitoring systems (COMS) used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations. This action is necessary because we do not currently have QA/QC procedures for COMS. This action would require COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance to meet these procedures (referred to as Procedure 3).</P>
        </SUM>
        <EFFDATE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>

          <P>Written comments must be received by March 15, 2012. If the EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the<E T="04">Federal Register</E>informing the public that the rule will not take effect.</P>
        </EFFDATE>
        <ADD>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>

          <P>Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0873 by mail to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mail Code: 2822T, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460. Please include a total of two copies. Comments may also be submitted electronically or through hand delivery/courier by following the detailed instructions in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of the direct final rule located in the rules section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</P>
        </ADD>
        <FURINF>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>

          <P>Ms. Lula H. Melton, U.S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (Mail Code: E143-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-2910; fax number: (919) 541-0516;<E T="03">email address: melton.lula@epa.gov</E>.</P>
        </FURINF>
      </PREAMB>
      <SUPLINF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Why is the EPA issuing this proposed rule?</HD>

        <P>This document proposes to add QA/QC procedures for COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations. The quality assurance requirements will be added as Procedure 3 to Appendix F of 40 CFR part 60. We have published a direct final rule adding QA/QC procedures for COMS used for compliance determination with opacity standards in federally enforceable standards to the quality assurance requirements in Appendix F of 40 CFR Part 60 in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this<E T="04">Federal Register</E>because we view this as a noncontroversial action and anticipate no adverse comment. We have explained our reasons for this action in the preamble to the direct final rule.</P>
        <P>If we receive no adverse comment, we will not take further action on this proposed rule. If we receive adverse comment, we will withdraw the direct final rule, and it will not take effect. We would address all public comments in any subsequent final rule based on this proposed rule.</P>

        <P>We do not intend to institute a second comment period on this action. Any parties interested in commenting must do so at this time. For further information, please see the information provided in the<E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>section of this document.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
        <P>Procedure 3 applies to a COMS used to demonstrate continuous compliance with opacity standards as specified in federally enforceable regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews</HD>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review</HD>

        <P>This action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735,<PRTPAGE P="8210"/>October 4, 1993) and is therefore not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011).</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>

        <P>This action does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501<E T="03">et seq.</E>Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). These quality assurance procedures do not add information collection requirements beyond those currently required under the applicable regulations.</P>
        <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
        <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses, small organizations, a